Skip navigation

Police Manual, Cincinnati PD OH, 2003

Download original document:
Brief thumbnail
This text is machine-read, and may contain errors. Check the original document to verify accuracy.
10.000

10.000 PROCEDURE MANUAL AND OTHER BINDING
WRITTEN DIRECTIVES
Purpose:
To provide an official guide outlining the way to do many of the routine
operations which confront the Cincinnati Police Department.
To provide efficient methods and high standards for procedures, rules,
regulations, policies and directives recognized as official policy and applied on a
department-wide basis.
Policy:
This Cincinnati Police Department Procedure Manual, as well as all other Police
Department procedures, rules, regulations, policies, and directives are used to
maintain compliance for accreditation by CALEA (Commission on Accreditation
for Law Enforcement Agencies, Inc.).
The nature of police service is such that it is impossible to develop a procedure,
plan, or other binding directive for every situation that might arise. Therefore,
district/section/unit commanding officers have the duty of thoroughly reviewing
the activities of subordinates, as they must assume the ultimate responsibility for
defects and weaknesses in police work.
Procedure:
A.

Department Binding Directives include:
1.

The Procedure Manual, Manual of Rules and Regulations and
Disciplinary Process for the Cincinnati Police Department, Staff Notes,
Job Descriptions, Bureau/District/Section/Unit Standard Operating
Procedure’s (SOP), Department Operations Manuals and all
Department approved instructional materials, including Ohio Police
Officer Training Academy lesson plans. Forms 17 approved by the
Police Chief; Forms 17 or other memos authored by bureau, section,
or unit commanders are considered binding upon all personnel
permanently or temporarily assigned to their command.
a.

2.

Staff Note items are binding for one year from the date of
publication, unless added to other Department binding
directives.

Procedures and other binding Department directives will be issued by
authority of the Police Chief through the Department Staff Notes. The
Police Chief may cancel, revise, amend, or add to any procedure or
other binding directive whenever he deems necessary.

Rev. 08/19/03, Replaces 4/97

1

10.000

3.

Officers may request changes in procedures or other binding
directives by submitting a Form 17 through their chain of command to
the Police Chief, stating reasons why such change is necessary or
desirable. After thorough research, necessary changes will be made
for the Chief's approval. All revisions will then appear in the
Department Staff Notes.

4.

Command and supervisory officers will thoroughly acquaint
themselves with the Procedure Manual, other binding directives, and
all changes. When a change occurs, supervisors will ensure it has
been carefully and thoroughly explained to members of their
command.
a.

After all personnel are thoroughly informed; file the procedure or
other binding directive in the appropriate manual.
1)

B.

Other Binding Directives include:
1.

C.

Use the decimal serial number as a guide for the
Procedure Manual. The Table of Contents and the Index
will also be properly marked according to instructions
accompanying new or amended procedures.

Federal, State and Local laws and ordinances, Labor Agreement by
and between Queen City Lodge #69 Fraternal Order of Police and the
City of Cincinnati, Labor-Management Agreement by and between the
City of Cincinnati and Ohio Council 8 and Locals 190, 223, 240, 250,
1543 and 3119 American Federation of State, County, and Municipal
Employees AFL-CIO, Civil Service Rules and Regulations, City of
Cincinnati Administrative Rules and Regulations, City of Cincinnati
Personnel, Policies and Procedures and written or verbal orders
issued by a superior officer.

Forms:
1.

Initiate/revise forms for Department use using the same process as
procedures and other binding directives. With the Police Chief's
approval, new/revised forms will appear in the Department Staff
Notes.

Rev. 08/19/03, Replaces 4/97

2

10.010

10.010 DISTRIBUTION OF POLICIES, PROCEDURES AND
OTHER DIRECTIVES
Reference:
Procedure 10.000 – Procedure Manual and other Binding Written Directives
Purpose:
To promptly provide all Department members with current revisions and additions
to binding directives so that professional excellence is maintained when
performing various tasks and enforcement of laws and ordinances.
Policy:
The Department will distribute all policies, procedures and other directives to all
personnel within the Department through weekly Staff Notes.
Procedure:
A.

Bureau Commanders will:
1.

B.

Distribute Staff Notes to all District and Section commanders under
their command every Tuesday at the Department staff meeting.

District/Section Commanders will:
1.

Ensure that all personnel under their command are made aware of
any new or revised policies, procedures or other directives contained
in the weekly Staff Notes.
a.

Ensure that a check-off list is completed weekly indicating that
personnel under their command were made aware of new or
revised policies, procedures or other directives contained in the
Staff Notes.

b.

Maintain a file of completed check-off lists attached to the
respective copy of the Staff Notes.
1)

c.

2.

Retain the check-off lists for the current year plus three
previous years.

On November 1st of each year, forward a sample copy of a
check-off list, which was completed during that year, to the
Accreditation manager for insertion into CALEA files.

By January 31st, annually inspect the manuals of personnel under
their command to ensure new or revised policies, procedures or other
directives have been properly filed within the prior 12-month period.
a.

Retain a check-off list for the current year plus three previous
years.

Revised 03/24/09, Replaces 05/00

1

10.010
3.

Maintain a District/Section Standard Operating Procedure (SOP)
a.

b.

An SOP is a document containing instructions on how personnel
within a District/Section perform certain tasks.
1)

Ensures routine jobs are performed uniformly and in
compliance with Department policy and procedure.

2)

Covers the unique operation of a specific District/Section.

3)

Should not be a replication of the Procedure Manual.

One SOP book will be maintained for each District/Section which
will contain a separate section for each unit within that particular
District/Section.
1)

There will be a separate SOP for any specialized unit within
a District/Section that has different operations than the
general personnel assigned to the District/Section.

2)

The SOP books will be crafted using the blank SOP
templates located in the CPDFORMS folder on the
Department’s “H” drive and contain the following:
a)

Cover page.

b)

Table of Contents

c)

Effective date

d)

Revised date

e)

Reviewed date

3)

SOP’s will be written in an outline form.

4)

The SOP’s will be written using the following numbering
system.
a)

Any SOP that refers to the operations for anyone
assigned to the District/Section would be listed under
section 1.00.

b)

Additional SOP’s under this section would be
numbered sequentially, increasing .05 increments.
Example: 1.00, 1.05, 1.10, etc.

c) Each separate unit SOP under a District/Section will be
numbered separately beginning with different whole
number. Example: Inspections Section would begin
with 1.00 for the entire section. Court Control 2.00,
2.05, etc. Detail Coordination 3.00, 3.05, etc.

Revised 03/24/09, Replaces 05/00

2

10.010
5)

District/Section Commanders will review their respective
SOP’s at least once every year.
a)

C.

District/Section SOP’s will be reviewed whenever
there is a new District/Section Commander.

Department Personnel will:
1.

Complete a check-off list indicating that they were made aware of
changes to policies, procedures or other directives contained in the
Staff Notes.

2.

Thoroughly acquaint themselves with new or revised policies,
procedures or other directives contained in the Staff Notes.

3.

Update each appropriate manual with each policy, procedure or other
directive contained in the Staff Notes.

Revised 03/24/09, Replaces 05/00

3

11.000

11.000 FORMS APPROVED FOR DEPARTMENT USE
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

1-S

Requisition for Materials, Supplies and
Services

17.100

OTEA-1

Office and Technical Equipment
Request Form

17.100

AE-2

Alarm Unit Letter - Notification
of 3 false alarms

17.100

CinCom 1

Radio Dispatch Card

17.100

CinCom 2

Auto Theft Card (buff)

17.100

CinCom 2

Stolen License Plate Card (green)

17.100

CinCom 2

Unauthorized Use of Motor Vehicle
(pink)

17.100

CinCom 2

Lost License Plate Card (blue)

17.100

CinCom 3

Additional Information Card (orange)

17.100

CinCom 4

Wrecker Dispatch Card (buff)

17.100

CS-8

Certificate of Military Training Pay

IS-1

Intelligence Section Daily Activity
Report

17.100

IS-2

Intelligence Report

17.100

IS-3

Inquiry Form

17.100

IS-4

Intelligence Data Card (yellow)

17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

1

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

OH-1

Ohio Traffic Crash Report

12.035
12.145
12.225
12.265
12.900
13.105
17.100
18.120

OH-2

Ohio Traffic Crash - Diagram/Narrative

None

OH-3

Ohio Traffic Accident Witness Statement

12.230

OH-4

Ohio Traffic Crash Report (Addendum)

12.225

OH-5

Ohio Truck & Bus Crash Report Supplement

F-2

AFFIDAVIT Hamilton County Municipal Court

None

S-3

COMPLAINT Hamilton County Municipal Court

None

F-3

WARRANT Hamilton County Municipal Court

None

2-S

Authorization for Payroll Deduction

None

RC-2

Schedule of Records Retention and
Disposition

None

RC-3

Schedule of Record Retention and
Destruction

17.100

3S

Changes to Hours Balance

16.105
17.100

6-S

Lost Time Notice

None

8

Requisition, Certification and
Appointment

17.100

8C

Change Order

None

9

Request for Certification of Contract or
Agreement

17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

2

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

10

Cincinnati Police Department Supply
Requisition

12.245
17.100
17.110

10S

Cash Receipts Schedule

17.100

11

Personal Portable Radio Inventory

17.100

11-1

Commendations

18.110
19.145

11A

Cellular Phone/Pager Control Form

17.100

F12S

Storehouse Requisition

17.100

12FB

Fingerprint Card

12.905
17.100

12FW

Fingerprint Card

17.100

12MB

Fingerprint Card

17.100

12MW

Fingerprint Card

17.100

12P

Palm Print Card

12.905
17.100

13S

Telephone Message

None

CinCom 14

Description Card on Suspect Vehicle

17.100

14S

City of Cincinnati PERSONNEL ACTION FORM

17.100
19.145

15

Property Envelope

12.715
17.100

15CD

CD/DVD Property Envelope

12.715
17.100

15DIH

Notice of Impoundment and Hearing for a
Vicious Dog

12.115

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

3

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

CinCom 16

Signal 66 Log Sheet

17.100

17CA

Failure to Appear for Scheduled Court

17CC

Citation Correction

None

17CS

Notice of Civil Suit Received by Department
Member

None

17DC

Change in Detail Assignment

19.140

17DP

Missed Detail

19.140

17IT

Request for Department Information Technology

None

17MPR

Mobile Phone Reimbursement Report

None

17MS

Monthly Substation Inspection

12.190

17QPSR

Problem Solving Report

None

17S

Temporary Transfer Pay for Division I
Employees

None

17S

Request for Paid Overtime

None

17S

Assignment Report Changes

None

17S

Interdepartment Correspondence Sheet

Multiple

17S-A

Interdepartment Correspondence Sheet

Multiple

17S-B

Interdepartment Correspondence Sheet

Multiple

17SS

Substation Request

12.190

PSA-17

Personal Sidearm Approval Request

18A

Weapons Discharge at an Animal

12.025
17.100
12.550

18AD

Accidental Discharge

12.550

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

4

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

18C

Use of Canine

12.140
12.141
12.545

18CD

Canine Field Deployment Report

None

18CI

Use of Chemical Irritant

12.545

18F

Minor Use of Force/Injury to Prisoner

12.545

18I

Injury to Prisoner

12.545

18NC

Noncompliant Suspect/Arrestee Report

12.545

18S

Petty Cash Reimbursement Voucher

16.100

18SW

Supplemental Witness List

None

18T

Use of Taser (diagram)

12.545

18TBFP

Use of Taser

12.545

19

Inter-Department Bill and Settlement
Voucher

17.100

21S

Schedule of Accounts Receivable

17.100

21

Ohio Division of Wildlife Deer Killed by
Motor Vehicle

12.225

24

Cancellation or Change Order

17.100

25S

Request for Leave of Absence

12.815
12.825
12.826
12.830
16.110
17.100
19.105
19.106
19.135

27-S

Local Mileage Report

None

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

5

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

28

Application for Purchase or Transfer
of a Firearm

17.100

28-A

Application for Purchase/Transfer of a
Firearm Control Ledger

17.100

28-B

Transfer of a Firearm card

17.100

28-C

Application for Registration of a
Firearm - Owner's Information

17.100

31P

Change in Personal Information

17.100
19.145

32S

Notice of Disciplinary Action or Layoff

17.100

33

Resignation

17.100
19.150

33S

Requisition for Materials, Supplies and
Services (Emergency)

None

34

Vehicle Pursuit Report

12.535

36

Charges Preferred Against Member

17.100

36S

City of Cincinnati Inter-Department Order

17.100

37S

Claim Voucher - Invoice

13.115
16.125
17.100

S 38L

Reproduction Order

17.100
17.110

44

Requisition for Sale of Obsolete
Materials

17.100
17.110

55

Letter of Understanding

17.100
19.140

56

Police Escort Letter of Understanding

17.100
19.140

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

6

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

58A

Agency - Vendor Application

None

64

Property Tag

12.705
12.715
17.100

65

Suggestion Box Report

None

66

Traffic Warning Tag Sets

17.100

66S

Notice of Official Reprimand

17.100

68P

Overtime and Court Appearance Report

12.815
12.820
12.825
12.826
17.100
19.140

70S

Request for Permission to Travel

13.115
16.125
17.100

70T

Request for Outside Training

13.115

71S

Statement of Travel Expense

13.115
16.125
17.100

72

Term Purchase Release

17.100

74S

Injury with Pay Recommendation

17.100
19.105

75S

Fuel Inventory Report

17.100

77

Specialized Assignment Application

13.112

78

Civilian Assignment Availability

13.113

80S

Application and Approval Form for
Tuition Reimbursement

13.115
17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

7

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

81S

Deposited in City Treasury

16.100
17.100

83S

Delinquent Account Referral

None

84-S

Record of Manual Fuel Disbursements

None

85S

Record of Manual Fuel Disbursements

None

90SP

Supervisors Review of Vehicle Crash

12.035
12.171
17.100

91SP

Supervisor Investigation of Employee
Injury

12.141
12.142
13.120
15.112
17.100
19.105
19.145

93S

Notice of Lost Time

17.100
19.105

DIS-94

Forfeiture Application

12.735
17.100

96

City Physician Report

19.105

96-D

Random Drug Test Notification

97

Medical Disclosure Form

98-S

Personal Data Authorization Form

None

99

Information for Dismissed Personnel

None

100

Notification of Rights and Responsibilities
Cincinnati Police Division Employees

CW100

Warrant Control Card

None

CDOP 100

Emergency Lineup

12.165

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

8

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

CDOP 101

Emergency Lineup

12.170

PG 101

Consent Agreement (polygraph)

12.630

CDOP 103

CDOP Equipment Inventory

12.170
17.100

CDOP 103A

CDOP Facility Security and Maintenance Inspection

12.170

CDOP 105

Command Post

None

110

Polygraph Consent Agreement

None

111

Polygraph Assessment

None

112

Background Information Sheet

None

120-4

City Treasury Department Receipt

17.100

DT-126

TELECOMMUNICATIONS (repair form)

17.100

PR 134

Police Property Room (Firearms list)

17.100

137

Prisoner's Description

17.100

137F

Felon Registration Form

17.100

188

Personal Crimes Unit Investigative Report

12.910
17.100

189

Fingerprints and Photographs Report

12.905
17.100

190

Request for Elimination Prints

12.350

195

Picture Labels

None

202

Weekly Time Report

16.130
17.100

202A

Commanding Officer's Daily Time Report

12.710

202C

Non-Sworn Employees Weekly Time Report

None

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

9

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

211

Application for Media ID Card

17.100
18.115

243-A

Conviction Record Transcript

12.130

245

Daily Cash Receipts

17.100

264

Uniform Card

12.020
17.100

268

Junkyard Inspection Report

None

271

Tow Truck Inspection Guide

None

272

Affidavit

12.735

273

Notice of Seizure/Proof of Service

12.735

275

Court Order for Release of Property

17.100

276

Daily Traffic Accident Summary

17.100

277

Confidential Informant (CI) Registration
and Reliability Report Initial Debriefing
Only

12.131
17.100

277A

Controlling District/Section/Unit
Debriefing Report

12.131

278

Cooperating Individual Agreement

12.131
17.100

279
279A

Confidential Informant Receipt
Confidential Informant Receipt Part I

12.131
12.131

279B

Confidential Informant Receipt Part II

12.131
17.100

280

Cooperating Individual Release of All
Claims

12.131
17.100

281

Concealed Transmitter and Recording
Consent

12.131
17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

10

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

300-B

Identification Bureau Index Card

17.100

300-W

Criminalistics Section Index Card

17.100

301

Incident Report

301-AS

Arrest Supplement

301-PS

Property Supplement

301-SS

Suspect Supplement

301-VVS

Victim/Vehicle Supplement

303

Motor Vehicle Incident Report

304

Missing Report

304A

Amber Alert Plan

12.912

305

Complaint Report

12.445
13.105
17.100

306

Preventive Patrol Report

308

Receipt for Traffic Citation
Tags

12.245
17.100

308E

Traffic Violations Envelope

None

309

Inactive Case Warrants

310

Premise History Control

311

Incident Closure Report

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

12.101
17.100

11

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

311A

Preliminary Investigation Report

12.300
12.315
12.400
12.405
12.412
12.430
17.100
18.120

311-ADD

Supplementary Offense Report Addendum

None

311B

Early Closure Offense Card

17.100

311C

Reported Hit Skip Auto Accident Card

17.100

311CW

Canvas/Witness Information Summary

None

311DV

Domestic Violence Investigation Report

18.120

311G

General Supplement

None

311N

Narrative Supplement

None

311ON

Police Officer’s Notes

None

311R

Investigative Response Postcard

312

Criminal Arrest Form

17.100

313

Firearm Report

12.400
12.705
17.100

314

Notice to Appear

12.100
12.250
12.265
12.275
12.555
12.600
12.720
12.900
17.100
19.150

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

12

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

315

Alarm Response Report

12.135
12.136
17.100

316

Minor Accident or Aided Case Report

12.106
12.110
12.115
12.141
12.145
12.400
12.415
12.555
12.910
13.105
17.100
18.120

316A

Deceased Person Report

12.145
12.400
12.615

317

General Conditions Report

318

Report of Conditions Affecting Other
Departments

322

Report of Articles Received by Pawnbroker
or Dealer

323

Report of Purchase of Stained/Beveled
Glass

None

323M

Report of Purchase of Precious Metals/
Stones

17.100

326

Property Check Out Card

12.715
17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

12.035
12.205
12.225
12.250
12.401
12.435
13.105
17.100
17.100

13

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

327

Property Held for Court Tag

12.235
12.705
12.715
12.720
17.100

328

Pharmaceutical Diversion Unit
Prescription Receipt Form

12.715

330

Property Receipt

12.130
12.235
12.240
12.265
12.270
12.320
12.350
12.420
12.705
12.710
12.715
12.720
17.100

332

Firearms Release Form

12.715

335A

Sworn Daily Shift Differential Report

16.120
17.100

335B

Annual Shift Differential Report

16.120
17.100

335C

Nonsworn Biweekly Shift Differential
Report

16.120
17.100

337

UCR Report of Adult Arrests by Arresting
Unit

17.100

338

UCR Report of Total Arrests by Arresting
Unit

17.100

339

Police Property Record

None

341

Cincinnati Police Departmental Receipt

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

14

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

368

Abandoned Vehicle Sticker

12.275

369

Towing Report

12.200
12.255
12.265
12.270
12.275
12.420
12.735
17.100

370

Towing Service Claim Voucher

17.100

370A

Towing Service Claim Voucher-Attachment

17.100

392

Personal Crime Squad Card

17.100

400

Employee Separation Time Report

19.150

405

Personal Crimes Unit Report of Missing
Persons

None

413-35

Photo Negative Record

17.100

425

Motor Vehicle Repair Report

12.030
17.100

426

Mileage Report

12.030
17.100

427

Vehicle Inspection Report

12.030
17.100

427A

Maintenance Inspection Sheet

12.030

428

Mountain Bike Inspection Report

None

428A

Mountain Bike Inspection Summary

None

429

Take Home Vehicle Report

12.030
17.100

430

Lease Vehicle Exchange Form

None

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

15

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

434

Nonsworn Employee's Daily Time Report

12.825
16.130
17.100

435

Cincinnati Police Division Paid
Overtime Report

12.825
12.826
17.100
19.140

436A

Daily Activity Record

12.101
13.105
17.100
18.105

436B

Monthly Composite - Officer's Daily
Activity Record

13.105
17.100

436MP

Mounted Daily Activity Record

None

437A

K9 Daily Activity Record

437B

Monthly Composite - Officer’s Daily
Activity Record

437C

Canine Officer’s Activity Record
Yearly Composite

438

Personnel Index Card

439A

Shift Selection Form

439B

Shift Selection Form

439C

Shift Selection Form

440

Voluntary Shift Deviation

441

Personal History Statement

17.100

441-A

Personal History Statement

17.100
19.145

442

Service in U.S. Armed Forces

17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

19.105

16

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

443

Voluntary Off-Day Deviation

444

Administrative Remarks

13.100

445

Continuous Service Record

17.100
19.145

446

Miscellaneous

17.100
19.145

447

Motor Vehicle Examination Record

17.100
19.145

448

Sworn Performance Report

17.100

448S

Evaluation Supplement Log

13.107
15.130
17.100
19.105
19.145

449

Efficiency Ratings Percentile

17.100
19.145

450

Request for NCIC/LEADS
Wanted Person Computer Entry

12.727
17.100

457

Evidence Examination Work Sheet

12.350
17.100

457V

Video Examination Work Sheet

17.100

474

Renewal, Transfer or Issuance of
Liquor Licenses

12.130
17.100

479

Station Key Book

17.100

481

Warrant Transfer

12.260
17.100

484

Analytical Report for Liquor Violations

12.720
17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

17

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

495

Intoxication Report

12.235
17.100

496

DUI Investigation Record Envelope

12.235
17.100

497

DUI Jacket Sign-Out Log

None

505D

Juvenile Curfew Daily Activity Report

505HS

Juvenile Curfew Violator Head Sheet

505L

Juvenile Curfew Log Sheet

506

Personal Crimes Complaint Memorandum

515

Volunteer Cincinnati - Volunteer
Application Form for Volunteers in
City Government

516

Office Request for Volunteers

517

Volunteer Cincinnati - Volunteer
Volunteer Agreement

518

Volunteer Cincinnati - Confidentiality
Statement

521

Application for Employment - Adult
School Crossing Guard

17.100

524

Monthly Vice Activity Report

None

526

Vice Activity Report

12.130
12.720
12.735
12.555
17.100

526A

Liquor Permit Premise Vice Activity

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

12.430
12.900
17.100

18

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

527

Arrest and Investigation Report

12.110
12.130
12.235
12.240
12.270
12.320
12.405
12.505
12.545
12.555
12.600
12.605
12.720
12.727
12.735
12.810
12.900
12.905
17.100

527A

Case and Bond Information Sheet

12.125
12.412
12.545
12.555
12.805

527B

Trial Preparation Report

12.555
17.100
12.900

527E

Case Investigation Jacket

12.555

527J

Juvenile case Investigation Jacket

12.900

528

Accident Information Exchange Form

12.225

529

Liquor Arrests and Violations on
Permit Premises

12.130
17.100

529LI

Liquor Permit Premise Inspection Report

12.130

533

Hit Skip Supplement Report

12.225
17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

19

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

534

Field Interview Report

12.554
17.100

541

Charge Memorandum - Accident Reports

None

555

Juvenile Pre-Sentence Probation Investigation

12.900

558

False Check Complaint

17.100

560

Community Problem Solving Worksheet

None

561

CPOP Action Summary

None

562

CPOP Resource Request

None

580

Personal Information Release Form

17.100

581

Request for Records Check

17.100

586

Mobilization Alert

12.165
17.100

586A

Recall Test Alert

12.165

599

Firearms and Ammunition Inventory

12.125
17.100

600

Notification/Waiver of Rights

12.235
12.630
17.100

601

Consent to Search Without a Warrant

12.700
17.100

601PV

Consent to Search Person or Vehicle

12.700
17.100

602

Search Authorization (Strip/Body Cavity)

12.600
17.100

603

Consent to a Chemical Test Without a
Warrant

12.230

604

Request for Release of Records

None

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

20

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

605

Notification of Release

606

Records Request

607

Line-Up Waiver

None

607A

Witness Preparation Form

None

608

Peer Support Program Policy

609

Police Communications Section Records Request

None

610

Search Warrant Risk Assessment Matrix

None

611

Biological Evidence Submission

None

612

Instructions for Civilian Observer Program

613

Search Warrant Inventory

None

614

Log Sheet

17.100

620

Business-Night Number Card

17.100

624

Uniforms and Equipment (Check-Off Sheet)

17.100
19.150

628

Public Appearance Report

17.100
18.135

630

Cincinnati Police Division Equipment/
Supply/Service Order Form

12.020
12.546
17.100
17.110

635

Card Form to Obtain Accident Report

None

638

Warrant Notice Card

None

639

Moving Violations Log

17.100

641

Summary of Background Investigation

17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References
12.404
17.100

21

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

643

Information Desk Report

14.105
17.100

644

Daily Observation Report

13.100

644S

DOR Supplemental Report

646A

Field Training Officer Program FTO
Sergeant’s Weekly Report

13.100

646B

Shift Cmdr's Review and Narrative
Comments

13.100

647

F.T.O. Final Evaluation Report

13.100
17.100

647A

F.T.O. Supervisor Monthly Report

13.100

648

Citizen Complaint or Information

15.100
15.105
17.100

648A

Citizen Complaint Resolution Process
Acknowledgment of Participation in
Resolution Meeting

648B

Citizen Complaint Resolution Process
Resolution Disposition

652

Release of Medical Record Information

12.140
17.100

654

Citation Cancellation Request

12.215
12.250
12.251
17.100

655M

Minor Misdemeanor Fine Schedule

None

655P

CPI Fine Schedule

12.240

655R

Victim Assistance

12.410
12.412

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

22

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

655T

MUTT Payout Instructions

12.240

656

Crime Victim Crisis Phone Numbers

657

Long Distance Telephone Report

14.110
14.120
17.100

657A

Monthly Long Distance Telephone Report

14.110
14.120
17.100

660

Warrant Holder Placed Slip

17.100

661

Hospital Prisoner's Visitor Registration

12.610
17.100

662

Prisoner Phone Log

12.610

663

On-Call Court Appearance

12.816
17.100

664

Court Appearance Control Form

12.815

668

Outside Employment Work Permit

17.100
19.140

668A

Acknowledgment by the Secondary Employer

19.140

668B

Detail Assignment Roster

17.100
19.140

668C

Overtime Availability Form

19.140

669

Inspection of Outside Employment Details

19.140

670

Inter-Departmental Warrant Control Form

None

674

Case Delay Request Card

12.815

675P

Address Information Request (Post Office)

12.260
12.520

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

23

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

678

Change in Court Appearance

12.810
12.815
17.100

680

Criminal Pursuit Fund Expense Report

12.620

682

Citation Arrest Summary

12.555
17.100

682A

Notice of Civil Offense Summary

None

683

Vehicle Crash Report Log

12.225

685

Report of Investigation

None

687

Auto Fatality Report

17.100

689

Abandoned Building Status Report

None

690

Visitors Log Sheet

12.021

MVR1

In-Car Camera/Video Tape Log

12.537

MVR2

In-Car Camera/Spare Tape Log

12.537

MVR3

MVR Tape Custody Log

12.537

BMV-2255

Administrative License Suspension

12.235

ALI Discrepancy

None

Application for Neighborhood Watch Signs

None

Assignment Report Changes

None

Auction Records

17.100

Blockwatcher Cards

None

Blotter

17.100

Budget Working Papers

17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

Procedure
References

24

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

Bureau of Criminal Identification (BCI)
Civilian Identification Ten Print Card

12.131

Bureau of Motor Vehicles Envelope

None

Burglary Prevention Check List

None

Card Request Form

None

Cars Cleared

None

Cartridge Envelope

None

CHRC Suspected Hate Crime Incident
Referral

None

Changes to Assignment Report

None

Cincinnati CAD System Defect Report

None

Cincinnati Parking Infraction (CPI)

12.215
12.245
12.250
12.251
12.270
12.520
12.900
17.100
19.150

Cincinnati Police Line Up

None

CINSITE Command Review

None

Citizen Complaints Posters

None

Citizen Complaints Cards

None

Citizen Complaint Form Check List for Libraries

None

City Letterhead Correspondence
Civilian Observer Badge

17.100

Classified Expense Report

17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

25

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

Classified Revenue Report

17.100

Code Sheet for NIBRS Forms
Communication Incident History Fiche

17.100

Completion of 3 Month Training Session
Confiscated Property Notice

BMV-2270

Contracts for Leased Vehicles

None

Court Control Log Sheet

17.100

Court Issued Immobilization Notices

12.270

Criminal Information Jacket

17.100

Daily Lineup

12.000

Daily Observation Report
Daily Radio Inventory Sheets

17.100

Daily Worksheet (TCRU)

None

Damage Claims

None

Destruction Records

17.100

Detailed Entry Report

17.100

Discretionary Car Report

17.100

Dispatcher Training and Evaluation

None

Program Daily Observation Report
Domestic Violence Report, State of
Ohio (BCI-18)

17.100

Driver's License Verification

None

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

26

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

EEO/AAP Employee Relations Complaint Form

None

Encumbrance Report Program

17.100

Evidence Submission Form

12.720

Excessive Sound From a Motor Vehicle
Ordinance Tracking Sheet
Expense Distribution Process/Report

17.100

Financial Responsibility Proof

None

Front Yard Stickers
Gang Hotline Complaint Form
Personal Information
Grant Forms

17.100

Gun Envelope

None

Hamilton County Coroner's Evidence
Submission Form

12.235

Hamilton County Morgue/University

17.100

Hospital Receipt

BMV-3608

Hit Skip Auto Accident Letter

None

In Case of Holdup

None

Hold Up Information Sheet

None

Intelligence Reports

17.100

Investigative Unit Key Book

17.100

Items Confiscated/Impounded by Law
Enforcement for Return to BMV

None

Leasing Agreement Documents

17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

27

11.000
Form
Number

RCIC-MOV

BMV-3303

Form Title

Procedure
References

Liquor Jackets

12.130
17.100

Master Log Book

12.715
17.100

Media Teletype

17.100
18.120

Mobile Command Center Telephone Record

12.171

Modus Operandi Supplementary Report

12.380

Monthly Substation Inspection Check List

None

Motion for Continuance

17.100

State of Ohio Motor Vehicle Crash Report

12.035

Notice of Vehicle Impoundment

12.270

Notice to Lien Holder or Owner of
Impounded Vehicle

None

Officer's Ledger of Violation (CTT,
MUTT and NTA)

12.215
12.240
12.555
17.100

Ohio (Multi-Count) Uniform Traffic
Ticket (MUTT)

12.215
12.220
12.230
12.235
12.240
12.245
12.250
12.270
12.900
17.100
19.105

Payroll Attendance Record

17.100

Payroll Processing/Gross Pay Register

17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

28

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

Affidavit for Installation of a Pen
Register Device & Trap and Trace
Application for Installation of a Pen
Device & Trap and Trace
Entry for Installation of a Pen Register
Device & Trap and Trace
Personnel Bulletins

17.100

Personnel Distribution List

17.100

Personnel Information Sheet
Planning Section Commander Request Form

None

Police Clergy Roster and SOP

17.100
18.106

Police Communications Section Headset
Service Record

None

CinCom RR-1 Police Communications Section Records
Request
CinCom RL-1 Police Communications Section Form
Police Communications Section Report

None

Police Notification

12.130

Police Vehicle Damage Record

12.035

Private Police Application
Large and Small Property Bags
Pursuit of Criminal Funds

12.620
17.100

Radio Log Sheet

17.100

Recommendation for Salary Step-up

17.100

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

29

11.000
Form
Number

BMV-2308

Form Title

Procedure
References

Registered Mail Receipt

17.100

Request for Driver License Examination
or Recertification

None

Report of Favorable Police Conduct Cards

None

Request for Paid Overtime

None

Robbery Key Book

None

Robbery Task Force Cars Cleared Report

None

Salary Step-up

17.100

School Crossing Guard Information

None

Send Police Sticker

None

Seniority List

17.100

Separations

17.100
19.150

Service Feedback Cards

None

Situational Occurrences Notification
List Police Shootings
HP 3A

State Highway Patrol Aircraft Accident
Record

12.145

HP 70

State Highway Patrol Investigative
Field Sketch

12.145

State of Ohio Intoxilyzer Log Book

12.235

State of Ohio Intoxilyzer Test Report

12.235

State of Ohio Test Card Record

12.235

Subpoena Book

12.810
17.100

HEA 2652

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

30

11.000
Form
Number

Form Title

Procedure
References

Vice Statistics Report for the Month of

None

Visitor Pass

12.021

Teletype

14.115
17.100

Timebook

17.100

Traffic Warning Record

None

Unit Property Book

12.710
17.100

Vehicle Jackets

12.030
17.100

Vice Statistics Report for the Month of

None

Visitor Pass

12.021

Warrant Book

17.100

Warrant Recalls

17.100

Warrant Unit Hold Card

12.260
12.900
17.100

Request for Family/Medical Leave

Rev. 05/05/09, Replaces 02/24/09

31

12.000

12.000 SHIFT LINEUP TO POLICE COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION
Policy:
Officers will ensure lineups are accurate and complete prior to submission to
Police Communications Section (PCS). The submitting officer will send the
lineup in a timely manner. All districts/sections/units that have officers working in
the field will submit a lineup.
Procedure:
A.

District/section/unit supervisors will save a copy of the next day or current
lineup in the “Lineups to PCS” folder on the H: drive, utilizing the following
format:
1. District/section/unit, shift, date. Example, District One, Second Shift,
123107.
2. Lineups will be saved to the H: drive no later than 30 minutes before
the start of each shift and no earlier than 24 hours before the start of
the next shift.
3. Immediately telephone lineup changes to PCS at 263-8119.

B.

Police Communications Section will retrieve the lineup and have the
information entered into the Computer Aided Dispatch System.
1. Police Communications Section administrative staff will delete the
previous day’s files within three working days.

Rev. 07/10/07, Replaces 02/21/06

1

12.010

12.010 ROLL CALL AND PERSONNEL INSPECTION
References:
Procedure 12.020 - Uniforms, Related Equipment, and Personal Grooming
Procedure 12.025 - Authorized Weapons
Manual of Rules and Regulations 1.16E, 3.01A and B
Purpose:
To ensure all members of the Department are properly equipped, informed, and
uniformly trained to perform their assigned duties.
Policy:
Uniformed sworn personnel will report for duty in a clean and pressed uniform
with the proper attire and equipment. Personnel will present a professional image
at all times. Non-uniformed sworn personnel will report for duty in accordance
with their bureau/section/unit’s standard operating procedure (S.O.P.).
Information:
Slight procedural differences may be necessary in certain units; however the
conduction of roll call and personnel inspection is to be performed uniformly
throughout the Department. Any variations in equipment or uniform parts may
lead to confusion by the public and detract from an impressive, professional
appearance.
Procedure:
A.

Roll Call and Personnel Inspection
1.

All uniformed units will conduct daily roll call and personnel inspection
in the following manner. The inspecting supervisor will follow the
commands in the order listed.
a.

"Fall In"
1)

b.

"At Close Interval, Dress Right, Dress"
1)

c.

Two or more ranks may be used, depending on the
number of officers. Ranks should be four feet apart when
possible.

When the officers have straightened the ranks and are
properly aligned, the supervisor commands, "Ready,
Front."

"Secure Arms, Prepare for Inspection"
1)

Supervisors will carefully inspect the officers for
appearance and proper equipment.

Rev. 02/26/08, Replaces 07/26/05

1

12.010

d.

“Remove Magazines”
1)

e.

When the inspecting supervisor gives the command to
remove magazines, the officer will:
a)

Remove the magazine from the holstered pistol.

b)

Remove magazines from magazine pouch.

c)

Hold all magazines in the non-gun hand so the
inspecting supervisor can verify they are each fully
loaded with the correct amount of ammunition.

"Raise Pistols"
1)

When the inspecting supervisor gives the command to
raise pistols, the officer will:
a)

Draw the pistol from the holster.

b)

Raise the pistol with the muzzle straight up to the
inspecting supervisor's eye level.

c)

As the inspecting supervisor approaches the officer's
right, the officer will rotate the pistol, enabling the
inspecting supervisor to view the chambered round
through the weapon's ejection port.
1]

2)
f.

After inspection, the officer will lower his pistol and return it
to the holster.

"Replace Magazines"
1)

g.

The officer will then reinsert the magazine into the
holstered pistol.

"Raise Tasers"
1)

When the inspecting supervisor gives the command to
raise Tasers, the officer will:
a)

h.

The supervisor will ensure the weapon is
loaded.

Draw the X26 Taser from the holster.

“Remove Cartridge”
a)

The officer will remove the cartridge from the firing
position.

Rev. 02/26/08, Replaces 07/26/05

2

12.010
b)

The inspecting supervisor will then move down the
line and physically take the X26 Taser from each
officer and perform a “spark Test” for one second.
1]

The supervisor will check the battery life
percentage on the Central Information Display
(CID).

2]

If the percentage is less than 20%, the
supervisor will have the Digital Power Magazine
(DPM) battery replaced.

3]

The supervisor will check for a rapid/visible
spark between the electrodes.

2)

After inspection, the officer will replace the air cartridge, reholster and secure his X26 Taser.

3)

If an unintentional discharge occurs during a spark test, or
any other time, an immediate investigation must be
conducted by the district/section/unit commander or his
designee. The designee must be a supervisor of equal or
higher rank than the member who had the unintentional
discharge. A Form 17 will be forwarded to the Police Chief
detailing a full account of the incident.
a)

The deployed cartridge will be disposed of unless
otherwise directed by the district/section/unit
commander.

b)

All documentation related to the incident will be
retained at the district/section/unit of occurrence.

i.

A supervisor calls the roll from this position. When an officer’s
name is called, the officer will answer “Here Sir or Ma’am” and
remain standing at attention.

j.

"Fall Out"
1)

At this time officers may be seated for the reading of roll
call announcements.

2.

All non-uniform units will conduct supervisory inspections of personnel
at the beginning of each tour of duty, according to their bureau's
S.O.P. Supervisors will ensure all non-uniform personnel have all the
required equipment.

3.

Roll Call will be conducted daily.
a.

Items supervisors are to present to personnel at roll call are:
1)

Daily beat and vehicle assignments

2)

Recent crime and crime trends

Rev. 02/26/08, Replaces 07/26/05

3

12.010

3)

Wanted persons and vehicles

4)

Teletype messages

5)

Missing persons

6)

Persons hazardous to police

7)

Reminders for court notifies

8)

Information from previous shifts

9)

General information

10) Review of staff notes, procedure changes and training.
B.

Roll Call Training
1.

Supervisors will provide roll call training on a daily basis.
a.

2.

Supervisors will complete a Form 17 to the Police Academy indicating
training has been conducted.
a.

C.

The Police Academy will publish and distribute a monthly
calendar with procedure reviews, scenario discussion training,
video reviews and any other designated training.

The Form 17 will indicate the district, relief, date, name of the
supervisor presenting training, the number of officers present
and any additional comments regarding the training.

3.

The Form 17 will be reviewed and signed by the district/unit
commander or designee
and forwarded to the Police Academy bimonthly by the 10th of the following month.

4.

Scenario books are maintained in each District.
a.

Scenarios used in roll call training are to be taken from the
scenario book.

b.

An updated book will be maintained and new scenarios received
are to be placed in the book according to their category.

Dismissal and Inspection
1.

Upon shift change, a supervisor will confirm the status of all unit
personnel for dismissal and clear them according to bureau S.O.P.
a.

The supervisor will ensure assigned personnel return all
equipment (e.g. car keys, MVR mics, laser units, etc.) to the
proper location at the end of their shift.

Rev. 02/26/08, Replaces 07/26/05

4

12.010

D.

Weekly Inspections
1.

2.

A supervisor will conduct a thorough weekly inspection of equipment
assigned to officers in the unit. The supervisor will ensure all
equipment is authorized and in good condition. This inspection will
include but is not limited to the following items:
a.

All leather equipment: belts, holster (and snaps), ammunition
case, handcuff case, baton-holder, etc.

b.

Glove pouch with 2 pair of Nitrile exam gloves

c.

Chemical irritant and holder

d.

Firearm and ammunition

Loading and unloading of firearms for inspection
a.

Police personnel will maintain a distance of 15 feet from the
designated safe wall when unloading a firearm.

b.

The officer-in-charge (OIC) will give the command to all police
personnel to form a line facing the safe wall and unload their
firearms at the same time.

c.

Police personnel will keep all firearms pointed at the safe wall
while unloading.

d.

The inspecting supervisor will:

e.

1)

Thoroughly inspect the firearm and verify it is in good
working order, free from dirt and corrosion, and the barrel
is clear.

2)

Check ammunition for age, condition, proper type and
proper number issued.

Once the firearm has been inspected, the OIC will give the
command to all police personnel to reload their firearms.

Rev. 02/26/08, Replaces 07/26/05

5

12.020

12.020 UNIFORMS, RELATED EQUIPMENT, AND
PERSONAL GROOMING
Reference:
Procedure 12.033, Mountain Bikes: Assignment, Use, and Maintenance
Manual of Rules and Regulations – 3.01, 7.04, 8.01, 8.02, 8.03, 8.04
Definitions:
Heat exhaustion – is characterized by muscle cramps, fatigue, headache,
nausea or vomiting, and dizziness or fainting. The skin is often cool and moist,
indicating that the body’s mechanism for cooling itself (i.e. sweating) is still
functioning. The pulse rate is typically fast and weak, and breathing is rapid and
shallow. If untreated, heat exhaustion can progress to heatstroke.
Heatstroke – is a serious, life-threatening condition characterized by a high body
temperature (above 103 degrees Fahrenheit or 39.4 degrees Celsius); red, hot
and dry skin (no sweating); rapid, strong pulse; throbbing headache; dizziness;
nausea; confusion; and unconsciousness. Symptoms can progress to
encephalopathy (disease of the brain), liver and kidney failure and multiple organ
system dysfunction. Prompt treatment with aggressive fluid replacement and
cooling of core body temperature is critical to reducing morbidity (sickness) and
mortality (death rate).
Purpose:
Require all sworn personnel adhere to an approved uniform, equipment and
grooming standard.
Policy:
Sworn personnel will wear only uniforms and equipment issued or approved by
the Department.
Sworn personnel will maintain in good repair and have available a complete
uniform and all related equipment.
Uniformed personnel will carry the X26 Taser at all times.
Department personnel, whether on or off-duty, will wear their badge or
Department issued identification (ID) card while in a police facility.
On-duty Department employees will be properly groomed and dressed and be in
possession of their authorized firearm, badge, and ID card. Department
employees will wear either the uniform of the day (for their respective unit) or
acceptable business attire of conservative color and design.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

1

12.020
Information:
During times of extreme high temperatures officers should:
•

Use extreme caution anytime the relative humidity level is greater than
75%.

•

Limit their intake of caffeine.

•

Limit their intake of alcohol off-duty.

•

Replace fluids on a one-to-one ratio. Fluids replaced should not be
exclusively water; sports drinks with electrolytes should be consumed as
well.

Officers should be aware that numerous prescription medications may contribute
to heat related illnesses. It is recommended that officers enter an air-conditioned
environment for at least ten minutes each hour (e.g. patrol cars, districts, substations), and limit the intensity of exercise and exertion to periods of less than
ten minutes per work/rest cycle.
Procedure:
A.

Calendar for the Uniform of the Day
1.

On May 16, uniformed personnel will begin wearing the summer cap,
short sleeve shirt, and necktie.
a.

Specialists/police officers whose primary function is field duties,
including all specialists/police officers assigned to a uniformed
shift, are exempt from wearing the necktie.
1)

b.

All personnel will wear the necktie when wearing any uniform
coat.

c.

Captains and assistant chiefs will wear long sleeve shirts and
ties throughout the year.

2.

On October 1, uniformed personnel will begin wearing the winter cap,
long sleeve shirt, and necktie.

3.

The Patrol Bureau Commander or designee will determine the
uniform of the day in unseasonable weather.
a.

B.

Specialists/police officers in assignments such as collators,
staff assignments, etc., will wear the necktie.

If the uniform of the day is nylon jackets, personnel may wear
either the windbreaker or storm jacket.

Uniforms/Related Equipment - Wearing and Specifications
1.

The Police Department issues the following uniform parts and
equipment to each sworn officer:

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

2

12.020

a.

Hat and wreath
1)

The summer and winter uniform hat and wreath is worn
straight on the head with the visor down over the forehead.
a)

2)

Do not tilt the hat or wear it on the back of the head.

An officer will wear the trooper hat without the wreath:
a)

Whenever the OIC designates it as the uniform of the
day.

b)

Anytime an officer is exposed to adverse weather
conditions for extended periods of time.

b.

Ike jacket/blouse - dress uniform

c.

Nylon windbreaker

d.

Nylon storm jacket

e.

Raincoat and/or all-weather coat

f.

Topcoat - captains and above

g.

Trousers – summer, winter, and all-weather

h.

Body armor
1)

All sworn personnel below the rank of captain will wear
body armor while on-duty or when working off-duty
extension of police services details.

2)

Captains and above will wear body armor when actively
involved in field operations.

3)

Personnel will wear body armor with both front and back
ballistic panels inserted.

4)

Bureau commanders can approve exemptions to the
wearing of body armor. The officer must submit a written
request through the chain of command. The bureau
commander will consider the following exceptions that, if
approved, will expire January 1 each year:
a)

Administrative and staff assignments including
district/unit desk personnel. A position, rather than an
individual, may be exempt.

b)

Non-uniform investigative assignments; a position,
rather than an individual, may be exempt.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

3

12.020
c)

d)

A medical condition which precludes the wearing of
body armor:
1]

The officer must submit a statement from a
physician identifying the condition.

2]

The physician's specialty must be consistent
with the diagnosis and treatment of the identified
condition.

3]

The officer has the responsibility for renewing
the exemption. The exemption may be renewed
using the same process above.

Wearing body armor is mandatory at all times, even
during a heat emergency declared by the City Health
Commissioner.
1]

Only the Police Chief or Acting Police Chief may
approve the removal of body armor.

5)

Exempt officers will have their body armor ready at hand
while on duty.

6)

Regardless of any exemptions, officers will wear body
armor when executing an arrest warrant, search warrant,
during stakeouts which may require enforcement action,
and when directed by a supervisor.

7)

Off-duty officers are not required to wear body armor while
attending court.

i.

Shirts - short and long sleeve

j.

Tie - black clip-on

k.

1)

Officers may wear one small tie-tack, tie bar, or chain on
the tie. The tie-tack, etc., may not be political, obscene, or
offensive in nature.

2)

Refer any questionable items to Inspections Section.

Name plates and Serving Since pins
1)

All uniformed personnel will wear one name plate and the
Serving Since pin on the uniform shirt. The plate and pin
combination will be worn on the center of the right breast
pocket flap just below the seam.

2)

The second name plate and the Serving Since pin will be
worn on the outermost garment, when appropriate.

3)

Name plates and the Serving Since pin are not worn on
topcoats, raincoats, or nylon jackets.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

4

12.020

l.

4)

The Serving Since pin reflects the calendar year in which
the employee became a sworn Cincinnati police or Park
police officer, cadet, or a non-sworn employee of the Police
Department.

5)

If there is a break in service of more than one year, the
Serving Since pin will reflect the calendar year the
employee returned to service.

Unit identification emblem
1)

m.

n.

The unit identification emblem is worn on the left lapel of
the Ike jacket or blouse.

Rank insignia
1)

Supervisors will wear the rank insignia on the uniform shirt
at all times to enable citizens and officers to easily identify
uniformed supervisory personnel.

2)

Lieutenants and above will wear the rank insignia on the
shoulder epaulets of the blouse, overcoat, or nylon storm
coat.

Badge and Department issued identification card
1)

Uniformed officers, civilian clothes officers, and off-duty
personnel in civilian attire will carry/wear their assigned
badge and Department issued ID card.
a)

Off-duty personnel and officers in civilian attire must
properly identify themselves in the conduct of police
activity by presenting their badge and Department
issued ID card unless an emergency situation exists
where their personal safety might be jeopardized.

b)

Officers not in uniform, including off-duty officers, will
wear their badge or Department issued ID card on or
above the belt of their outermost garment while in a
police facility.
1]

2)

Bureau commanders may make exemptions for
reasons of safety or practicality, e.g., district
exercise rooms.

Department issued ID cards are replaced when:
a)

An officer is promoted.

b)

An officer's appearance changes significantly, e.g.,
weight, color or length of hair, grows facial hair for a
covert assignment, or removal of facial hair.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

5

12.020
c)

An officer's Ohio driver's license and Department
official photographs are renewed every four years.
1]

3)

Officers will respond to the Personnel Section, Monday
through Friday between 0800-1600 hours for replacement
of Department issued ID cards. Upon surrender of the
expired card by the officer, Personnel Section will destroy
the card and immediately issue the new card to the officer.
Employees working hours other than those listed above will
respond to CIS to have photos taken by a Criminalist.
Employees must call, prior to responding, to ensure a
Criminalist is available to take photos.
a)

All officers, except those in civilian clothes and covert
assignments, i.e., Central Vice Control Section,
Intelligence Section, etc., will respond with a white
uniform shirt and necktie.
1]

4)

Police Personnel Section routes the notice of
expiration of the operator's license and file
photographs to all
bureaus/districts/sections/units.

All officers in civilian clothes and covert
assignments, regardless of rank, will respond in
proper business attire.

b)

All officers in non-uniform assignments other than
civilian clothes and covert assignments, e.g.,
Impound Unit, Supply Unit, etc., must respond with
the white uniform shirt and necktie.

c)

One photograph is required for police officers and
specialists.

d)

Two photographs are required for uniformed sworn
supervisors.
1]

One photo in white uniform shirt with necktie
and collar insignia.

2]

One photo in white uniform shirt with necktie,
without collar insignia.

Lost or stolen ID card
a)

Officers must provide Personnel Section with proof of
loss or theft and a copy of the Form 301, Incident
Report, when replacement cards are requested.
Officers will:
1]
Immediately report lost and stolen cards to their
supervisor.
2]

Teletype the loss or theft to all county agencies.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

6

12.020
3]

5)

b)

Supervisors will investigate the circumstances and
ensure a Form 301 is completed.

c)

Supervisors will initiate a Form 17, through the chain
of command, to Personnel Section explaining the
circumstances of the loss or theft. Include in the form
any negligence on the part of the officer.

d)

The district/section/unit commander will determine the
degree of negligence. Upon approval, forward the
forms to the affected bureau commander.

e)

The bureau commander will review and recommend
corrective action to the Police Chief when negligence
is a factor.

f)

The supervisor will direct the employee to respond to
Personnel Section for the issuance of a new ID card.

Damaged ID card
a)

The employee will respond to Personnel Section and
exchange the damaged ID card for a new one.

b)

Damaged cards will not require a Form 301 unless
the damage is due to employee negligence.
1]

6)

Complete a Form 301.

If the damage is due to employee negligence,
the employee will pay for replacement.

Non-sworn employees ID card
a)

District/section/unit supervisors will ensure new nonsworn employees assigned to their unit respond to
Personnel Section as soon as possible and have an
ID card made. The employees will respond in proper
business attire.
1]

The employee may respond to Personnel
Section between 0800-1600 hours, Monday
through Friday. Employees working hours other
than those listed above will respond to CIS to
have photos taken by a Criminalist. Employees
must call, prior to responding, to ensure a
Criminalist is available to take photos.

2]

Personnel Section will issue the completed ID
card to the new employee immediately. If the
photos are taken at CIS, the card will be mailed
to the employee through Interdepartmental Mail.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

7

12.020
b)

7)

The ID card will be renewed every four years in conjunction
with the renewal of the employee’s Ohio driver’s license.

8)

Non-sworn employees leaving the Police Department due
to retirement, resignation, or discharge will return the ID
card to their supervisor.
a)

o.

Personnel, on or off-duty, will wear their Department
issued ID card on or above the belt on the front of the
outermost garment while in a police facility.

The supervisor will forward the ID card to Personnel
Section for destruction.

Gunbelt
1)

Uniformed personnel will wear the Department issued
gunbelt and all related equipment for the belt while on duty.
a)

Officers will examine their gunbelts weekly for torn
stitching, wear, loose rivets, etc. and have any
deficiencies corrected.

p.

Keyhook

q.

Traffic control box key(s)

r.

Magazine pouches, pistol magazines, and ammunition

s.

Department approved firearm and holster
1)
Worn on the officer’s dominant side with the front edge of
the holster in line with the leg trouser seam.

t.

Handcuffs, key, and case
1)

Officers may carry an extra set of personally owned
handcuffs (Peerless or Smith & Wesson) in a black leather,
two pocket handcuff case or in their CDOP bag. Belt rings
or nylon cases are prohibited.
a)

u.

Officers must submit a Form 17 through the chain of
command to the Supply Unit listing the brand name
and serial number.

X26 Taser
1)

Uniformed personnel assigned to patrol duties will carry the
Taser when making traffic stops, responding to calls for
service, while on foot, mounted, bike patrol, or otherwise
engaged in police duties where the likelihood of arrest or
confrontational situations exist, e.g., School Resource
Officer duties.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

8

12.020
2)
v.

Officers working uniformed off-duty police related outside
employment details will carry the Taser.

Chemical irritant canister and case
1)

The chemical irritant canister worn directly behind the
holster can impede obtaining a proper grip on the firearm.
Officers who wear the chemical irritant in this position
should wear a belt keeper between the holster and the
canister or move the canister to another position on the
gunbelt.

w.

Radio swivel mount - worn on opposite side of firearm

x.

Glove pouch

y.

1)

Department issued Gould and Goodrich black leather
pouch.

2)

Must contain 2 pairs of “Safeskin” Nitrile Exam Gloves.

Flashlight
1)

Must meet one of the following specifications:
a)

Department issued plastic, three "D" cell battery
flashlight.

b)

Personally owned plastic, two or three "C" or "D" cell
battery flashlight.

c)

Personally owned rechargeable flashlight, with plastic
housing or mini-light style, meeting the specifications
listed above.

2)

Officers may carry a supplemental mini-light, metal or
plastic, two "AA" cell battery or rechargeable flashlight.

3)

Any other style or size flashlight must have the written
authorization of the Police Chief.
a)

z.

The Police Chief will authorize other styles for special
assignment duties only, not for routine patrol usage.

Utility bag
1)

All on-duty officers will have the utility bag with them at all
times.
a)

District/section/unit commanders may make
exceptions due to the nature of some special
assignments, i.e., walking beat, bicycle, covert, etc.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

9

12.020
aa.

Riot helmet
1)

bb.

All on-duty officers will carry their riot helmet in their utility
bag.
a)

Officers will wear the riot helmet in potentially
hazardous situations at the direction of a supervisor.

b)

Supervisors can make exceptions to the above for
walking beats, etc.

Auto-Lock baton and holder
1)

Uniformed personnel assigned to patrol must have the
Auto-Lock baton readily available.
a)

2.

Uniformed personnel have the option of wearing the
Auto-Lock baton on the gunbelt if space is available.

The following items are approved for wear with Department issued
uniform parts and equipment:
a.

b.

Footwear - approved styles
1)

Black, laced, leather or high gloss, low or high cut, plain toe
military shoe with welt last type sole.

2)

Black, laced, all leather plain toe military boots with welt
last type sole.

3)

Black, winter or inclement weather boots or overshoes.

4)

All shoes and boots should look like a dress shoe, giving
the appearance of the leather upper stitched to the sole.

Footwear – other styles are permitted only when approved for
special assignments.
1)

Casual shoes.

2)

Athletic shoes.

3)

Dress boots.

4)

Boots with nylon sides.

5)

Paratrooper boots.

6)
c.

Any type of leather boot with a gym shoe type appearance,
where the sole is molded to the leather upper.
Socks - solid black or navy blue.
1)

Officers may wear white socks with boots provided the
socks are not visible beneath the hem of the pant leg.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

10

12.020
2)

Officers may wear white socks with shoes only when
prescribed by the Employee Health Service physician.
a)

The district/section/unit will file the written prescription
in the officer’s medical jacket.

d.

Belt - black with plain buckle and black belt holder loops.

e.

Undershirt - solid white only.

f.

Gloves - black or navy blue.

g.

Dickey and sweaters
1)

2)

A dickey, crew neck sweater, or turtleneck sweater will be
worn only when the temperature is below 32 degrees and
the uniform coat is being worn.
a)

A dickey, crew neck sweater, or turtleneck may not be
worn by officers assigned inside, e.g., desk duty,
collators, staff assignments, etc.

b)

Dickeys and crew neck sweaters will be black or navy
blue and worn with, and on top of, the uniform shirt
and tie.

c)

Turtleneck sweaters will be black or navy blue and
worn with, and on top of, the uniform shirt, with or
without a tie.

A v-neck sweater may be worn at any comfortable
temperature when the uniform coat is worn.
a)

Officers assigned inside may wear V-neck sweaters.

b)

V-neck sweaters will be black or navy blue and worn
with, and on top of, the uniform shirt and tie.

h.

Eyeglasses

i.

Wristwatch – non-stretch wristband is recommended.

j.

Authorized insignia for service achievement - worn only on the
Ike jacket, nylon windbreaker, or blouse.
1)

The Personal Sacrifice Ribbon is worn centered directly
above the right breast pocket.

2)

The Outstanding Achievement Award is worn centered
directly above the left breast pocket.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

11

12.020
k.

Special assignment insignia is worn centered on the left breast
pocket flap of the Ike jacket, nylon windbreaker, or blouse.
During warm weather, the insignia is worn centered on the left
breast pocket flap of the uniform shirt. Officers with more than
one insignia will wear no more than two at one time, side by side
on the left breast pocket flap. Upon reassignment, retirement, or
resignation, the insignia must be turned in.
1)

Traffic insignia is worn only by Traffic Unit personnel.

2)

SWAT insignia is worn only by SWAT personnel.

3)

MHRT insignia is worn only by Mental Health Response
Team personnel.

4)

Mounted Patrol insignia is worn only by Mounted Patrol
personnel.

5)

Motorcycle Patrol insignia is worn only by certified
motorcycle riders actively riding a motorcycle.

6)

Field Training Officer (FTO) insignia is worn only by
personnel on the Training Section list of active FTOs.
a)

Any officer removed from FTO status will immediately
return the insignia to the FTO Coordinator.

3.

Department personnel desiring to wear any equipment not issued by
the Department or not on the approved list must request written
approval from the Police Chief.

4.

Canine officers may wear protective equipment in conjunction with
their special duties.
a.

5.

Department issued jumpsuits and baseball type caps may be
worn for searches and training duty.

Mounted Patrol personnel are permitted to wear/use special
equipment authorized for their particular assignment.
a.

Riding crops, helmets, boots and other protective equipment
may be worn when engaged in mounted patrol duties.

6.

Two and three-wheel cycle officers are permitted to wear Department
issued helmets and boots as the uniform of the day.

7.

Civilian clothes officers in operational assignments, e.g., CIS, district
investigator, etc., will carry the following equipment. The
district/section/unit commander can make exceptions if possession of
such items might jeopardize a police officer or an official investigation:
a.

Badge and Department issued ID card.

b.

Handcuffs and key.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

12

12.020

8.

9.

c.

Department approved firearm.

d.

Extra magazine.

e.

Chemical irritant.

f.

X26 Taser.

Personnel wearing the dress uniform blouse will carry:
a.

Badge and Department issued ID card.

b.

Department approved firearm.

c.

Extra magazine.

Civilian clothes officers in staff assignments, e.g., Inspections Section,
Internal Investigations Section, etc., will carry, at the minimum, the
following equipment. The unit commander can make exceptions if
possession of such items might jeopardize a police officer or an
official investigation:
a.

Badge and Department issued ID card.

b.

Department approved firearm.

10.

Uniformed officers in staff assignments will wear the uniform gunbelt
and all required equipment.

11.

Officers assigned to the SWAT Unit may wear special uniforms and
equipment designated by the SWAT Commander.

12.

Officers assigned to bicycle patrol may wear approved uniforms and
equipment outlined in Section D.

13.

Officers and non-sworn personnel assigned to the Evidence/Property
Management Section, Training Section, and Supply Unit may wear
Department issued work clothes and caps instead of the standard
uniform.

14.

SWAT, Evidence/Property Management Section, Training Section,
and Supply Unit personnel authorized to wear work or training clothing
in performance of assigned duties will change to the uniform of the
day or business attire when attending court or other functions outside
normal duties.

15.

Reflective Traffic Vests
a.

All sworn officers are issued a reflective traffic vest.
1)

The officer's badge number is marked on the inside of his
vest with a black indelible marker.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

13

12.020
b.

c.

C.

Department personnel will wear the reflective traffic vest for all
uniformed assignments or details, on or off-duty, under the
following conditions:
1)

All accident scenes.

2)

All traffic posts.

3)

All expressway assignments when outside the vehicle.

4)

In the roadway exposed to traffic hazards. Routine traffic
stops are not subject to this requirement.

Each district has spare vests marked with the district number
and vest number.
1)

These spare vests may be used by officers not having an
issued vest for off-duty details, by civilian riders, or Police
Clergy team personnel who may be exposed to traffic
hazards.

2)

When spare vests are issued, make a blotter entry to
include the name of the person using the vest and the
identifying number of the vest.

Dress Uniform
1.

The dress uniform will consist of Ike jackets for specialists/police
officers and blouses for supervisors, regardless of the date or
weather, unless otherwise specified by the Police Chief.
a.

Blouses may be issued to police officers/specialists upon
approval of the officer’s bureau commander.

b.

Uniformed personnel will wear the dress uniform:

c.
2.

1)

To full City Council meetings.

2)

To funerals.

3)

When participating in a parade.

4)

When attending promotional ceremonies.

Exceptions can be made by the Police Chief or any bureau
commander, e.g., staff meetings, Council committees, etc.

Personnel appearing as guest instructors at the Training Section will
wear either the dress uniform or conservative business attire,
displaying proper identification.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

14

12.020
3.

When winter uniforms are worn, uniformed personnel in staff
assignments will wear either the dress uniform or conservative
business attire while attending to normal duties and meetings.
a.

4.

Sworn personnel in non-uniformed assignments have the option of
wearing the dress uniform or conservative business attire while being
a participant in promotion ceremonies.
a.

5.

Grooming standards must be followed if the dress uniform is
worn.

Honor Guard, Motorcycle Patrol, Mounted Patrol
a.

D.

The storm coat or lightweight jacket may be worn while at lunch,
etc.

In addition to uniform/equipment requirements outlined by
procedure, addressed in the section/unit SOP, and/or approved
by the Police Chief, dress uniform consists of:
1)

Blouse.

2)

Sam Browne leather waist belt with shoulder strap,
holster, magazine carrier, and handcuff case.

Mountain Bike Uniform
1.

The following items are issued to bike officers as their Department
issued bike uniform:
a.

Cycling helmet.

b.

Cycling glasses.

c.

Nylon gunbelt.

d.

Nylon holster.

e.

9mm magazine holder.

f.

Radio holder.

g.

Nylon mace holder.

h.

Nylon double handcuff case.

i.

Silent key ring.

j.

Leather badge clip holder.

k.

Department issued leather glove pouch containing 2 pairs of
“Safeskin” Nitrile Exam Gloves.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

15

12.020

2.

l.

Summer shorts.

m.

Short sleeve shirts.

n.

Long trousers.

o.

Mock turtleneck shirt.

p.

Winter jacket.

q.

Helmet cover.

r.

Balaclava.

s.

Gloves (winter & summer).

t.

Cycling shoes.

u.

Climits hand protectors.

Only the following combinations of bike uniform parts are acceptable
for wear together.
Uniform A
Short Sleeve Shirt
Long Pants

Uniform B
Short Sleeve Shirt
Shorts

Uniform C
Mock Turtleneck
Short Sleeve Shirt
Shorts

Uniform D
Mock Turtleneck
Short Sleeve Shirt
Long Pants

Uniform E
Winter Jacket
w/o Sleeves
Mock Turtleneck
Long Pants

Uniform F
Winter Jacket
w/Sleeves
Mock Turtleneck
Long Pants

Uniform G
Winter Jacket
w/o Sleeves
Mock Turtleneck
Shorts

Uniform H
Winter Jacket
w/Sleeves
Mock Turtleneck
Shorts

Uniform I
Winter Jacket
w/Sleeves
Mock Turtleneck
Short Sleeve Shirt
Long Pants

Uniform J
Winter Jacket
w/Sleeves
Summer Shirt
Long Pants

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

16

12.020
3.

Wearing of the bike uniform.
a.

Helmets and eye protection will be worn at all times while
cycling.

b.

The balaclava and helmet cover may be worn during inclement
weather.

c.

Department issued nylon gear will only be worn with an
acceptable bike uniform.

d.

The bike uniform will only be worn when officers will be riding
their bikes. During inclement weather or when assigned other
duties where the officer will not be riding a bike, the uniform of
the day will be worn.
1)

e.
E.

Off-duty officers attending court, who are assigned a
mountain bike, will wear the uniform of the day or
conservative business attire.

Officers riding as partners will wear the same uniform
combination.

Uniforms/Related Equipment - Inspection and Replacement
1.

Uniforms and related equipment are inspected annually.
a.

b.

All sworn personnel will respond in person to one of the
scheduled inspection sessions.
1)

District personnel who are on-duty when uniform inspection
is held at their district must attend on that date.

2)

Off-duty district personnel must attend one of the
scheduled inspections as directed.

3)

Personnel assigned to units other than districts will attend
one of the scheduled inspections.

Present all items in a clean condition.

2.

New uniforms and parts will be ordered at the annual inspection.

3.

A Form 264, Equipment Record, is maintained at the Supply Unit,
showing the equipment issued to each officer.
a.

4.

The uniform supplier, Roy Tailors Uniform Company, maintains
a computer generated listing of uniforms issued to each officer.

Uniforms or equipment showing excessive wear or in need of repair
between inspections will be brought to the attention of a supervisor.
The supervisor will submit a Form 630, Equipment/Supply/Service
Order, to the Supply Unit requesting repair or replacement.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

17

12.020
F.

Spare Firearms, Tasers, Holsters, Badges, Wreaths, Auto-Lock Baton, and
Chemical Irritants
1.

Under unusual circumstances, an officer may need to obtain a
replacement firearm, Taser, holster, baton, badge, wreath, or
chemical irritant.
a.

During normal working hours, officers will respond to the Supply
Unit and obtain a spare holster, badge, wreath, or chemical
irritant.

b.

During normal working hours, officers with a defective firearm or
Auto-Lock baton will call the Firearms Training Unit. If Firearms
Training Unit personnel are available, the officer will respond to
that location and have the defective firearm or baton repaired or
replaced with a spare.
1)

c.

If Firearms Training Unit personnel are unavailable, the
officer will respond to the Supply Unit for a spare firearm or
baton.

During normal working hours, officers with defective Tasers will
call the Tactical Planning Unit. If Tactical Planning Unit
personnel are available, the officer will respond to that location
and have the defective Taser repaired or replaced.
1)

2)

If Tactical Planning Unit personnel are unavailable, a
supervisor will perform a Taser download and place the
printout in the officer’s Taser file.
a)

The supervisor will place the defective Taser in the
unit’s property locker and ensure it is delivered to the
Tactical Planning Unit during normal working hours.

b)

The officer will carry the Auto-Lock baton while their
Taser is out of service.

When the Taser is returned from the Tactical Planning
Unit, a supervisor will perform a Taser download and place
the printout in the officer’s Taser file.
a)

d.

If the officer is not on-duty when the Taser is
returned, the Taser will be placed in the unit’s
property locker until the officer returns to duty.

If the need occurs when the Supply Unit is closed, the officer will
respond to the Criminal Investigation Section (CIS). The
following equipment is kept in the CIS vault:
1)

Ten Smith and Wesson Military and Police (M&P) pistols.

2)

Six spare M&P pistol magazines.

3)

Two spare M&P holsters.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

18

12.020

e.

4)

One spare badge and wreath for a sergeant, two spare
badges and wreaths for specialists, and eight spare
badges and wreaths for police officers.

5)

Five spare chemical irritant canisters.

G.

Officers will give a copy of a completed Form 630
requesting a replacement chemical irritant to CIS
personnel.

b)

The officer's unit of assignment will route the original
completed Form 630 and defective chemical irritant to
the Supply Unit.

Check out the equipment through CIS desk personnel. They will
document in the logbook when the equipment is loaned out and
when it is returned.
1)

2.

a)

Items loaned from the CIS vault are intended for short-term
loan only. Officers should arrange to obtain long-term loan
items from the Supply Unit and return the borrowed item to
CIS within 5 days.

Take defective equipment to the Supply Unit for repair or replacement
during their normal work hours.

Uniforms, Related Equipment, Personal Property - Lost, Stolen, or
Damaged
1.

Personnel will immediately report lost or stolen uniform parts or
equipment to their supervisor.
a.

The supervisor will investigate and document the circumstances
of the incident including the degree of negligence, if any, on the
part of the officer.
1)

Teletype the loss or theft of uniquely identifiable or
serialized property such as a badge, wreath, firearm, or
handcuffs to all county agencies.

b.

The supervisor will ensure a Form 301 is completed along with a
Form 630. Attach a copy of the Form 301 to the Form 630.

c.

The district/section/unit commander will review the Form 630
and/or Form 301 and determine the degree of negligence on the
part of the officer, if any. The district/section/unit commander
will then forward these forms to the affected bureau commander.

d.

Upon approval, the bureau commander will send the Form 630
and Form 301 attachment to the Inspections Section
Commander.
1)

The bureau commander will review the degree of
negligence, if any.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

19

12.020

2)
e.
2.

H.

Supply Unit will replace the item.

Personnel will immediately report damaged uniforms or equipment to
their supervisor.
a.

The supervisor will investigate the circumstances of the incident
and make a Form 630 if needed. The supervisor will include in
the investigation the degree of negligence, if any, on the part of
the officer.

b.

Forward the Form 630 or Form 301 to the district/section/unit
commander for approval. The district/section/unit commander
will determine the degree of negligence, if any, on the part of the
officer.

c.

Upon approval, the district/section/unit commander will forward
the Form 630 to the Supply Unit.

d.
3.

The bureau commander will recommend corrective action
to the Police Chief when negligence is a factor.

1)

The district/section/unit commander will send a copy of the
Form 630 or Form 301 to the affected bureau commander.

2)

Follow Sections G.1.d.1) and 2) if necessary.

Supply Unit will replace the item and dispose of the damaged
item.

Replace personal property in accordance with guidelines set forth in
the labor agreement.
a.

Make a request for replacement or repair of personal property on
a Form 630 to the Inspections Section with replacement receipt
attached.

b.

The Inspections Section Commander will make a
recommendation to the Police Chief concerning replacement of
personal property.

Storage of Uniform Equipment During Officer Suspension
1.

If an officer is suspended five days or less, the officer's equipment
need not be surrendered. Internal Investigations Section (IIS)
personnel will notify the officer of the suspension dates, that police
powers are suspended, and that the carrying or use of police
equipment is prohibited.

2.

If an officer is suspended more than five days, the officer's
commander or designee will immediately relieve the officer of their
firearm, magazines, ammunition, Motorola radio, Taser, badge,
wreath, and ID card, and issue a receipt to the officer for the items
taken.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

20

12.020

I.

If there is an armory at the suspended officer's unit of
assignment, and the suspension is ten working days or less,
store the items in the armory.

b.

If the suspended officer's unit of assignment does not have an
armory, or the suspension is more than ten working days, hand
carry the items to the Supply Unit for storage.

c.

Temporary ID cards will be issued to sworn members of the
Department who have their police powers suspended.
1)

The affected officer will arrange to respond to Personnel
Section for the temporary ID card between 0800-1600
hours, Monday through Friday.

2)

Personnel Section will number the ID card and record it in
a logbook.

3)

When police powers are restored, the supervisor should
send the temporary ID card to Personnel Section for
destruction.

Misuse of Uniforms/Related Equipment
1.

J.

a.

Police Department personnel are responsible for the proper use and
care of issued equipment.
a.

If an investigation determines that neglect, unauthorized
alteration, destruction, disposal, or other misuse of equipment or
uniforms has occurred, disciplinary action could result.

b.

If the above investigation determines any of the aforementioned
misuse, Department personnel may be required to assume all
costs of replacement as part of the penalty for such violations.

Personal Grooming
1.

Grooming standards for male police officers.
a.

Hair
1)

In all cases, the bulk and/or length of the hair will not
interfere with the wearing of the uniform cap.

2)

Hair on top of the head will be neatly groomed. The length
and/or bulk of the hair will not be excessive or present an
unkempt, ragged, or extreme appearance.

3)

Hair must be evenly tapered on the sides and back. The
hair outline will follow the contour of the ear. Hair will not
fall over the ears or touch the collar, except for the closely
cut hair at the back of the neck.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

21

12.020
a)
4)
b.

c.

Frontal grooming will not permit the hair to be visible on the
forehead when the uniform cap is worn.

Sideburns
1)

Sideburns will be neatly trimmed and the bulk of the
sideburns will not be excessive.

2)

Sideburns will not exceed one inch in width.

3)

The maximum length of the sideburns will not extend below
the middle of the ear.

4)

The base of the sideburns will be a clean shaven horizontal
line.

Mustaches
1)

d.

A block-cut in the back is permissible in a moderate
degree.

Mustaches can extend 1/4 inch beyond the line
perpendicular to the corners of the mouth. They will not
extend below a line horizontal with the corners of the
mouth, and will be neatly trimmed. Fu Man Chu and
handlebar styles, etc. are prohibited.

Beards
1)

The face will be clean shaven. Beards and goatees are
not considered uniform grooming and are not allowed.
a)

The Police Chief may approve an exemption to allow
facial hair if a pseudofolliculitis barbae medical
condition exists.

b)

Officers requesting an exemption must submit a
written request on a Form 17 through the chain of
command.
1]

The diagnosis of pseudofolliculitis barbae must
be made by a dermatologist. The note from the
dermatologist must include:
a]

The officer’s skin condition.

b]

The extent and prognosis of the
pseudofolliculitis barbae.

c]

The history of previous medical treatment.

d]

The length of time the officer has received
treatment.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

22

12.020

c)

2.

The recommendation for current treatment.

f]

How frequently the officer may shave while
undergoing treatment.

2]

The officer requesting an exemption will
schedule an appointment with the EHS
physician who will examine the officer and
review the dermatologist’s recommendations.

3]

The officer will submit a signed medical release
allowing the Police Department to discuss the
skin condition with the dermatologist.

Officers receiving an exemption must submit a
renewal request by January 1 following the initial
request.
1]

d)

e]

Approved requests will begin and end annually
on January 1.

Unless the treating dermatologist specifies otherwise,
an officer receiving an exemption will not shave
anywhere on the exposed areas of the face and
frontal area of the neck, except to maintain the beard
length of no more than one-eighth inch.

Grooming standards for female police officers.
a.

b.

Hair
1)

The hair, when worn full length, will not extend downward
below the lower edge of the shirt collar.

2)

Longer hair may be worn, but must be uplifted to the top of
the head while in uniform. When in the uplifted position, no
hair will extend downward below the lower edge of the shirt
collar.

3)

The length of the hair will not interfere with the proper
wearing of the uniform cap.

4)

Frontal grooming will not permit the hair to be visible on the
forehead when the uniform cap is worn.

Makeup
1)

A moderate use of makeup is permissible.
a)

The use of eye shadow is prohibited.

b)

The heavy use of makeup is not acceptable.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

23

12.020
2)

Fingernail polish, other than a clear or neutral shade, is
prohibited.
a)

3)
3.

The wearing of jewelry by male and female officers, e.g., chains,
necklaces, pendants, earrings, bracelets, etc., will be limited to
rings and watches while in uniform.
1)

K.

A conservative amount of lipstick of a clear or neutral
shade is permissible.

Jewelry
a.

4.

Nails are to be cut short and neatly trimmed.

Religious medals, scapulars, and other bona fide
expressions of religious affiliations may be worn around the
neck, provided the item is concealed by either the uniform
shirt or an undershirt.

The above regulations apply to all uniformed and non-uniformed
officers. Some officers, due to the nature of their assignment, may be
exempt from this regulation after obtaining written permission from
their bureau commander.
a.

The bureau commander will maintain a record of this exemption.

b.

Bureau commanders may make exemptions for reasons of
safety or practicality, e.g., district exercise rooms.

Personally Assigned Lockers
1.

When possible, the Department assigns all personnel locker space at
their unit of assignment.

2.

Each officer receives a locker key. The officer will keep it locked
when not in use.

3.

The commanding officer will securely maintain a duplicate key file by
name and assigned locker number.
a.

4.

Employees may not install combination locks or other type locks on
Department lockers without the written approval of the
district/section/unit commander.
a.

5.

Only the commander and supervisory personnel of the
district/section/unit have access to the key file.

If the district/section/unit commander grants approval, the
employee must furnish the combination or a duplicate key for the
duplicate key file.

A district/section/unit commander or supervisor may open a locker for
the following purposes:

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

24

12.020
a.

To be sure Department equipment is maintained in a proper
manner.

b.

To determine the location of Department records and reports
known to be the occupant officer's responsibility.
1)

Citations, records, reports, or other official Department
documents requiring processing in accordance with
Department policies and procedures will not be kept in any
officer's locker.

c.

For health and safety reasons, i.e., rotting food, mildewed
uniform parts, leaking canisters, etc.

d.

Any other legitimate Department need.

6.

A unit supervisor may require a total locker inventory in the presence
of the assigned locker occupant for any of the reasons outlined in
Section K.5.

7.

Supervisors may not randomly search lockers.

8.

Individually assigned lockers in police facilities are the property of the
City of Cincinnati.

Revised 12/16/08, Replaces 01/01/08

25

12.021

12.021 VISITOR IDENTIFICATION IN POLICE FACILITIES
Reference:
Procedure 12.020 - Uniforms, Related Equipment, and Personal Grooming
Procedure 12.131 - Confidential Informant Management and Control
Purpose:
Ensure persons other than Police Department employees in a non-public area of
a Police Department facility are properly identified.
Maintain security in Police Department facilities for the safety of employees and
visitors.
Policy:
Sworn personnel encountering a person(s) in a police facility, who is unknown to
the officer and not properly identified, will question them as to their identity and
reason for being in the facility. The officer will ensure the unidentified person(s)
receives a Visitor's Identification Pass, displays proper identification, or is
escorted from the premises.
Civilian personnel encountering a person(s) in a police facility, who is unknown
and not properly identified, will immediately summon a sworn officer to
investigate the unidentified person(s).
Procedure:
A.

When a non-Department employee visits a police facility or is a civilian
rider, the desk person will:
1. Determine if the visit is valid. Confirm the visitor's identification with a
valid ID and RCIC/NCIC check. Enter the visitor's information onto the
Visitors Log (Form 690).
a.

The Form 690 will show the visitor's name, company or agency
they represent, reason for visit, time in, time out, and the badge
number or initials of the person logging the visitor in and out.
1)

3/93

Keep Form 690 sheets in a 3 ring binder and remove after
1 year.

1

12.021
2.

3.

Issue the visitor a Visitor ID Pass.
a.

Print the name and date on the Visitor ID Pass.

b.

Instruct the visitor to wear the Visitor ID Pass on the chest area
of the outermost garment at all times while in the police facility.

Have the police employee whom the visitor is to meet respond to
meet the visitor.
a.

4.

If the visitor is performing a service or maintenance, issue a Visitor ID
Pass except:
a.

B.

When the person performing the service is a city employee or
contract employee, they will display the proper city or company
ID. The desk person need not issue a Visitor ID Pass.
1)

The desk person must still enter the city employee or
contract employee onto the Form 690.

2)

Instruct the visitor to respond back to the desk person
before leaving so the desk person can log the visitor out
and collect the Visitor ID Pass.

Visiting Groups or Tours:
1.

Desk personnel will identify each adult individual and follow the above
procedure through section A.2.b.

2.

The employee responsible for scheduling the group will respond to the
desk area to escort the group through the facility.
a.

3.

3/93

Do not leave the visitor unattended in non public areas of the
police facility.

The attending officer will ensure no one from the group wanders
through the facility without an escort.

Upon completion of the groups' visit, the escorting employee will
ensure the group is logged out.

2

12.021
C.

Confidential Informants (CI):
1.

Informant control officers (ICO) having a CI(s) respond to a police
facility may log the CI onto the Form 690 under the name of the ICO.
a.

3/93

Place the letters "CI" after the ICO's name.

3

12.021

b.

The ICO will ensure the CI wears a Visitor ID Pass.
1)

3/93

The ICO will use his/her name on the Visitor ID Pass to
protect the identity of the CI if necessary.

c.

The ICO will remain with the CI during the entire visit to the
police facility.

d.

Enter the time in and the time out on the Form 690.

4

12.025

12.025 AUTHORIZED WEAPONS
Reference:
18 USC 926B, 926C - Law Enforcement Officers Safety Act of 2004
Ohio Revised Code 2901.01K - Law Enforcement Officer
Ohio Revised Code 2923.12B - Carrying Concealed Weapons
Ohio Revised Code 2923.12.1 - Illegal Possession of Firearm in Liquor Permit
Premises
Ohio Revised Code 2923.12.2 - Illegal Conveyance or Possession of Deadly
Weapon or Dangerous Ordnance in School
Safety Zone
Ohio Revised Code 2923.12.3 - Illegal Conveyance of Deadly Weapon or
Dangerous Ordnance into Courthouse
Ohio Revised Code 2923.15 - Using Weapons While Intoxicated
Procedure 12.020, Uniforms, Related Equipment, and Personal Grooming
Ohio House Bill 12, Section 9
CALEA Standard 1.3.10.
Definitions:
Qualified Law Enforcement Officer – An employee of a governmental agency
who –
•
•
•
•
•
•

is authorized by law to engage in or supervise the prevention, detection,
investigation, or prosecution of, or the incarceration of any person for, any
violation of law, and has statutory powers of arrest;
is authorized by the agency to carry a firearm;
is not the subject of any disciplinary action by the agency;
meets standards, if any, established by the agency which require the
employee to regularly qualify in the use of a firearm;
is not under the influence of alcohol or another intoxicating or
hallucinatory drug or substance; and
is not prohibited by Federal law from receiving a firearm.

Information:
Supply Unit maintains a perpetual record of all Department owned and approved
weapons.
The Law Enforcement Officers Safety Act of 2004 permits qualified active and
retired law enforcement officers to carry concealed weapons nationwide. The
Law Enforcement Officers Safety Act does not supersede or limit the laws of any
state permitting persons or entities from prohibiting or restricting the possession
of concealed firearms on private property. Individual states still retain the
authority to prohibit or restrict the possession of firearms on any state or local
governmental property, installation, building, etc. (educational institutions, court
houses, etc.).
Nothing in this act permits officers to carry non-authorized firearms.

Rev. 04/21/09, Replaces 09/04/07

1

12.025
Ohio House Bill 12, Section 9, prohibits municipalities from placing restrictions on
persons with valid concealed carry licenses issued by the State of Ohio. If an
officer obtains a concealed carry license from the State, the Police Department
cannot restrict the type of handgun carried off-duty by that police officer.
However, if the officer is involved in an off-duty incident where they are acting in
an official capacity as a police officer, they are subject to administrative action by
the Police Department if the handgun used is not one approved by this
procedure.
Policy:
The Police Department will assign firearms only to sworn employees. With the
prior written approval of the City Manager, the Department may assign a firearm
to a qualified non-sworn employee who has successfully demonstrated
proficiency in the use of the agency authorized weapon. Proficiency must
be to the standards set by the Rangemaster of the Department Firearms
Training Unit (FTU).
The Police Department will only dispose of weapons according to law and
purchasing regulations.
While on duty, an officer will carry or have under his control only Department
authorized weapons and ammunition. Personnel will carry the firearm as
directed in Procedure 12.020, Uniforms, Related Equipment, and Personal
Grooming.
Officers responding to court on cases resulting from official business including
outside employment details will only carry Department authorized firearms.
All Department personnel authorized to carry lethal and less-than-lethal weapons
will be issued copies of and be instructed in Department use of force policies and
procedures before being authorized to carry a weapon. Only personnel
demonstrating proficiency in the use of Department authorized weapons are
permitted to carry those weapons, both on or off-duty.
Each officer must qualify annually with the Department issued firearm. With the
approval of the Police Chief, the Rangemaster will determine qualification
standards. An officer who fails annual qualification will be relieved of their police
powers prior to leaving the FTU. Affected personnel will leave their badge,
wreath, identification card, issued firearm, and ammunition with FTU personnel.
Each non-sworn employee assigned an agency authorized weapon must qualify
annually with the issued firearm. A non-sworn employee who fails annual
firearm qualification will surrender the issued firearm and ammunition to FTU
personnel prior to leaving the training facility. A non-sworn employee may be
reissued the agency authorized weapon upon successful demonstration of
proficiency in the use of the weapon to the FTU Rangemaster.
Officers must follow the provisions of this procedure and be in possession of
their Department issued identification card to legally carry a concealed firearm
under the provisions of the Law Enforcement Officers Safety Act of 2004.

Rev. 04/21/09, Replaces 09/04/07

2

12.025
Procedure:
A.

Authorized Weapons and Ammunition
1.

Semi-automatic pistols:
a.

Smith & Wesson 9mm Military and Police (M&P9).

b.

Smith and Wesson 9mm Military and Police compact (M&P9c).
1)

2.

Authorized ammunition for both pistols is Winchester 9mm,
147 grain jacketed hollow point.

Shotguns:
a.

Remington 870.
1) Authorized ammunition is either Winchester 2¾” 12 gauge 00
buck ammunition or Winchester 2¾” 12 gauge slugs.
a)

3.

If the shotgun is dedicated as less-lethal (beanbag
shotguns), authorized ammunition is the Defense
Technologies DS23 drag-stabilized beanbag round.

Semi-automatic rifles (Patrol Rifles)
a.

Bushmaster XM15-E2S.

b.

Smith and Wesson Military and Police (M&P15).
1)

Authorized ammunition for all patrol rifles is
Winchester .223, 55 grain ballistic silvertip.

4.

Any official firearm designated by the Police Chief.

5.

Defense Technologies 40mm foam round launcher and rounds.

6.

PepperBall Technologies launcher with .5 OC PepperBall rounds.

7.

Monadnock Auto-Lock batons.

8.

Chemical irritant:
a.

Freeze CS.

b.

Punch II Streamer M-3 OC.

9.

Taser International X26 Taser and Taser International cartridges.

10.

Authorized SWAT tactical weapons and ammunition.
a.

SWAT weapons and ammunition are distributed and stored in
accordance with the SWAT Unit’s Standard Operating
Procedures.

Rev. 04/21/09, Replaces 09/04/07

3

12.025
B.

Issuance of Firearms
1.

The Smith and Wesson M&P9 semi-automatic pistol is issued to all
officers.

2.

The Smith and Wesson M&P9c compact semi-automatic pistol may
be issued to investigators, plainclothes personnel and by personnel
authorized by the Police Chief.

3.

a.

Investigators, plainclothes personnel or officers wishing to carry
an M&P9c as their on-duty firearm must submit a Form 17
through the chain of command to the Police Chief.

b.

Department personnel who purchase an M&P9c for personal
use will follow Section F. of this procedure to obtain
authorization to carry this firearm.

Patrol Rifles
a.

Districts/sections/units will maintain assigned semi-automatic
rifles (patrol rifles) in their respective armory. Patrol rifles will be
stored in an unlocked nylon case. While stored in the case,
rifles will remain unloaded with the bolt forward. Magazines will
be stored in the same rifle case but will not be inserted into the
magazine well of the weapon.
1)

Each district is assigned four patrol rifles.

2)

Central Vice Control Section is assigned four patrol rifles.

3)

Vortex Unit is assigned three patrol rifles.

b.

Only officers selected by the Police Chief and who have passed
the annual patrol rifle qualification course are authorized to carry
patrol rifles.

c.

Authorized officers will obtain a patrol rifle from their district
armory at the beginning of their assigned shift.
1)

Authorized officers will inspect the rifle daily prior to
entering the field to ensure it is unloaded and that the two
issued 30 round magazines are present.

2)

The daily inspection will be conducted outside of the police
facility with the rifle pointed in a safe direction.

d.

Patrol rifles carried into the field will remain unloaded and stored
in the case in a secured area of the vehicle. Patrol rifles will not
be carried unsecured in the front of the vehicle during routine
patrol duties.

e.

Upon identifying a situation where the deployment of the patrol
rifle can assist, officers will remove the rifle from the secured
area, load it, and have it ready at hand.

Rev. 04/21/09, Replaces 09/04/07

4

12.025

C.

D.

f.

Upon termination of their assigned shift, authorized officers will
ensure the patrol rifle is removed from the vehicle and returned
to the district armory in an unloaded condition.

g.

SWAT rifles stored in district armories are only to be accessed
and carried by SWAT personnel. Authorized officers will only
carry rifles assigned to the district as part of the patrol rifle
program.

Plainclothes Officers
1.

On-duty officers working in plainclothes may only carry their firearm in
the Department approved, Safariland ALS Belt Slide Holster (Model
6351-219).

2.

Shoulder holsters are not permitted for on-duty use.

Annual Qualification
1.

If an officer fails to qualify, the FTU will do the following:
a.

Relieve the officer of his police powers and equipment.
1)

b.

The officer must report to Personnel Section during his
next scheduled working day to obtain a temporary ID card.

Notify the officer’s unit of assignment of his duty status and the
date for further training and testing.
1)

Officers who are required to work prior to the training and
testing date must be assigned duties consistent with their
duty status.

c.

Notify Personnel Section of the officer’s duty status.

d.

Store the officer’s equipment in the FTU armory pending
successful qualification.

e.

Schedule the officer for additional training and testing.
1)

f.

Restore the officer’s police powers and return his equipment
upon successful qualification.
1)

g.

Officers will be scheduled for additional training and testing
on the next available training date.

Collect and destroy the temporary identification card.

Notify the officer’s unit of assignment and Personnel Section
upon successful qualification.

Rev. 04/21/09, Replaces 09/04/07

5

12.025
2.

Officers relieved of their police powers must notify the affected detail
coordinator if they are scheduled for any outside employment prior to
additional training and testing.

3.

Officers who fail the annual patrol rifle qualification will immediately be
removed from the list of authorized users.
a.

E.

Carrying a Firearm Off-Duty
1.

Carrying a firearm off-duty is optional.

2.

Off-duty officers, not in uniform, who choose to carry a firearm, will
conceal the firearm on their person.

3.

Ohio Revised Code §2923.15 prohibits carrying firearms while under
the influence of alcohol or any drug of abuse.
a.

4.

Law enforcement officers are not exempt from the prohibition.

The following Ohio Revised Code Sections apply to off-duty personnel
UNLESS they are acting in the scope of their duties as a police
officer.
a.

ORC Section 2923.12.1 – Illegal Possession of Firearm in Liquor
Permit Premises.

b.

ORC Section 2923.12.2 – Illegal Conveyance or Possession of
Deadly Weapon or Dangerous Ordnance or Illegal Possession
of Object Indistinguishable from Firearm in School Safety Zone.

c.

ORC Section 2923.12.3 – Illegal Conveyance of Deadly Weapon
or Dangerous Ordnance into Courthouse: Illegal Possession or
Control in Courthouse.

5.

Off-duty personnel may only carry Department authorized firearms;
M&P9 or the M&P9c, after following the approval process in Section
F. of this procedure.

6.

Off-duty officers with a valid carry concealed license issued by the
State of Ohio may carry a firearm of their choosing.
a.

F.

Reinstatement to the authorized user’s list will be at the
discretion of the Police Chief. Final approval will not be granted
until the officer passes the annual patrol rifle qualification the
following year.

Off-duty officers involved in an incident where they are acting in
an official capacity as a police officer are subject to
administrative action by the Department if the firearm used is not
one approved by this procedure.

Approval Process for Carrying a Personally Owned Department authorized
firearm in an On or Off- Duty Status

Rev. 04/21/09, Replaces 09/04/07

6

12.025
1.

Each officer responding to the Firearms Training Unit for qualification
will present the following unloaded firearm(s) to the Rangemaster:
a.

Official Department issued firearm.

b.

The personally owned Department authorized firearm the officer
requests authorization to carry on or off-duty.

2.

The Rangemaster will inspect all firearms for safety and compliance
with Section F.5. of this procedure.

3.

The Rangemaster will complete a Form PSA-17, Personal Firearm
Approval Request, for each firearm an officer requests authorization
to carry.
a.

The Form PSA-17 will include a description and the serial
number of the firearm, the officer's qualification results, the date
and signature of the Rangemaster.

b.

The Rangemaster will forward the completed Form PSA-17 to
the Training Section Commander for processing.

4.

The Form PSA-17 will be used as the Police Department's written
authorization for the on and off-duty use of a personally owned
firearm and approved ammunition.

5.

When an officer qualifies and approval is granted:

6.

a.

Training Section will forward the Form PSA-17 to the officer's
district/section commander for approval, retaining a control copy.

b.

The district/section commander will forward the Form PSA-17 to
the respective bureau commander for review and approval.

c.

Upon review and approval, the bureau commander will submit
the Form PSA-17 to the Police Chief.

d.

If approval is granted, the Police Chief will sign and date the
Form PSA-17 and forward it to Training Section.

e.

Training Section will retain the original Form PSA-17 and send
one copy to the requesting officer.

When approval is not granted:
a.

Training Section will retain the original Form PSA-17 and send a
duplicate copy of the form to the officer's district/section
commander.

b.

The district/section commander will ensure the officer is notified
of the disapproval and arrange for additional training as required.

Rev. 04/21/09, Replaces 09/04/07

7

12.025
G.

H.

Removal of Unsafe Weapons
1.

Notify a supervisor whenever an issued weapon is found to be unsafe
or in need of repair.

2.

Issue a replacement weapon until the original is returned or
permanently removed from service.

3.

Repairs/replacements are provided by the following units or sections:
a.

Firearms Training Unit: semi-automatic pistol, shotgun, beanbag
shotgun, 40mm foam launcher, Monadnock Auto-Lock baton,
and all SWAT weapons.

b.

Tactical Planning Unit: PepperBall launcher, Taser.

c.

Supply Unit: Chemical irritant.

d.

After normal working hours, CIS has semi-automatic pistols and
chemical irritant.

Storage of Department Owned Firearms
1.

Department issued firearms that are not in use must be stored
unloaded, in the armory of the affected district/section/unit in
accordance with district/section/unit Standard Operating Procedure.

Rev. 04/21/09, Replaces 09/04/07

8

12.030

12.030 VEHICLES: ASSIGNMENT, USE, AND
MAINTENANCE
Reference:
Administrative Regulation #51
Procedure 12.031 AUTOMATIC LICENSE PLATE RECOGNITION (ALPR)
Procedure 12.033 MOUNTAIN BIKES AND SEGWAYS: ASSIGNMENT, USE, AND
MAINTENANCE

Definitions:
Take-home means the police vehicle may be used to commute to and from
work, including responding to or from meetings, court, and recall situations.
On-call means the police vehicle may be used for all transportation needs. Oncall status is granted to officers who must respond directly to a point of recall
without first responding back to their residence to pick up the police vehicle.
Procedure:
A.

Assignment of Vehicles
1.

After consultation with the bureau commanders, the Fleet Manager
will assign motor vehicle equipment to Department units.

2.

Forward a request for additional equipment on a Form 17, with
supportive data, to your bureau commander.

3.

a.

After reviewing the request, the bureau commander will make a
recommendation and forward it to the Fleet Management Unit.

b.

The Fleet Manager will review the request, make a
recommendation, and forward the report to the Police Chief for
final determination.

The Fleet Manager will provide a vehicle jacket containing all
necessary information for each vehicle assigned to a police unit.
a.

Retain the jacket in the unit file. When the vehicle is removed
from service, return the jacket to the Fleet Management Unit.

b.

If there are any special regulations about operating the vehicle,
forward a copy of these regulations to the officer in charge (OIC)
of the assigned unit. The operating unit will strictly adhere to
these regulations.

Rev. 04/22/08, Replaces 06/26/07

1

12.030
B.

Semiannual Rotation of Vehicles
1.

The Fleet Management Unit will send a list of the vehicles scheduled
for rotation to the affected units 30 days before the designated
rotation date.

2.

Rotating unit's responsibilities
a.

3.

1)

Inspect the vehicle(s) two weeks before the designated
rotation date.

2)

Perform any maintenance due, or that will become due
within 500 miles of the inspection date.

3)

Correct any defects found before rotation of the vehicle.

4)

Complete a Form 427, Vehicle Inspection Report. The unit
supervisor will approve and sign the Form 427.

5)

After approval, place the Form 427 in the vehicle jacket for
rotation.

Receiving unit's responsibilities
a.

C.

Each unit receiving a list designating a vehicle(s) from their unit
for rotation will:

Each unit receiving vehicles through rotation will:
1)

Inspect the vehicle and review the vehicle jacket.

2)

Ensure the Form 427 is complete and accurate.

3)

Notify the supervisor approving the Form 427 of any
discrepancies.

4)

Ensure the rotating unit corrects any problem/discrepancy
before accepting the vehicle.

Use of Vehicles
1.

All Department vehicles are used for the transaction of police
business only. Only Department members or authorized service
personnel will operate the vehicles.

2.

Department personnel will not take Department vehicles home on a
regular basis without the Police Chief's approval. Only the Police
Chief may grant take-home or on-call status, except as listed in C.2.b.
a.

Submit a Form 17 to the Police Chief for approval.

Rev. 04/22/08, Replaces 06/26/07

2

12.030
b.

If necessary, a district/section commander may authorize sworn
personnel to take Department vehicles home overnight on a
non-regular basis for the efficient completion of police related
duties.

3.

The Police Chief and assistant chiefs are considered on-call and may
use their city vehicles for all transportation needs.

4.

Other Department personnel assigned take-home vehicles will use the
following guidelines:

5.

6.

a.

Officers identified as on-call may use their vehicles for all
transportation needs while in on-call status.

b.

Officers not in an on-call status will use their take-home vehicle
for the following purposes only:
1)

For inspection during other than normal tours of duty.

2)

When attending a public gathering where a possible need
for police service may arise, and/or good public relations
may be promoted by their presence.

3)

When attending meetings or groups where police matters
are a primary concern.

Other Department employees assigned take-home vehicles such as
canine officers, special investigators, motorcycle officers, etc., will use
the vehicles only for the following purposes:
a.

Regular assignments.

b.

Orders of superior officers.

c.

Attendance at an official judicial hearing.

Department personnel assigned a take-home vehicle will record on a
Form 429, Take-Home Vehicle Report, each time the vehicle is used
for city business before or after normal work hours and the purpose.
a.

Within one week after the end of each quarter, Department
personnel will electronically submit the completed Form 429
directly to the Fleet Management Unit and forward a copy
through their chain of command. Do not forward hard copies to
the Fleet Management Unit.

b.

Whenever an officer is transferred to or from an approved takehome/on-call vehicle assignment, supervisors must submit
changes directly to the Fleet Management Unit. Officers will not
be considered approved for the vehicle until the change is
submitted to the Fleet Management Unit.

Rev. 04/22/08, Replaces 06/26/07

3

12.030
7.

The Fleet Management Unit will maintain a master list of positions
authorized take-home or on-call. No changes to the list will be made
without the direct written authorization of the Police Chief. The master
list will be submitted semiannually in January and July through the
Resource Bureau Commander for review and updating by the Police
Chief.

8.

It is the responsibility of each officer assigned to a position to know if
that position has a take-home or on-call vehicle status. Officers with
approval must submit a completed Form 429 directly to the Fleet
Management Unit upon transfer out of an assignment with takehome/on-call approval.

9.

Personnel will return personally assigned vehicles to the unit of
assignment when an absence will exceed seven days.

10.

No Department personnel will operate motor vehicle equipment
without a valid driver's license.
a.

Each January, district/section commanders will ensure a QD
(Query Driver's License) computer check is completed on all
sworn and non-sworn employees under their command who
operate a City or private vehicle on City time.

b.

District/section commanders will submit a check-off list to the
Personnel Section by January 31 each year containing the
following operator's license information:

c.
11.

D.

1)

Name of employee.

2)

Operators license number, type, state.

3)

Expiration date of the license.

4)

Date of verification and current status.

5)

Restrictions.

The district/section commander will retain a file copy.

Department employees will operate all Department automotive
equipment according to state laws, local ordinances and the Manual
of Rules and Regulations and Disciplinary Process for the Cincinnati
Police Department.

Motorized Vehicle Inspections
1.

Department employees will make daily inspections of their assigned
police vehicle before and after their tour of duty. The operator will
carefully check the following:
a.

Cleanliness: the vehicle will be clean inside and outside.
Unauthorized bumper stickers or other markings will not be on
the vehicle.

Rev. 04/22/08, Replaces 06/26/07

4

12.030

b.

Tires: properly inflated; be alert for damage or unusual wear.

c.

Body: dents or damage. Make any necessary reports of
damage.

d.

Lights: all working properly. Keep lenses clean.

e.

Glass: check windows for cracks. Maintain clear visibility.

f.

Oil: maintain proper level. Be alert for dripping oil. Check to see
if overdue for preventive maintenance.

g.

Cooling System: maintain proper coolant level.

h.

Brakes: check pedal for proper adjustment and uneven wear.
Check the emergency brake to be sure it holds the vehicle.

i.

Transmission: maintain proper fluid level.

j.

Steering: check to see if it is too tight or too loose. Check fluid
level.

k.

Battery: no maintenance required.

l.

Windshield Wipers: check for proper working order. Check
washer fluid level.

m.

Dashboard Instruments: check all dashboard instruments.
Check that all lights work.

n.

Seats: check to see if they are operational and will adjust easily.

o.

Gas Key: check for presence of and condition.

p.

Siren/Emergency Lights: check that they are working properly.

q.

Spot Lights/Auxiliary Lights: check that they are working
properly.

r.

Radio, LEERN: check to see if present and working properly.

s.

Mobile Video Recorder (MVR): check if all parts, including the
wireless microphone, are present and free from damage.
Record the serial # where indicated.

t.

Mobile Data Computer (MDC): check if working properly and all
parts, including the antenna, are free of damage. Record the
serial # where indicated.

u.

Automatic License Plate Recognition (ALPR): Check all three
mounted cameras on the light bar for damage. Inspect the
Thumb Drive and USB cable for damage.

Rev. 04/22/08, Replaces 06/26/07

5

12.030
v.

Radar Equipment: check if present and working properly.

w.

Shotgun and Ammunition/Shotgun Box: check for condition of
shotgun, shotgun box and supply of ammunition. Record the
serial # where indicated.

x.

Beanbag Shotgun: check to see that the seal on the box is not
broken. Record the serial # where indicated.

y.

Pepper Ball Gun: check for condition and supply of ammunition.

z.

Riot Shields: check for presence of and condition.

aa.

Protective Equipment: “Safeskin” Nitrile Exam Gloves and Hand
Cleaning Gel: maintain an adequate supply of both.

bb.

First Aid Kit, (5) Decontamination Wipes and Respiratory Bag
Valve Mask: check for presence, condition and adequate supply.

cc.

Scout Car Equipment: check for presence and condition of
stretcher, leather wrist and ankle restraints.

dd.

Fire Extinguisher: check that it is carrying proper pressure.
Check that fire extinguisher is mounted upright.

ee.

Traffic Cones: check for condition and supply.

ff.

Flares: maintain a minimum of 12.

gg.

Citizen Complaint Forms 648: maintain an adequate supply of
all.

hh.

Citizen Complaint Information Brochures: maintain an adequate
supply of all.

ii.

Report of Favorable Police Conduct Forms: maintain an
adequate supply of all.

jj.

FRA Form: a copy of the City of Cincinnati financial responsibility
letter.

kkj. QOT: perform a query of outstanding tags, note any located.
ll.

QW: perform a query of wanted persons, note any wants.

mm. Remarks: above is to serve only as a guide. Any other factor that
affects the safe, efficient, and economical operation of the
vehicle should be carefully noted. Section D.1.f. of this guide is
mandatory.
nn.

Each vehicle must be inspected at the beginning of each shift.
The purpose of the inspection is to ensure the vehicle is properly
equipped, properly maintained, free of weapons and contraband,
and has not been tampered with since last use.

Rev. 04/22/08, Replaces 06/26/07

6

12.030

2.

3.

On the 2nd and 4th Sundays of each calendar month, the first shift
OIC is responsible for completing a Form 427 on each vehicle. Each
district/section/unit will designate one supervisor to coordinate the
Preventative Maintenance (PM-A & B) program for the affected
district/section/unit. This supervisor will ensure that all necessary
vehicle maintenance is completed on schedule.
a.

The supervisor will initial all Forms 427 and prepare Form 427A,
Maintenance Inspection Sheet, verifying that all necessary
maintenance has been completed or is scheduled for
completion.

b.

The unit commander, or in his absence the acting unit
commander, will initial these reports showing approval. Keep
the Forms 427 and 427A on file at the unit of assignment.

c.

If the inspecting employee discovers needed repairs or service,
complete a Form 425, Motor Vehicle Repair Report.

Mileage Report
a.

On the 4th Sunday of each calendar month, the first shift OIC or
designee will complete a Form 426, Mileage Report, for all
vehicular equipment assigned to the unit.

b.

Complete the Form 426 as follows:
1)

State the correct dates for the beginning and ending
period.

2)

Arrange in numerical order according to equipment
numbers.

3)

Indicate all equipment assigned to the unit which is at Fleet
Services.
a)

4)

5)
c.

Place equipment number in proper sequence on the
report with the previous mileage reading. State
alongside "In Garage”. This must be a 5-digit number,
i.e., 00289.

List all equipment borrowed from another unit.
a)

Record the equipment number and the present
mileage reading in proper sequence on the report.

b)

State from where the equipment is on loan.

Total the mileage for the month.

The unit commander will review this report for completeness and
accuracy and forward it to the Fleet Management Unit through

Rev. 04/22/08, Replaces 06/26/07

7

12.030
the Department’s electronic mail system. Do not send a hard
copy.
E.

Shotguns
1.

All marked patrol vehicles are equipped with a 12-gauge shotgun.

2.

The shotgun, with four rounds in the magazine and six extra shells, is
mounted in the front of the vehicle.

3.

Each shift will ensure the shotgun and ammunition are in the vehicle.
a.

4.
F.

When the vehicle is left at the garage, remove the shotgun.

When the shotgun needs repair, contact the Firearms Training Unit.

Care, Maintenance, and Repair of Motorized Vehicles
1.

The police operator and his supervisor are responsible to see that
necessary service, maintenance, and repairs are coordinated through
the designated district/section/unit Preventative Maintenance
supervisor and completed.
a.

Schedule police vehicles for maintenance as follows:
Beat & Scout Cars

-

3,000 miles or 3 months PM-A oil
change
9,000 miles or 9 months PM-B
necessary repairs with oil change

Passenger Cars

-

6,000 miles or Vans, & Trucks
6 months for PM-A
18,000 miles or 18 months PM-B

Motorcycles
b.

Scheduling of service will be done at any police district at least
24 hours in advance of PM-A or PM-B service.
1)

2.

- 2,000 miles or 2 months PM-A
6,000 miles or 6 months PM-B

PM-As will normally take thirty minutes. PM-Bs will
normally take four hours to complete.

The operator of the vehicle on the first shift is responsible for having
the police vehicle washed and thoroughly cleaned inside and outside
when needed.
a.

During inclement weather, this will be done as often as
conditions warrant and service demands permit.

Rev. 04/22/08, Replaces 06/26/07

8

12.030
b.

G.

H.

The unit Preventative Maintenance supervisor will schedule
vehicles for maintenance. Only one of the unit’s vehicles will be
out of service at any one time whenever practical.

Preventative Maintenance Supervisor
1.

Each bureau/district/section is responsible for appointing a
Preventative Maintenance supervisor.

2.

The Preventative Maintenance supervisor will:
a.

Oversee the safe, efficient, and economical operation of the
motor fleet.

b.

Be responsible for administering the motor vehicle inspection
and preventive maintenance program for the unit using Forms
427 and 427A, and any other necessary forms.

c.

Complete a thorough investigation of all police vehicle accidents
involving personnel of the unit.

d.

Carefully analyze and evaluate all accidents involving unit
personnel and make appropriate recommendations. The
primary objective is identifying the accident-prone and negligent
driver.

e.

Review and evaluate the accident experience, vehicle inspection
reports, and driver evaluation examinations. Based on this
analysis, execute the Department program in the following
areas:
1)

Care of motor vehicles and equipment.

2)

Safe operation of vehicles and equipment.

3)

Preventive maintenance at the unit level.

4)

Motor vehicle inspection program.

Garage Facilities
1.

2.

Fleet Services, Central Parkway and Bates, provides 24-hour service.
a.

All services, including PM-As and PM-Bs and all related repairs
can be scheduled at any police district mechanic location.

b.

PM-As can be scheduled at Fleet Services main facility at 3523682 with 24 hours notice.

c.

Mechanics are on duty at all other times to make minor
emergency repairs and road calls.

The auxiliary garages at each district will make most repairs and
provide preventive maintenance to the motor fleet.

Rev. 04/22/08, Replaces 06/26/07

9

12.030

a.

These auxiliary garages are open Monday through Friday,
except holidays, during the following hours:
1)

District One

0800 to 1630 Hours

2)

District Two

0600 to 1430 Hours

3)

District Three

0600 to 1430 Hours

4)

District Four

0600 to 1430 Hours

5)

District Five

0600 to 1430 Hours

3.

During inclement weather or other emergency occasions, mechanics
respond to these auxiliary garage locations for service.

4.

When delivering a vehicle to Fleet Services or one of the auxiliary
garages for repair or service, the operator will verbally advise the
garage supervisor or person in charge, of the needed repair.
a.

If advised an extensive delay will be necessary to complete the
work, the officer will:
1)

Make arrangements to be picked up. Transfer all
equipment from the disabled vehicle to the appropriate
district or unit area.
a)

5.

Police vehicles are repaired at Fleet Services or auxiliary garages
only.
a.

6.
I.

Notify the unit of assignment of this transaction and
make an appropriate blotter entry.

Department leased vehicles are repaired at the lease vehicle
contractor’s designated site.

Promptly report recurring deficiencies in the operation or servicing of
motor vehicles on a Form 17 to the Police Chief.

Push Bumpers
1.

When repositioning a disabled vehicle utilizing the push bumpers
officers will:
a.

Visually inspect the disabled vehicle and police vehicle to
determine the point of contact.

b.

Position the police vehicle to allow the push bumpers to make
contact with the disabled vehicle’s bumpers.

c.

Inform the operator of the disabled vehicle to:

Rev. 04/22/08, Replaces 06/26/07

10

12.030

J.

1)

Unlock the steering wheel.

2)

Place the vehicle transmission in neutral.

3)

Maintain control of the vehicle (if the vehicle is unable to
start, the disabled vehicle will only have manual brakes and
manual steering).

d.

When both vehicles are ready for repositioning, slowly
accelerate the police vehicle enough to begin moving the
disabled vehicle (5 miles per hour is the maximum speed).

e.

When all the above steps have been taken and damage occurs to
either vehicle a Form 317, General Conditions Report, will be
completed and forwarded to Fleet Management Unit. The incident
will not be considered a vehicular accident.

Skid Chains
1.

If appropriate, maintain a set of skid chains for each marked vehicle at
the district garage.

2.

Do not install skid chains on any leased vehicles or vehicles equipped
with front wheel drive.

3.

Do not operate vehicles with skid chains having broken links. If
unable to make a satisfactory repair to the chain, the operator will
have the vehicle towed to the garage.

4.

Operate vehicles equipped with skid chains at moderate speed, to
prevent damage from the chains.

5.

The storing of salt, sand, or a mixture thereof in city vehicles, for use
on slippery streets, is prohibited.

Rev. 04/22/08, Replaces 06/26/07

11

12.031

12.031 AUTOMATIC LICENSE PLATE RECOGNITION (ALPR)
Reference:
Procedure 12.030 Vehicles: Assignment, Use, and Maintenance
Information:
The ALPR consists of three fixed cameras mounted on the light bar of selected
marked vehicles, a USB cable and Thumb Drive located inside the passenger
compartment and a program icon located on the Mobile Data Computer (MDC)
touch screen.
The Thumb Drive takes seven to eight minutes to download new information into
the system. Absent emergency conditions, the operator will complete this task
during vehicle inspection to reduce the down time at the station.
Policy:
Only authorized personnel trained in the use of the ALPR are to operate the
system.
The three mounted cameras are not adjustable; no attempt to move or reposition
them is permitted. The Thumb Drive is assigned to each system; they are not to
be transferred to another vehicle. The data downloaded on the Thumb Drive is
for official use only and contains sensitive information including data from
LEADS, RCIC and NCIC. Downloading any other type of files or information into
the Thumb Drive or MDC is prohibited.
Any hits received from the ALPR including stolen vehicles, delinquent citations,
open capiases or wants must be confirmed through the MDC, Police
Communications, the Hamilton County Clerks Office or Central Warrants before
enforcement action is taken.
Procedure:
A.

System Inspection and activation
1.

Obtain the Department authorized Thumb Drive from the Shift OIC.
Connect the Thumb Drive to the designated computer in the District
and select (Run-Begin Shift) to update the LEADS, RCIC and NCIC
information.

2.

Inspect the three mounted cameras, USB cable and Thumb Drive for
damage.

3.

Power up the system by logging on to the MDC and clicking the ALPR
icon located on the touch screen.

4.

Connect the Thumb Drive to the USB cable in the vehicle.

5.

Log in and select (Begin-Shift), this will take seven to eight minutes.

04/22/08

1

12.031
B.

C.

ALPR returns
1.

Hits generated by the ALPR including open warrants or stolen
vehicles are not sent to Police Communications or the dispatcher.
Officers should notify the dispatcher via their portable radio prior to
taking any action.

2.

Operators must confirm the plate by visually checking the actual plate
against the captured image.

3.

After confirming the plate and the status of a wanted return, the
operator may take enforcement action.

4.

After enforcement action is taken a disposition should be entered into
the ALPR system closing the incident.

System shut down
1.

04/22/08

Touch (End-Shift) which will download the captured information during
the tour of duty into the Thumb Drive.
a.

Log out of the system.

b.

Verify the system is shut down before turning off the MDC.

c.

Remove the Thumb Drive and down load the captured
information into the designated district computer.

d.

Turn in the Thumb Drive to the shift OIC.

2

12.033

12.033 MOUNTAIN BIKES AND SEGWAYS: ASSIGNMENT,
USE, AND MAINTENANCE
Reference:
Procedure 12.020 - Uniforms, Related Equipment, and Personal Grooming
Definitions:
Department Mountain Bike Coordinator: a Police Officer/Specialist who is a
member of the bike patrol. The duties of the Department Mountain Bike
Coordinator are to oversee the safe, efficient, and economical operation of the
mountain bike equipment; to review the mountain bike inspection and
preventative maintenance program for the districts; and to review all mountain
bike related paperwork requesting repair or replacement of any mountain bikes,
mountain bike equipment, or uniform parts.
District Mountain Bike Supervisor: a supervisor designated by the District
Commander. The District Mountain Bike Supervisor will maintain a list of all
certified officers assigned to bike patrol duties.
Purpose:
To familiarize Department personnel with the functions, capabilities, assignment,
use, and maintenance of the Department Mountain Bikes and Segways.
Policy:
Mountain bikes and Segways are primarily used for patrol duties. They are
designed to have officers more accessible and visible to the public. This will
facilitate contact between officers and the community.
Information:
Each district has officers trained to perform patrol duties on mountain bikes.
Mountain bike equipment will be assigned and deployed to
Districts/Sections/Units by the Patrol Bureau Commander. Mountain bike
equipment will only be operated by certified department personnel or personnel
authorized by the Police Chief. Issued mountain bike equipment will be used by
assigned officers only. Mountain bike equipment may be used by another bike
officer with permission from the Department Mountain Bike Coordinator, or
Mountain Bike Supervisor in the District.
Segways will only be operated by department trained personnel.
Procedure:
A.

Deployment
1.

When transporting bikes or Segways to various beats on a marked
police unit, officers will park in a centrally located area within their
beat that is visible to the general public. Officers assigned to Segways

Rev 04/22/08, Replaces 04/01/02

1

12.033
will be assigned to a scout car or district pickup truck for transport
purposes. Only two Segways will be transported at a time.
a.

Bike carriers will be secured in the trunk of the vehicle while
officers are on bike patrol, and at the end of their tour of duty.
1)

B.

Whenever possible, bike officers or Segway officers should
be assigned to patrol in pairs.

Weather
1.

Bike officers are expected to ride their bikes in varying weather
conditions. Officers and supervisors should take a common sense
approach toward riding in extreme conditions, which would pose an
obvious threat to their physical health (i.e., extremely cold/extremely
hot and humid).
a.

Restrictions
1)

2)
2.

Riders will return to vehicle patrol when the following
conditions exist:
a)

Thunderstorms and active lightening in the area

b)

Severe weather warnings

c)

Snow and/or ice covered streets and sidewalks

d)

District supervisor determines that service demands
are high and/or district coverage needs are present

In addition to above Segways will not be operated when the
outdoor temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit.

If any of the restricted conditions occur after officers begin their tour of
duty, they will remain in bike uniform for the remainder of their tour.

3. If any of the restricted conditions occur before their tour of duty, all bike
officers will wear the normal uniform of the day.
4. Segway operators will only where the uniform of the day including a
department-approved helmet (CDOP or department bicycle helmet),
and eye protection.

C.

a.

Bike officers will maintain a complete uniform of the day in their
district locker.

b.

Bike officers will be subject to change uniform at the discretion
of a district supervisor.

Prisoner Transportation
1.

Orderly Prisoners

Rev 04/22/08, Replaces 04/01/02

2

12.033
a.

Orderly prisoners will be guarded at the scene by one
bike/Segway officer. The other bike/Segway officer will ride to
retrieve the vehicle and transport the prisoner.
1)

2.

Disorderly Prisoners
a.

D.

Back up units will transport the prisoner. The bike/Segway
officers will relieve the transporting unit at the Justice Center
once they have retrieved their vehicle.

Mountain Bike and Segway Equipment
1.

E.

If the bike/Segway officers do not have a vehicle in the
field, a beat car will transport the orderly prisoner to the
district and meet the bike officers.

Districts have varying amounts of fully equipped mountain bikes.
These bikes all have the following accessories:
a.

Rear red flashing battery operated light

b.

Cyclometer

c.

Two water bottle cages

d.

Rear heavy duty kick stand

e.

Rear rack (for top mount bag)

f.

Top mount expandable bag with “Police” markings

g.

Protective tire liners for front and rear

h.

Mini tire pump

i.

Inner tube repair kit with tire levers

j.

Security cable

2.

If a replacement part/equipment is needed, the officer will complete a
Form 630.

3.

Segway accessories include:
a.

Wireless Infokey Controller

b.

Front dual beam headlight, with rechargeable battery.

c.

Read red flashing battery operated light.

d.

Security cable.

Equipment Security

Rev 04/22/08, Replaces 04/01/02

3

12.033

F.

1.

Officers will secure their bikes or Segways whenever they are away
from them, unless circumstances exist that prevent the officer from
doing so (crime in progress, assistance, etc.). When officers are
away, they will use the security cable, using their spare set of
handcuffs to lock the cable.

2.

Bikes and Segway related equipment will be kept in a secured area in
the district when not in use.

District Equipment
1.

The following bike equipment will be maintained in the district:
a.

Bike stand - used for making minor repairs

b.

Floor tire pump

c.

Front dual beam headlight
1)

2.

3.

Signed in/out of the District Blotter

The following Segway equipment will be maintained in the district:
a.

Segway stand

b.

Floor tire pump

c.

Repair tools

Spare Parts
a.

A sufficient amount of spare parts for minor repairs should be
maintained in the district. Parts should include, but are not
limited to:
1)

One high and low beam replacement bulb per bike

2)

One replacement inner tube per bike

3)

AA batteries (1 case) for rear lights

4)

Any other bike related equipment, manuals, and instruction
sheets

b.

These items will be kept in a secured locker with access limited
to supervisors /or bike officers.

c.

A bike patrol log will be maintained for pertinent information
regarding bike repairs, parts removed, damage, etc. The
Department Mountain Bike Coordinator will note any repairs
made in the log.

Rev 04/22/08, Replaces 04/01/02

4

12.033
d.

G.

H.

A monthly inventory of the locker will be kept by the District
Mountain Bike Supervisor to ensure that an adequate inventory
of replacement parts is maintained.

Inspection
1.

By the fourth Sunday of each calendar month the District Mountain
Bike Supervisor will ensure a Form 428 is completed for each bike.
He will then forward it to the Department Mountain Bike Coordinator.

2.

The Department Mountain Bike Coordinator will prepare and keep on
file a Form 428A (Cincinnati Police Department Mountain Bike
Inspection Summary) indicating that each bike has been inspected.

3.

Bike officers will make daily inspections of their assigned mountain
bike before and after their tour of duty, (including an unassigned bike
if used during their tour of duty).

4.

A monthly inspection of the Segways and accessories will be
completed by a designated supervisor, who will be assigned by the
District Commander

Maintenance and Repairs
1.

The Mountain Bike Officer is responsible for the upkeep of his bike, to
include notifying the Mountain Bike Supervisor of repairs and service
needed.

2.

Maintenance Files
a.

b.

Department Mountain Bike Coordinator will maintain bike
jackets, which must contain:
1)

City number, model, and serial number of the bike &
assigned officer

2)

Replacement Parts Form 630

3)

Date of purchase and purchase price

4)

Description of the bike and accessories

5)

Maintenance contract date of purchase and expiration

6)

Repair slips, copies of Forms 630, purchase orders, and
any invoices

7)

Damage reports

The district commander will designate a supervisor who will
maintain a file on each Segway including:
1)

City and manufacturer serial numbers

Rev 04/22/08, Replaces 04/01/02

5

12.033

3.

Description and accessories

3)

All repair records including copies of all purchase orders,
repair slips, Forms 630 and invoices.

4)

Maintenance contracts

5)

Damage reports

Monthly bike tune ups and repairs will be scheduled at each district.
a.

4.

2)

Minor repairs can be made on the scene by the bike officer.
1)

Complete the repair slip indicating what the repair was and
any parts used.

2)

If possible, tire repair/replacement will be done by the bike
officer at the district.

Major repairs are those that only a bike mechanic may handle.
a.

During business hours:
1)

b.

Fill out a repair slip and take the bike to the vendor for
repair.

Non-business hours:
1)

If the repair is needed and the vendor is not open for
business, take the bike out of service.
a)

c.

If the request for parts is not covered by the maintenance
contract:
1)
2)

d.

The bike officer will send a copy of the Form 630 to the
Department Mountain Bike Coordinator for
review/recommendation.
The officer will submit the form to his District Mountain Bike
Supervisor.

Personnel picking up or accepting delivery of repaired bikes will
obtain a completed repair slip, with cost and signature included.
1)

e.

The District Mountain Bike Supervisor will notify the
vendor of the repairs needed. The vendor will
respond to pick up the bike or the officer will drop the
bike off.

Forward the signed repair slip to the Department Mountain
Bike Coordinator.

Repainting or replacement of frames, or replacement bikes must
be requested on a Form 630 explaining the reason for the
request.

Rev 04/22/08, Replaces 04/01/02

6

12.033

1)
5.

Segways in need of service or repair will be documented on a repair
slip and forwarded to the designated supervisor.
a.

I.

J.

The officer will forward a copy of the 630 to the Department
Mountain Bike Coordinator.

The city has a service contract for the Segways. The designated
supervisor will notify the service provider for repair or pick after
receiving a repair slip.

Cleaning
1.

Bikes should be wiped down daily with a dry rag to remove dirt. If
water is needed to clean, use a damp cloth. Never spray a bike with
water from a hose. Sprayed water can damage internal bearings.

2.

Segways can only be cleaned with a damp cloth. No water should be
sprayed on the Segway. Sprayed water can damage electrical
components and internal bearings.

Mountain Bike Training and Public Appearances
1.

Requests for mountain bike training/public appearances will be
submitted through the officer’s chain of command.
a.

Once approval has been given, the officer will contact the
Mountain Bike Coordinator for necessary information.

Rev 04/22/08, Replaces 04/01/02

7

12.035

12.035 REPORTING POLICE VEHICULAR ACCIDENTS AND
DAMAGE
Reference:
Procedure 12.225 - Vehicular Crash Reporting
Procedure 12.435 – Reporting Conditions Affecting Other Departments – Form
318
Procedure 12.535 - Emergency Operation of Police Vehicles and Pursuit Driving
Traffic Crash Report Procedures - Ohio Department Highway Safety
Administrative Regulation #52 - Substance Abuse Policy
Definitions:
Police Motor Vehicle Accident - an occurrence that results in property damage
and/or injury and meets the following conditions:
1.

It is an accident.

2.

It involves a motor vehicle that is owned or leased by the City of Cincinnati
or the Police Department, or is under the control of a Police Department
member during the performance of official duties.

When a disabled vehicle is moved utilizing “push-bumpers” and damage occurs to
either vehicle, the incident is not considered a vehicular accident.
Category 1 (negligent) - a Department member has committed a Category 1
violation when found at fault for a vehicular accident and the member has
violated a minor misdemeanor provision of the Cincinnati Municipal Code (CMC),
Ohio Revised Code (ORC), or applicable statute from another jurisdiction.
Category 2 - A member has committed a Category 2 violation when they:
•
•
•

are at fault for a vehicular accident and have violated any provision of
Procedure 12.535, Emergency Operation of Police Vehicles and Pursuit
Driving;
are at fault for a vehicular accident and have violated a provision of the
CMC, ORC, or applicable statute from another jurisdiction that is a fourth
degree misdemeanor or higher.
operated a vehicle involved in an accident and failed to properly wear a
seatbelt restraining device.

Original documents – photographs, MVR/DVR tapes, and any documents that
are handwritten or contain an original signature.

Rev. 12/16/08, Replaces 03/25/07

1

12.035
Purpose:
Provide for the investigation and uniform reporting of police vehicular accidents
and damage to police vehicles. Police vehicles include automobiles,
motorcycles, bicycles, trailers and horses.
Policy:
Department members are be subject to corrective and/or disciplinary action for
Category 1 and 2 motor vehicle accidents.
Procedure:
A.

B.

Documentation Needed for Accidents
1.

Form OH-1, Ohio Traffic Crash Report.

2.

Form 90SP, Supervisors Review of Vehicle Crash. The following
must be investigated at the scene by a supervisor:
a.

When vehicle is in motion with a driver.

b.

When vehicle is in motion without a driver.

c.

When vehicle is parked on public or private property.

d.

When a bike, horse, etc., is struck by a motor vehicle.

Police Vehicles Involved in Auto Accidents
1.

The operator of any police vehicle involved in any vehicular accident
will:
a.

Allow all involved vehicles to remain in the post-accident position
if traffic conditions permit. With the exception of emergency
circumstances, do not remove vehicles from the immediate
vicinity.

b.

Provide necessary aid and transportation for the injured.

c.

Immediately request Police Communications Section (PCS) to
dispatch a district car and district/section/unit supervisor to
investigate the accident.
1)

It is the responsibility of the district/section/unit supervisor
to which the operator is assigned to conduct the
supervisory portion of the investigation.
a)

If the responsible district/section/unit supervisor is
unavailable, the nearest available district supervisor
will conduct the investigation and will forward the
forms to the vehicle operator’s unit of assignment for
review and processing.

Rev. 12/16/08, Replaces 03/25/07

2

12.035
2)

If the police vehicle involved in an auto accident is a horse
and the horse is injured, the investigating supervisor will
request a Mounted Squad supervisor respond, including
recall if necessary, unless the injury is very minor.

3)

If a serious accident involving a police vehicle occurs, the
investigating supervisor will request Traffic Unit respond,
including recall if necessary.

4)

The investigating supervisor will also have PCS notify the
Fleet Management Unit Supervisor while at the scene if
any of the following apply:

5)
2.

a)

A police vehicle has sustained substantial damage.

b)

Traffic Unit conducts the investigation.

c)

The accident results in serious injury to an officer or
citizen.

d)

A police vehicle requires immediate mechanical
inspection or examination.

The investigating supervisor will ensure, if possible,
photographs are taken of damage to all involved property.

Required reports
a.

When police equipment is involved in an auto accident, even if
on private property, supervisors will ensure the following are
completed:
1)

Form OH-1 completed by the investigating officer.
a)

The police equipment operated by the on duty police
officer will be identified as a “Police Vehicle” on the
OH-1 in the space provided for “Type of Unit.” This
applies to all marked and unmarked police vehicles
including motorcycles and trucks.

2)

Form 90SP completed by the investigating supervisor.

3)

Form BMV3303, Ohio Motor Vehicle Crash Report, only
required if a driver cannot show proof of insurance at the
accident scene.
a)

The Fleet Management Unit will forward the Form
BMV3303 to the Ohio Bureau of Motor Vehicles when
required.

b)

Officers are required to sign Form BMV3303 when
the driver of an involved vehicle is uninsured. The
Form BMV3303 is then forwarded to Fleet
Management Unit.

Rev. 12/16/08, Replaces 03/25/07

3

12.035

4)

b.

C.

The investigating supervisor will scan Forms OH-1 and
BMV3303, if applicable, into the computer and attach to the
appropriate ETS case folder.

If the accident causes damage to other City property, e.g., fire
hydrant, the investigating supervisor will prepare Form 318,
Conditions Affecting Other Departments, in accordance with
Procedure 12.435.

3.

The vehicle operator’s supervisor will make a blotter entry briefly
describing the facts of the accident. Indicate the necessary reports
have been completed.

4.

The supervisor will make the appropriate entries in the police vehicle
jacket.

5.

The investigating supervisor will examine the damaged vehicle to
determine if it is safe for use. Consider both mechanical defects and
unsightliness. If unsure if the vehicle is safe to use, call the Fleet
Management Unit Supervisor.
a.

Tow or drive the vehicle to the Fleet Services body shop if the
vehicle is removed from service.

b.

During regular Fleet Services working hours (0800-1630), if the
vehicle is safe for patrol duty, take it to Fleet Services for an
estimate at the body shop.

c.

After regular Fleet Services working hours, the first shift officer in
charge (OIC) will send the vehicle to the Fleet Services body
shop after 0800 hours on the next regular working day for an
estimate.

d.

The officer taking the vehicle to the body shop will take the
BMV3303 only if it was completed due to the involvement of an
uninsured motorist. Body shop personnel will fill out the
BMV3303. The officer will then sign the BMV3303 and forward it
to the Fleet Management Unit.

e.

The supervisor will enter the estimate in the blotter and on the
Form 90SP.

Documentation Needed for Non-Auto Accident Incidents
1.

Immediately notify a supervisor in the district of occurrence of the
incident.

2.

Do not complete a Form 90SP. Supervisors will ensure the necessary
forms are completed based on the cause of the damage.
a.

Damage (scratches, dents, body damage, etc.) not the result of
a criminal act is reported on a Form 317, General Conditions
Report.

Rev. 12/16/08, Replaces 03/25/07

4

12.035

b.

Damage (broken window, flattened tire, radio antenna broken,
etc.) which is the result of a criminal act is reported on Form 301,
Incident Report. An estimate will be completed by Fleet Services
for possible restitution when criminal charges are filed. All forms
will be sent through the chain of command and forwarded to the
Fleet Management Unit.

c.

Incidents occurring which result in personal injury or property
damage by police equipment (collisions involving Department
bikes, horses, etc., with persons or property) are reported on a
Form 301.
1)

D.

If injury or damage is due to horse involvement, a Mounted
Squad supervisor will investigate the incident and ensure
Form 301 is completed. If unavailable, notify a Park Unit
supervisor.
a)

If neither of the above are available, notify a
supervisor in the district of occurrence.

b)

In all cases, the supervisor notified will prepare a
Form 17 with all pertinent facts and route through the
chain of command.

Progressive Corrective and/or Disciplinary Action
1.

Progressive corrective and/or disciplinary action will be administered
for Department members involved in Category 1 and Category 2
vehicular accidents.
a.

Department members will be subject to disciplinary action for
auto accidents where they are found to have been negligent and
any of the following apply:
1)

The member has been found at fault in four or more
Category 1 motor vehicle accidents within a 24-month
period.

2)

The member has been found at fault in two or more
Category 2 motor vehicle accidents within a 24-month
period.

3)

The member has been found at fault in three Category 1
and one Category 2 motor vehicle accidents within a 24month period.

4)

The member has been found at fault in a Category 1 or
Category 2 motor vehicle accident that resulted in serious
injury, as defined by ORC 2901.01(E), or death.

Rev. 12/16/08, Replaces 03/25/07

5

12.035
E.

Uniform Corrective/Disciplinary Action Guidelines
1.

Mitigating factors, such as injuries and property damage, will be
considered to affix disciplinary penalties within the range indicated by
this policy. Disciplinary action will be added to Employee Tracking
Solution (ETS) vehicle crash case folder by using the “Add Employee
Supplement Log” or “Add Attachment” function, or both.
a.

Category 1 Accidents (24-month period):
•

1st Category 1 accident: ESL entry.

•

2nd Category 1 accident: ESL entry and driver’s training.

•

3rd Category 1 accident: Written Reprimand and driver’s
training.

•

4th Category 1 accident: Pre-disciplinary Hearing.

•

Sustained finding for 4th Category 1 accident: 8 hours
suspension.

•

Sustained finding for 5th Category 1 accident: 8 - 24 hours
suspension.

•

Sustained finding for 6th Category 1 accident: 24 - 40 hours
suspension.

•

Sustained finding for 7th Category 1 accident: 40 hours
suspension – dismissal.

b.

Category 2 Accidents (24-month period)
•

1st Category 2 accident: Written Reprimand and driver’s
training.

•

2nd Category 2 accident: Pre-disciplinary Hearing.

•

Sustained finding for 2nd Category 2 accident: 8 - 24 hours
suspension.

•

Sustained finding for 3rd Category 2 accident: 24 - 40 hours
suspension.

•

Sustained finding for 4th Category 2 accident: 40 hours
suspension – dismissal.

Rev. 12/16/08, Replaces 03/25/07

6

12.035
F.

Responsibilities of District/Section/Unit Commanders
1.

District/section/unit commanders will carefully analyze and evaluate all
accidents involving personnel under their command. They will
arrange appropriate corrective training and make disciplinary
recommendations. The primary objective is to identify the accident
prone and careless driver. The district/section/unit commander will:
a.

Initial and make recommendations/comments in Block 33 of
Form 90SP.

b.

Work-flow the completed Form 90SP and attached documents
through the chain of command to the Fleet Management Unit.
Route the hard copy of the BMV3303 through channels to the
Fleet Management Unit, if applicable. Photographs are retained
in the vehicle jacket at the district/section/unit.

2.

All reports of police vehicle accidents will be reviewed by the affected
district/section/unit commander and forwarded to the affected bureau
commander for review. If the circumstances listed under Section E.1.
apply, a pre-disciplinary hearing will be scheduled. The Resource
Bureau Commander is the Department Hearing Officer for police
vehicle accidents.

3.

The Fleet Management Unit, upon receipt of Forms 90SP, OH-1, and
BMV3303, will:
a.

Examine the reports for completeness and accuracy and
evaluate the facts of the accident.
1)

Forward copies of Forms 90SP, OH-1, and Fleet Services
estimate to Fleet Services Subrogation Section when an
outside party is at fault.

b.

Send the signed original Form BMV3303 to the BMV when
required.

c.

Send a form letter to the BMV with pertinent information from the
Form OH-1 to ensure sworn personnel do not receive points on
their driver's license for on-duty accidents.

d.

File a copy of the Form 90SP in the vehicle jacket:

e.

Work-flow the information to Training Section for additional
training when recommended.

f.

Finalize the case in ETS.

Rev. 12/16/08, Replaces 03/25/07

7

12.035
G.

Post-Accident Testing
1.

2.

As soon as practical following a vehicular accident involving a
Department member, while in the course and scope of duty and/or
who was operating a city vehicle, the member shall be tested for
drugs and alcohol if:
a.

The accident involves the loss of human life, or

b.

The member receives a citation under state or local law for a
moving violation arising from the accident.

A member who is subject to post-accident testing shall remain readily
available for such testing or may be deemed to have refused to
submit to testing. Nothing in this section shall be construed to require
the delay of necessary medical attention for injured persons following
an accident or prohibit a member from leaving the scene of an
accident for the period necessary to obtain assistance in responding
to the accident or necessary medical care.
a.

3.

4.

The results of blood or breath tests for alcohol detection, or urine
tests for drug detection, conducted by federal, state, or local
officials having independent authority for the test shall be
considered to meet the requirements of this section, provided
such tests conform to applicable federal, state, or local
requirements and the results are obtained by the city.

Members required to take a post-accident alcohol test shall not use
alcohol for eight hours following the accident or until the member
undergoes a post-accident test, whichever comes first.
a.

If an alcohol test is not administered to the member within two
hours following the accident, the supervisor will prepare a Form
17 stating the reasons the test was not administered.

b.

If an alcohol test is not administered to the member within eight
hours following the accident, attempts to administer an alcohol
test shall cease and the supervisor will prepare a Form 17
stating the reasons the test was not administered.

If a drug test is not administered to the member within 32 hours
following the accident, attempts to administer a drug test shall cease
and the supervisor will prepare a Form 17 stating the reasons the test
was not administered.
a.

CONSENTRA Medical Center, located at 4623 Wesley Avenue
Suite C, Cincinnati, will administer drug tests Monday through
Friday, 0800 hours to 1600 hours.

b.

The Jewish Hospital, 4777 E. Galbraith Road, will administer
drug tests from 1600 hours to 0800 hours and on weekends.

Rev. 12/16/08, Replaces 03/25/07

8

12.101

12.101 PREMISE HISTORY CONTROL
Purpose:
To provide added information and security for field units who have occasion to
respond to a location that has some history of importance (either noteworthy or
hazardous).
To provide immediate information for officers who are responding to a call.
To provide location information for hard to find places.
To establish a guide and procedure for entering, processing, disseminating, and
validating premise information.
Policy:
This procedure will act as a guide to Department employees in the gathering and
disseminating of important and timely premise information by the Computer
Aided Dispatch System (CAD) at Police Communication Section (PCS).
Premise information is available to all Department members. Use of this
resource is highly recommended and encouraged.
Information:
The term "premise history" refers to any information connected to a specific
address that may be of interest to responding officers. Premise information will
include the following items:
1.

Police Warnings (PW): a possible hazard to police officers, i.e., violent
mentally impaired person, wanted fugitive, possible weapons on
premises, communicable disease carriers, etc. This will also include
locations that provide services needed for the orderly flow of
government, i.e. Water Works, Cinergy/CGE, Cincinnati Bell
Telephone, etc.

2.

Police Histories (PH): address information on businesses and
property which would include private driveways, new
subdivisions/streets, Ohio River mile markers, schools, banks, health
care and nursing homes.

3.

Occupant Information (OC): addresses of upper management
employees within the various City departments including City Council,
City Manager, and Mayor.

4.

Fire Warnings (FW): address with possible hazards, and building
information to assist firefighters. This includes information such as
locations of water supplies, hazardous chemicals, etc.

PCS is responsible for inserting premise information into the CAD.

Rev. 10/05/04, Replaces 2/98

1

12.101
The preferred method of relaying information to the responding officer will be via
the MDT. The dispatcher will advise responding officers of the existence of
premise information. It will be the responsibility of the responding units to view
this information.
An alternate method of relaying information to responding officers will be voice
transmission on the primary dispatch channel. If information is of a sensitive
nature and cannot be broadcast, information will be relayed by phone.
Procedure:
A.

Entering Premise Information (PIN) Files
1.

Information reported should be for the purpose of alerting responding
officers to a condition regarding a specific location.
a.

2.

3.

Intersections cannot be used for a PIN. Entries can be made for
specific addresses only.

Discretion should be used regarding the amount of information
entered. Information should be factual and concise. All requests are
subject to review and will be edited by PCS if necessary.
a.

Confidential medical information must be worded in a sensitive
manner.

b.

No entry can be made which will completely deny service to
someone for any reason, i.e., a mentally impaired person who
has a history of calling 911 cannot be denied service without first
evaluating the reason for the current request.

c.

Entries are for law enforcement purposes only. This file may not
be used for personal matters.

When a determination is made to establish premise information on an
address, an officer may do one of the following:
a.

b.

Make an entry via the MDT. All field officers have the capability
of entering PIN via the MDT. These entries will remain in the
system for four days.
1)

While assigned to an incident, type the following: PE,{text
of the information you want entered}, or

2)

After an incident is closed, type the following: PE #P{4 digit
inc number}, text of the information you want entered}, e.g.
PE #P1230, Caution, occupants have threatened to kill
police.

3)

If you mistakenly enter information, contact PCS for
removal of the Premise Information entry.

Contact a PCS supervisor for direct CAD entry.

Rev. 10/05/04, Replaces 2/98

2

12.101
4.

B.

C.

Officers’ entries and direct entries by PCS supervisors will be
automatically purged in four days if a Form 310, Premise History
Control, is not received requesting an extension.

Extensions and Updates of Premise Information Entries
1.

To request a continuation of a PIN, a Form 310 must be initiated by a
supervisor and sent to PCS. Requests will normally be extended for a
period of 90 days.

2.

Any request for an indefinite PIN entry or extension must be
requested on a Form 310 with a valid explanation.

3.

Updates can be made on a PIN to modify or delete information on an
existing record. Updates must be requested on a Form 310.

4.

Update requests should include sufficient information to identify the
original record and should specify the needed change.

Premise Information Validations
1.

PCS will send out a quarterly PIN list, with a Form 17 cover letter
attached, to the following districts/sections/units for review:
a.

All districts

b.

Criminal Investigation Section

c.

Intelligence Unit

d.

General Vice Enforcement Unit

e.

Street Corner Unit

f.

Special Services Section

2.

The above districts/sections/units will be responsible for reviewing and
returning the attached Form 17 cover with recommendations noted in
the areas provided.

3.

Since PIN entries are automatically purged by CAD after the
expiration date, all districts/sections/units should return these
validations in a timely manner.

Rev. 10/05/04, Replaces 2/98

3

12.105

12.105 EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICE, PANIC/DURESS
ALARMS, 911 DISCONNECT CALLS, 911 SILENT
CALLS, AND FORCED ENTRIES
References:
Mincey v. Arizona, 437 US 391, 98 (1978)
State v. Nields, 93 Ohio St. 3d 6 (2001)
Procedure 12.135 - Reporting False Alarms on a Form 315
Policy:
The Cincinnati Fire Department will evaluate a citizen's request for emergency
medical service. They will also administer first aid and transport all persons in
need of hospitalization.
Police Communications Section (PCS) will not dispatch officers on medical runs
unless requested by the Fire Department. PCS will dispatch police and fire units
simultaneously on some select calls.
Because of the circumstances involved in a 911 silent/disconnect call and
panic/duress alarms, every effort should be made to determine the cause of the
call. When unable, further investigation is necessary. The Supreme Court has
held that police may make warrantless, and presumably, forcible entry into a
home where they reasonably believe a person within is in need of immediate aid.
To reduce the threat of civil claims, forcible entry will be done with reasonable
care and with as little damage as possible.
Procedure:
A.

Emergency Medical Request for Service
1.

Fire Department personnel will not transport:
a.

Dead on arrivals (DOAs).

b.

Ambulatory crime victims with no injuries.

c.

Rape victims with no injuries.

d.

Dog bite victims with no injuries.

e.

Any violent or potentially violent victim.

Rev. 02/10/04, Replaces 11/25/03

1

12.105
2.

When Fire Department transportation is not available:
a.

The Fire dispatcher will request police response. Fire
Department personnel at the scene will determine if a beat car
or a scout car is necessary.
1)

b.

3.

At the time of dispatch, PCS will advise the officer a Fire
Department ambulance is unavailable.

When requested by the ranking Fire Department officer or EMT
at the scene, a police officer will provide transportation services.
1)

If the police officer believes transporting a victim will risk
serious injury or loss of life, he will request an EMT to
accompany the victim and provide patient care.

2)

After providing the transportation service, if the police
officer feels the request was unreasonable, he will bring the
incident to the attention of his supervisor.

If the police are needed at the scene:
a.

The fire dispatcher will notify PCS of fire runs only when police
are needed at the scene.
1)

PCS will dispatch the appropriate police unit, which will
respond without delay.

2)

The fire dispatcher will advise PCS if an emergency
response is needed. Unless advised of an emergency, the
police unit will not respond with emergency lights and
siren.

3)

Fire Department personnel will remain on the scene until
police arrive.
a)

Fire Department personnel will request police
response in the following cases:
1]

Any death

2]

Suicide attempt

3]

Shooting or cutting

4]

Violent mental

5]

Any injury where death may occur

6]

Any criminal offense

7]

A threat to fire personnel

Rev. 02/10/04, Replaces 11/25/03

2

12.105

4.

b.

Fire personnel will make every effort to keep witnesses at the
scene and to protect evidence.

c.

Officers will complete the appropriate report when transporting a
victim of an accident or crime, or any person for a medical
reason.

d.

Police vehicles will not escort other transporting vehicles.

Requests for Escort
a.

When the PCS operator receives a call from a civilian requesting
a police escort during a medical emergency, the operator will
determine the nature of the emergency and location of the caller.

b.

PCS will contact fire dispatch who will dispatch the appropriate
emergency units.

c.

PCS will advise the caller:

d.
B.

The Department will not provide an escort

2)

Stay at their location and await the emergency vehicles

Any officer encountering a civilian requesting a medical escort
will remain at that location and notify PCS of the situation.

Panic/Duress Alarms
1.

C.

1)

When panic/duress alarms are received from various alarm
companies, the operator will dispatch two field units to the location.

911 Disconnect Calls
1.

When the PCS operator answers an emergency 911 call and the
caller is disconnected from the operator, the dispatcher will:
a.

Attempt to recall the phone number supplied by the automatic
number identifier (ANI) in the CAD system.
1)

If the attempt to recall is successful and no emergency
exists, no units will be dispatched.

2)

If the attempt to recall is unsuccessful, PCS will dispatch
two units to the location supplied by ALI.
a)

If the location is identified as a pay phone, PCS will
dispatch one unit.

Rev. 02/10/04, Replaces 11/25/03

3

12.105
D.

911 Silent Calls
1.

When the PCS operator answers an emergency 911 call and the
caller fails to give a voice response and the line remains open the
operator will:
a.

Dispatch two officers to the location supplied by the automatic
location identifier (ALI) in the CAD system.
1)

2.

E.

The PCS operator will attempt to keep the line open until the officer
on scene hangs up the phone. The PCS supervisor may give
permission to hang up the line if the call originates from a pay phone
and no activity is heard.

Forced Entries
1.

Officers responding to 911 silent/disconnect calls or panic/duress
alarms which may require a forced entry will:
a.

Attempt to get a response at the location.

b.

If no response, request a computer generated history from PCS
of runs at the location to determine if other 911 silent/disconnect
calls or panic/duress alarms have occurred at the location.

c.

Evaluate the current situation

d.

1)

Are there any neighbors who may have a key to the
premises (landlord, etc.)?

2)

Have PCS check for further information from the alarm
company or monitoring station.

If unable to determine the cause of the 911 silent/disconnect call
or panic/duress alarm, request a supervisor respond to the
scene.
1)

2.
F.

If the location is a pay phone, PCS will dispatch one unit.

If an on-scene officer believes an emergency situation
exists, with supervisory approval, a forced entry may be
made prior to the supervisor's arrival.

Any other situation requiring a forcible entry will necessitate prior
approval of a supervisor.

Supervisor Responsibilities
1.

If a forced entry is necessary, the supervisor will:
a.

Announce at the door a forced entry will be made if no one
answers.

Rev. 02/10/04, Replaces 11/25/03

4

12.105
1)

The Fire Department has entry devices and can gain
access to upper floors when a forced entry is necessary.

b.

Ensure the entrance is secured before leaving the scene.

c.

Process a Form 17 through channels to the Police Chief
explaining the circumstances of the forced entry. Complete a
Form 317, Cincinnati Police General Conditions Report, if any
damage was done to property during the forced entry.

Rev. 02/10/04, Replaces 11/25/03

5

12.106

12.106 UNIVERSITY AIR CARE HELICOPTER
References:
Procedure 12.145 – Critical Incident Response Plan
Information:
University Air Care (UAC) is a hospital-based emergency helicopter service, available
as a second responder to a medical emergency.
The service is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for direct scene and interhospital transfer of critically ill or injured patients. UAC carries a flight team consisting
of an emergency physician, specially trained flight nurse, and experienced pilot.
Helicopter liftoff is normally 3-5 minutes from the time of dispatch. If the patient is
trapped or the journey to the hospital is likely to be delayed or long, the helicopter
brings the hospital to the patient.
Medical emergencies that may necessitate the use of the UAC helicopter are:
1.

Vehicle crash entrapments.

2.

Industrial accident entrapments.

3.

Instances where a person has been shot, remote locations, etc.

4.

Patient's condition requires intensive medical attention en route to the
hospital.

5.

Mass casualties/disasters.
a.

Air Care will transport triage teams and additional medical supplies.

Policy:
When Fire Department Paramedic or Emergency Medical Service personnel are on the
scene, the decision to use the UAC helicopter is their responsibility. Fire Department
personnel will request the UAC helicopter through Fire Dispatch.
When a Fire Department unit is not on the scene or is delayed, a police officer may
request the UAC helicopter to respond or go on standby through Police
Communications Section (PCS).
Once it has been requested to respond or go on standby, only Fire Department
personnel can cancel the UAC helicopter.
Upon arrival, Fire Department personnel will relieve police personnel of the
responsibility for injured individuals and will call or cancel the helicopter response as
required.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 2/97

1

12.106

Procedure:
A.

UAC Helicopter Request:
1.

A police officer at the scene of a medical emergency may request the UAC
helicopter by contacting PCS.
a.

PCS will:
1)

Immediately notify Fire Dispatch for the UAC to respond or go on
standby.
a)

2)

b.

Have the Officer in Charge (OIC) switch to Talk Group I Channel
2, which will be displayed as “I 8i TAC 2”. To be able to
communicate with the UAC pilot, the OIC must then place his
radio in “simplex” mode by pressing the black button directly
below the purple button on the left side of the radio. When the
radio is in the “simplex” mode a small plus sign enclosed within
brackets |+| will appear on the radio display screen.
a)

All other officers on scene should remain on their primary
channel.

b)

Air Care only has access to Talk Group I Channel 2.

Fire Dispatch will:
1)

B.

Relay to Fire Dispatch all available information concerning
the incident: location, type of injury, number of persons, etc.

Immediately contact UAC with the necessary information.

Police Responsibilities when UAC Responds to a Medical Emergency:
1.

Advise arriving fire personnel that Air Care is responding.

2.

Use the radio designations "Air Care One" or "Air Care Two" when a UAC
helicopter responds to an emergency.

3.

Prior to the helicopter's arrival, identify a specific landing site that is:
a.

Fairly flat and at least 100 feet by 100 feet square.

b.

Reasonably clear of debris, glass, cans, wood, plastic bags, car hoods,
or other items that can be picked up or blown by the helicopter's
downwash and cause injury to persons on or near the landing site or
interfere with the operation of the helicopter. You may expect a wind of
60 to 70 MPH from the helicopter.

c.

Clear of overhead obstructions, such as telephone and power lines.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 2/97

2

12.106

d.

At least one mile upwind if flammable or poisonous vapors are
involved.

4.

The OIC will notify the pilot of the location and height of any nearby wires.

5.

At night, mark the four corners of the landing site and the center of the
windward edge with flares. Use flashlights as a substitute for flares if there is
danger of starting a fire (see attached diagram). An alternate method of
marking corners is to use police cars or apparatus with flashing lights.

6.

a.

Point headlights or auxiliary lights down and toward the center of the
landing site to avoid blinding the pilot.

b.

If at night, do not use flashbulbs or allow lights, including television
cameras, to be pointed at the helicopter while it is airborne.

Wear eye protection when the helicopter is landing and taking off.
a.

District lieutenants' and two Traffic Unit supervisors' vehicles are
equipped with safety goggles.

7.

Keep unauthorized personnel and vehicles at least 100 feet away from the
helicopter.

8.

Keep clear of the helicopter unless accompanied by a crew member.

9.

a.

Never move toward the helicopter until signaled by the flight crew.
Always approach and leave the helicopter from the front.

b.

Avoid the tail rotor area.

c.

Do not run or smoke near the helicopter.

There is no standard helicopter ground to blade height. Be very careful
when walking under the blades.
a.

10.

Do not carry IV's or other objects above your head. Carry large objects
parallel to the ground.

The police officer in charge at the scene will ensure all appropriate reports
are completed.
a.

Prepare a Form 316, Aided Case Report, if no other reports are
required.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 2/97

3

12.106

Flare

Flare

UPWIND FLARE

Wind

Helicopter
Approach

Flare

Flare

NIGHT LANDING ZONE MARKINGS

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 2/97

4

12.110

12.110 HANDLING SUSPECTED MENTALLY ILL
INDIVIDUALS AND POTENTIAL SUICIDES
Reference:
Ohio Revised Code 5122.10 - Emergency Hospitalization; Examination;
Disposition
Procedure 12.175 – Use of Special Weapons and Tactics Unit
Procedure 12.180 – Use of Crisis Negotiations Team
Procedure 12.400 - Offense Reporting, Miscellaneous Reporting
Procedure 12.555 - Arrest/Citation: Processing of Adult Misdemeanor and Felony
Offenders
Procedure 12.600 - Prisoners: Securing, Handling, and Transporting
Procedure 12.910 - Missing Persons
Policy:
Mental Health Response Team (MHRT) officers will be the first responders, when
available, on all runs involving suspected mentally ill individuals. If two MHRT
officers are available, they will be dispatched as a team. When necessary a
cover car will be dispatched. If the run is an emergency and no MHRT officer is
available, beat cars will be dispatched immediately and an MHRT officer from
another district will be notified to respond. If the run is not an emergency and no
MHRT officer is available, the nearest available MHRT officer from an adjoining
district will be dispatched as the primary car.
An MHRT officer on the scene of a suspected mentally ill individual will be the
primary officer handling the situation. They will also be responsible for
transporting the individual, if necessary, to the hospital.
A supervisor will respond on all radio runs involving violent or potentially violent
mentally ill individuals and, when possible, will consult the MHRT officer on
scene to decide on a course of action.
Document all encounters with suspected mentally ill individuals on a Form 316,
Minor Accident/Aided Case/Mental Health Response Report. This will be in
addition to any other reports made.
Any suspected mentally ill person with a mental hold or who voluntarily agrees,
when found, will be returned to the facility that reported them missing. If the
facility is unknown, the subject is violent, or from outside the Hamilton County
boundaries, the suspected mentally ill person will be taken to University Hospital.
Information:
When officers arrive on the scene of a suspected mentally ill individual and the
situation meets the criteria for activating the Crisis Negotiations Team or the
Special Weapons and Tactics Unit, follow the steps as outlined in Procedures
12.175 and 12.180.

Rev. 04/25/06, Replaces 03/09/04

1

12.110
Mobile Crisis Team (MCT) members are employees of the Psychiatric
Emergency Services (PES) Unit at University Hospital. The Mobile Crisis Team is
an aid to Department personnel, providing around-the-clock, on-site psychiatric
crisis intervention. Their aim is to help prevent harm to a suspected mentally ill
person, or others, during psychiatric emergency situations requiring police
response.
The University Hospital Center for Emergency Care (CEC) and PES will not
provide a locked environment during triage for mentally ill patients.
Procedure:
A.

Emergency Hospitalization without Medical Certificate Issued by a Qualified
Physician, Ohio Revised Code (ORC) Section 5122.10:
1.

A police officer may take an individual into custody and transport him
to a hospital if:
a)

The individual is suspected to be mentally ill and likely to injure
himself or others if allowed to remain at liberty.

2.

ORC Section 5122.10 reads, "A person taking the respondent into
custody pursuant to this section, shall explain to the respondent the
name, professional designation, and agency affiliation of the person
taking the respondent into custody; that the custody taking is not a
criminal arrest; and that the person is being taken for examination by
mental health professionals at a specified mental health facility
identified by name".

3.

Whenever there is any use of force or other significant police action
with a state mental hold, sign appropriate criminal charges against the
individual. This includes any use of force, use of chemical irritant,
canine apprehension, or use of the Taser, beanbag shotgun, 40mm
foam round, or pepperball launcher.

4.

a.

When placing criminal charges, place a prisoner hold at the
hospital according to Procedure 12.600. Have Police
Communications Section (PCS) notify the hospital if the person
is an unusual security risk.

b.

Telephone the Hamilton County Justice Center (HCJC) Intake
Office with the necessary information about the individual
hospitalized only when placing criminal charges. Call before
leaving the hospital.

c.

Complete a Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report, and
process according to Procedures 12.555 and 12.600.

Handcuff suspected mentally ill individuals during the transporting and
processing phases when the individual's behavior is unpredictable or
past contact indicates there is a potential for violence.

Rev. 04/25/06, Replaces 03/09/04

2

12.110
5.

Explain the use of handcuffs to the person and the family in a tactful
manner.

6.

Two officers will transport the suspected mentally ill individual.
a.

7.

The officer with personal knowledge of the individual's behavior
or an MHRT officer will accompany the transporting officer to the
hospital and complete the proper forms.

Only two hospitals in this area will admit individuals under these
circumstances. Service is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
a.

b.

Transport adults age 18 and over to University Hospital. Officers
will enter through the ambulance bay doors and respond to the
charge nurse station in the CEC.
1)

The charge nurse station will take the report and triage the
patient as quickly as possible.

2)

Transporting officers will stay with the patient through the
process and then transport the patient to the appropriate
area.

Transport children 17 years of age and under to Children’s
Hospital Medical Center.
1)

8.

Upon arrival at the hospital:
a.

9.
B.

Handcuffed juveniles are to be brought in through the
squad entrance for admission.

Complete the Ohio Department of Mental Health Form for
emergency admission. In the "Statement of Belief" section,
briefly note:
1)

The circumstances under which the individual came into
custody.

2)

The reasons for your belief that hospitalization is
necessary.

3)

Any other pertinent information known about the individual.

Complete a Form 316.

Talbert House Crisis Hotline (513-281-CARE) Action in Potential Suicides
1.

When 281-CARE/Talbert House personnel receive a telephone call
dealing with a potential suicide, they will assess the situation.
a.

If they believe the caller is a threat to himself, they will call
Emergency Number 911.

Rev. 04/25/06, Replaces 03/09/04

3

12.110

2.

C.

Police Communications Section will:
a.

Relay information to the Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company
requesting call tracing.

b.

Relay the address received to the Officer In Charge (OIC) of the
affected district and dispatch two officers to the scene.

c.

Dispatch an MHRT officer to the scene when they are available.

d.

Advise 281-CARE/Talbert House of the address.

3.

A shift supervisor will respond to the scene.

4.

Applicable law will guide Department personnel in the investigation of
these cases. Compassion is a necessary approach to the successful
handling of these crisis situations.

Mobile Crisis Team (MCT)
1.

MCT members are permanently assigned to Districts One and Five
and will primarily work during the day Monday through Friday.
Supervisors and MHRT officers can activate the MCT through PES 24
hours a day at 513-584-8577. The requesting supervisor or MHRT
officer should request a team leader be paged to initiate the process.

2.

MCT members will give priority response to the Police Department
within the constraints of available staff. This priority response includes:

3.

a.

Responding with MHRT officers in Districts One and Five.

b.

Assessing the nature of a crisis.

c.

Helping to control a situation, if possible.

d.

Providing assistance in determining methods to use in response
to the emergency.

The Mental Health Access Point (MHAP) can be called 24 hours a day
by officers at 558-8888. They provide:
a.

Around-the-clock contact for any police officer facing a situation
involving a suspected mentally ill individual.

b.

Known premise history about a person with a mental illness who
is in a dangerous situation.

Rev. 04/25/06, Replaces 03/09/04

4

12.110
c.

Supplying available psychiatric information about a person in
imminent risk of danger to himself or others. The release of this
information is in the interest of safety to the person, police, and
public in emergency situations.
1)

Where permitted by law, do not release information given
to Department personnel by sources outside the
Department without written permission. Do not use this
information beyond the current emergency.
a)

4.

Immediately advise the appropriate outside source of
any requests from the public for documents
containing information provided by them.

d.

Immediate suggestions about dealing with a person showing
signs of mental illness.

e.

Immediate information about services available to help someone
in a psychiatric crisis.

f.

Other necessary information.

The Police Department retains primary authority over any crisis
situation covered by these guidelines. In an emergency, the
Department will, when appropriate, use the advice and information the
MCT provides.

Rev. 04/25/06, Replaces 03/09/04

5

12.110

12.110 HANDLING SUSPECTED MENTALLY ILL
INDIVIDUALS AND POTENTIAL SUICIDES
Reference:
Ohio Revised Code 5122.10 - Emergency Hospitalization; Examination;
Disposition
Procedure 12.175 – Use of Special Weapons and Tactics Unit
Procedure 12.180 – Use of Crisis Negotiations Team
Procedure 12.400 - Offense Reporting, Miscellaneous Reporting
Procedure 12.555 - Arrest/Citation: Processing of Adult Misdemeanor and Felony
Offenders
Procedure 12.600 - Prisoners: Securing, Handling, and Transporting
Procedure 12.910 - Missing Persons
Policy:
Mental Health Response Team (MHRT) officers will be the first responders, when
available, on all runs involving suspected mentally ill individuals. If two MHRT
officers are available, they will be dispatched as a team. When necessary a
cover car will be dispatched. If the run is an emergency and no MHRT officer is
available, beat cars will be dispatched immediately and an MHRT officer from
another district will be notified to respond. If the run is not an emergency and no
MHRT officer is available, the nearest available MHRT officer from an adjoining
district will be dispatched as the primary car.
An MHRT officer on the scene of a suspected mentally ill individual will be the
primary officer handling the situation. They will also be responsible for
transporting the individual, if necessary, to the hospital.
A supervisor will respond on all radio runs involving violent or potentially violent
mentally ill individuals and, when possible, will consult the MHRT officer on
scene to decide on a course of action.
Document all encounters with suspected mentally ill individuals on a Form 316,
Minor Accident/Aided Case/Mental Health Response Report. This will be in
addition to any other reports made.
Any suspected mentally ill person with a mental hold or who voluntarily agrees,
when found, will be returned to the facility that reported them missing. If the
facility is unknown, the subject is violent, or from outside the Hamilton County
boundaries, the suspected mentally ill person will be taken to University Hospital.
Information:
When officers arrive on the scene of a suspected mentally ill individual and the
situation meets the criteria for activating the Crisis Negotiations Team or the
Special Weapons and Tactics Unit, follow the steps as outlined in Procedures
12.175 and 12.180.

Rev. 04/25/06, Replaces 03/09/04

1

12.110
Mobile Crisis Team (MCT) members are employees of the Psychiatric
Emergency Services (PES) Unit at University Hospital. The Mobile Crisis Team is
an aid to Department personnel, providing around-the-clock, on-site psychiatric
crisis intervention. Their aim is to help prevent harm to a suspected mentally ill
person, or others, during psychiatric emergency situations requiring police
response.
The University Hospital Center for Emergency Care (CEC) and PES will not
provide a locked environment during triage for mentally ill patients.
Procedure:
A.

Emergency Hospitalization without Medical Certificate Issued by a Qualified
Physician, Ohio Revised Code (ORC) Section 5122.10:
1.

A police officer may take an individual into custody and transport him
to a hospital if:
a)

The individual is suspected to be mentally ill and likely to injure
himself or others if allowed to remain at liberty.

2.

ORC Section 5122.10 reads, "A person taking the respondent into
custody pursuant to this section, shall explain to the respondent the
name, professional designation, and agency affiliation of the person
taking the respondent into custody; that the custody taking is not a
criminal arrest; and that the person is being taken for examination by
mental health professionals at a specified mental health facility
identified by name".

3.

Whenever there is any use of force or other significant police action
with a state mental hold, sign appropriate criminal charges against the
individual. This includes any use of force, use of chemical irritant,
canine apprehension, or use of the Taser, beanbag shotgun, 40mm
foam round, or pepperball launcher.

4.

a.

When placing criminal charges, place a prisoner hold at the
hospital according to Procedure 12.600. Have Police
Communications Section (PCS) notify the hospital if the person
is an unusual security risk.

b.

Telephone the Hamilton County Justice Center (HCJC) Intake
Office with the necessary information about the individual
hospitalized only when placing criminal charges. Call before
leaving the hospital.

c.

Complete a Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report, and
process according to Procedures 12.555 and 12.600.

Handcuff suspected mentally ill individuals during the transporting and
processing phases when the individual's behavior is unpredictable or
past contact indicates there is a potential for violence.

Rev. 04/25/06, Replaces 03/09/04

2

12.110
5.

Explain the use of handcuffs to the person and the family in a tactful
manner.

6.

Two officers will transport the suspected mentally ill individual.
a.

7.

The officer with personal knowledge of the individual's behavior
or an MHRT officer will accompany the transporting officer to the
hospital and complete the proper forms.

Only two hospitals in this area will admit individuals under these
circumstances. Service is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
a.

b.

Transport adults age 18 and over to University Hospital. Officers
will enter through the ambulance bay doors and respond to the
charge nurse station in the CEC.
1)

The charge nurse station will take the report and triage the
patient as quickly as possible.

2)

Transporting officers will stay with the patient through the
process and then transport the patient to the appropriate
area.

Transport children 17 years of age and under to Children’s
Hospital Medical Center.
1)

8.

Upon arrival at the hospital:
a.

9.
B.

Handcuffed juveniles are to be brought in through the
squad entrance for admission.

Complete the Ohio Department of Mental Health Form for
emergency admission. In the "Statement of Belief" section,
briefly note:
1)

The circumstances under which the individual came into
custody.

2)

The reasons for your belief that hospitalization is
necessary.

3)

Any other pertinent information known about the individual.

Complete a Form 316.

Talbert House Crisis Hotline (513-281-CARE) Action in Potential Suicides
1.

When 281-CARE/Talbert House personnel receive a telephone call
dealing with a potential suicide, they will assess the situation.
a.

If they believe the caller is a threat to himself, they will call
Emergency Number 911.

Rev. 04/25/06, Replaces 03/09/04

3

12.110

2.

C.

Police Communications Section will:
a.

Relay information to the Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company
requesting call tracing.

b.

Relay the address received to the Officer In Charge (OIC) of the
affected district and dispatch two officers to the scene.

c.

Dispatch an MHRT officer to the scene when they are available.

d.

Advise 281-CARE/Talbert House of the address.

3.

A shift supervisor will respond to the scene.

4.

Applicable law will guide Department personnel in the investigation of
these cases. Compassion is a necessary approach to the successful
handling of these crisis situations.

Mobile Crisis Team (MCT)
1.

MCT members are permanently assigned to Districts One and Five
and will primarily work during the day Monday through Friday.
Supervisors and MHRT officers can activate the MCT through PES 24
hours a day at 513-584-8577. The requesting supervisor or MHRT
officer should request a team leader be paged to initiate the process.

2.

MCT members will give priority response to the Police Department
within the constraints of available staff. This priority response includes:

3.

a.

Responding with MHRT officers in Districts One and Five.

b.

Assessing the nature of a crisis.

c.

Helping to control a situation, if possible.

d.

Providing assistance in determining methods to use in response
to the emergency.

The Mental Health Access Point (MHAP) can be called 24 hours a day
by officers at 558-8888. They provide:
a.

Around-the-clock contact for any police officer facing a situation
involving a suspected mentally ill individual.

b.

Known premise history about a person with a mental illness who
is in a dangerous situation.

Rev. 04/25/06, Replaces 03/09/04

4

12.110
c.

Supplying available psychiatric information about a person in
imminent risk of danger to himself or others. The release of this
information is in the interest of safety to the person, police, and
public in emergency situations.
1)

Where permitted by law, do not release information given
to Department personnel by sources outside the
Department without written permission. Do not use this
information beyond the current emergency.
a)

4.

Immediately advise the appropriate outside source of
any requests from the public for documents
containing information provided by them.

d.

Immediate suggestions about dealing with a person showing
signs of mental illness.

e.

Immediate information about services available to help someone
in a psychiatric crisis.

f.

Other necessary information.

The Police Department retains primary authority over any crisis
situation covered by these guidelines. In an emergency, the
Department will, when appropriate, use the advice and information the
MCT provides.

Rev. 04/25/06, Replaces 03/09/04

5

12.111

12.111 POLICE INTERACTION WITH HOMELESS
ENCAMPMENTS
Purpose
To provide guidance for all officers to ensure the fair and equitable treatment of
homeless persons.
To ensure that notice is given to those who are unlawfully trespassing on public
property and that personal property is safeguarded according to law and
Department procedure.
Policy
Department personnel encountering homeless encampments that require police
action for trespassing on public property will immediately bring such condition to
the attention of their Neighborhood Squad supervisor for investigation and
appropriate action. Any additional law violations observed shall be addressed
immediately by the responding officer.
The Police Department will allow 72 hours notice of trespass prior to arrest and
removal of personal possessions from a homeless encampment, provided the
homeless person properly identifies himself, is not violating any other laws, and
exigent circumstances do not exist. The Notice Letter issued to each person at
the encampment shall reflect that minimum period of time to gather his
possessions and depart.
The 72 hour period refers to regular business hours and does not include
weekends or holidays. This is necessary to allow outreach workers a reasonable
period of time to contact persons in need and arrange necessary services,
space, etc.
Information
Homelessness is an issue of significant social concern. Police interaction has
been the focus of much litigation and police officers must approach such
situations remembering the plight of the homeless person may well be the result
of a disease or mental condition that cannot be controlled. Even so, law
violations will not be ignored or be permitted to go unattended. Trespass actions
require some type of notice to the offender that his actions are not permitted.
If the only law violation observed is trespassing on public property, then this
procedure will be followed.

Rev. 12/09/03, Replaces 10/07/03

1

12.111
Procedure
A.

Police Action:
1.

2.

Duties of the Initial Responding Officer:
a.

Upon observation of, or receipt of, a complaint of a homeless
encampment on public property, the officer will respond and
assess the situation.

b.

Discuss the homeless person(s) presence on the property with
any and all persons found there to determine their purpose and
intended length of stay and whether they have permission to be
on that property.

c.

Inspect the immediate area for health and/or safety violations
that require immediate attention to avoid harm to persons. Take
immediate action on observed dangerous conditions and law
violations.

d.

Complete a Form 560, Community Problem Solving Worksheet.
Include on the Form 560 as much information as possible about
the person(s) on the property. Forward the Form 560 to the
Neighborhood Supervisor prior to the end of the shift.

Duties of the Neighborhood Squad Supervisor:
a.

Review all Form 560 concerning homeless encampments.

b.

Assign personnel as necessary to visit the encampment and
assess the situation. Any assistance or social service referral
that may provide immediate assistance shall be offered and
facilitated to the extent possible.

c.

Complete a Form 314, Notice to Appear, for each person found
to be camping or living on the property. The NTA must be clearly
marked WARNING and will not be placed on the citation board.
These NTA's must be sent to Records Section for entry. Also,
give each of them a Notice Letter. This is the written warning
notifying them that that they are committing a trespass offense
and they must depart. Note on the NTA that the Notice Letter
was issued.

Rev. 12/09/03, Replaces 10/07/03

2

12.111

3.

d.

Fax a copy of the Notice Letter and the NTA, on the same day
issued, to the Greater Cincinnati Coalition for the Homeless
office in order to notify appropriate outreach workers of the
identity and location of a person(s) in need of services. The
general phone number is (513)421-2701, fax number is
(513)421-7813 and the email address is
georginegetty@yahoo.com. Be sure to redact the necessary
information such as social security and control numbers.

e.

Send a copy of the NTA to Records Section for entry.

f.

Following the reasonable notice period, respond to the affected
location. Persons found there who have been previously warned
will be given a final opportunity to depart. If they fail to depart or
refuse, a physical arrest for Criminal Trespassing is appropriate.

Handling and Disposition of Property at a Homeless Encampment:
a.

If the homeless person chooses to depart rather than face arrest,
they shall be encouraged to take all their personal property and
possessions with them. Reasonable efforts shall be made to
assist them in this endeavor.

b.

Property located at the encampment site after all persons have
departed, either voluntarily or by arrest, shall be assessed:
1)

Items that are spoiled or mildewed shall be considered
trash. Appropriate arrangements shall be made to have the
area cleaned up.

2)

Personal items that are/were owned by the departed
trespassers that do not fit the criteria above, such as
clothing, photographs, personal papers, and keepsakes,
shall be processed into the Court Property Unit as
Found/Hold for Owner.

Rev. 12/09/03, Replaces 10/07/03

3

12.112

12.112 GUIDELINE FOR ENFORCEMENT OF CINCINNATI
MUNICIPAL CODE 910-11, PUBLIC DISTURBANCE;
SECOND RESPONSE FEE
References:
Cincinnati Municipal Code 910-7, Loud Noises
Cincinnati Municipal Code 910-8, Nighttime Construction
Cincinnati Municipal Code 910-9, Loud Musical Noises
Cincinnati Municipal Code 910-11, Public Disturbance; Second Response Fee
Standards Manual 1.2.5
Policy:
Handle enforcement of Cincinnati Municipal Code (CMC) 910-11, Public
Disturbance; Second Response Fee, in a fair and impartial manner. Nothing in
this procedure prevents the enforcement of appropriate criminal statutes or city
ordinances.
On a first response to a loud party/gathering/
disturbance, any responding officer may issue a First Response Notice (Form
650).
On a second response to a loud party/gathering/
disturbance where an officer issued a Form 650, any responding officer may
issue a Second Response Notice (Form 651).
Purpose:
Reduce the burden second responses to loud parties/gatherings/disturbances
place on patrol units, freeing them for other service activities.
Hold uncooperative citizens financially responsible for the expenses resulting
from unnecessary use of Department resources for a second response.
Procedure:
A.

First Response:
1.

Duties of the responding officer:
a.

Make sure the disturbance complaint is valid.

b.

Interview the person responsible for the loud
party/gathering/disturbance.

Rev. 8/98, Replaces 9/94

1

12.112

1)

B.

The responsible person is: the person (or persons) who
owns, leases, resides in, or is in charge of the premises
where a loud party or public disturbance takes place, or the
person or persons who organized the loud party or event
causing the disturbance. If the responsible person is a
minor, then the parents or guardians will also be
considered a Responsible Person and be jointly
responsible.

c.

Advise the responsible person of the particular loud noise
ordinance he is violating. Emphasize that the disturbing activity
must cease.

d.

Advise the responsible person of the provisions of CMC 910-11
for fee assessment should a second response occur. Do not
specify the amount to be assessed.

e.

If appropriate, complete a Form 650 and issue it to the
responsible person.
1)

Obtain the nine digit incident number for the radio dispatch
and record it in the appropriate space on the Form 650.

2)

After issuing a Form 650, clear the run using disposition
code "650."

Second Response:
1.

Duties of the Responding Officer:
a.

Make sure the complaint is valid.

b.

Determine if this is the second response to the address within
the past eight hours for a loud party/gathering/ disturbance.
1)

Determine if any officer issued a Form 650.

2)

Obtain the nine digit CAD Incident number for the radio
dispatch and record it in the appropriate space on the Form
651.

3)

Obtain the number of officers on the scene from the MDT
incident. Include only those officers listed on the incident.

4)

Record the nine digit CAD Incident number from the first
response in the appropriate space on the Form 651.

Rev. 8/98, Replaces 9/94

2

12.112

C.

D.

Locate the responsible person. Prepare and issue a Form 651 if
it is appropriate and necessary.

d.

If a Form 650 was not issued on the first response and it is now
appropriate, locate the responsible person and issue a Form
650.

Routing of Forms 650 and 651:
1.

Officers will turn in all Forms 650 and 651 at the end of their assigned
shift.

2.

Maintain the Form 650 not resulting in a second response in the
district files.

3.

If an officer issued a Form 651, a relief supervisor will review and sign
the Form 651 and forward both the Form 650 and Form 651 to the
district commander.

4.

Forward a copy of the Form 651 to the Fiscal and Budget Section for
billing.

Appeal Process:
1.

E.

c.

The recipient of a Second Response Notice may appeal the issuance
and/or fee assessment to the Department of Neighborhood Services,
Office of Consumer Services.

Billing Process:
1.

Fiscal and Budget Section is responsible for the billing process.
a.

2.

Fiscal and Budget Section will maintain a file on all billings for
second response fees.

Billing is for actual costs based on current hourly manpower and
equipment costs.

Rev. 8/98, Replaces 9/94

3

12.113

12.113 RIGHT OF ENTRY STICKERS AND RIGHT OF ENTRY
LETTERS
Reference:
Ohio Revised Code (ORC) 2911.21 – Criminal Trespass
Procedure 12.111 – Police Interaction with Homeless Encampments
Procedure 12.372 – Chronic Nuisance Premises
Purpose:
Comply with state law, and to establish Police Department procedure to enable
police officers to enforce Criminal Trespassing laws on private property with the
property owner’s consent.
Procedure:
A.

Right of Entry (ROE) Stickers
1.

2.

ROE stickers will be triangular in design, manufactured from reflective
material, and standardized with the words: City of Cincinnati – R.O.E.
Community Partner.
a.

The ROE sticker informs officers that a Right of Entry Letter is
on file.

b.

The ROE sticker can serve to deter potential trespassers and
minimize the threat of criminal damage due to the owner’s
partnership with the police.

Displaying of ROE Stickers.
a.

B.

The stickers will be displayed prominently in a first floor window
nearest the entry door and be visible from the street (no
obstructions from trees, bushes, signs or other items).

Right of Entry Letters
1.

Must be filed in the district where the property is located.

2.

Will be notarized.

3.

Will be renewed annually by the affected district’s Neighborhood
Liaison Officer.
a.

4.

Include contact information for the property owner/manager with
an emergency or night phone number.

Annual renewal or change in ownership requires a new, notarized
Right of Entry Letter.

New 11/27/07

1

12.113
C.

D.

Right of Entry Database
1.

Each district commander will designate an officer (i.e. Crime Analyst,
Neighborhood Liaison Officer) to maintain an accessible spreadsheet
with information concerning persons who have been warned about
trespassing on a specific property. This information will include the
address of the property, the date of the violation, name, race, sex,
date of birth, social security number, and control number of the
person who was warned and the name and badge number of the
officer who issued the warning.

2.

The designated officer(s) will maintain a spreadsheet in a folder on
the shared drive of the computer, accessible as a “read only” file for
district personnel.

Enforcement/Processing
1.

While investigating a complaint of trespassing at a location with a
Right of Entry Letter on file, officers will exhaust all measures of
ensuring the subject in question has no legal reason to be on the
property (i.e. visiting relatives, friends, working).

2.

Officers will contact the district to determine if the person has been
warned in the past.

3.

For a first time offense complete a Form 314, Notice To Appear (NTA)
when the subject has no legitimate reason to be on the property.
a.

At the top of the NTA, check the “other block” and write
“Warning.” In the violation section, write: “As an agent of the
above premise, I hereby warn you not to return to this
address without permission of the owner.”

b.

Ensure the address of the property and officers’ name is clearly
legible.

c.

Ensure the subject signs the NTA and provide the subject with
the Defendants Copy.

4.

Supervisors will review and forward a copy of the NTA to the officer
responsible for maintaining the district spreadsheet. Entries will be
updated daily to ensure accuracy.

5.

The NTA will be filed at the district for use in future court action.

6.

Subsequent criminal trespass violations require a physical arrest.
a.

7.

Include the owner/manager contact information on the Form
527, Arrest and Investigation Report for notification for court.

Officers will ensure the original NTA “warning “ and a copy of the
Right of Entry Letter for the specific address where the violation
occurred is on hand during court proceedings.

New 11/27/07

2

12.115

12.115 HANDLING WILD/EXOTIC ANIMALS, PIT BULLS,
DANGEROUS/VICIOUS DOGS, AND ANIMAL
REPORTS
References:
Cincinnati Municipal Code 701-1 – Animals, Birds, Fowl
Procedure 12.225 - Vehicular Crash Reporting
Procedure 12.550 - Discharging of Firearms by Police Personnel
Procedure 12.715 - Property and Evidence: Accountability, Processing, Storage,
and Release
Ohio Revised Code 1533.121 - Deer Killed by a Motor Vehicle
Ohio Administrative Code 3701-3-28 – Report of bite of dog or other mammal
Definitions:
Pit bull - a Staffordshire Bull Terrier or American Staffordshire Terrier breed of
dog, or any mixed breed of dog that contains as an element of its breeding the
breed of Staffordshire Bull Terrier or American Staffordshire Terrier, as to be
identifiable as partially of the breed of Staffordshire Bull Terrier or American
Staffordshire Terrier.
A pit bull by City ordinance is defined as a vicious dog.
Vicious dog - any dog which, without provocation, has inflicted severe injury on
a person or has been trained for dog fighting or is kept primarily or in part for the
purpose of dog fighting or is a dog commonly defined as a pit bull or has been
used in the commission of a crime.
Dangerous dog - any dog which has, without provocation, while off the
owner/harborer’s premises, caused an individual to reasonably believe the dog
will cause physical harm to a person or a propensity or disposition to unprovoked
attack or cause injury to humans or domestic animals off the owner/harborer’s
premises.
Severe injury - any physical injury to a human being that results in a broken
bone or muscle tear requiring corrective or cosmetic surgery or resulting in
hospitalization or any injury to a child under the age of six years of age requiring
treatment by a licensed physician.
Wild or potentially dangerous animal - one which is wild by nature and not
customarily domesticated in the City of Cincinnati and which, because of its size,
disposition, or other characteristics inherently constitutes a danger to human life
or property.
Purpose:
To ensure the citizens of the community an environment where the quality of life
is not threatened by uncontrolled dangerous or vicious dogs, while protecting the
individual rights of dog owners.

Rev. 12/02/08, Replaces 07/15/08

1

12.115

To establish a procedure in handling wild/exotic animals, vicious dogs,
dangerous dogs and animal reports to ensure the protection of the public and
follow-up by the Health Department.
Policy:
Department members will exhaust every reasonable means before using
firearms to dispose of vicious dogs, dangerous dogs, or wild and potentially
dangerous animals as defined in Cincinnati Municipal Code (CMC) Sections 7011-D1, 701-1-V or 701-42. Use of the firearm should always involve consideration
for the safety of bystanders.
Information:
A ban on pit bulls was reinstated on November 1, 2003. Only pit bulls registered
with the Cincinnati Police Department before November 1, 2003 will be allowed
to remain in the City of Cincinnati. Owner/harborer’s of registered pit bulls, or
other dogs determined to be dangerous/vicious, must re-register these dogs
annually with the Cincinnati Police Department.
Procedure:
A.

Registration of Vicious and Dangerous Dogs/Re-Registration of Pit Bulls
1.

Department desk personnel will ensure a Form 15D,
Dangerous/Vicious Dog Registration and a Form 15DE, Vicious
Dog/Pit Bull Registration Envelope, is completed when a citizen
responds to the district to register a vicious or dangerous dog, or reregister a pit bull. The registering officer is responsible for accurate
recording of the required information on the Forms 15D and 15DE.
a.

Department desk personnel will give the citizen registering the
dog a copy of the Form 15D upon completion of the registration
process. Upon completion of the registration process, the
registering officer will provide the citizen with a copy of the
Form15D.

b.

The completed Form 15D and the required documentation will
be placed inside the Form 15DE. The completed packet will be
hand carried to the Records Section by 0900 hours the following
business day.
1)

B.

Records Section personnel will send the information
contained in the completed packet to Information
Technology Management Unit (ITMU). The information will
be placed on the Intranet to be accessed by Department
personnel.

Warnings Issued for Non-Aggressive Pit Bulls
1.

Aggressive or dangerous dogs identified to be Pit Bulls will be
impounded. The district Pit Bull Investigator should be requested to
respond and assist during their normal tour of duty.

Rev. 12/02/08, Replaces 07/15/08

2

12.115

2.

3.

C.

Officers in the field encountering non aggressive dogs, they believe to
be Pit Bulls may issue a warning without impounding the dog.
a.

Contact the District Desk Officer and have them check the Pit
Bull Warning Data base, located on the Department’s intranet
site, located under Vicious Dogs Data. Confirm no prior warning
has been issued.

b.

A second violation will result in impoundment of the dog and a
citation to the person in control of the dog as described under
Section C. of this procedure.

Warnings will be documented on a Form 534, Contact Card.
a.

Complete both sides of the Form 534, Contact Card. Check
“Other” in reason for stop box. Under the Interview narrative
portion write in bold and circle the word “PIT BULL”.

b.

Indicate in the narrative a Form 15PIT, Pit Bull Information Sheet
was given to the person in control of the animal.

c.

Provide a brief description of the animal and circumstances for
the stop.

Process for the Impoundment of Dangerous/Vicious Dogs and Pit Bulls
1.

Any dog determined to be a dangerous/vicious dog as defined by
CMC Sections 701-1-D1, 701-1-V, or is an unregistered pit bull, will be
impounded.
a.

2.

1)

The SPCA has final authority on identification of a pit bull.

2)

Verify whether the dog has been registered with the Police
Department.

If the owner/harborer of the animal is present when investigating a
complaint, obtain the property owner’s consent to enter the premises.
a.

3.

Contact the Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals
(SPCA) through Police Communications, and request they
respond.

If the property owner refuses, and there is probable cause to
believe a dangerous/vicious dog or unregistered pit bull is on the
premises, obtain a search warrant to enter the premises and
impound the dog.

Notify the owner/harborer of a dog being impounded using a Form
15DIH, Notice of Impoundment and Hearing.
a.

The administrative hearing will be scheduled for the first
business day seven days after the date of the impoundment.
The hearing will be scheduled for 1300 hours at the Office of
Administrative Hearings (OAH).

Rev. 12/02/08, Replaces 07/15/08

3

12.115

b.

4.

5.

6.

7.

If the owner/harborer is not present, the ordinance requires they
must be notified of the administrative hearing date, time and
location within 3 days after a dog is impounded.

The SPCA will board dangerous/vicious dogs and unregistered pit
bulls prior to any administrative and/or court hearings.
a.

Arrange for transportation of the dog(s) by contacting the SPCA.

b.

Officers will receive a kennel tag number from the SPCA
representative. The SPCA kennel tag number must be written
on the Form 15DIH.

Fax a copy of the Form 15DIH to the following locations:
a.

Planning Section (352-2982).

b.

Court Property Unit (352-6483).

c.

Office of Administrative Hearings (352-4898).

The owner/harborer may waive their right to an administrative hearing
and request an immediate citation to the Hamilton County Municipal
Court. Only have the owner/harborer sign if they are waiving the OAH
hearing.
a.

Complete a Form 15DIH and have the owner/harborer sign
indicating a waiver of the administrative hearing.

b.

Cite the owner/harborer of dangerous/vicious dogs or pit bulls
using CMC sections 701-4, 701-5, 701-6, 701-7, 701-8 or 701-9
depending on the nature of the complaint.

c.

Inform the owner/harborer of an impounded dog that failure to
appear in court may result in forfeiture of their dog. The officer
must place the following statement on the citation, “Failure to
appear on this citation will result in forfeiture of the
animal(s) confiscated.”
1)

Cite to court on the fifth court date from the day the citation
is written. Hand carry the City’s copy of the citation to
Records Section for processing.

2)

The SPCA kennel tag number must be written on the Form
314, Notice to Appear (NTA).

Take three photographs of the officer with the dangerous/vicious dog
or pit bull whenever possible; otherwise, take three photographs of the
dog by itself.
a.

Attempt to include the entire body of the dog in each of the
photographs.

Rev. 12/02/08, Replaces 07/15/08

4

12.115

b.

8.

9.

D.

Distribute the photographs as follows:
1)

One to the SPCA.

2)

One to the Court Property Unit.

3)

One for the administrative hearing case jacket.

Complete a Form 330, Property Receipt, for any impounded dog.
a.

The SPCA should receive the yellow copy of the Form 330 and a
photograph prior to leaving the scene. The SPCA will not take
possession of a dog without a completed Form 330.

b.

Forward the remaining copies of the Form 330, a photograph of
the dog, and a copy of the Form 15DIH or Form 314 to the Court
Property Unit.

c.

Once the Form 330 is completed, the officer will comply with
Procedure 12.715, Property and Evidence: Accountability,
Processing, Storage, and Release.
1)

Court Property Unit must perform a bi-monthly audit of
animals held at the SPCA to ensure they are disposed of
upon completion of the administrative hearing and or court
proceedings.

2)

Individuals who are awarded the return of their dog(s) will
have 72 hours to pick up their dog(s) from the SPCA.
Failure to respond will result in the forfeiture of the dog(s).

Prepare an administrative hearing case jacket for each incident when
a dog has been impounded.
a.

Case jackets will include a copy of the Form 15DIH; a copy of
the Form 314, if applicable; a photograph of the dog(s); a copy
of the Form 330; a copy of the Form 316, Minor Accident/Aided
Case/Mental Health Response Report, if applicable; and any
other related reports.

b.

A relief supervisor will review the completed case jacket.
Reporting officers will make necessary corrections prior to
securing from their shift. Approved jackets will be routed to the
Neighborhood Liaison Supervisor.

Responsibilities of the Neighborhood Liaison Supervisor
1.

Review the administrative hearing case jackets for accuracy.

2.

Schedule an on-duty officer to present the case at the administrative
hearing.

Rev. 12/02/08, Replaces 07/15/08

5

12.115

3.

4.

If the hearing officer determines the dog is dangerous or vicious,
ensure the attending officer cites the owner/harborer of the dog to
Municipal Court on a Form 314.
a.

Provided a copy of the citation to the hearing officer.

b.

Hand carried the citation to Records Section.

If the dog is determined to be dangerous or vicious and the
owner/harborer of the dog failed to appear at the administrative
hearing, ensure the attending officer immediately files the appropriate
criminal complaint.
a.

E.

Assign an officer to follow up on the open warrant for those
individuals not appearing at the administrative hearing.

Responsibility of the Officer Attending the Administrative Hearing
1.

If the owner/harborer is present at the administrative hearing and the
hearing officer determines the dog is vicious or dangerous,
immediately cite the individual to Municipal Court on a Form 314. The
officer must place the following statement on the citation, “Failure to
appear on this citation will result in forfeiture of the animal(s)
confiscated.”
a.

Cite to court on the fifth court date from the date of the
administrative hearing. Refer to the 15DIH for the appropriate
section and offense description.

b.

Write the kennel tag number on the citation (obtained from the
15DIH). Include the investigating officer’s name as needed for
court.

c.

2.

1)

Provide a copy of the citation to the hearing officer.

2)

Hand carry the citation to Records Section.

Notify the Court Property Unit of the outcome of the
administrative hearing and forward them a copy of the citation.

If the owner/harborer is not present at the administrative hearing and
the hearing officer determines the dog is vicious or dangerous, the
attending officer will file a criminal complaint in Municipal Court
against the individual named on the Form 15DIH. Refer to the Form
15DIH for the appropriate section number and description of the
offense.

Rev. 12/02/08, Replaces 07/15/08

6

12.115

3.

F.

a.

Ensure the investigating officer is listed for court.

b.

Notify the Court Property Unit of the result of the hearing.

Officers attending the Municipal Court hearing should request the
prosecuting attorney fax a copy the court seizure/dispose order to the
Court Property Unit at 352-6483.

Officer Tactics When Confronted by Dangerous/Vicious Dogs
1.

When confronting a dangerous or vicious dog which threatens bodily
injury to the officer or citizen:
a.

Exhaust all reasonable means to confine the dog.

b.

Notify the SPCA to pick up the dog.

c.

The use of department issued chemical irritant or the X26 Taser
is effective on many animals.

d.

When use of the firearm is absolutely necessary, avoid shooting
the dog in the head.
1)

G.

Once the firearm is discharged, the officer will comply with
Procedure 12.550, Discharging of Firearms by Police
Personnel.
a)

Obtain the name and address of the owner/harborer
of the dog.

b)

Obtain the name and address of any witness to the
incident.

c)

Notify the SPCA to pick up the dead dog pending a
later examination by the Health Department.

d)

Complete a Form 316, if applicable.

Dog Bite Cases
1.

Arrange for immediate medical attention.

2.

Complete a Form 316. Note: All dog and other mammal bites must
be reported to the Health Department within twenty-four (24) hours
per Ohio Administrative Code 3701-3-28.
a.

Provide complete information on the victim. Include an address
and telephone number.
1)

Detail the victim’s injuries in the narrative section.

Rev. 12/02/08, Replaces 07/15/08

7

12.115

2)

If the victim is a juvenile, ensure complete parental or
guardian contact information (to include an address and
telephone number) is obtained.

b.

Complete the name, address, telephone number, and other
pertinent information of the owner/harborer of the dog.

c.

Provide a thorough description of the animal, serial number, or
inoculation tag, certificate information, microchip number or
tattoo number, if applicable.

d.

If the dog will not be impounded, instruct the owner/harborer to
confine the dog for a 10-day period of observation, and not to
have the dog inoculated until after the 10-day observation
period. Indicate on the Form 316 this was done.

e.

In the event the dog is a stray or unidentified, mark the Form
316 “Incomplete.” Fill out as much information as possible.
1)

If the dog is located, attempt to contain it. Notify the
SPCA, through Police Communications, to respond and
pick up the dog for the Health Department examination.
a)

3.

The reporting officer will issue a Form 314 for a violation of CMC
section 701-1-V to the owner/harborer of the dog following any bite
which results in a severe injury as defined in CMC Section 701-1-S.
a.

4.

Officers will not confiscate the dog unless the dog is a vicious
dog, as defined, and has not been registered with the Police
Department.

Upon completing the Form 316, the reporting officer will make a
legible photocopy of the Form 316, and fax it to the Health
Department (352-2915). Indicate on the Form 316 the Health
Department was “notified by fax”, and retain the fax transmittal sheet.
a.

5.

Send the legible photocopy of the Form 316 directly to the
Health Department through interdepartmental mail.

Attach the fax transmittal sheet to the original Form 316 and submit it
for supervisory approval.
a.

The district collators will forward the original Form 316 and
attached fax transmittal sheet to Records Section.

b.

After completing their investigation, the Health Department will
sign any necessary affidavits for an inoculation violation.
1)

6.

Notify the Health Department of the capture. Indicate
same on the Form 316.

Dogs under three months of age need not be inoculated.

Report cat bites the same as dog bites.

Rev. 12/02/08, Replaces 07/15/08

8

12.115

7.
H.

Unlicensed Dogs
1.

2.

3.

I.

Report wild animal bites the same as dog bites. If captured, hold for
the SPCA.

Officers have the discretionary authority to issue a “Warning Citation”
to the owner/harborer of an unlicensed dog.
a.

Dogs less than 3 months of age or owned fewer than 30 days do
not require a license.

b.

A dog license
is valid from January 1st of the current year to
th
January 30 of the following year.

The SPCA has provided the Police Department with “Dog License
Violation Warning Citations” for “Failure To File Application For
Registration Of Dog.”
a.

When a warning citation is issued, the violator is given the pink
copy of the three part carbonless form.

b.

The white copy of the warning is forwarded to the SPCA weekly
by the District Collator.

c.

The yellow copy is retained at the district where the violation
occurred.

The SPCA will follow up on all warning citations to ensure the
owner/harborer has purchased a current license. The SPCA will
assess a fine on a dog owner/harborer who fails to obtain a valid
license.

Investigating Wild or Exotic Animal Complaints
1.

When encountering a wild or exotic animal, request a supervisor
respond to the scene.
a.

The responding supervisor will ensure he has a shotgun and
rifled slugs before responding to the scene.
1)

b.

2.

When use of the firearm is absolutely necessary (the
animal poses an immediate threat to safety of the
community), the weapon of choice for large animals is the
shotgun with rifled slugs.

The responding supervisor will immediately notify the District
Commander, Night Chief or Duty Officer of the encounter and
outcome.

Notify the SPCA. The SPCA has the necessary equipment and
resources to capture wild or exotic animals.

Rev. 12/02/08, Replaces 07/15/08

9

12.115

3.

4.

Once the firearm is discharged, the officer will comply with Procedure
12.550.
a.

Obtain the name and address of the owner/harborer of the
animal.

b.

Obtain the name and address of any witness to the incident.

c.

Photograph the animal before removal for possible court
proceedings.

If the owner/harborer of the animal is present when investigating a
complaint, obtain the property owner’s consent to enter the premises.
a.

If the property owner refuses, and there is probable cause to
believe a wild or exotic animal is on the premises, obtain a
search warrant to enter the premises and confiscate the animal.

b.

Notify the SPCA through Police Communications and have them
respond when serving a search warrant. They have the
necessary equipment to capture the animal.
1)

c.

If the owner/harborer voluntarily gives up the animal and wishes
to transfer it to the SPCA’s cage at the scene, advise the
owner/harborer of the possibility of using lethal force against the
animal if control is lost.
1)

J.

Advise the owner/harborer the animal may have to be
tranquilized with a dart gun.

The SPCA must approve transfer of a non-tranquilized
animal.

5.

Once captured, photograph the animal for court proceedings.

6.

When citing the owner/harborer, use CMC 701-42.

Dead Animals
1.

When a citizen reports a dog or other animal has been killed or found
dead, the officer will notify the Health Department. The Health
Department will determine if the animal is wanted for any previous
incident involving a dog or animal bite.
a.

2.

If the animal is a deer killed by a motor vehicle, follow Procedure
12.225, Vehicular Crash Reporting.

If the animal is not wanted by the Health Department, notify Public
Services to pick up the remains.

Rev. 12/02/08, Replaces 07/15/08

10

12.120

12.120 LABOR DISPUTES AND STRIKES
Reference:
Procedure 12.413, Enforcement of Court Orders
Procedure 19.140, Outside Employment
Policy:
In all cases of labor disputes or strikes in which there is picketing,
demonstrations, or disorder, a district supervisor will confer with both labor and
management officials. The supervisor will emphasize the Police Department's
neutral position and its responsibility to protect life and property. The supervisor
will also point out the rights and responsibilities of both labor and management
toward the preservation of the peace.
Department personnel will not discuss controversial matters, or state their
opinions on any issue concerning the dispute or strike.
Procedure:
A.

Police Action:
1.

2.

District supervisor duties:
a.

A district supervisor will respond to the scene of the strike or
labor dispute.

b.

Confer with both labor and management officials, and
emphasize the Police Department's neutral position and its
responsibility to protect life and property.

c.

A supervisor from the district of occurrence will prepare a Form
17. FAX a copy immediately to Patrol Bureau. Send the
original, through channels, to the Patrol Bureau Commander.

The district commander, when notified, will:
a.

Take steps to provide sufficient police presence and supervision,
if necessary.
1)

Form police details if conditions warrant.

b.

Maintain close contact with both sides of the dispute in order to
keep the Department informed.

c.

Send the necessary written reports to the Patrol Bureau
Commander. The reports will include incidents, complaints, or
offenses related to the dispute.

d.

Notify the Patrol Bureau Commander, via Form 17, when the
involved parties settle the dispute.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/93

1

12.120
3.

4.

B.

If the dispute reaches a critical state, or the district needs extra
assistance, the district OIC will request Police Communications
Section (PCS) to notify the following:
a.

Night Chief if occurring during his tour of duty.

b.

District commander

c.

Patrol Bureau Commander

d.

Duty Officer if a weekend.

In arranging for police presence at the scene of a labor or
management conflict, and based upon a proven need, the Police
Department will provide on-duty uniformed personnel up to the point
where the problem requires more personnel than the Department can
provide.

Arrests:
1.

Keep arrests resulting from minor incidents on picket lines or other
demonstrations to a minimum. Exercise sound judgment and make
arrests as a last resort.

2.

Try to clear minor incidents between individuals by separating and
warning them. Order them to leave the area.

3.

Officers will make an immediate arrest for incidents such as assault,
inciting to riot, property damage, etc.

4.

Before an arrest, the officer will:
a.

Determine if sympathizers will interfere with the arrest.
1)

b.

Make a positive identification of the person and arrest later
if the arrest is not possible at the time.

If officers expect trouble, call for help before the need arises.
1)

A proper show of force can frequently end spontaneous
acts of violence by the crowd.

5.

Immediately transport arrested persons from the scene to avoid
rescue attempts or other acts by sympathizers.

6.

In the event of mass arrests, officers must be able to identify
defendants at the trial.
a.

When possible, use camera equipment to identify involved
persons.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/93

2

12.120
C.

Court Orders:
1.

If the court invokes a court order, injunction, or similar legal process,
the OIC will advise the City Solicitor or prosecutor.
a.

It is the responsibility of the City Solicitor or prosecutor to
determine what impact the legal process will have upon the
duties of the Police Department.

b.

If other than normal business hours PCS will recall a solicitor.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/93

3

12.125

12.125 LICENSES AND PERMITS: INVESTIGATION OF
Reference:
Ohio Revised Code 4737.10 Junk Yard Inspections
Cincinnati Municipal Code 843, Junk Dealers and Second-hand Dealers
Cincinnati Municipal Code 510, Assemblages and Parades
Cincinnati Municipal Code 910-19, Violation of Special Event Ordinance
Definitions:
Junkyard – means a place of business, which is operated for the purpose of storing,
keeping, buying or selling junk except manufacturing establishments.
Fence – a barrier at least six feet but not more than ten feet in height, which is either
comprised of plantings or natural objects, or constructed of any non-transparent
material.
License – permission or authority to do something which would be wrongful or illegal to
do if permission or authority were not granted. Licenses are required in order to
regulate public matter activities.
Permit – permission to do something, especially in written form. A document or
certificate giving permission to do something that would be illegal to do if permission or
authority were not granted prior to the act. Usually short in duration or life.
Notwithstanding – any ordinance or statute to the contrary; in spite of the fact that an
alternative does/does not exist; and “although” when used as a conjunction.
Purpose:
Establish a guide and procedure for the inspection and processing of specific licenses
and permits held by businesses or individuals within the City limits.
Policy:
Police Department personnel are responsible for the inspection and proper recording of
licensure and permitting of businesses in the City as required by the Treasurer’s Office,
City Manager, or Police Chief.
Information:
The Treasurer's Office of the Department of Finance will exercise all available means of
contacting the licensee or permit holder, prior to referral to the Police Department for
investigation.
The Treasurer's Office will mail the licensee or permit holder an application for renewal
before the license or permit expires.
Rev. 5/13/02, Replaces 11/01

1

12.125
If the notice is not answered or renewal has not been made within a two-week period,
the Treasurer's Office will forward a list of suspected violators to the Police Department.
The list will indicate the address of the licensee or permit holder and the district
affected, and the section number of the specific violation.
In the case of regular annual and semi-annual inspections, the affected district is
responsible for the scheduling of inspections and properly reporting the results.
Special Events Unit has the responsibility for processing applications for parades,
special events, and street blocking.
Procedure:
A.

Suspected Violators
1.

The list of suspected violators will be routed to the Patrol Bureau
Commander, for recording and distribution to each district.

2.

The affected district and Intelligence Section will receive a list of suspected
violators within the district, including information that renewal has not been
made. The list will also relate why the correspondence has not been
answered (e.g. no such address, no forwarding address, no response to
mailings, etc.)

3.

The district personnel will investigate to determine if the licensee or permit
holder is located at the address indicated and if the business is still
operating, and take enforcement action if operating in violation.

4.

If a violation is observed, the investigating officer will determine if the
licensee or permit holder is an individual or a corporation.
a.

If a corporation, the officer will discuss the case with the Prosecutor's
Office before any citation is issued.

b.

The investigating officer will issue a payout citation or cite the violator to
court indicating the specific violation observed and the proper section
number for the violation.

c.

The investigating officer will sign the affidavit and prepare a Form
527A, Case Summary. The representative of the Treasurer's Office
whose signature appears on the list of suspected violators, will be
included on the Form 527A as a witness. A copy of the Form 527A will
be attached to the affidavit.

d.

If at the arraignment proceedings, a "Not Guilty" plea is entered, the
investigating officer and a representative of the Treasurer's Office will
be notified by the Prosecutor's Office to appear in court.

Rev. 5/13/02, Replaces 11/01

2

12.125
5.

B.

The Police Department will notify the Treasurer's Office of the disposition
upon completion of the court proceeding or investigation.

Firearms-Dealer Inventory:
1.

In order to maintain current information concerning firearms and ammunition,
the Police Department will conduct semiannual inspections of firearm
dealers.

2.

Each district will conduct an inspection of all firearms dealers within their
respective areas on February 1st and August 1st.
a.

Complete Form 599, Firearms and Ammunition Inventory Report, and
make two copies:
1)

Forward the original to the Patrol Bureau Commander via the
chain-of-command.
a)

3.

The Patrol Bureau Commander will forward Form 599 to
Police Communications Section for placement in the
Emergency Operations Center CDOP book.

2)

Forward a copy to Planning Section.

3)

Retain a copy for the district CDOP Book.

b.

A Form 17 will be utilized as a cover for this report. Indicate which
business should be given prime attention in the event of a civil
disturbance.

c.

When making these inspections, special attention will be given these
factors:
1)

Security measures to be carefully examined and where
deficiencies are noted, recommendations for improvement shall
be made by the inspecting officer.

2)

The record shall include day/night telephone numbers of
responsible members of the business.

3)

All dealers shall be advised to immediately notify their police
district in the event of any sizable increase in their stock, or
unusual sales activity.

Form 599 will be reproduced and distributed to the districts, and a limited
quantity stored at Supply Unit to be ordered on a regular requisition.

Rev. 5/13/02, Replaces 11/01

3

12.125
C.

Junk Yard Inspection Report:
1.

2.

In order to comply with Ohio law, the affected district will inspect all
junkyards within their area, on a semi-annual basis.
a.

The District Commander’s designee (e.g. district investigator(s), officer
charged with junk/abandoned autos, etc.) will conduct the inspection
during the months of March and September.

b.

Follow-up inspections will be done within the 60-day period following
the original inspection and will be submitted as outlined in section
C.3.a.

The junkyard inspection report is designed to answer all the requirements of
the ORC and CMC. The form has two major sections for information
gathering.
a.

The top one third of the form is designed to capture who, when, where
and why an inspection is being done.
1)

b.

3.

The bottom two thirds of the form identifies the items to be
inspected.

All blocks listed under the Business Transactions Log must be checked
off as being present, at the time of inspection, in order for the premise
to be in compliance.

The inspection
a.

The inspecting officer will contact the business owner to set a date and
time for the inspection
1)

b.

Contact Intelligence Section prior to inspection to obtain any
background information on the licensee.

Conduct a physical inspection of the premises and the Business
Transaction Log as outlined on the form 268 using the Information
Sheet as a guide.
1)

Note on a Form 17 all names of people who have multiple
transactions (three or more) within the past inspection period.
a)

Forward these names via the chain-of-command to the
Intelligence Section.

Rev. 5/13/02, Replaces 11/01

4

12.125
c.

D.

Prepare Form 268, Junkyard Inspection Report , in triplicate
1)

Give the third copy of the report to the licensee or his
representative. Turn in the remaining pages of the Form 268 to
the district commander.

2)

The district commander will forward a copy of the form 268 to the
Intelligence Unit.

Applications for parades, special events, and street blocking
1.

Applications are available at any police facility, and on the Department’s
website.

2.

Forward completed applications via the chain-of-command to the Special
Events Unit. Facsimiles or out dated versions of applications will not be
accepted. The application must have the applicant’s signature on it.

3.

Special Events Unit will send a copy of the application to the appropriate
district, via Patrol Administration, for the district’s review and
recommendation.

4.

The district will make their recommendation for approval or disapproval of
the event and return the application via the chain-of-command to the Special
Events Unit.

5.

Special Events Unit will ensure acceptable insurance is obtained when
required and obtain the approval from the City’s Risk Manager. After the
insurance is checked by the Risk Manager and the recommendation is
received from the affected district, Special Events Unit will:
a.

If the application for an event is approved; notify the affected district,
the event applicant, the Fire Department, Southern Ohio Regional
Transit Authority, and the Department of Public Works (Traffic & Road
Operations).
1)

If the event involves the southern portion of District One, the
Southbank shuttle and the Transportation Authority of Northern
Kentucky will also be notified.

b.

If the application for an event is not approved, send notice of
disapproval to the affected district and the event applicant.

c.

Maintain a calendar of events to provide specific event information and
will direct this data to the Information Technology Management Section
so it will be available on the Police Department’s website.

Rev. 5/13/02, Replaces 11/01

5

d.

12.125
Submit requests for Notwithstanding Ordinances for all events taking
place on city streets that charge admission, sell food, drinks or
merchandise, or have any other specific need or feature requiring a
Notwithstanding Ordinance.

6.

All temporary liquor permit applications for special events on city property
are coordinated through Special Events Unit.

7.

Special Events Units maintains staff supervision over the entire process.

Rev. 5/13/02, Replaces 11/01

6

12.130

12.130 VICE CONTROL AND ENFORCEMENT
RESPONSIBILITIES
Reference:
Procedure 12.715, Property and Evidence: Confiscation, Accountability,
Processing, Storage and Release
Procedure 12.720, Evidence: Submitting for Physical Analysis
Policy:
Enforce laws and ordinances dealing with the suppression of illicit activity in
liquor, gambling, prostitution, narcotics, obscene materials, and regulatory
violations.
Procedure:
A.

District Responsibilities
1.

Function as the first line operation responsible for the control and
suppression of vice activity.

2.

Enforce all laws, ordinances, and regulations for the control or
suppression of liquor, gambling, prostitution, narcotics, obscene
materials, and regulatory violations.
a.

Refer enforcement plans for obscene material violations
involving commercial operations to the Central Vice Control
Section (CVCS) for investigation and coordination with the
prosecutor.

3.

Inspect public and commercial amusement places for conditions
affecting the health and moral welfare of the community and activities
or devices having a gambling potential.

4.

Investigate and make recommendations to CVCS on liquor permit
renewal requests, location and ownership transfer requests, and
issuance of new permits.

5.

Direct requests for Liquor Commission hearings on reported violations
to CVCS. CVCS will process the requests through the local office of
the Ohio Investigative Unit.

6.

Be alert for patterns, trends, or any type of organized vice activity. If
found, relay the information to CVCS and concerned district
personnel.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

1

12.130
7.

Request assistance, when necessary, from CVCS for vice cases,
court case preparation, filing criminal complaints, search warrants,
etc.

8.

Process property needing analysis through the Court Property Unit.

9.

Maintain a rapport with CVCS; Department bureaus; and public,
private, and other government agencies concerned with vice control.

10.

Prepare reports and maintain records necessary to vice enforcement
or as prescribed by the Patrol Bureau Commander.
a.

Ensure the blocks on the Form 527, Arrest and Investigation
Report, pertaining to vice activity are completed, i.e., Vice
Activity Arrest, Type of Premises, and Forfeiture Application DIS94.

11.

Improve the enforcement effort by participating in public information
programs and personnel training.

12.

Maintain license and permit files.
a.

b.

c.

Each district will maintain a file of all businesses within the
district boundary required by statute or ordinance to secure
liquor licenses or permits to operate.
1)

File each business alphabetically and by "DBA" (Doing
Business As).

2)

Use Ohio Division of Liquor Control (ODLC) Form 29,
Record of Licensed Places, for these records.

Prepare an extra copy of the Form 301, Incident Report, or other
official documents when an incident occurs in a liquor permit
premise or has its origin there.
1)

File this copy in the district file, noting the DBA of the liquor
permit premise and the correct address under "Type of
Premises Where Offense Occurred".

2)

Forward a copy to CVCS.

Prepare Form 526A, Liquor Permit Premises Vice Activity, for all
fights, disorders, violations, or unwholesome conditions arising
in, or from, the operation of licensed liquor establishments. If an
arrest has occurred, make a copy of the Form 527 instead.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

2

12.130
d.

File Forms 526A and 527 in the district file, noting the DBA of
the liquor permit premise and the correct address under "Type of
Premises Where Offense Occurred".
1)

f.

Forward a copy to CVCS.

District commanders will designate a supervisor and officer to
maintain these files. District commanders will make periodic
checks to ensure the designated supervisor is properly
maintaining the files.

13. Temporary Liquor Permits.
a.

Special Events Unit will process Temporary Liquor Permit
applications for the Department.
1)

Desk personnel encountering persons, who wish to submit
a completed application, will direct them to District One for
application processing.
a)

b.

District One Desk personnel will forward all
Temporary Liquor Permit applications to Special
Events Unit.

Special Events Unit will:
1)

Review all Temporary Liquor Permit applications and
associated paperwork for completeness.

2)

Route the applications for the required signatures.
a)

The District One Commander will serve as the Chief’s
designee for the final review and required Department
signature.

3)

Forward a copy of the completed application to the affected
District Commander as a notification of pending events
within the affected district.

4)

Notify the applicant that the signed application is ready to
be picked up from District One.

5)

Maintain a file of temporary Liquor applications in
accordance with the established records retention
schedule.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

3

12.130
14.

Notify CVCS of pharmaceutical diversion activities occurring within the
district’s boundaries.
a.

The following circumstances will constitute cause to contact
CVCS or request recall:
1)

The arrest of an employee of any health facility, hospital,
nursing home, doctor's office, etc., for the possession or
theft of any amount of dangerous drugs. The arrest of any
of the above employees in a non-alcohol related Operating
a Vehicle Under the Influence (OVI) offense.

2)

The arrest of any subject in illegal possession of the bulk
amount or more of any schedule II controlled
pharmaceutical substance, or 100 dosage units or more of
any other controlled pharmaceutical substances or
dangerous drugs.

3)

The arrest of a subject for, or any attempt or complicity to,
the following offenses:
a)

Theft (Drugs) - ORC Section 2913.02

b)

Medicaid Fraud - ORC Section 2913.40

c)

Insurance Fraud - ORC Section 2913.47

d)

Workers’ Compensation Fraud - ORC Section
2913.48

e)

Trafficking in Drugs (Dangerous Drugs) - ORC
Section 2925.03

f)

Deception to Obtain a Dangerous Drug - ORC
Section 2925.22
Illegal Processing of a Drug Document - ORC Section
2925.23

g)

b.

When an officer responds to a pharmacy for a stolen, altered, or
forged prescription, and an arrest neither occurs nor is imminent,
the prescription remains at the pharmacy. The responding
officer will notify CVCS by the next business day. CVCS will
receipt and preserve the evidence. Instruct the pharmacist to
preserve the prescription for possible latent fingerprints. Do not
handle the prescription.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

4

12.130
B.

Central Vice Control Section (CVCS) Responsibilities
1.

Assist Patrol Bureau in the suppression of liquor, gambling,
prostitution, narcotics, obscene material, and regulatory violations.
CVCS will exercise staff supervision of Department activities in these
efforts.

2.

Monitor vice conditions throughout the city and keep the Police Chief,
Investigations Bureau Commander, and district commanders informed
of situations needing attention.
a.

3.

Actively engage in vice enforcement and involve district personnel in
these activities.
a.

4.

Notify Intelligence Section of any organized activity.

Take immediate enforcement action on vice violations without
involving district personnel when a delay would jeopardize the
successful prosecution of the violation.
1)

Prepare a Form 526, Vice Activity Report, if an arrest has
not occurred. Forward a copy of the form to the affected
district.

2)

If an arrest has occurred, forward a copy of the Form 527
to the affected district.

Act as the liaison between the Department, Ohio Investigative Unit,
and the Ohio Attorney General's Office.
a.

CVCS prepares all requests for Liquor Control Commission
citations on reported violations. Requests are submitted through
the local office of the Ohio Investigative Unit.

b.

Notify the district commander, in writing, if a reported violation
was not submitted to the Liquor Control Commission for a
hearing.

5.

Act as the Department’s liaison with Hamilton County and City of
Cincinnati Prosecutor's Offices in obscene material cases involving
commercial operations. Participate in enforcement planning for such
violations with district personnel and the prosecutor.

6.

Provide assistance to Department personnel in any vice case,
especially in court case preparation, filing criminal complaints, and
writing search warrants.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

5

12.130

a.

7.

Field test suspected evidence when requested.

8.

Participate in recruit and in-service training programs.

9.

Aid in preparing public information programs which will improve the
enforcement effort.

10.

Keep Department personnel informed of new laws, court decisions,
etc., relating to vice activity.

11.

Make reports and maintain records necessary to their operation.

12.

Maintain a master vice activity file.

13.

C.

If requested, assistance may include actual participation in
planning, investigation, arrest, and court presentation.

a.

Maintain photographs of those actively engaged in various vice
activities. File by type of activity.

b.

Information from files is accessible to authorized personnel upon
request through a CVCS supervisor.

Be the central repository for all vice activity documents.
a.

Review and analyze vice activity records to determine patterns,
trends, or any type of organized activity. Give special attention
to activities which cross district and city boundaries.

b.

Provide for an orderly flow of information to concerned units and
jurisdictions.

14.

CVCS is available to district personnel for recall to investigate
pharmaceutical diversion activity. CVCS personnel need involvement
in an investigation shortly after an arrest. This includes an opportunity
to interview the prisoner or to offer any assistance to the arresting
officer.

15.

CVCS will investigate the following cases:
a.

The illegal diversion of pharmaceutical drugs.

b.

Health care insurance fraud.

Reporting Conditions of Liquor Permit Premises

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

6

12.130

1.

Notify CVCS of suspected criminal or regulatory violations.
a.

Officers may conduct warrantless administrative inspections
subject to the following limitations:
1)

There is reasonable suspicion that evidence of violations of
the Liquor Control Act and/or rules of the Liquor Control
Commission would be found in the licensed premises.

2)

Inspections are conducted for the limited purpose of
determining compliance with the Liquor Control Act and
rules adopted by the Liquor Control Commission.

3)

Inspections are conducted only during those hours when
the permit holder is open for business or when it
reasonably appears all or part of the business is in use.

4)

Inspections may include only those portions of the property
which are part of the licensed premises.

5)

D.

Warrantless administrative inspections can include locked
closets, filing cabinets, cellars, attics, storage rooms,
desks, and safes located in the liquor premises.
Arrests on Premises Where Liquor is Sold
1.

Case preparation for arrests on a liquor permit premises consists of:
a.

Processing and analysis of liquor evidence.

b.

Preparation of Form 527 and Form 529L, Request for Citation.

c.

In cases involving a minor, the presence of the minor is
necessary in court.
1)

Only certified copies of birth records are admissible as
evidence.
a)

Route requests for certified copies of birth/death
certificates through CVCS. The request should
include the first, middle, and last name of the
individual, their sex, race, age, date of birth, father's
name, mother's maiden name, city, county, state, and
hospital of birth.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

7

12.130
b)

2)

If certified copies of birth records are not available, the
Form 529L must identify the minor's natural parents who
can verify age.
a)

3)
d.

e.

f.

CVCS will forward the request to the Bureau of Vital
Statistics and return the certified copy to the
requesting officer.

The Form 529L should contain information
concerning the minor's date of birth, city, county,
state, hospital of birth, address, father's name, and
mother's maiden name.

Take a written statement from minors whenever possible.

Complete Form 529L for violations of the Liquor Control Act or
Liquor Control Commission regulations. Also complete Form
529L for the arrest of a permit holder, agent, or employee
involving violations of laws, ordinances, or liquor regulations on
permit premises.
1)

CVCS retains original copy.

2)

Send copy to affected district.

Make two copies of the Form 527 on all vice arrests.
1)

One copy to CVCS.

2)

One copy for the affected district.

When filing liquor cases with no local charges and the case will
go directly before the Liquor Control Commission, handle in the
following manner:
1)

2)

Complete Forms 529L and 526A in duplicate.
a)

Original to CVCS.

b)

Duplicate for the district file.

CVCS will be responsible for the administrative preparation
of the case before the Liquor Control Commission.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

8

12.130
3)

g.

E.

a)

Unsealed evidence requires analysis prior to
submission to the Liquor Control Commission.

b)

Sealed evidence for presentment to the Liquor
Control Commission does not have to be analyzed.
Hamilton County Municipal Court requires sealed
evidence to be analyzed.

In liquor cases involving multiple arrests, mark and tag all
evidence under the legal name of the DBA appearing on the
permit license. Write in red across the evidence tag "Hold for
Columbus".
1)

2.

Court Property Unit will process evidence gathered for
presentation to the Liquor Control Commission. Form 330,
Property Receipt, will indicate "Columbus Only".

List names of all arrested on the evidence tag after the
DBA name.

Arrests on premises where liquor is sold without a permit:
a.

Refer to Procedure 12.720 concerning analysis and processing
of liquor evidence.

b.

Make two copies of the Form 527.
1)

Send original to CVCS.

2)

Duplicate for district file.

Liquor Permits - Renewal, Transfer, or Issuance of New Permits
1.

Route all correspondence concerning renewal, transfer, or issuance of
liquor permits through CVCS. The CVCS Commander will make all
recommendations to the ODLC in writing with the signed approval of
the Police Chief, Law Department, and City Council.

2.

Location transfers or new permit applications:
a.

The ODLC will send Form DLC 4053, Police Notification, for
requests for liquor permits, transfer of applications, etc., to the
Clerk of Council.
1)

CVCS prepares Form 474, Renewal, Transfer or Issuance
of Liquor Licenses, and sends it to the involved district

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

9

12.130
commander who will investigate and notify CVCS of
approval or disapproval. Forward completed paperwork,
including the Form 529LI, Liquor Permit Premises
Inspection Report, to CVCS.
a)

2)

b.

If disapproved, district commanders will note their
disapproval on a Form 17 listing objections.
1]

Send original to CVCS.

2]

Place copy in the district file.

CVCS will notify the Mayor and Members of Council by
letter of the Department’s approval/disapproval of the new
permit, renewal, or transfer request.

ODLC Form DLC 4053:
1)

Upon receipt of the above forms, CVCS will complete the
Form 474 and any companion ODLC forms.
a)
CVCS will document any criminal records on the
Form 243A, Police Department Conviction Record
Transcript.

2)

Forward copies of Form 474 and the companion ODLC
forms to the affected district commander for approval or
disapproval.

3)

The ODLC regards the following as objectionable:
a)

Conviction of the applicant for felonies or other crimes
relating to his ability to operate a liquor establishment.

b)

An applicant's alcoholism or drug addiction.

c)

A prior unfavorable enforcement record.

d)

Nonconformity with building, safety, or health
requirements.

e)

Inaccessibility by law enforcement authorities.

f)

The establishment will substantially interfere with the
public decency, sobriety, peace, or good order of the
neighborhood.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

10

12.130

4)

g)

The establishment will substantially and adversely
interfere with the normal orderly conduct of a church,
library, public playground, school, or hospital.

h)

The granting or transferring of a permit will be
detrimental to the morals, safety, or welfare of the
public.

i)

Adverse effect of saturation of the area with other
liquor establishments.

The district commander will immediately investigate and
record a recommendation on the Form 474 and return all
copies to CVCS.
a)

Objections: Note objections on a Form 17 and return
to CVCS.

b)

No objections: Write no objections in the
“Recommendation” section of Form 474 and return to
CVCS.

5)

The CVCS Commander will make recommendations on the
Form 474 and route it through the channels for the Police
Chief’s signature. The Police Chief will sign the Form 474
and return it to CVCS.

6)

The CVCS Commander will state on the Liquor Control
Commission Application whether the Department approves
or disapproves the new permit, location, transfer, etc.
a)

3.

CVCS will file a copy of Form 474 and the companion
ODLC forms.

Permit renewals:
a.

ODLC issues all renewals each year in June.
1)

At renewal time, each district commander will investigate
and determine recommendations for permit renewal.
Check the accuracy of the district permit file information.

2)

Forward complaints against a permit premise to CVCS
each year at renewal time.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

11

12.130
a)

Renewal objections will address enforcement actions
occurring on the permit premise during the past year.
The liquor permit year is June to June.
1]

b)

Record the reason for objection on a Form 17 and
forward to the Police Chief. List the names of officers
who can testify about conditions existing on the
premises.
1]

c)

3)

F.

Attach a list of radio runs, a description of the
nature of the run, and disposition.

CVCS submits their recommendations to the
Police Chief for consideration.

No action is necessary when there is not an objection
to a permit renewal.

Districts must complete a Form 17 for all annual renewal
objections, both new and reaffirmed.

Gambling Investigations
1.

2.

3.

On all suspected gambling operations, the unit initiating the activity
will prepare a Form 526, listing all the facts and forward to CVCS.
a.

Personnel will not visit suspected gambling places alone unless
authorized by an immediate supervisor. In some instances,
infiltration by civilian clothes personnel is necessary to secure
evidence. In these cases, obtain prior permission from a
supervisor.

b.

Whenever possible, a supervisor will accompany personnel in
the investigation of suspected gambling places.

A supervisor will respond and observe the accounting of all money or
equipment held as evidence in gambling arrests.
a.

Record claims to money, but do not determine ownership.

b.

Ensure all proper reports are made and seized property
protected.

CVCS and each police district will maintain a file on gambling
operations. Each file will contain the following:

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

12

12.130

4.

5.

6.

a.

Correct street addresses and locations within the buildings.

b.

Owner of building.

c.

Lessee of building.

d.

Backer of game.

e.

Forms 526, 527, and other information pertaining to such
address.

Make three copies of Form 526 on all investigations of gambling
locations.
a.

Original to CVCS.

b.

One copy for the initiating unit.

c.

One copy for affected district.

Make three copies of the Form 527 on gambling arrests.
a.

One copy to CVCS.

b.

One copy for the initiating unit.

c.

One copy for the affected district.

d.

If an organized ring is suspected, send a copy to Intelligence
Section.

CVCS will prepare a letter to the property owner relating the facts and
apprise the owner of possible criminal sanctions for future violations.
a.

G.

Send the letter by registered mail with personal receipt
requested.

7.

Maintain a copy of the owner's notice in the gambling files.

8.

Charge all persons found participating in gambling games under Ohio
Revised Code (ORC) Sections 2915.02 - Gambling, 2915.03 Operating a Gambling House, or 2915.04 - Public Gaming.

Pinball Machine Seizures

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

13

12.130

H.

1.

When observing unlawful use of a pinball machine, confiscate and
process the machine. Deliver the machine to the Court Property Unit.

2.

Remove the exhibitor's license from the premises and send to Court
Property Unit in a property envelope. If the license is under the glass
of the machine and not accessible, send the license with the machine
to the Court Property Unit.

3.

Prepare a Form 17 including the following information:
a.

Time and date of arrest or incident.

b.

Arresting officer.

c.

Persons arrested and charges.

d.

Address and type of business where violation occurred.

e.
f.

Facts concerning violation.
Make of machine and serial number, if available.

g.

Machine license number, distributor, person to whom issued,
and the expiration date of the license.

h.

Exhibitor's license number and to whom issued.

i.

Forward copies of the Form 17 to CVCS and Intelligence
Section.

4.

The arresting officer will promptly submit a supplemental Form 17
reporting the court disposition.

5.

Following conviction, CVCS will send a destruction order request to
the Clerk of Council.

Pornography Cases
1.

When Department members are advised of, or come into contact with,
pornography, other than mere possession, they will notify CVCS.
a.

2.

Report all cases of child pornography to CVCS and the Personal
Crimes Unit.

The CVCS Commander will assign personnel to investigate the
complaint.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

14

12.130
a.

CVCS personnel will view the pornographic material, consult the
Prosecutor's Office, and make a determination whether to
prosecute and the proper charges.

b.

They will record such information as:

c.
I.

1)

Time, date, and location of the violation.

2)

Name and address of the theater or store.

3)

Name and address of the owner; if a corporation, names
and addresses of the corporation and officers.

4)

Name and address of the theater or store manager.

5)

Name and address of the projectionist, if a theater.

6)

Names of all police and civilian witnesses.

CVCS will notify the originating unit of action taken, if any.

Drug Abuse Locations
1.

When officers believe probable cause exists to file a violation of
Cincinnati Municipal Code (CMC) 911-5 (c), Permitting Drug Abuse,
they will:
a.

Prepare a Form 526 listing the facts and a written summary of
evidence and submit to CVCS for review. Make three copies of
the Form 526 and distribute as follows:
1)

Original to Central Vice Control Section.

2)

Copy for the initiating unit.

3)

Copy for the affected district.

2.

No enforcement action will be taken without administrative review by
CVCS.

3.

Upon approval, an investigative packet will be returned to the
originating officer who will file a criminal complaint. Upon arrest or
citation, send a copy of the Form 527 or Form 314, Notice to Appear,
to CVCS.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

15

12.130
4.

5.

When a felony drug offense is committed on property owned by
another, CVCS will prepare a notification letter to the property owner,
lessee, occupant, custodian, or supervisor of the location. It will relate
the facts and apprise the responsible party of their responsibilities and
possible arrest for future violations.
a.

Make notification within 72 hours by certified mail, return receipt
requested, or by personal service with a signature as receipt.

b.

District CPOP officers will assist in personally notifying the
owners, occupants, custodians, etc., of drug abuse locations.

CVCS and each police district will maintain a file on drug abuse
locations. Each file will contain the following:
a.

Correct street addresses and locations of drug abuse location
premises, real estate, or vacant land, including specified areas
(e.g., “Apartment 123,” “first floor,” “northwest corner,” etc.).

b.
c.

Owner of premises or real estate.
Lessee of premises or real estate.

d.

Arrestees and their addresses.

e.

Forms 526, 527, and any other information pertaining to drug
arrests at these addresses.

6.

Maintain a copy of the owner’s notice in the drug abuse location files.

7.

Charge persons found participating in drug abuse under Ohio Revised
Code Chapter 2925, Drug Offenses, where applicable.

8.

Property held as evidence in drug abuse location arrests will be
processed according to Procedure 12.715.
a.

9.

Ensure all proper reports are made and seized property
protected.

Make three copies of the Form 527 of a drug abuse location arrest:
a.

Copy to CVCS.

b.

Copy for the initiating unit.

c.

Copy for the affected district.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

16

12.130
d.

If an organized ring is suspected, send a copy to Intelligence
Section.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 05/29/07

17

12.131

12.131 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT MANAGEMENT AND
CONTROL
References:
Procedure 12.620 - Criminal Pursuit Fund
Procedure 12.700 - Securing and Service of Search Warrants
Procedure 12.815 - Court Appearance
Ohio Revised Code 2933.32 - Body cavity and strip searches; conducting
unauthorized search; failure to prepare proper
report
Definitions:
Sources of Information (SOI) - Persons or organizations not under the direction
of a specific police officer. A source of information furnishes information without
compensation and will not take an active part in an investigation. When sources
of information seek compensation or become an active part of an investigation,
their status changes to confidential informant. SOIs do not require registration.
Confidential Informants (CI) - Persons under the direction of a specific police
officer giving information or other lawful assistance on criminal activity.
Confidential informants take active parts in investigations and/or receive
compensation. Register all CIs.
Confidential Defendant Informants (CDI) - Confidential informants who are
current defendants in pending court cases and expect compensation in the form
of judicial or prosecutorial considerations. Register all CDIs.
Inactive Confidential Informants - Confidential informants not debriefed within
a year, or declared inactive by the control officer.
Debriefing - Initial and continued questioning of confidential informants.
Intelligence gathering on backgrounds, motives, limitations, and other
information they have on all types of criminal activity.
Compensation - Money or judicial/prosecutorial considerations.
Informant Control Officer (ICO) - Officer controlling the confidential informant.
Informant Secondary Officer (ISO) - Serves as contact for the confidential
informant when the control officer is unavailable and acts as a witness for the
control officer.
Purpose:
Control confidential informant behavior by providing standard confidential
informant management procedures and control forms for use by all Department
personnel.
Maintain a secure confidential informant master file location where officers will
check confidential informant applicant's history before starting covert activities.
Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

1

12.131
Establish a system where supervisors ensure officers follow confidential
informant control procedures, reducing the use of undesirable informants.
Assure accountability of funds provided to confidential informants, using
standardized receipts approved by supervisors.
Policy:
The Investigations Bureau Commander can waive portions of this procedure in
cases of extreme sensitivity where absolute confidentiality is necessary. Submit
specific case information to the Investigations Bureau Commander on a Form
17. Hand-deliver the Form 17 through the appropriate chain of command.
Department personnel assigned to the Regional Narcotics Unit (RENU), Federal
Bureau of Investigation (FBI) Task Force, and the Violent Crimes Task Force
(VCTF) are exempt from this procedure. Personnel assigned to RENU will follow
the Hamilton County Sheriff's procedure. Personnel assigned to the FBI Task
Force and the VCTF will follow the FBI procedure.
CIs are assets of the Department, not specific officers. When ICOs retire,
transfer, get promoted, or engage in mismanagement, the Department can
reassign a CI to another ICO.
Relationships with CIs will remain strictly professional in nature. Social and
business contacts are prohibited.
Never use contraband as compensation.
Interdepartmental mail will not be utilized for the delivery of CI documents. All
documents regarding the use of CIs will be hand carried.
Procedure:
A.

B.

A person must meet three criteria to establish them as a CI:
1.

The person is in a unique position to help the Department in a present
or future investigation.

2.

The person will not compromise Department interests or activities.

3.

The person will accept the direction necessary to effectively use their
services.

Precautions When Dealing with CIs:
1.

Never provide CIs with knowledge of police facilities, operations,
activities, or personnel.

Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

2

12.131
2.

Two police officers must be capable of contacting a CI. Two officers
will be present at all contacts with CIs unless otherwise approved by a
supervisor.
a.

When dealing with CIs of the opposite sex or homosexual CIs,
two officers will always be present.

b.

Two officers will always be present when paying CIs.

3.

Immediately document initial debriefing contacts with CIs on Form
277, CI Registration and Reliability Report.

4.

Document all significant contacts with CIs on Form 277A, Controlling
District/Section/Unit Debriefing Report. Examples of significant
contact are:
a.

Receiving information about criminals or criminal activity
including information from phone conversations.

b.

Any compensation made to CIs.

c.

Any contact that results in an arrest or the execution of a search
warrant.

d.

The CI becomes involved in criminal activity.

5.

Before starting informant activities, CIs will read, understand, and sign
Form 278, Cooperating Individual Agreement; Form 280, Cooperating
Individual Release of all Claims; and Form 281, Concealed
Transmitter and Recording Consent.

6.

ICOs cannot guarantee judicial or prosecutorial consideration without
approval from the court.

7.

Avoid revealing a CI's identity during court. Thoroughly discuss the
CI's confidentiality with prosecutors before court proceedings.
a.

Consider alternatives to revealing a CI's identity.

b.

In situations where the disclosure of a CI's identity might
adversely affect the outcome of a more significant investigation,
officers may request dismissal of the immediate case.
1)

When requesting a dismissal, or intervening in the
disposition of any case, follow Procedure 12.815, Court
Appearance.
a)

Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

Hand-deliver requests through the appropriate chain
of command.

3

12.131
C.

Restricted Use CIs:
1.

Restricted use CIs are:
a.

Persons under 18 years old.
1)

b.
2.
D.

Get permission from a parent or legal guardian before
using juveniles as confidential informants.
a)

Get the signature of the parent/legal guardian on
Form 280.

b)

Use juvenile CIs only to make controlled purchases of
drugs, alcohol, or in other criminal investigations
when circumstances are extraordinary and
conventional investigative techniques do not produce
results.

Persons having a history of drug or alcohol dependency.

Get permission from an immediate supervisor before using restricted
use CIs.

Undesirable CIs:
1.

2.

Undesirable CIs are those who:
a.

Commit an act which could endanger the life or safety of a police
officer.

b.

Reveal the identity of a police officer to suspects, or in any other
way compromise an official investigation.

c.

Try to use the Department to further criminal goals.

d.

Provide false or misleading information to police officers.

e.

Engage in conduct that brings discredit or embarrassment upon
the Department.

The use of an undesirable CI requires the permission of an immediate
supervisor.
a.

A Form 17 will be initiated by the Intelligence Section informing
the ICOs supervisor the CI is undesirable. The supervisor will
return the Form 17 to the Intelligence Section indicating his
approval/disapproval of the CI’s use before the CI is used.

Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

4

12.131
E.

Informant Control Officer (ICO) Responsibilities:
1.

Use Department approved forms for management and control of CIs.

2.

Contact the Intelligence Section (Monday-Friday 0800-1600) to
determine if using a CI will conflict with use by other Department
personnel.
a.

An immediate supervisor will contact the Police Communications
Section and request recall of Intelligence Section personnel
when needing information on critical cases.

3.

When possible, contact former control officers for more information.

4.

Check and report on the reliability of CIs with immediate supervisors.

5.

Using persons on probation or parole as CIs.
a.

Persons under the authority of the Federal Court System
(parole/probation/awaiting trial) will not be used by Department
personnel as CIs.
1)

b.

Use state court probationers/parolees by complying with the
following guidelines:
1)

2)

6.

Control of federal defendants is by the sponsoring federal
agency that brought the charges before the federal court.

Contact the person's probation/parole officer.
a)

Advise of the person's intention to be a CI.

b)

Request approval and cooperation.

c)

Obtain the person's conditions of probation/parole.

Inform the CI:
a)

All conditions of probation/parole must be obeyed.

b)

That his probation/parole officer was informed of
intent to be used as a CI.

Conduct debriefings.
a.

Document significant debriefings in detail on Form 277A.
Submit debriefings to the immediate supervisor.

b.

Debrief CIs every time a significant contact occurs during current
investigations.

Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

5

12.131
c.

For general intelligence gathering purposes, ICOs will contact
and debrief CIs that have not been heard from at least quarterly.
Submit completed Forms 277A to immediate supervisors.

d.

CIs not debriefed within a year become inactive and require new
registration before use.
1)

e.

F.

Immediately send a closing Form 277A to the Intelligence
Section indicating inactive or undesirable status.

Use the original CI number issued by the Intelligence Section
when activating former CIs. Activating an inactive or undesirable
CI requires the same procedure as the initial registration.

Immediate Supervisor Responsibilities:
1.

Securely hand-deliver the proper documentation to the Intelligence
Section.
a.

Inquire into the financial aspects of criminals, including:
1)

Real estate, automobiles, bank accounts, and businesses
owned by suspects.

2.

Send information on crime in other jurisdictions to the appropriate law
enforcement agency.

3.

Ensure ICOs register and manage people who meet the criteria as
CIs.

4.

Ensure ICOs receive and document approval for using persons with
backgrounds that require their classification as restricted use CIs.
a.

Ensure ICOs exercise strict control measures on CIs who have a
history of drug or alcohol dependency.

b.

Prohibit ICOs from using CIs for random investigations of drug
treatment programs for the sole purpose of determining the
identity of persons enrolled.

c.

Identify people who ICOs cannot control effectively and prohibit
or restrict their use.

5.

Ensure payments to CIs are not excessive and include an approved
and witnessed Form 279, Confidential Informant Receipt.

6.

Review CI records with unit commanders.

7.

Strictly adhere to all provisions of this procedure.

Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

6

12.131
G.

H.

District/Section/Unit Commander Responsibilities:
1.

District/section/unit commanders will review all CI records with the
ICO supervisor to ensure proper usage.

2.

Submit to Intelligence Section by June 1st and December 1st a list of
active CIs by CI number.

3.

Review and audit payments to CIs.

Intelligence Section Responsibilities:
1.

Intelligence Section will maintain a master CI file containing all original
CI forms used by the Department. The Intelligence Section will:
a.

Issue CI identification numbers after receiving the completed
and approved confidential informant forms.

b.

Compare CI signatures on Form 279A, Confidential Informant
Receipt Part I with the CI signature on original CI registration
forms. Notify the unit commander when discrepancies are
noted.

c.

Notify ICOs when obvious conflicts of interest occur.

d.

Notify an ICOs supervisor, by Form 17, when a CI is
undesirable.

e.

Direct appropriate inquiries by field officers to current or previous
ICOs.

f.

Tell ICOs when other officers make inquires about their currently
controlled CI.

g.

Deactivate CI records not used or updated within a year.
1)

I.

Ensure control units deactivate CIs not used within a year.

Confidential Informant Forms, Documents, and Photographs:
1.

Form 277, Confidential Informant Registration and Reliability Report.
a.

ICOs will complete a wanted and history check on all CIs via
RCIC and NCIC.
1)

b.

Take appropriate enforcement action on wanted CIs, and
notify the immediate supervisor.

Confirm new adult CI applicants have fingerprints on file at the
Warrant/Identification Unit for comparison to ensure positive
identification.

Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

7

12.131
c.

In the space provided on Form 277, take fingerprints of the CIs
left four fingers. Have the Warrant/Identification Unit compare
them with the fingerprints on file for positive identification and
have the deputy sign the confirming space on the Form 277.
1)

d.

Make a complete set of fingerprints from adult CI applicants not
having prints on file.
1)

e.

Juveniles are not fingerprinted for use as CIs. If the
juvenile has been arrested for a crime, ORC 2151.313
must be followed.

ICOs can roll CI applicant fingerprints in the field.
a)

Roll fingerprints on a Bureau of Criminal Identification
(BCI) Civilian Identification ten print card and an FD249 ten print fingerprint card.

b)

Submit CI applicant fingerprint cards to the
Criminalistics Squad for processing.

ICOs who cannot roll legible fingerprints will respond to the
Criminalistics Squad with CI applicants for fingerprinting.
1)

The Criminalistics Squad operates 0800-1600 and 20000400 hours, seven days a week.
a)

2)

When requested, Criminalistics Squad personnel will take
fingerprints of CI applicants and send them to the proper
agencies for identification.
a)

f.

On the BCI and FD-249 fingerprint cards, in the space
requiring a charge, the Criminalistics Squad will insert
the term "Criminal Inquiry."

Use CIs on a provisional basis while awaiting confirmation of
identification from the Criminalistics Squad.
1)

g.

Contact the Criminal Investigation Section
Commander for fingerprinting CIs in cases of extreme
sensitivity.

The Criminalistics Squad will contact ICOs for transporting
returned, completed fingerprint cards for placement into the
CI master file at the Intelligence Section.

On the Form 277, in the CI reliability section on the back of the
form, include the reason for the person becoming a CI, with the
initial debriefing.

Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

8

12.131

2.

Form 277A, Controlling District/Section/Unit Debriefing Report .
a.

3.

4.

5.

Record entries on the Form 277A after every significant contact
with a CI.
1)

Sign and date each entry.

2)

Make changes to the CI’s personal profile when needed.

3)

Complete whenever CIs are paid.

4)

Deliver updated Forms 277A to the Intelligence Section.

Form 278, Cooperating Individual Agreement, and Form 280,
Cooperating Individual Release of All Claims.
a.

ICOs will ensure CIs understand and sign the Form 278 and
Form 280.

b.

ISOs or immediate supervisors will witness the signing of the
Form 278 and Form 280.

Forms 279A and 279B, Confidential Informant Receipts Parts I and II.
a.

Conform with Procedure 12.620, Criminal Pursuit Fund, when
disbursing funds to CIs.

b.

When providing funds to CIs, the ICO will complete Form 279A
and 279B.
1)

Include the CI number on both portions of the receipt.

2)

A brief statement on the Form 279A will include what
service the CI gave.

3)

The CI will sign the Form 279A using his real name.

4)

Immediate supervisors will review and approve all
payments to CIs.

5)

Keep completed Form 279B receipts and a copy of the
Form 277A at the control unit.

6)

Attach the Form 279A to the original Form 277A and
forward to the Intelligence Section.

Concealed Transmitter and Recording Consent (Form 281).
a.

Complete a Form 281 before using transmitter/recording devices
on any person other than a police officer.

Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

9

12.131
6.

Photographing CIs.
a.

b.

J.

1)

Deliver one to the Intelligence Section with the initial Form
277.

2)

Keep the other photograph at the control unit. Only the
code name or number should identify the photograph.

Juveniles are not photographed by police for use as CIs. A
picture furnished by a parent or guardian would be permitted. If
the juvenile has been arrested for a crime, ORC 2151.313 must
be followed.

Delivery of Confidential Informant Forms, Documents, and Photographs:
1.

After supervisory review and approval, immediately hand deliver all
completed CI forms, documents, and photographs to the Intelligence
Section.
a.

K.

Take two photographs of all adult CIs. Take new photographs
when their appearance changes significantly.

After receiving the completed and approved forms/documents,
the Intelligence Section will issue CI numbers to control units.
Once issued, this number will remain with the CI throughout their
use and will never be issued again.
1)

Record the CI number on all future forms, documents, or
pictures instead of the CI's actual name.

2)

Record the CI number on the Criminal Pursuit Fund
Expense Report (Form 680) instead of the CI's actual
name.

Control Unit Records on Confidential Informants:
1.

Control units will maintain the following:
a.

CI code books with:
1)

The CI code number issued by the Intelligence Section.

2)

The name of ICO and ISO.

3)

The date of establishment.

4)

The nickname or code name of the CI used by the
controlling unit.

b.

Updated copies of Forms 277A using only the CI code number
and code name as identity.

c.

Completed Forms 279B.

Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

10

12.131

d.
2.

L.

A current photograph of adult CIs.

After inactivation of a CI, control units will forward all records to the
Intelligence Section where the master file is kept. A new sign up is
required before use of an inactive CI.

Controlled Purchases Using Confidential Informants:
1.

Get permission from an immediate supervisor before making
controlled purchases.

2.

When possible, use CIs to introduce police officers to make
purchases.

3.

Use a concealed body transmitting device and/or recording devices
on CIs whenever possible.
a.

4.

5.

Never destroy recordings before the conclusion of court
proceedings, including appeals.

Search all CIs before and after conducting a controlled purchase of
drugs.
a.

The Strip Search Law (ORC 2933.32) does not apply to the
voluntary search of CIs.

b.

Tell an immediate supervisor whenever a strip search of a CI
occurs.

c.

Male officers will search male CIs, female officers will search
female CIs.

Currency used in controlled purchases.
a.

Make an enlarged photocopy and record serial numbers.

b.

Two officers will witness buy money given to CIs.

6.

When possible, use two or more officers for surveillance of CIs during
controlled purchases.

7.

File appropriate criminal charges on CIs fleeing or trying to flee with
funds or proceeds of controlled purchases.
a.

Notify the Investigations Bureau Commander on a Form 17
when CIs flee with funds or proceeds. Hand-deliver the Form 17
through the appropriate chain of command.
1)

Include the report in the CIs file after the Investigations
Bureau Commander reviews the incident and recommends
action.

Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

11

12.131
M.

Search Warrants Based on Confidential Informant Supplied Information:
1.

Confirm information supplied by CIs used in the drafting of search
warrants.
a.

Officers acting as affiants must see the exact location, for
example, house, apartment, floor and door, where correct entry
will be made for the service of all search warrants.

b.

Supervisors will confirm officers have personal knowledge
before approving plans for the service of search warrants.

c.

Affiants and their supervisors must direct and control others that
help with the service of search warrants.
1)

When necessary, affiant officers will show exact entry
locations to other units that help with initial entries, e.g.,
SWAT, uniformed units, other agencies.

2)

For more information, review Procedure 12.700, Securing
and Service of Search Warrants.

Rev. 2/98, Replaces 9/95

12

12.135

12.135 REPORTING FALSE ALARMS ON A FORM 315
References:
Chapter 807, Cincinnati Municipal Code: Alarm Businesses and Alarm Systems
City of Cincinnati Ordinance 108-5
City of Cincinnati Ordinance 448-1986
City of Cincinnati Ordinance 0147-2003
City of Cincinnati Ordinance 0256-2003
Purpose:
Establish Form 315, Alarm Response Report, as the uniform method for
documenting a false holdup, burglar, audible, or panic alarm.
Improve the effectiveness of alarm systems.
Reduce the number of false alarms.
Document false alarms resulting from defective alarm equipment and/or
subscriber negligence.
Provide information for determining fees.
Policy:
Department personnel will respond to and investigate all audible, burglar, holdup,
and panic alarms. Officers will exercise due caution when investigating these
alarms and shall continue to do so until the alarm is proven to be false or, prior to
an officer’s arrival, the alarm is cancelled by the alarm company through Police
Communications Section (PCS).
The Department may impose fees for multiple false alarms from the same user
pursuant to Cincinnati Municipal Code, section 807.
Procedure:
A.

Form 315, Alarm Response Report:
1.

A Form 315 will be completed for the following false alarms:
a.

Signal 6: holdup alarm

b.

Signal 66: direct line holdup alarm

c.

Signal 7: burglar alarm

d.

Signal 77: recorded burglar alarm

e.

Robbery Apprehension Program (RAP) alarm

Rev. 01/13/09, Replaces 06/03/08

1

12.135
1)

f.

Audible alarm on structures

g.

Panic alarm

h.

Panic alarm from vehicles
1)

2.

These include audible or silent duress alarms activated by
a vehicle occupant and transmitted to an alarm company.
They do not include audible alarms indicating vehicle
tampering or break-in.

Do not complete Form 315 for:
a.

Offenses that will be documented on a Cincinnati Police
Department Incident Report.

b.

An alarm activated by an officer during the investigation of a
Place Found Open (PFO) (see Section B.).

c.

A false fire box alarm.

d.

An audible tampering alarm from a vehicle.

e.

False alarms cancelled by the alarm company through PCS,
prior to police arrival.
1)

3.

In addition to completing a Form 315, the investigating
officer will immediately contact the Criminal Investigation
Section desk with the false RAP alarm information.

Personnel should record the disregard on their Form 436A
Daily Activity Record

Preparing a Form 315:
a.

The following information is mandated by the City’s alarm
ordinance. PRINT all information neatly and accurately. Form
315 is reference material for alarm appeal hearings and
municipal court.
1)

DATE - Date of dispatch.

2)

TIME - Time of dispatch.

3)

DISTRICT/BEAT - Location where the alarm occurred.

4)

NAME - Record the full name of the business or resident
subscriber.

5)

REGISTRATION NUMBER - is provided by the alarm
company of the registered alarm user, in the text of the
radio run. If no registration number is provided, enter
"NONE" in the box.

Rev. 01/13/09, Replaces 06/03/08

2

12.135
6)

ADDRESS - Be specific. Include the zip code to allow for
proper billing of the subscriber.

7)

APARTMENT, BUILDING, ETC. - In addition to the street
address, include the apartment number, building number,
etc.

8)

ALARM LOCATION - Record, if known, the exact location
of the alarm (i.e. front door, 1st floor rear window, etc.).

9)

SIGNAL - Record the proper signal for the type of alarm.
(Refer to Section A.1.a through g.)

10) RESIDENTIAL, BUSINESS, OTHER - check the
appropriate box for the type of premise.
11) ALARM COMPANY - Record only if known (e.g.,
information from PCS, owner or company representative).
12) ALARM COMPANY RESPONDED - Check the appropriate
block.
a)

If an alarm company representative responds while
the police are at the scene, record the name of the
individual.

13) OWNER/REPRESENTATIVE NOTIFIED - On alarms
where an owner/representative is notified while the police
are present, record the individual's name and obtain their
signature. The False Alarm Reduction Unit (FARU) will
mail the yellow copy of the Form 315 to the registered
alarm user along with a letter of notification.
a)

If unable to obtain a signature from the
owner/representative, process Form 315 as described
in A.4.a. No further attempt to obtain a signature is
required.

14) OFFICER NAME, BADGE NUMBER - Enter the notifying
officer’s name and badge number. (PRINT)
15) ABLE TO SEARCH PREMISES - Check the appropriate
block describing the extent of the search.
16) K-9 - Note the involvement of a canine team, if applicable.
17) CAUSE - This is the reporting officer's judgment, based
upon known facts and observations while at the scene.
Use additional comments if needed.
18) WEATHER - Check the appropriate block based upon the
officer's observations at the time of dispatch and arrival.

Rev. 01/13/09, Replaces 06/03/08

3

12.135
19) OTHER COMMENTS - This space is available for any
relevant information. For example, the reporting officer
may note an area-wide power outage at the time of the
alarm. Report any information which will help the
subscriber improve the alarm system. Use the back of the
form if necessary.
20) REPORTING OFFICER - Provide the name, rank, and
badge number of the reporting officer. This officer need not
be the officer dispatched or first at the scene. However,
the reporting officer must have been on the scene during
the alarm investigation.
21) SUPERVISOR - The reviewing supervisor will check the
form for completeness and accuracy, then sign his name,
rank, and badge number.
NOTE: Under Cincinnati Municipal Code, Section 807-11,
alarm users are responsible for multiple false alarms sent
by alarm systems on premises under their control.
If alarm users have problems with their alarm system, they
should contact their alarm company representative
immediately. Failure to correct the problem can lead to the
assessment of administrative fees. The paragraphs above
are printed on back of Form 315 and should be noted to
alarm users.
4.

Routing Form 315:
a.

Using interdepartmental mail, the collator will forward the white
and yellow copies of the completed Form 315 to the False Alarm
Unit, in care of the Law Department daily.

b.

The False Alarm Unit of the Law Department will:
1)

Review each Form 315 for completeness and accuracy.

2)

Compare the report with the PCS computerized summary
of alarms.
a)

If a Form 315 is not received, notify the affected unit
commander.
1]

The unit commander will take the necessary
action to ensure the False Alarm Unit of the Law
Department receives the required Form 315.

3)

Correct the Form 315 as necessary.

4)

Enter the Form 315 into the computerized file.

Rev. 01/13/09, Replaces 06/03/08

4

12.135
5)

B.

Charge alarm users for false alarms as authorized in City
Ordinance 448-1986. The yellow copy of the Form 315 will
be mailed with the invoice.

Burglar Alarms Activated by Officers Checking a Place Found Open:
1.

Do not complete Form 315.

2.

Complete a Form 317 titled, ”Place Found Open”.
a.

In the section titled "Action Taken," state the investigating officer
activated the alarm while searching the premises.

3.

Submit the completed Form 317 for supervisory approval.

4.

Supervisor will route the completed Form 317 to the collator for
submission to Records Section.

5.

This alarm activation will not be counted against the alarm user.

Rev. 01/13/09, Replaces 06/03/08

5

12.140

12.140 CANINE OPERATIONS
Reference:
Procedure 12.141 - Narcotic Detection Canines
Procedure 12.545 - Use of Force
Procedure 12.905 - Fingerprinting and Photographing of Juveniles
Procedure 19.105 - Sick/Injured With Pay & Special Leaves
Definitions:
Original documents – photographs, MVR/DVR tapes, and any documents that
are handwritten or contain an original signature.
Purpose:
To familiarize Department personnel with canine operating procedure and policy
that incorporate the handler-controlled alert curriculum and to ensure the best
use of canine teams. This curriculum is implemented to prevent, through canine
training and handler control over the canines, any bite except for those occurring
under the circumstances specified in section A.3.e. below.
Educate supervisors on the appropriate uses of canine teams to ensure effective
utilization and management in deployment situations.
Policy:
The primary use for Department canine teams is as a finding tool. Once a
suspect is located, with limited exceptions, the handler will restrain the canine
and summon sufficient personnel and equipment to make the apprehension.
Force, including a canine, is never to be used against a compliant subject who is
submitting to arrest.
Off-leash deployments, searches, and other instances where there is a
significant risk of a canine bite to a suspect shall be limited to searches of
commercial buildings or instances where the suspect is wanted for an offense of
violence or is reasonably believed to have a weapon.
Patrol canine teams are normally assigned to such tasks and areas as directed
by the Special Services Section Commander. Handlers will maintain control of
the canine and be diligent to ensure the safety of the general public.
Except for training purposes, no teasing, petting, or feeding of the canines by
police or civilian personnel is permitted without the handler’s consent.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 07/01/08

1

12.140
Information:
The Cincinnati Police Department utilizes three types of canine teams:
•
•
•

Patrol
Explosives Detection
Narcotic (Drug) Detection

Police canines are not infallible. Their effectiveness depends largely upon the
intelligent application of their capabilities. Police canines react instinctively to
situations. Anyone making a sudden or threatening move toward the canine or
handler risks the chance of the canine engaging and causing injury.
Do not enter a search area before the canine team arrives. Police canines can
pick up the scent of a suspect for a reasonable time after he has fled provided
there is no contamination of the scene.
Canine teams will normally respond to all major crimes where their presence
would aid in an arrest.
Canine teams are assigned to the Park Unit and are normally available 24 hours
a day. In cases of emergency, when no canine teams are on-duty, a canine team
may be recalled through Police Communications Section (PCS). PCS will recall
canine teams using a specific rotation schedule.
District commanders may request canine teams for special or extended
assignments through the Special Services Section Commander.
Procedure:
A.

Use of the Patrol Canine:
1.

An on-duty Canine Squad supervisor must authorize a canine
deployment (canine released from the car or announcement made
that canine will soon be released). The supervisor in charge of the
scene will make the decision to deploy a canine team if an on-duty
Canine Squad supervisor is unavailable.
a.

The supervisor must respond to the scene.

b.

The supervisor must consider all three of the following criteria,
and ensure at least one of them is met, before authorizing an offleash canine deployment:
1)

Search of a commercial building;

2)

Suspect is wanted for a crime of violence; or

3)

Supervisor reasonably believes that suspect has a weapon.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 07/01/08

2

12.140
2.

Canine teams may be requested to the scene by any unit believing
canine assistance will be helpful. A supervisor (as defined above in
A.1.) must authorize the actual deployment of the canine. The
approving supervisor shall not serve as a canine handler in the
deployment.

3.

The canine handler will:
a.

Ensure the canine is secure in the police vehicle except when
directly involved in a police function or the handler anticipates
imminent use.

b.

Canines will be kept on lead in areas where the public has
access and contact is a probability, unless the animal is being
used for a police purpose (see section A.1.b. above for off leash
deployment requirements).

c.

Recommend to the on-scene supervisor the best tactical
application and deployment of the canine.

d.

If the handler’s Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and the
on-scene supervisor’s interpretation of the best tactical
application and deployment of the canine conflict, the on-scene
supervisor will contact the Canine Squad supervisor. If the
Canine Squad supervisor is not available, contact the following
personnel in order:
1)

Park Unit supervisor.

2)

Park Unit Commander.

3)

Special Services Section Commander.

e.

Canine handlers will only allow their canines to engage a
suspect by biting if the suspect poses a risk of imminent danger
to the handler or others or is actively resisting or escaping. In the
case of concealment, consistent with the use of force policy,
handlers will not allow their canine to engage a suspect by biting
if a lower level of force could reasonably be expected to control
the suspect or allow for the apprehension. Imminent danger
means a suspect is armed with a weapon or other instrument
capable of producing significant bodily injury.

f.

In instances where a canine apprehends a suspect by biting, the
handler will call the canine off at the first moment the canine can
be safely released, taking into account that the average person
will struggle if seized or confronted by a canine. Struggling alone
will not preclude the release of the canine.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 07/01/08

3

12.140
4.

Tracking:
a.

B.

C.

All tracking is done with the canine on leash. A canine team may
be used to conduct a track if the suspect is wanted for a felony, a
crime of violence, or is reasonably believed to be armed.
Whenever a canine team is deployed for the purpose of
performing a track, the handler will announce loudly and clearly
that a canine will be deployed and that anyone approached by
the canine should surrender and remain still. The
announcement will be made unless the supervisor authorizing
the deployment reasonably believes that the suspect is armed
and the verbal warnings will cause unnecessary danger to the
officer or others. If an announcement is made, the canine
handler shall wait a sufficient period of time between the
announcement and the canine deployment to allow the suspect
to surrender.

Tracking Guidelines
1.

No one will follow the canine team on the track unless directed by a
supervisor.

2.

Canines will not search for other animals.

3.

In extreme cases, canine teams may search for lost or missing
persons. Before authorizing the use of a canine team, the supervisor
must weigh the urgency of locating the person with the risk of the
person being engaged by the canine.

Building Searches
1.

A canine team may be used to conduct a search of a commercial
building. Whenever a canine team is deployed for the purpose of
performing a commercial building search, the handler will announce
loudly and clearly that a canine will be deployed and that anyone
approached by the canine should surrender and remain still. The
canine handler issuing the announcement shall wait a sufficient period
of time between the announcement and the canine deployment to
allow the suspect to surrender. If the building is large, the handler will
repeat the announcement loudly and clearly as the search proceeds
onto different floors or parts of the building where the initial
announcement may not have been heard.
a.

If a breaking & entering offense is discovered at a school,
officers will investigate the nature and extent of the offense
before requesting a canine unit. Many breaking & entering
offenses at schools involve juveniles who engage in petty theft
and/or vandalism. Conversely, some breaking & entering
offenses occurring at schools are committed by adults intent on
significant theft, such as computers and other valuable
equipment.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 07/01/08

4

12.140

b.

1)

Officers at the scene of a school-related breaking &
entering offense will investigate to determine if the offense
appears to be primarily theft-related or primarily vandalismrelated.

2)

Canine units will not be used to conduct a building search
for vandalism-based breaking & entering offenses at
schools. If reasonable suspicion exists that the offense is
primarily theft-related, the canine unit may be used to
conduct a building search, under the building search
guidelines above.

3)

If no reasonable suspicion exists to indicate whether a
breaking & entering offense at a school is primarily theftrelated or primarily vandalism-related, then canine units will
not be used to conduct a building search.

Canine units will not be used to search a residence except in
extraordinary circumstances.
1)

c.

D.

The risk of innocent persons and pets being mistakenly
engaged in a residence by the canine is too great.

Canine units will not be used to conduct a building search on a
Place Found Open (PFO) unless reasonable suspicion of a
breaking & entering offense is present. If so, a canine team may
be used under the building search guidelines above.

Article Searches
1.

Canine teams can locate articles by alerting to the residual human
scent adhering to the article.

2.

Canine teams dispatched for evidence or property searches at a crime
scene or incident will:
a.

Meet with the on-scene supervisor regarding the property
sought.

b.

Announce loudly and clearly that a canine will be deployed and
that anyone approached by the canine should surrender and
remain still. The canine handler shall wait a sufficient period of
time between the announcement and the canine deployment to
allow anyone on the scene to surrender.

c.

Refrain from using the canine to search for evidence in areas
that present a danger to the team, including drug searches when
chances of the canine ingesting or inhaling narcotics are high.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 07/01/08

5

12.140
E.

Canine Bites
1.

Whenever a canine-related injury occurs, immediately render first aid
to the injured person and summon medical assistance from the
Cincinnati Fire Department (CFD). Further medical attention will be
handled by being transported to a hospital.
a.

2.

3.

The handler will complete a Form 316, Minor Accident/Aided
Case/Mental Health Response Report, in all cases of injury from
canines.

In the following order, the supervisor who authorized the deployment
will notify one of the following supervisors, who will assume
responsibility for the investigation:
a.

The on-duty Canine Squad supervisor (if not involved in the
deployment order);

b.

The on-duty Park Unit supervisor; or

c.

If the Canine Squad or Park Unit supervisor is not available, the
on-scene supervisor will then become the investigating
supervisor. If the on-scene supervisor ordered the deployment,
then another on duty supervisor will be responsible for the
investigation.

The investigating supervisor will thoroughly investigate and document
the incident.
a.

b.

While still on the scene, notify a command officer using the
following order:
1)

Special Services Section Commander.

2)

District Commander.

3)

Night Chief, if during the night hours.

4)

Duty officer.

Photograph the injuries.
1)

If photographs of juveniles are taken, the supervisor will
follow Procedure 12.905, Fingerprinting and Photographing
of Juveniles.

2)

Ensure a full body photograph of the arrested is taken
along with pictures of the injury.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 07/01/08

6

12.140
c.

d.

e.

Tape record statements from:
1)

Arrestee.

2)

Handler.

3)

All witnesses who observed the apprehension.

Complete a Form 652, Release of Medical Record Information.
1)

If the arrested refuses to sign the release, write "Refused"
in the signature block.

2)

The original is to be retained by the investigating supervisor
and is to be forwarded through channels in the Use of
Force case jacket in case there is a future need to obtain
medical records.

Interview the treating physician about the extent of the injuries.
1)

If the physician approves, tape record the interview.

2)

If the arrested is not treated before the end of the
investigating supervisor's tour of duty, note "arrested still
undergoing treatment" on the Form 18C.

f.

Prepare a Form 18C according to Procedure 12.545, Use of
Force.

g.

A separate Form 18C should be completed when two or more
persons are bitten during the same incident. Each Form 18C
should be documented with sequential ETS case numbers.
Example 2008-102767.1 and 2008-102767.2

h.

The investigating supervisor will work-flow the completed Form
18C and all computer attachments, as well as forward all original
forms, photos, tapes and copies of applicable MVR/DVRs to the
Special Services Section Commander for review.
1)

i.

When work-flowing the Form 18C and attachments
“Add Notification” to the following units:
a)

Patrol Bureau.

b)

Inspections Section.

If the Form 18C is not complete and the investigating supervisor
needs to retain the document to complete their investigation,
they should work-flow the document to themselves while still
notifying the above listed units by the “Add Notification” function.
Do not use the “Add Recipient” function.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 07/01/08

7

12.140
F.

G.

Use of Canine Teams Outside City Limits
1.

The intended use of the canine team must adhere to Cincinnati Police
Department guidelines.

2.

Approval must be by a CPD captain or higher.
a.

If a captain or higher is not available, a Special Services Section
supervisor may give authorization.

b.

If a captain or higher or a Special Services Section supervisor is
not available, obtain approval from the OIC of the nearest
district.

3.

The OIC, before giving approval, will check with PCS to ensure the
requesting agency is on the mutual-aid agreement list.

4.

Statutory limitations prohibit out of state requests for service.

Reporting
1.

In addition to maintaining a complete list of canine bites, the Canine
Squad will also document canine deployments and canine
apprehensions (whenever a canine is deployed and plays a clear and
documented role in the capture of a person).

2.

On a monthly basis, the Canine Squad will calculate bite ratios (the
number of bites divided by apprehensions) by Squad and by individual
canine teams.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 07/01/08

8

12.141

12.141 NARCOTIC DETECTION CANINES
Reference:
Procedure 12.140, Canine Operations
Procedure 12.545, Use of Force
U.S. Supreme Court Decision, Illinois v. Caballes
U.S. Supreme Court Decision, U.S. v. Ross
Policy:
Narcotic detection canines are extremely effective when used within the
boundaries set by the courts.
Obtain a search warrant or consent to search before using narcotic detection
canines to sniff areas where defendants have the right to privacy; e.g., homes,
places of residence.
An officer does not need reasonable suspicion for a dog to sniff the outside of an
automobile during a traffic stop. However, a traffic stop can become unlawful if
the officer prolongs the stop beyond the time reasonably required to issue a
traffic citation.
When specific, articulable facts cause an officer to suspect illegal drug activity
has occurred, is occurring, or is about to occur, then the car and occupants can
be detained so that a narcotic detection canine can sniff the outside of the car. If
the canine alerts to contraband inside the car, probable cause now exists to
search the passenger area of the car and any containers within the passenger
area without a search warrant. If the canine alerts to contraband in the trunk, the
trunk and any containers within the trunk may be searched without a search
warrant.
A narcotic detection canine may sniff an area to gain probable cause for
obtaining search warrants for private property in public places; e.g., lockers in
bus terminals and schools (with permission of person in charge).
Narcotic detection canines are not infallible. Their effectiveness depends on the
intelligent use of their capabilities by department personnel. Handlers will
maintain control of the canine and be diligent to ensure the safety of the general
public.

Rev. 04/17/07, Replaces 6/99

1

12.141
Procedure:
A.

Use of Narcotic Detection Canines
1.

Narcotic detection canines and handlers are assigned to Central Vice
Control Section (CVCS) and are normally available from 1100 to 0300
hours. If Cincinnati Police Department narcotic detection canines are
not available, request the use of RENU narcotic detection canines.

2.

Cincinnati Police Department narcotic detection canines will be
primary responders. The canines are to be utilized to develop
probable cause in compliance with search and seizure standards.
The canine handlers will provide information for best application of the
canine.
a.

3.

Only assigned handlers will conduct searches with narcotic detection
canines.
a.

4.

The handler is responsible for the safe and effective use of the
narcotic detection canine.

Narcotic detection canines can detect the following substances:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.

B.

When a narcotic detection team is not working, PCS will contact
a CVCS supervisor for recall of a narcotic detection canine team.

Cocaine/Crack
Heroin
Hashish
Marijuana
Opium
Methamphetamine
Ecstacy

Building Searches
1.

Secure the search area.
a.

2.

All officers will remain out of the area to be searched until
notified by the canine handler the search is completed.

Remove all persons and animals from the search area.
a.

If unable to remove persons/animals, place them in one
restricted area.

Rev. 04/17/07, Replaces 6/99

2

12.141

C.

3.

Do not follow or get close to the canine when he is working unless
requested by the handler.

4.

Advise the handler of anything that could injure the canine; e.g.,
needles, broken glass, drugs in plain view, etc.

5.

Keep noise to a minimum when the canine is searching.

Persons Injured by Narcotic Detection Canines
1.

A supervisor will complete necessary reports in accordance with
Procedure 12.140.

2.

A RENU supervisor will report canine bites involving Cincinnati Police
Department narcotic detection canines assigned to RENU on a Form
18C, Use of Canine. If a RENU supervisor is unavailable, a shift
supervisor will complete the report.

3.

A police supervisor will complete a Form 91SP, Supervisory
Investigation of Employee Injury, in addition to a Form 316, if a Police
Department employee is injured by a narcotics detection canine.
a.

D.

If the police officer's supervisor is unavailable, a supervisor from
the district where the injury occurred will complete the report.

Prohibited Use
1.

Do not use narcotic detection canines to search people.

2.

A narcotic detection canine's reaction on finding narcotics is normally
aggressive. Therefore, do not engage narcotic detection canines in
covert or undercover searches.

3.

Narcotic detection canines are trained to interact and communicate
exclusively with their handlers.
a.

Police personnel are not to tease, pet, feed, or interact with
these canines, since these actions can reduce their
effectiveness.

Rev. 04/17/07, Replaces 6/99

3

12.141
E.

Reports
1.

Handlers of department owned canines will maintain a continuous
record of all instances of narcotic detection canine usage.
a.

RENU will maintain all records concerning RENU owned
canines.

Rev. 04/17/07, Replaces 6/99

4

12.142

12.142 MOUNTED SQUAD
References:
Procedure 12.020 - Uniforms, Related Equipment, and Personal Grooming
Procedure 12.035 - Reporting Police Vehicular Accidents and Damage
Procedure 19.105 - Sick/Injured with Pay and Special Leaves
Purpose:
Familiarize Department personnel with the functions and capabilities of the
Mounted Squad.
General Information:
The effectiveness of the mounted unit depends upon intelligent use of its
capabilities. The Mounted Squad supervisor or officer will decide which services
the horse and rider are capable of providing.
Mounted units are extremely mobile. They quickly cover terrain which hinders
vehicles or foot officers (e.g., housing projects, heavily congested areas, parks,
woods, etc.).
Mounted units can provide all patrol functions except transporting personnel or
prisoners. Only in emergency situations will the mounted officer leave the horse
unattended.
Procedure:
A.

Mounted Squad Uses:
1.

Foot pursuit situations

2.

Provide increased police presence in high crime areas

3.

Search for missing persons, suspects, or physical evidence in large or
wooded areas

4.

Crowd control situations
a.

5.

Respond to spontaneous incidents anywhere in the city. Response
time is approximately 45 minutes depending upon available personnel
and transportation.
a.

6.

A district supervisor may request a mounted unit respond to the
scene of a crowd. Often the presence of a mounted unit can
prevent an escalation of the situation.

Mounted units will not respond outside the city limits except at
the direction of a police captain or above.

Respond to incidents occurring in their assigned areas

Rev. 2/97, Replaces 10/92

1

12.142

B.

Requests for Mounted Squad Response:
1.

Request mounted units through Police Communications Section
(PCS) for situations outlined in Section A. PCS will notify the
Mounted Squad or Park Unit supervisor.

2.

Submit a Form 17 through channels to the Support Bureau
Commander for planned events or when expecting large crowds.

C. Personal Injury/Property Damage by Police Horses:
1.

If injury involves a Department employee, refer to Procedure 19.105,
Section E.

2.

If property damage is Department property, refer to Procedure
12.020, Section G.

3.

If injury/damage is to other than Department personnel/property, refer
to Procedure 12.035, Section C.

Rev. 2/97, Replaces 10/92

2

12.143

12.143 EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE DETECTION CANINE
OPERATIONS
Reference:
Procedure 12.300 – Investigation of Bombs and Bomb Threats, Disposal of
Dangerous War Souvenirs and Explosives
Purpose:
Familiarize Department personnel with Explosive Ordnance Detection (EOD)
canines operating policies and procedures.
Policy:
EOD canines are assigned to tasks and areas by the Tactical Planning Unit
Commander. However, the Department may use them for any situation requiring
police action where their use will further the police mission. Handlers will
maintain control of the canine to ensure the safety of the public.
The handler will ensure the dog is secure in the police vehicle except when
directly involved in a police function or the handler anticipates imminent use.
Canines will be kept on a lead in areas where the public has access and contact
is probable, unless the animal is being used for a police purpose.
Information:
EOD canines are not infallible. Their effectiveness depends largely upon the
intelligent application of their capabilities. EOD canines can be used to augment
a search by detecting the odor of the most common explosive substances.
EOD canine teams should be utilized for:
•
•
•

Investigating suspicious packages and bomb threats.
Identifying possible secondary devices, if an explosive device has been
located.
Sweeping the staging areas of critical incidents or incidents with the
potential to be a terrorist incident for suspicious packages and possible
secondary devices.

Except for training purposes, no teasing, petting, or feeding of the canines by
police or civilian personnel is permitted without consent of the handler.
EOD canine teams are assigned to the Tactical Planning Unit and normally work
Monday through Friday, 0800-1600 hours. They are available to be recalled 24
hours a day via Police Communications Section.
Rev. 02/13/07, Replaces 08/31/04

1

12.143
District commanders may request EOD canine teams for special or extended
assignments through the Tactical Planning Unit Commander.
Procedure:
A.

B.

Use of the EOD Canine
1.

The on-scene supervisor will make the decision to request an EOD
canine team and will organize a search of the premises according to
Procedure 12.300, Section A.4.

2.

The EOD canine handler will recommend the best tactical application
and deployment of the canine to the on-scene supervisor.
a.

Since the EOD canine is used for a specific purpose, a clear
understanding of how to properly use the canine is very
important.

b.

EOD canine handlers will determine the method and duration of
EOD canine deployment.

c.

If the handler’s Standard Operating Procedure and the on-scene
supervisor’s interpretation of the best tactical application and
deployment of the canine conflict, the on-scene supervisor will
contact a Tactical Planning Unit supervisor.

Accidental Bites
1.

First response is to render immediate first aid to the injured person
and call for additional medical assistance, if necessary.
a.

2.

The handler will complete a Form 316, Minor Accident/Aided
Case/Mental Health Response Report, in all cases of injury from
canines. For instances involving police officers or other City
employees see Section B.2.b.

The on-scene supervisor will notify an on-duty Tactical Planning Unit
supervisor.
a.

If an on-duty Tactical Planning Unit supervisor is not available,
the incident will be investigated by a supervisor in the district of
occurrence.

b.

The supervisor will complete a Form 91SP, Supervisory
Investigation of Employee Injury, in instances involving police
officers or other City employees.

Rev. 02/13/07, Replaces 08/31/04

2

12.143
c.

C.

1)

Tactical Planning Unit supervisor.

2)

Planning Section Commander.

3)

Night Chief, if during night hours.

4)

Duty officer.

Use of EOD Canine Teams Outside City Limits
1.

The intended use of EOD canines must follow guidelines listed in the
Procedure Manual and the Manual of Rules and Regulations and
Disciplinary Process.

2.

Approval must be given by a Department captain or above.

3.

D.

While still on the scene, notify one of the following in this order:

a.

If a captain or above is not available, a Tactical Planning Unit
supervisor may give authorization.

b.

If a captain or above or a Tactical Planning Unit supervisor is not
available, obtain approval from the OIC of the nearest district.

EOD canines may be used on request in the following counties:
Kentucky: Campbell, Kenton, and Boone; Indiana: Dearborn; and
Ohio: Butler, Clermont, Hamilton, and Warren.

EOD Canine Officer Uniforms
1.

EOD canine officers will wear the uniform of the day while attending
court or involved in any extension of police service detail not utilizing
their EOD canine.

2.

EOD canine officers will wear the dark blue, tactical-type uniform
pants and shirt whenever the officer is performing a search or training.

Rev. 02/13/07, Replaces 08/31/04

3

12.146

12.146 MARINE PATROL: WATERWAY ENFORCEMENT
AND EMERGENCIES ON THE OHIO RIVER
References:
Cincinnati Municipal Code Chapter 411 - Wharves and Public Landing
Procedure 12.020 - Uniforms, Related Equipment, and Personal Grooming
Procedure 12.035 - Reporting Police Vehicular Accidents and Damage
Procedure 12.145 - Critical Incident Response Plan
Manual of Rules and Regulations - 7.01, 7.02, 7.03, 7.04, 7.05, 7.06, 8.03
Ohio Administrative Code 1501.47- Division of Watercraft
Ohio Revised Code Chapter 1547 - Watercraft and Waterways
Ohio Revised Code Chapter 1548 - Watercraft Certificates of Title
Ohio Revisedth Code Chapter 1901.027 - Ohio River Jurisdiction
SB284 - 119 Ohio General Assembly
Ohio v. Kentucky, 471 U.S. 153 (1985)
Purpose:
Provide uniform guidelines for Department personnel when investigating marine
emergencies on the Ohio River or other waterways.
Provide guidelines for the use, care, and maintenance of the Marine Patrol
vessel and equipment.
Policy:
The primary responsibility of the Marine Patrol is to provide security patrols of
waterway infrastructures designated as Buffer Zone Protection Plan (BZPP) sites
during elevated Maritime Security (MARSEC) levels and Homeland Security
threat levels.
A secondary responsibility of the Marine Patrol will include navigating and when
necessary, enforcing waterway laws on the Ohio River within the City of
Cincinnati’s river boundaries. Marine Patrol operators may navigate outside the
specified boundaries if exigent circumstances exist, i.e.:
•

A Priority 1, Priority 2, or Priority 3 incident.

•

During elevated (MARSEC) levels or Homeland Security threat levels.

•

At the request for assistance from a law enforcement vessel operating on
the river.

•

At the direction of the Tactical Planning Unit OIC.

•

At the direction of the district commander.

•

Emergencies outlined in Section A. 5. h. 2).

Revised 05/22/07, Replaces 12/95

1

12.146
Only qualified personnel will operate the vessel. When not operating under
elevated Maritime Security levels or Homeland Security threat levels, a minimum
of two qualified personnel must be on board the vessel before being placed in
operation on a waterway.
Whenever the vessel is underway, all persons on board the vessel will wear an
approved United States Coast Guard (USCG) personal flotation device (PFD).
During routine river patrol and marine emergencies, Marine Patrol operators will
report to the affected district/section/unit officer in charge (OIC).
During elevated MARSEC levels or Homeland Security threat levels, Marine
Patrol operators will report to the Tactical Planning Unit OIC.
Information:
The Cincinnati Police Communications Section (PCS) is the central agency for
initiating emergency notifications of agencies affected by marine disasters or
potential marine disasters with the possibility of loss of life, in an area
encompassing a 35-mile stretch. This area, beginning just east of the I-275
Bridge on the east side of Hamilton County and extending to the Ohio-Indiana
border on the west, includes the Licking and Great Miami Rivers. Twenty-three
different police agencies from Ohio and Kentucky are included in this area.
The Cincinnati Police Department operates a 23’ SeaArk Marine Patrol Boat
(vessel). When in tow, the vessel has a clearance height of 13’5” and cannot be
operated under certain overpasses, i.e., 6300 Madison Road and the 300-400
block of Collins Avenue. All overpasses under 14’ display placards indicating
clearance height.
The Marine Patrol vessel is assigned to the Tactical Planning Unit and can be
recalled 24 hours a day via PCS. Marine Patrol operators can deploy to the
scene of an incident within two hours of being recalled. Tactical Planning Unit
and PCS maintain a current list of qualified personnel permitted to operate the
vessel.
Upon request, the Marine Patrol will provide assistance to jurisdictions with
mutual aid agreements or under Homeland Security agreements.
Services include:
•

Homeland Security missions during heightened terrorism threat levels as
assigned by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security.

•

Security missions during elevated MARSEC levels.

•

Enforcement of state and local waterway laws. (The preferred course of
action is to advise vessel operators to correct deficiencies to bring them
into compliance with state and local waterway laws.)

•

Investigation of boating accidents.

•

Assistance to boaters in distress.

Revised 05/22/07, Replaces 12/95

2

12.146
•

Search/recovery of missing persons.

•

Boating/water safety instruction.

The Marine Patrol vessel will be utilized to transport and provide a diving
platform for the Hamilton County Police Association Underwater Search and
Recovery Unit (USRU).
In addition to the above, the Marine Patrol is equipped to respond to marine
disasters or potential marine disasters with the possibility of loss of life.
The affected district OIC will determine the priority of the marine disaster
incident.
General Classes of Incidents:
•

Priority 1 - Any incident with the potential to threaten significant
amounts of the population or a large area of the river
with the potential for a general evacuation.

•

Priority 2 - An incident that presents a significant threat to a localized
area or areas. A general evacuation is not needed; may
require a local evacuation.

•

Priority 3 - A serious accident or incident involving a manned vessel with
fatality, injury, or the potential for same. Minimum threat to
land base or river facility with no evacuation.

Procedure:
A.

Responding to Emergencies on the Ohio River
1.

Officers who become aware of an emergency situation on the river will
contact PCS and provide the following information:
a.

Nature of emergency (e.g., runaway barge, chemical spill, boat
fire, drowning, etc.).

b.

Location by river mile marker (if known), land address and/or
prominent landmark.

c.

If the emergency is moving, note direction and approximate
speed.

d.

Identification of vessel(s), person(s), and facilities involved.
1)

If the vessel has cargo, attempt to determine type of cargo.
This information will facilitate the proper response.
a)

Barges carrying flammable/combustible liquids
display a red 3x4 foot pennant affixed to the hull.

Revised 05/22/07, Replaces 12/95

3

12.146
2.

Request the Cincinnati Fire Department (CFD).

3.

Request the affected district OIC if incident appears to fall within a
Priority 1, Priority 2, or Priority 3 classification.

4.

PCS will:
a.

Notify the CFD.

b.

Notify the affected district OIC.

c.

If necessary:
1)

d.
5.

Contact other potentially affected agencies, i.e., USRU,
Boone County Water Rescue, Campbell County Water
Rescue, Kenton County Water Rescue, Greater Cincinnati
Water Works, Ohio Department of Natural Resources
(ODNR), USCG, and relay necessary information.

When requested, make notification according to the Situational
Occurrences Notification List.

The affected district OIC will:
a.

Respond and evaluate the circumstances, if needed, initiate the
following:

b.

Request assistance from agencies equipped to handle waterway
operations i.e., USRU, Boone County Water Rescue, Campbell
County Water Rescue, Kenton County Water Rescue, Greater
Cincinnati Water Works, ODNR, or the USCG.

c.

Implement the Seven Critical Tasks according to Procedure
12.145 Section B.

d.

Notify restaurants, head-boats at marinas, industrial and
commercial sites along the river, etc., of the potential for danger
and the possibility of evacuation.

e.

Close the Public Landing, parks, or other riverfront recreational
areas.

f.

Close bridges affected or potentially affected by the emergency.

g.

Prohibit waterway travel on the affected area of the river.

h.

Request the Marine Patrol through PCS.
1)

Response time, nature and priority level of incident must be
considered when requesting use of the Marine Patrol.

Revised 05/22/07, Replaces 12/95

4

12.146
2)

Emergencies which may require the use of the Marine
Patrol include, but are not limited to:
a)

Barge breakaway due to collision, grounding or loose
mooring.

b)

Loss of cargo which may impact population on the
river bank, bridges, or river commerce (Note: cargo
may be oil, hazardous materials, etc.).

c)

Boat fire or explosion of a commercial passenger
vessel (e.g., B & B Riverboats, the Anderson Ferry).

d)

Sinking barge or vessel with occupants.

e)

Boat collision with serious injury/death.

f)

Waterfront facility fire or explosion.
1]

i.

Ensure completion of all Department reports generated during
the incident (Form 318, Conditions Affecting Other
Departments; Form 316A, Deceased Person Report, for
notification of next-of-kin; Form 316, Minor Accident/Aided
Case/Mental Health Response Report; Form 301, Incident
Report, etc.).
1)

C.

The affected district OIC will prepare and forward a Form
17, After Action Report, through the chain of command.

Non-Emergency Use of the Marine Patrol
1.

D.

Floating restaurant, office, marina, or fuel dock.

Districts/sections/units requesting use of the Marine Patrol for special
events or incidents must submit the request on a Form 17 through
channels. After approval by the Police Chief or the affected bureau
commander, the requesting district/section/unit should contact the
Tactical Planning Unit during normal business hours to reserve the
Marine Patrol vessel.

Homeland Security Patrols
1.

During elevated MARSEC levels and Homeland Security threat levels,
the Marine Patrol will conduct patrols of waterway infrastructures
designated as BZPP sites.

2.

A minimum of four officers will be on board the vessel at all times.
a.

Two officers will be qualified vessel operators.

b.

Two officers will be SWAT officers.

Revised 05/22/07, Replaces 12/95

5

12.146
E.

F.

Use of Marine Patrol Outside City Limits
1.

Approval must be given by a captain or higher.

2.

If a captain or higher is not available, the Tactical Planning Unit
commander may give authorization.

3.

If the Tactical Planning Unit commander is not available, obtain
approval from a Marine Patrol supervisor.

4.

An officer from the requesting agency must be on board to initiate
enforcement action.

5.

Only CPD Marine Patrol operators will navigate the vessel.

Marine Patrol Duties and Responsibilities
1.

Notify PCS the vessel is underway, number of personnel on board,
current location and destination of vessel.

2.

Notify the USCG Sector Ohio Valley on VHF Channel 16 and provide
above information.

3.

Enforce state and local waterway laws.
a.

4.

The preferred course of action is to advise vessel operators to
correct deficiencies to bring them into compliance with state and
local waterway laws.

Coordinate efforts with public agency vessel operators while keeping
PCS informed of the situation.
a.

If vessels have not been deployed to the scene, notify PCS of
specific equipment needed and the nature of the task to be
performed (e.g., recovery of wreckage, articles, cadavers, towing
of boats, etc.).
1)

If requested, provide a diving platform for the USRU.

5.

Relay river emergency information via VHF Channel 16 to all
commercial/recreational vessels, marinas, commercial/industrial sites,
etc.

6.

Tow disabled boats.
a.

Tow boats to the nearest dock or place of safe mooring.

Revised 05/22/07, Replaces 12/95

6

12.146
7.

Report any damage to vessel and/or equipment to the OIC of the
event or incident.
a.

Ensure all necessary forms and reports are completed according
to Procedure 12.035, Reporting Police Vehicular Accidents and
Damage.
1)

G.

8.

Immediately acknowledge a unit contact with location of river mile
marker and status.

9.

Secure with PCS and the USCG when the Marine Patrol vessel is
safely moored.

10.

Complete a Marine Patrol Daily Activity Log and forward to the
Tactical Planning Unit for record keeping.

Equipment Inventory
1.

H.

Marine Patrol operators will inventory and inspect the Marine Patrol
vessel and equipment after each deployment, call-up, or training
session.

Tactical Planning Unit Duties and Responsibilities
1.

Maintain an updated “Emergency Notification Plan” for responses to
Ohio River emergencies.
a.

I.

Check that all additional equipment assigned is accounted
for and operational.

Forward copies to Districts One, Two, and Three.

2.

Maintain a copy of the emergency notification list forwarded by
Districts One, Two, and Three.

3.

Maintain a Marine Patrol SOP and recall roster.

4.

Maintain a log of Marine Patrol deployments, call-ups, and training
sessions.

Districts One, Two, and Three will:
1.

Maintain a copy of the “Emergency Notification Plan” at the district
front desk and in the supervisors' field Civil Disturbance Operation
Procedure (CDOP) manuals.

2.

Maintain an emergency notification list of potentially affected locations
along the river within their respective district boundaries.
a.

Update the list immediately upon learning of a change.

b.

Review and update their respective lists annually.

Revised 05/22/07, Replaces 12/95

7

12.146

J.

c.

Ensure notification/evacuation of affected areas within their
district.

d.

Ensure Tactical Planning is forwarded a copy of their current
emergency notification list.

Recall Roster
1.

Marine Patrol operators will immediately notify the Tactical Planning
Unit of any change of address or phone numbers.

2.

Tactical Planning Unit will provide an updated personnel recall roster
to PCS following any changes.

Revised 05/22/07, Replaces 12/95

8

12.150

12.150 PLAN FOR CONTROL OF DISORDERS AT
HAMILTON COUNTY ADULT CORRECTIONAL
FACILITIES
Reference:
Procedure 12.155 - Juvenile Youth Center Disorders
Procedure 12.170 - Civil Disturbance Operation Procedure
Ohio Revised Code 5120 - Ohio Jail Standards
Standards Manual - 1.3.5, 2.1.2, 46.1.3
Policy:
The primary responsibility for control of disorders at the Hamilton County Justice
Center Detention Facility and its related off-site facilities rests with the Hamilton
County Sheriff. The Hamilton County Sheriff's Office (HCSO) is the authority for
any actions taking place within the facility including the carrying of firearms or
any weapon within the facility.
The Cincinnati Police Department recognizes that circumstances may arise
when the resources of the Department may be required to assist in handling
situations beyond the normal capabilities of HCSO personnel.
Purpose:
Establish a procedure to be followed in a disorder at any of the following
Hamilton County Correctional Facilities in which the assistance of the Cincinnati
Police Department is requested:
- Queensgate Correctional Facility, 516 Linn
- Hamilton County Justice Center, 1000 Sycamore Street
- Hamilton County Jail, 1000 Main Street
- Work Release Center, 217 Charles Street
- Talbert House, 1617 Reading Road
- River City Correctional Center, 3220 Colerain Avenue
For Disorders at Hamilton County Juvenile Court Youth Center, 2020 Auburn
Avenue, see Procedure 12.155.
Provide sufficient police personnel and equipment necessary for proper
perimeter security and traffic control.

Rev. 11/98, Replaces 12/95

1

12.150
Procedure:
A.

Duties of Sworn Personnel:
1.

At the first indication of a major disorder at any of the facilities
outlined in the Purpose section of this procedure, the ranking
supervisor of the facility will notify the Police Communications Section
(PCS) and provide pertinent details.
a.

2.

All requests for Police Department assistance will be directed
through PCS.

PCS will:
a.

Determine the location of the facility supervisor.

b.

Notify and dispatch the district shift officer in charge (OIC) to the
scene.

c.

Direct four beat cars, two-officer units if possible, from the
affected district to the four corners of the perimeter of the facility
to prevent the escape of prisoners.

d.

In the event of an active disturbance, notify the district
commander to respond to the scene. (An active disturbance is
defined as a situation where the disorderly prisoners have
initiated an offensive act against the facility, detention personnel,
or other prisoners.)

e.

Notify the Night Chief if the disturbance occurs during his tour of
duty.
1)

3.

The Night Chief will respond to the scene and assume
command of Department personnel until the arrival of the
district commander or a bureau commander.

The district shift OIC will:
a.

Meet with the ranking supervisor of the facility.

b.

Coordinate all Police Department activities outside the facility
and keep PCS informed of the situation.

c.

Call up a SWAT team, if one may be needed.

Rev. 11/98, Replaces 12/95

2

12.150
4.

The district commander or in his absence, the Night Chief, will:
a.

Assume command of all Police Department personnel at the
scene.

b.

Confer with the facility supervisor in charge.
1)

If the facility supervisor in charge requests Police
Department personnel to assist inside the facility, the
district commander will personally observe the situation to
determine if the need is valid.

2)

Police Department personnel will not be used inside a
facility until all available facility personnel are committed
and are unable to resolve the disturbance.

c.

Determine if the situation requires initiation of the CDOP
procedures, alert, phases, etc.

d.

Determine, after conferring with the supervisor of the facility, if
assistance is needed inside the facility and have PCS notify the
Patrol Bureau Commander or the Duty Officer to respond to the
scene.

e.

1)

Police Department personnel will not enter the facility until
after the arrival of the Patrol Bureau Commander, Duty
Officer, or Night Chief unless a serious or life threatening
injury could occur if there is a delay in response, and then
only at the direction of the HCSO supervisor in charge.

2)

Police Department personnel, after they have been
authorized to enter the facility, will remain under the direct
control of a Police Department supervisor.

3)

The HCSO will retain final authority over the use of Police
Department personnel inside the facility. Department
personnel will be withdrawn, without question, if the HCSO
supervisor in charge requests it.

Establish a command post notifying PCS of the telephone
number.
1)

f.

Request district CDOP equipment if necessary.
1)

g.

Hold the phone line to the command post open to preclude
interference from other callers who may call the published
number being used for the command post.

Establish a staging area for personnel and equipment.

Establish sufficient traffic posts to direct the movement of all
emergency equipment and redirect the flow of traffic, if
necessary.

Rev. 11/98, Replaces 12/95

3

12.150
h.

5.

Provide for transport of injured persons to hospitals.
1)

Notify PCS to have a Fire Department Paramedic Unit and
transport vehicle respond to the staging area. Identify and
advise of a proper safe area for the Paramedic Unit to
respond and to whom they should report.

2)

District Four will provide security for prisoners at University
Hospital until relieved.

i.

Request the reservation and use of a proper tactical radio
channel.

j.

Request additional manpower, if the situation warrants it.

All supervisors and command officers involved in the disturbance will
maintain a log of events.
a.

An After Action Report will be prepared in quadruplicate and
submitted through channels by the district commander.
1)

Original copy to the Police Chief

2)

Duplicate to the Patrol Bureau Commander

3)

Triplicate for the Safety Director's Office

4)

Quadruplicate for district files

Rev. 11/98, Replaces 12/95

4

12.155

12.155 JUVENILE YOUTH CENTER DISORDERS
Reference:
Procedure 12.170 - Civil Disturbance Operation Procedure
Procedure 12.175 - Use of Special Weapons and Tactics Unit
Standards Manual - 2.1.2, 12.2.1, 46.1.3
Procedure:
A.

At the first indication of any major disturbance at the Hamilton County
Juvenile Court Youth Center (HCJCYC), 2020 Auburn Avenue, the on-duty
youth center supervisor will notify Police Communications Section (PCS)
and provide pertinent details.

B.

PCS Will:
1.

Dispatch the District Four shift officer in charge (OIC) to the HCJCYC
Intake rear door.

2.

Dispatch one District Four car to establish a traffic post at the
driveway entrance to the HCJCYC. This post will direct the movement
of all emergency equipment.

3.

Dispatch four District Four cars to the north, south, east, and west
perimeters of the HCJCYC to contain prisoners.
a.

4.

C.

If District Four cars are not available, assign units from other
districts to cover the perimeter points.

Notify the appropriate command officers.
a.

District Four Commander

b.

Patrol Bureau Commander

c.

Duty Officer

d.

Night Chief

The District Four Shift OIC Will:
1.

Respond to the HCJCYC Intake rear door, meet with the youth center
supervisor, evaluate the situation, and determine a course of action.

2.

Assume command of all youth center and police personnel at the
scene. The youth center supervisor will act in an advisory capacity to
the Police Department and coordinate any activities involving youth
center personnel.

3.

Establish a separate command post and staging area.

4.

Ensure all supervisors involved maintain a log of events.

Rev. 10/95, Replaces 11/89

1

12.155

5.

Have officers secure their firearms in the lock boxes provided at the
entrance of the detention section or the trunks of police vehicles,
unless the inmate(s) is in possession of potentially dangerous
weapons (knives, etc.), or a firearm is involved requiring immediate
police action.
a.

6.

If necessary, establish a Spontaneous Alert per Procedure 12.170.

7.

If hostages, firearms, or large numbers of inmates are involved,
activate SWAT per Procedure 12.175.

8.

Once the disturbance is brought under control:

9.

a.

Phase out the manpower as necessary.

b.

Return control of the HCJCYC to youth center personnel.

Prepare an after action report.
a.

D.

The ranking supervisor at the scene makes the decision to enter
the detention section with firearms.

Critique the action taken.

The District Four Commander will review, comment, and distribute copies
of the completed report as follows:
1.

The Police Chief

2.

Patrol Bureau Commander

3.

District Four files

Rev. 10/95, Replaces 11/89

2

12.160

12.160 RUMORS/POTENTIAL CIVIL DISTURBANCES
Reference:
Procedure 12.417 – Hate Crimes: Response to Racial, Religious, Ethnic/National
Origin, or Sexual Orientation Bias Incidents
Purpose:
Provide for the documentation, processing, and analyzing of rumors concerning
racial problems, civil disturbances, other police problems or services.
Establish policies for handling incidents arising from or indicative of a racial
nature and for protecting the civil rights of all citizens.
Establish responsibility and authority of Police Department and Cincinnati
Human Relations Commission (CHRC) personnel during field situations.
Policy:
The Cincinnati Police Department will immediately investigate and document
incidents of racial tension or civil disturbance.
Procedure:
A.

Processing Rumors Involving Racial Problems, Civil Disturbances, or Other
Police Problems:
1.

2.

All members of the Police Department are charged with the following
responsibilities concerning rumors:
a.

Obtain as many pertinent facts as possible.

b.

Identify the person passing the information and the source of the
information, if possible.

c.

Assess the reliability and credibility of the informant.

d.

Instruct the informant not to discuss the subject with anyone
other than the police.

e.

Refrain from any words or actions which might lend credibility or
incentive to the rumor.

Immediately telephone information involving racial problems, civil
disturbances, or public safety issues (motorcycle gangs, terrorism,
etc.) to the Intelligence Section if received between 0800 and 1700
hours on weekdays.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 05/06/03

1

12.160

a.

b.

c.

B.

During other hours, if the information is determined to need
immediate investigation, a supervisor will notify the district
commander, the Night Chief, or the Duty Officer who will recall
the following appropriate personnel, if necessary:
1)

Intelligence Section.

2)

CHRC.

Document this information on a Form 17 with copies to the:
1)

Police Chief.

2)

Investigations Bureau Commander.

3)

Patrol Bureau Commander.

4)

Originating unit.

The Intelligence Section will coordinate the investigation and
evaluate the information in terms of providing intelligence to
affected units or agencies.

Racial Incidents:
1.

Police Communications Section (PCS) will dispatch the shift officer in
charge (OIC) to the scene. The OIC will evaluate the situation and
request PCS dispatch the necessary personnel.
a.

Use both white officers and black officers, male and female, in
teams, when possible.

b.

Officers will conduct themselves in a neutral, impartial manner.
Exercise discreet judgment in policing incidents of this nature.

c.

Remove the focal point of the crowd or incident from the scene
as soon as possible.

d.

Cooperate with members of the news media.
1)

Do not permit the media to take actions that would
endanger their safety, the safety of police officers or the
public.

2)

Access granted the media must be consistent with the
needs and goals of public safety and order.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 05/06/03

2

12.160
2.

3.

The shift OIC will execute a Form 17, Interdepartmental
Correspondence Sheet, describing the nature of the incident and the
action taken and forward copies to the:
a.

Police Chief

b.

Investigations Bureau Commander, who will route the form to
the Intelligence Section.

c.

Patrol Bureau Commander.

d.

C.O.P. Coordinator.

e.

Originating unit.

After the initial police action, the Intelligence Section Commander will
determine if immediate follow-up action is necessary and initiate the
appropriate requests through channels.
a.

C.

The C.O.P. Coordinator will determine if immediate follow-up
action is necessary and initiate the appropriate requests through
channels.

Utilization of CHRC Field Representatives:
1.

2.

Upon learning a racial incident exists, the ranking command officer
will notify CHRC via PCS and provide the following information:
a.

Nature of the incident.

b.

Parties or groups involved.

c.

Location of the incident and the neighborhood(s) affected.

d.

Police action already taken or planned.

e.

Whether immediate CHRC response is requested.
1)

Advise response location.

2)

Advise name of incident OIC.

When CHRC personnel receive information which has the potential
for creating a racial incident, they will notify the C.O.P. Coordinator as
soon as practical.
a.

After the normal working hours, if the situation warrants, CHRC
will notify PCS.
1)

3.

PCS will notify the appropriate command officers.

The CHRC Executive Director will coordinate with CHRC field
representatives, who will respond as requested and contact the
incident OIC.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 05/06/03

3

12.160
4.
5.

The ranking command officer will determine what actions the CHRC
representative may take and obtain an estimated cost for their
services.
The OIC will evaluate and determine the effectiveness of the actions
of CHRC field representatives in calming the situation.
a.

If the ranking command officer believes CHRC field
representatives are no longer effective, they will be notified to
cease their activity and withdraw.

b.

The ranking command officer should base this determination on
criteria such as an overt action on the part of the crowd, an
increase in crowd size, etc.

6.

The incident OIC will request CHRC submit a report of their
observations and assessment of the incident to the Intelligence
Section Commander.

7.

District commanders may request CHRC field representatives assist
in the resolution of various other community problems.
a.

District commanders should submit a Form 17 to the Police
Chief with the following information:
1)

Nature of the problem.

2)

Reason for requesting CHRC's assistance.

3)

An estimate of the number of work-hours expended by
CHRC personnel.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 05/06/03

4

12.165

12.165 EMERGENCY RECALL AND TEST RECALL
Reference:
Procedure 12.170 - Civil Disturbance Operation Procedure
Standards Manual - 11.2.1, 11.3.1, 46.1.9
Purpose:
Increase the efficiency of emergency recall.
Establish a Department wide system of testing the efficiency of emergency
recall.
Procedure:
A.

General Guidelines:
1.

Each supervisor will maintain and keep readily available at all times
an up-to-date list of the personnel under his command. This list will
contain their rank, name, address, telephone number, permanent car
number, and SWAT designation, if applicable.
a.

Sworn personnel named on this list are subject to an actual or
test recall. Only civilian personnel needed during an emergency
should be so designated and included in an actual or test recall.

b.

Each district, section, unit, shift, will submit a current Chain of
Notification Recall Roster in the approved format (see page 5) to
their bureau commander. The roster will be updated and
submitted immediately whenever a change occurs.
1)

2.

Each bureau commander will submit a recall list to Police
Communications Section (PCS) listing his name and the names of
five alternates, home phone numbers, pager numbers, and cellular
phone numbers.
a.

B.

The bureau commanders will maintain an updated recall
list of personnel under their command.

PCS will contact each bureau commander or an alternate to
initiate recall within that bureau.

Actual Emergency Recall:
1.

Upon initiation of a Phase II, PCS will initiate an all city broadcast and
teletype message indicating a Phase II is in effect. PCS will
telephone each district, Criminal Investigation Section (CIS), Traffic
Section, Park Section, and each bureau commander or designee.
a.

PCS will give instructions indicating the number of off-duty
personnel to recall.

Rev. 10/92, Replaces 12/88

1

12.165
2.

Responsible command personnel will contact the available ranking
off-duty supervisor for the unit or shift to be recalled. Instruct this
supervisor to recall the requested number of off-duty personnel and
have them report for duty fully equipped.
a.

C.

This ranking off-duty supervisor will use his associate
supervisors to assist with notifications so all off-duty personnel
may report for duty as quickly as possible.
1)

Patrol Bureau personnel will normally report to their unit of
assignment.

2)

Other Department personnel will report as directed in their
internal CDOP plan.

b.

Normally, Department personnel will not make long distance
telephone calls for actual recall. The Department OIC may
authorize calls to mobilize needed command personnel, SWAT
personnel, etc.

c.

Supervisors involved in the recall operation will keep a record of
recall activity on a Mobilization Alert (Form 586).

d.

The supervisor in charge of the scene where recalled personnel
report will maintain and log the time each recalled member
reports for duty.

Test Recall:
1.

The Police Chief may initiate a Department wide test recall.
a.

2.

PCS will teletype a message to each district/section/unit involved
indicating a test recall is being conducted.
a.

3.

Bureau and district/section commanders may institute additional
tests for personnel under their command.

PCS will follow up the teletype message with a telephone call to
each district, CIS, Traffic Section, Park Section, and each
bureau commander or designee.

Bureau commanders will contact their district/section commanders to
initiate a test recall of their respective personnel.
a.

Ranking on-duty and off-duty supervisors will use other
supervisors to assist with the test recall so all off-duty personnel
may be contacted as soon as possible.

b.

A test recall will include all off-duty personnel except those off
sick or injured. Department personnel will not make long
distance telephone calls.

Rev. 10/92, Replaces 12/88

2

12.165
4.

5.

If, when calling off-duty officers, an answering machine is reached,
the supervisor will leave a message advising the officer to call back
within the time limit of the test recall.
a.

If the officer responds before the end of the test recall, list the
officer as contacted.

b.

If there is no response, or the officer responds after the time
limit, list the officer as not contacted.

The test recall will begin upon notification by PCS and will terminate
one hour later.
a.
b.

6.

Upon termination of a test recall, supervisors will use the Form 586 to
show the time off-duty personnel were contacted.
a.

7.

8.

PCS will notify bureau commanders, districts, CIS, Traffic
Section, and Park Section of the official start time of the test
recall.
Supervisors can make second calls during a test recall. No calls
will be made after the one hour limit.

Forward the completed Form 586 to the district/section/unit
commander.

Each district/section/unit commander will complete a Recall Test Alert
(Form 586A) and forward it to the bureau commander.
a.

Base all statistics on the Form 586A only on personnel subject to
recall.

b.

Attach to the Form 586A, all copies of the Form 586.

Bureau commanders will review these reports and forward the original
to the Police Chief and copies to the CDOP chairman. The CDOP
chairman will evaluate Department wide test recalls and make
appropriate recommendations to the Police Chief.

Rev. 10/92, Replaces 12/88

3

12.165

RECALL ROSTER
UNIT NAME

(IN CAPS)

REVISION DATE
RANK

NAME

ADDRESS

PHONE

PERMANENT
CAR#

**Capt.

LAST, First

1234 Somewhere St.

555-1212
555-1313-P
555-1414-C

400

* Lt.

LAST, First

4567 Nowhere St.

555-1515

420

* Sgt.

LAST, First

789 Everywhere St.

555-1616
555-1717-O

421
SWAT

PS
PO
PO

LAST, First
LAST, First
LAST, First

345 Maple Av.
789 Vine St.
678 Walnut St.

555-1122
555-3344
555-4455

* Sgt.

LAST, First

234 Circle Av.

555-7788

PO

LAST, First

678 Grove Pl.

555-8899

422

INSTRUCTIONS FOR RECALL ROSTER FORMAT
The Recall Roster will be completed and stored on the Unisys Computer System
for easy update and revision. The roster will be updated whenever any change
occurs.
The roster will contain the rank, name, address, telephone number, cellular
telephone number, permanent car number, and SWAT designation (if applicable)
of all personnel subject to recall. Sworn supervisory personnel will be listed by
rank and rank seniority. Do not include additional information.
The roster will have a one inch (1") margin on the left side of the document.
Recommended settings on the Unisys Computer right margin at .75 and text
width at 6.75.
The person with primary notification responsibility will be designated with an
indication of "**" before the rank. A minimum of four persons with secondary
notification responsibility will be designated with an indication of "*" before the
rank. Telephone numbers will be indicated as "P" for pager, "C" for cellular
phone, and "O" for others after the telephone number. All permanent radio call
numbers and SWAT designation (if applicable) will be indicated.
List all sworn personnel subject to recall, actual or test. Only those civilian
personnel needed during an emergency, actual or test, should be listed.

Rev. 10/92, Replaces 12/88

4

12.165

Colonel

, Police Chief

RECALL TEST ALERT
The results of the Recall Test Alert held on _______________
at _____________ hours by __________________________________
follows:
SWORN/CIVILIAN
Total number of personnel
Total number of on duty personnel

/
/

Total number of off duty personnel contacted

/

Percent of total off duty personnel contacted

/

Total personnel available

/

Percent of total unit personnel available /

Rev. 10/92, Replaces 12/88

5

12.170

12.170 CIVIL DISTURBANCE OPERATION PROCEDURE
Reference:
Procedure 12.145 – Critical Incident Response Plan
Procedure 12.160 - Rumors/Potential Civil Disturbances
Procedure 12.165 - Emergency Recall and Test Recall
Procedure 12.171 - Use of the Mobile Command Center
Procedure 12.175 - Use of Special Weapons and Tactics Unit
Procedure 12.545 – Use of Force
Ohio Revised Code 2917.04 - Failure to disperse
Definitions:
Command Post Call Number - District Command Posts are designated by the
word “District” and district number followed by the words “Command Post” (e.g.,
District One Command Post, District Two Command Post, etc.)
Police Command Center (PCC) - Established when the Police Chief, or in his
absence an Assistant Police Chief, orders recall of police personnel. The Center
is located at 310 Ezzard Charles Dr. in the Chief’s conference room.
Emergency Operations Center (EOC) - Established when the City Manager
orders recall of all City departments’ personnel. Police Communications Section
(PCS) maintains the recall list. The EOC is located at the Regional Emergency
Operations Center, (REOC) 2000 Radcliff Drive. If conditions exist that render
the EOC inoperable, the Police Chief or his designee will determine an alternate
location.
Staging Area Call Number - District Command Post number followed by the
beat, which the staging area is located, e.g., 1002: District One/Beat 2, etc.
Standby Cars - One supervisor and two two-officer units designated daily from
each district and shift for rapid deployment to any location for a variety of critical
incident situations.
Field Command Vans – Each district is equipped with a van designed for
supplying Department personnel the tactical equipment needed for handling
critical incidents and civil disturbances. Districts should consider field command
vans as rolling armories.
Any equipment in their armory (gas masks, riot shields, riot helmets, shotguns,
beanbag shotguns, 40mm foam rounds, PepperBall launchers, ammunition, etc.)
which has a primary purpose of supporting field operations, should be placed
within the field command van.
Alert Cars – Two two-officer units assigned to patrol that part of their district
closest to the trouble area. Alert cars are NOT dispatched on routine radio runs.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 12/13/05

1

12.170
District Platoons – Each district will identify a platoon of officers to assist with
managing civil unrest and/or crowd management. A platoon will consist of a
platoon leader (lieutenant), assistant platoon leader (lieutenant or sergeant) and
six squads. During periods of civil unrest, the district will be advised how many
squads to deploy. Squads not utilized can remain in the district to perform
routine patrol duties.
Squads – A squad consists of a squad leader (lieutenant or sergeant) and ten
officers. Squads are deployed as a group and should be kept together. Squad
responsibilities can vary from static posts to patrolling trouble areas or as
logistical support, e.g., prisoner processing, prisoner transport, staging area
security. A multi passenger van should be utilized for squad transportation. Two
squad members will be designated as grenadiers and shall be equipped with
beanbag shotguns. During instances requiring mass arrests, squads can be
subdivided to allow for two arrest teams of four officers each.
Squad Call Numbers – Squads are issued two digit call numbers. The first
number identifies the district/section/unit where the squad originated. The
second number indicates
which squad from that district/section/unit, e.g. Squad
52: District Five, 2nd Squad.
SWAT Response Teams – SWAT response teams consist of a team leader
(sergeant) and from five to nine officers. Each SWAT response team operates
in a caravan of between three and five marked police vehicles. SWAT response
teams can deploy in either uniform of the day or in SWAT uniform. SWAT
response teams are dispatched to trouble areas involving shots fired, officer or
citizen rescue, or crimes in progress, e.g., Aggravated Riot, Riot, Assault,
Breaking and Entering, Vandalism, Criminal Damaging, Arson, etc. Each SWAT
response team is equipped with tactical weapons to facilitate their response to
critical incidents requiring their intervention.
Risk Management Teams – Risk Management Teams are comprised of
personnel from the Internal Investigations Section and the Inspections Section.
A Risk Management Team consists of two to four supervisors/officers. Risk
Management Teams respond to handle citizen complaints and use of force
investigations, including the completion of any related reports associated with a
complaint or use of force.
Crowd Management – Observing, monitoring and facilitating the activities of
persons assembled.
Crowd Control – The use of police action to stop the activities of persons
assembled.
Phase II Notification List - List of persons notified by PCS for Phase II.
Chain of Notification Recall Roster - List of alternate personnel notified by
PCS, if they are unable to reach the number one person on the Phase I - Phase
II Notification Lists.
Fire Department Strike Team – Three engine companies.
Fire Department Task Force - Three engine companies, two ladder companies
and one staff officer.
Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 12/13/05

2

12.170
Purpose:
Provide Department members with a plan of action during civil disturbance
operations.
Enhance the mobilization of personnel and equipment to quell disturbances,
which could escalate into more serious situations.
Provide for the integration of Hamilton County police agencies, Ohio National
Guard, Ohio State Highway Patrol (OSHP), and federal troops with Department
personnel.
Policy:
During a Phase II through a Phase IV, the following practices are in effect.
1.

Curtail routine radio dispatches and routine police duties.

2.

Immediately direct rumors and other information pertaining to racial
problems, civil disturbances, or police involvement to the Emergency
Operations Center (EOC), located at the Regional Emergency Operational
Center, (REOC) 2000 Radcliff Drive.
a.

If conditions exist that render the EOC inoperable, the Police Chief or
his designee will determine an alternate location.

3.

Assign a subordinate to command officers and supervisors as a recorder,
driver, etc., as soon as personnel become available.

4.

Request aid or assistance from sources internal or external to the
Cincinnati Police Department through the EOC.

5.

The Cincinnati Police Department may be placed on 12-hour shifts, and
may have off days, off time, and vacations cancelled.
a.

Only the Police Chief or Acting Police Chief can initiate a 100 percent
recall.

Fire or police command officers will designate operational zones during civil
disturbances as follows:
1.

Green Zone
a.

Indicates areas of the City not involved in hostile activities and no
anticipation of hostile activities developing.

b.

Normal activities will continue within this zone, although operations
may be modified as the citywide situation escalates and various
criteria are implemented.

c.

Fire Department personnel will respond into this zone without police
escort.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 12/13/05

3

12.170
2.

3.

Yellow Zone
a.

Indicates areas where hostile activities are not presently occurring but
are deemed likely to develop.

b.

Closely monitor personnel safety operations with caution being
exercised during all activities.

c.

Fire Department personnel may request a police escort to enter this
zone.

Red Zone
a.

Indicates areas where civil disorder is known to be occurring.

b.

Fire Department personnel will not enter this zone without a police
escort.

Information:
To control a variety of situations, ranging from small crowds to riotous conditions,
the Department has provided a systematic approach to personnel mobilization.
Depending upon the gravity of the situation, an Alert, Phase I, Phase II, Phase
III, or Phase IV may be initiated as it becomes apparent additional personnel and
equipment are needed to contain the situation.
Procedure:
A.

Standby Cars
1.

Each district is responsible for identifying one supervisor and two twoofficer patrol units as standby cars at the beginning of each tour of
duty. These standby cars are designed for rapid deployment to any
location for a variety of critical incident situations.
a.

B.

After deployment of the first set of standby cars, unaffected
districts will establish a second set of standby cars. Deployment
of this second set of standby cars constitutes an Alert.

Alert
1.

When an event with a potential for problems is known in advance, a
captain or above can initiate a Planned Alert. When an event occurs
without warning, a sergeant or above can initiate a Spontaneous Alert.
a.

2.

The initiation of an Alert does not necessarily commit personnel
to the scene. It provides district supervisors with adequate
standby personnel if needed.

When an Alert is initiated, all supervisors in the trouble area will
maintain a log of events.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 12/13/05

4

12.170
3.

PCS will:
a.

Initiate a radio broadcast, mobile data computer (MDC)
transmission, and teletype message announcing an Alert.
1)

4.

b.

Notify the officer in charge (OIC) of each district, Criminal
Investigation Section (CIS), and Special Services Section (SSS).

c.

Notify the bureau commanders or alternates.

d.

Dispatch Alert cars to the Command Post only when requested
by the OIC of the trouble area.

e.

Do not dispatch Alert cars on routine radio runs.

f.

Transfer Alert cars from their assigned locations within the
Computer Aided Dispatch System (CAD) to US PA (Unit Status
– Alert Dispatch Group). This will create a file listing all car
numbers and officers assigned as alert units.

g.

Clear the file contents when the incident has secured.

Each district OIC will:
a.

Field two two-officer patrol unit Alert cars.

b.

Ensure a replacement Alert car(s) is fielded, in anticipation of a
Phase I, should the initial Alert car(s) respond to the scene.
1)

5.

Make a follow-up telephone call to each district.

Transmit the radio call numbers of Alert cars to PCS
immediately.

Alert cars will patrol that part of their district closest to the trouble
area, and respond to the scene only if dispatched by PCS.
a.

Respond to the command post when dispatched.

6.

The responding officers’ district OIC is responsible for returning
unused vehicles.

7.

The OIC at the trouble scene will establish a command post if the
Alert cars are requested to respond.
a.

When the 10 initial Alert cars are dispatched to the scene, the
OIC must establish a Phase I to obtain the 10 standby cars
established under Section B.4.b.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 12/13/05

5

12.170
C.

Phase I
1.

A Phase I may be initiated without having previously been in an Alert
status, or may follow a situation where initial Alert cars have been
exhausted.

2.

The district supervisor (sergeant or above) initiating a Phase I will
immediately furnish PCS with the following information:

3.

a.

A brief account of conditions necessitating the Phase I.

b.

The location of the forward command post and staging area.

The initiating supervisor in the trouble district will select a
driver/recorder and:
a.

Ensure the seven critical tasks have been implemented (refer to
Procedure 12.145).

b.

Establish fixed posts, as necessary, e.g., vulnerable properties,
observation posts, roadblocks, etc.
1.

4.

Transmit this information to PCS as soon as possible.

PCS will immediately:
a.

Dispatch to the staging/command post area two two-officer
patrol units from each district.

b.

Dispatch the district commander, or in his absence, the ranking
district supervisor.

c.

Notify command officers as directed by the Phase I Notification
List.

d.

Notify Department units by radio, MDC, and teletype that a
Phase I is in effect, followed by a telephone call to each unit.
1)

e.

Dispatch one two-officer patrol unit, as an escort, to the location
where each Fire Department Strike Team and Task Force is
formed, when requested by the Fire Department.
1)

f.

PCS will notify all persons on the Phase I Chain of
Notification Recall Roster that a disturbance is in a
formative stage.

The Fire Department may also request assignment of one
two-officer patrol unit, as an escort, to each Rescue Unit.

Assign Park Unit personnel to the District Five OIC and Traffic
Unit personnel to the District Three OIC.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 12/13/05

6

12.170
5.

6.

The OIC of each district and section will begin forming on-duty
personnel into two-officer patrol units and notify PCS of radio call
numbers.
a.

The OIC will identify officers who will be formed into squads in
the event of a Phase II.

b.

Personnel will not respond to the disturbance unless dispatched
by PCS.

c.

A request for additional supervisors at the trouble scene will be
honored by using supervisors from those districts or sections
having more than one supervisor on duty.

Districts and sections will initiate internal operation plans. The OIC will
notify district/section commanders.
a.

7.
D.

If the district station is not endangered by the disturbance, it will
not be necessary to deplete personnel by assigning station
guards or special guard details.

Initiate a Phase V if the disorder is contained and quelled.

Phase II
1.

Only the Police Chief or assistant police chief can initiate a Phase II.
a.

The Chief or an assistant police chief will provide PCS
instructions indicating the number of off-duty personnel to be
recalled, and those units that should be held on duty beyond
their normal working hours.

2.

Patrol Bureau and Resource Bureau Commanders will take charge of
field operations and communications. Each commander will work 12hour shifts.

3.

Administration Bureau and Investigation Bureau Commanders will
take charge of prisoner processing and internal investigations. Each
commander will work 12-hour shifts.
a.

Risk Management Teams will be formed to respond to citizen
complaints and use of force investigations and reporting.

4.

The Evidence/Property Management Section Commander will take
charge of supplies and equipment and personnel transportation
requirements including supply and equipment movement.

5.

PCS will immediately:
a.

Dispatch the requested number of squads identified by each
district and section under Phase I to the command post or
staging area.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 12/13/05

7

12.170
b.

Notify Department units by radio, MDC, and teletype that a
Phase II is in effect.
1)

Follow-up will be via a telephone call to each police district
and section.
a)

6.

c.

Provide recall and other instructions given by the command
officer initiating the Phase II.

d.

Activate the Police Command Center at the order of the Police
Chief.

e.

Activate the EOC at the order of the City Manager.

f.

Notify all personnel on the Phase II Notification List.

g.

Dispatch one two-officer patrol unit, as an escort, to the location
where each Fire Department Strike Team, Task Force, and
Rescue Unit is located.
1)

These patrol units will remain with Fire Department
personnel at all times, including standby periods.

2)

Additional personnel may be requested by police officers if
necessary.

The OIC at the Command Post will:
a.

Assign responding personnel using the district beat plan.
1)

b.
7.

Each section will notify its units.

Supervisory personnel from outside the trouble district will
maintain their permanently assigned call number.

Revise the emergency lineup and transmit it to PCS
immediately.

All units will initiate internal operation plans.
a.

Units instructed to recall personnel will identify officers who can
be utilized in forming squads.
1)

Assign remaining recalled personnel into two-officer units.

2)

Prepare a revised lineup and transmit it to PCS
immediately.

b.

Units not instructed to recall personnel will continue to operate
with two-officer units formed under Phase I.

c.

District stations not endangered by the disturbance will not
deplete personnel by assigning station guards or special guard
details.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 12/13/05

8

12.170

8.

The SWAT Coordinator will form SWAT personnel into SWAT
response teams.
a.

9.

1)

Do not use SWAT response team personnel for other
duties so they are available for dispatch in the shortest time
possible.

2)

Ensure the commanding officers of SWAT personnel are
notified of SWAT assignments.

Police personnel who encounter a sniper or an armed barricaded
person will immediately summon a SWAT response team.
a.

10.

Recall additional SWAT personnel to allow SWAT members to
be on duty during each shift if the Phase II continues beyond the
current shift.

If needed, a squad may be dispatched in addition to a SWAT
response team to assist in securing the outer perimeter.

Mutual Aid
a.

The Police Department has mutual aid agreements on file with
the majority of municipal police agencies in Hamilton County.
The Police Chief may request aid from these agencies through
the Hamilton County Communications Center.
1)

11.
E.

Make every effort to integrate these officers with
Department personnel to provide communications, power
of arrest, knowledge of the area, etc.

Initiate a Phase V if the disorder is contained and quelled.

Phase III
1.

The City Manager or Mayor can initiate a Phase III. It involves
integrating the Ohio National Guard or Ohio State Highway Patrol
(OSHP) with Department personnel.
a.

The average response time to Hamilton County by the OSHP is
twenty minutes. The average response time of the Ohio National
Guard, with force, is eleven to twelve hours.

b.

Make every effort to integrate these personnel with Department
personnel to provide communications, powers of arrest,
knowledge of the area, etc.

2.

PCS will alert all units that a Phase III is in effect.

3.

All police units will initiate Phase III internal operations plan.

4.

Initiate a Phase V if the disorder is contained and quelled.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 12/13/05

9

12.170
F.

Phase IV
1.

The City Manager or Mayor through the Governor can initiate a Phase
IV. It involves the integrating of federal troops with the Ohio National
Guard, OSHP, and Department personnel.
a.

G.

H.

Make every effort to integrate these personnel with Department
personnel to provide communications, powers of arrest,
knowledge of the area, etc.

2.

PCS will alert all units that a Phase IV is in effect.

3.

All police units will initiate Phase IV internal operations plans.

4.

Initiate a Phase V if the disorder is contained and quelled.

Phase V
1.

A Phase V is the decreasing of personnel strength as the seriousness
of the disorder decreases.

2.

A Phase V is initiated by the OIC once the disorder is brought under
control. It can be initiated after a Phase I, II, III, or IV.

3.

Prepare after action reports using log sheets maintained by
supervisors, as directed in the after action report procedure contained
in each unit’s internal Civil Disturbance Operation Procedure (CDOP)
plan.

4.

Hold a critique of operations in conjunction with all primary, backup,
and supporting agencies.

CDOP Equipment Inventory and Inspection/Facilities Security and
Maintenance Inspection
1.

The 4th Sunday of every month, each district/section/unit will conduct
an inspection and inventory of all items listed on Form CDOP103,
CDOP Equipment Inventory, and Form CDOP103A, Facility Security
and Maintenance Inspection.
a.

A unit supervisor designated by the unit commander has direct
control of the inspection.
1)

b.

Accuracy of the report and the readiness of the equipment
are the responsibility of this supervisor.

Prepare Form CDOP103 in duplicate.
1)

Insert “DNA” in the appropriate column if an item is not
assigned.

2)

Check the applicable block on the reverse side of Form
CDOP103.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 12/13/05

10

12.170
3)

Explain in the “Remarks” section of the Form CDOP103
any discrepancies between the equipment assigned and
the equipment on hand.

4)

Record the serial number of all weapons on the Form
CDOP103 (shotguns, beanbag shotguns, PepperBall
launchers, 40mm foam round launchers).

5)

6)

a)

List the location, manufacturer’s name and type, and
the serial number of the weapon.

b)

Inspect all firearms. Clean when necessary to
prevent rust.

c)

Account for weapons kept at places other than police
facilities or assigned to non-Department personnel on
the reverse side of the Form CDOP103.

As part of the inspection, district supervisors will ensure all
assigned patrol rifles are inspected and cleaned monthly.
During the inspection the supervisor will ensure each patrol
rifle has two magazines loaded with 30 rounds each.
a)

The magazines must be physically unloaded, the
rounds counted, and the magazines re-loaded.

d)

SWAT rifles stored in district/section/unit armories will
be inspected by SWAT personnel only.

Submit a Taser Cartridge Spreadsheet listing serial
numbers of cartridges issued from the district/section/unit’s
stock and email list to Supply Unit.

c.

Take immediate action to replace or repair inoperative, defective
or missing equipment.

d.

The district/section/unit commander will review and sign the
completed Form CDOP103 and CDOP103A.
1)

Route completed Forms CDOP103 and CDOP103A to
Patrol Administration. Patrol Administration will forward the
forms to Tactical Planning Section.
a)

2)

Tactical Planning will forward a copy of Form
CDOP103 to Supply Unit. Supply Unit will update the
Master Inventory Database.

Retain a duplicate copy of Forms CDOP103 and
CDOP103A in the unit file.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 12/13/05

11

12.171

12.171 USE OF THE MOBILE COMMAND CENTER
Reference:
Procedure 12.030 – Vehicles: Assignment, Use, and Maintenance
Procedure 12.035 – Reporting Police Vehicular Accidents and Damage
Manual of Rules and Regulations – 2.03, 7.01, 7.03
Information:
The Mobile Command Center (MCC) is stored at the Regional Operations Center
located at 2000 Radcliff Drive.
Roof clearance for the MCC is 11’11”, therefore the MCC cannot be operated under
some overpasses, i.e.; railroad overpass at 6300 Madison Road and the Rookwood
overpass at 1699 Eastern Ave. Use caution as there may be other overpasses too
low to pass under.
Tactical Planning Unit maintains a current list of qualified operators.
There is no smoking in the MCC.
Purpose:
Provide guidelines for the proper use, care, and maintenance of the MCC.
Procedure:
A.

Non-emergency use of the MCC
1.

B.

Districts/sections/units wishing to use the MCC for special events or
incidents must submit the request on a Form 17 through channels. After
approval by the Police Chief or the affected bureau commander, the
requesting district/section/unit should contact the Tactical Planning Unit
during normal business hours to reserve the MCC.

Emergency Use of the MCC
1.

In an emergency, the Night Chief or a captain or above can request the
MCC through PCS.
a.

C.

A PCS supervisor will contact an operator to pick up the MCC and
respond to the scene.

Operation of the MCC
1.

Only Police Department or Fleet Services personnel who have the
following qualifications may operate the MCC:
a.

A valid driver's license.

b.

Successful completion of training provided by Training Section.

Rev. 07/18/06, Replaces 12/30/03

1

12.171
2.

Operator responsibilities
a.

Complete a Form 427, Cincinnati Police Vehicle Inspection Report,
each time the MCC is placed in use. Report any damage to the
officer in charge (OIC) of the event or incident.
1)

Check that all additional equipment assigned is accounted for
and operational.

2)

All communications equipment such as radios and cell phones
will be secured in the communications cabinet.
a)

b.

Complete the sign-out log each time MCC is put in use. The sign-out
log is located in the MCC.

c.

Position the MCC in a safe and secure area.

d.

Notify PCS of the location of the MCC when powered up.

e.

Ensure the MCC is set up properly and safely, including electrical
connections.

f.

Assist other personnel in the proper use of any equipment in the
MCC.

g.

When unattended, set the alarm on the MCC.
1)

3.

If any cell phone is removed, the user must provide the
MCC operator a completed Mobile Command Center
Telephone Log when returned.

Instruct the event or incident OIC how to set the alarm in the
absence of the operator.

h.

Return the MCC to the Regional Operations Center in a clean
condition free of any debris or trash.

i.

On the next business day after returning the MCC to quarters, notify
Tactical Planning Unit of any supplies needed for the MCC.

Event or incident OIC responsibilities
a.

Ensure the MCC is used for its intended purpose.

b.

In the absence of the assigned operator ensure the alarm is set.
1)

Initiate a directed patrol (DIRPAT).

2)

Advise PCS of location and times the MCC will be unattended.

Rev. 07/18/06, Replaces 12/30/03

2

12.171
c.

Permit only authorized personnel inside the MCC.
1)

d.

Record all cellular phone calls and FAX transmissions on the
Mobile Command Center Telephone Log.
a)

Personnel will use the cellular phone and FAX machine
only to conduct City business. Personal calls are
prohibited.

b)

When the event or incident is completed send the Mobile
Command Center Telephone Record to Tactical Planning
Unit.

Email Tactical Planning Unit with any defects or damage with the
MCC on the next business day.
1) Ensure all necessary forms and reports are completed according
to Procedure 12.035, Reporting Police Vehicular Accidents and
Damage.

4.

In the event of mechanical failure contact the Municipal Garage.

Rev. 07/18/06, Replaces 12/30/03

3

12.172

12.172

NIGHT CHIEF

Information:
This procedure is to inform field supervisors of their responsibilities to the Night
Chief, when to notify the Night Chief of incidents, and provide direction to
lieutenants and captains who are temporarily assigned Night Chief duties.
Lieutenants or captains assigned these duties are encouraged to review the
Night Chief Job Description found in the Department Organizational Chart and
Narrative on the Department Intranet located under References.
Policy:
The Night Chief shall exercise authority commensurate with the responsibilities
of the ranking officer on duty and be accountable directly to the Patrol Bureau
Commander.
The SWAT Commander or designee is the tactical OIC of a SWAT operation
and will command all personnel involved, in cooperation with the Night Chief and
district supervisors.
Procedure:
A.

Supervisors should notify the Night Chief of all critical incidents as soon as
they become aware. Incidents requiring notification of the Night Chief are,
but not limited to:
1.

Working fires.

2.

All uses of force.

3.

Injuries to prisoners or officers.

4.

Any auto accident involving officers or where serious injuries
occurred.

5.

Major road closures.

6.

Any arrest, including large quantity of drugs or weapons, which
deserve the Senior Command Staff’s immediate attention, or
newsworthy events.

7.

Original violent felony arrests, original felony sex offenses, and original
felony offenses involving a minor as a victim.

8.

Prior to the execution of a search warrant.

9.

All mutual aid requests such as K-9 deployment.

10.

Requests for recall of personnel.

11.

Protests, labor disputes or civil disorder.

New 03/03/09

1

12.172

B.

12.

Personnel issues involving disciplinary measures above written
counseling.

13.

Requests for a media release.

14.

The Night Chief should be conferred for advice, direction or when
incidents are considered outside normal circumstances and may
have an impact on daily operations or affect the reputation or
perception of the Department.

Duties of the Night Chief.
1.

C.

In addition to all duties described in the job classification, these
duties are provided as a guide to assist in the daily responsibilities.
a.

The Night Chief generally is assigned to 2000 to 0400 hours.

b.

Notify PCS when on duty and provide your working hours and a
cell phone number for contact. Inquire if there are any
significant incidents.

c.

Set the portable radio to scan.

d.

Relief Lieutenants assigned Night Chief Duties are not required
to tour the city, but must monitor citywide operations and be
available to respond upon request.

e.

Captains will tour the city and indicate in the unit/section blotter
they have visited and inspected the facility.

f.

Once notified to respond to an incident, monitor the incident on
the radio while enroute, make sure an OIC has been designated
prior to your arrival and provide any needed assistance or
direction.

g.

Notify PCS when securing.

Administrative Duties.
1. Preparing Daily Rounds.
a.

Rounds should be documented on a Form 202A, Commanding
Officer’s Daily Time Report, found on the “H” drive.

b.

Submit daily rounds at the end of the tour. Forward email copies
to all captains, assistant chiefs and the Chief’s administrative
assistant.

c.

Begin the rounds with your starting time and who you notified at
PCS.

New 03/03/09

2

12.172

d.

The rounds should contain a list of your activities, observations
and any incidents you were notified of or responded to. List
each incident separately, including the time you were notified, by
whom, along with basic information about persons, places, and
facts involved.

e.

Incidents confidential or of sensitive nature should not be
reported in the rounds, but should be documented on a Form 17
and submitted through channels.
1)

New 03/03/09

Original citizen complaints that are not part of other
documented police action reported in the rounds, such as
use of force or injury to prisoner, should be emailed to the
Patrol Bureau Commander.

3

12.180

12.180 USE OF CRISIS NEGOTIATIONS TEAM
Reference:
Procedure 12.110 – Handling Mentally Ill Individuals and Potential Suicides
Procedure 12.175 – Use of Special Weapons and Tactics Unit
Standards Manual - 33.6.2, 46.1.4
Policy:
In a hostage, barricade, threatened suicide, or other applicable situation, a crisis
negotiations team will respond and attempt to resolve the situation by utilizing
the skills of trained police negotiators.
Procedure:
A.

B.

Duties and Responsibilities:
1.

Refer to Procedure 12.175, Section A.

2.

Should the crisis negotiations team be utilized without the Special
Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) team, the team leader will assume the
responsibility of supervising the tactical aspects of the operation.

When to Utilize the Crisis Negotiations Team:
1.

A negotiations team will respond during the event of a SWAT call-up
(Refer to Procedure 12.175).

2.

A supervisor may request a negotiations team respond when he
determines their services would be useful or upon recommendation of
a Mental Health Response Team officer, in resolving a passive
category situation that has not yet reached the criteria for utilizing
SWAT. Some examples of these type situations are:
a.

A person threatening suicide without the use of an offensive
weapon, such as a gun or knife (Bridge jumpers, overdose of
pills, etc.).

b.

A barricade situation in which the person is unarmed and poses
no serious physical threat.

c.

Any situation which could be peacefully resolved through the use
of trained police negotiators. Remember, the safety of police
and innocent persons is the highest priority in dealing with this
type of situation.

Rev. 7/01/02, Replaces 12/95

1

12.180
3.

C.

2.

The district supervisor will contact Police Communications
Section (PCS) to request a call-up of the crisis negotiations
team. Do not request a single negotiator; a team will respond
during the event of a call-up.

b.

PCS will contact the SWAT Commander for approval. The
SWAT Commander will direct a limited call-up of SWAT
personnel to support the negotiations team.

The requesting supervisor will submit a Form 17 Incident Report and
route to the following:
a.

Police Chief

b.

Patrol Bureau Commander

c.

District of occurrence

The crisis negotiations team leader will submit the proper reports to
the Police Chief.

Equipment and Inventory:
1.

E.

a.

Post Action Reports:
1.

D.

Activation

The Crisis Negotiations Team leader, or designee will inventory and
inspect negotiations team equipment after each training session and
call-up.

Recall Roster:
1.

Crisis negotiations team members will immediately notify the team
leader of any change of address or phone number.

2.

The team leader will provide an updated personnel recall roster to
PCS following any changes.

Rev. 7/01/02, Replaces 12/95

2

12.190

12.190 POLICE SUBSTATIONS
Reference:
Procedure 17.110 – Requisition and Inventory Control: Equipment Supplies, and
Services
Manual of Rules and Regulations
Purpose:
To identify a location within the community to work in partnership with the
citizens and provide access to police services.
To ensure every substation is properly acquired and maintained.
Policy:
The use of the substation is for official Police Department business. Only
authorized persons on official business are permitted in the substation. Any real
estate in which Police Department personnel or their immediate family have any
financial interest will not be considered for use as a substation. District
supervisors will conduct random inspections to ensure procedural compliance.
Information:
The Neighborhood Squad Sergeant is the official Department contact with the
property owner. The Police Department will consider a site for a substation
based on the following criteria/conditions:
•

Twenty-four hour accessibility

•

Restroom accessibility

•

Decals or other signage identifying facility as a Cincinnati Police Department
substation must be visible from the outside. The Cincinnati Police
Department will provide decals.

•

Provide one telephone for police use.

•

Provide one desk, two chairs and a filing cabinet.

•

Provide keys to utilities and all access doors.

•

Provide general building maintenance.

•

Nothing in this procedure precludes the provision of items by sources other
than the property owner, upon approval from the Police Chief.

Revised 08/19/03, Replaces 05/13/03

1

12.190
Procedure:
A.

B.

C.

D.

Approval Process
1.

The Neighborhood Squad Sergeant will conduct the initial site
assessment of the prospective substation and complete the
Substation Request Form (Form 17SS). Submit, Form 17SS with
recommendations from Neighborhood Squad Sergeant, via chain of
command.

2.

The District Commander will review the Form 17SS and forward with
recommendations to the Patrol Bureau Commander.

3.

The Patrol Bureau Commander will review the Form 17SS and
forward with recommendations to the Police Chief.

Use of Facility
1.

Police personnel will notify Police Communications Section (PCS) of a
directed patrol while at a substation.

2.

Police personnel will notify the Neighborhood Squad Sergeant of any
deficiencies or problems that exist.

Access Keys/Alarm Codes
1.

The Neighborhood Squad Sergeant will determine distribution of
keys/alarm codes to beat personnel. Upon transfer from a district all
police substation keys will be returned to the Neighborhood Squad
Sergeant.

2.

The Neighborhood Squad Sergeant will ensure that all key(s)/alarm
code(s) are available for:
a.

All District Supervisors

b.

Inspections Section

Substation Inspections
1.

Shift supervisors will conduct random inspections of police
substations.

2.

The Neighborhood Squad Sergeant will conduct monthly inspections
of all substations.
a.

The Neighborhood Squad Sergeant will complete a Form 17 MS,
Monthly Substation Form and a Form MSI, Monthly Substation
Inspection
Checklist. These forms must be completed by the
15th of each month, noting the results of the monthly inspection.
1)

Forward the Form 17MS and the Form MSI with comments
to the District Commander for approval.

Revised 08/19/03, Replaces 05/13/03

2

12.190
b.

Maintain the original Form 17MS and Form MSI at each district
for random access by Inspections Section.

c.

Forward a copy of Form 17MS and attached to Form 17MS a
Form MSI, Monthly Substation Inspection Addendum for each
substation to COP Coordination Unit.

Revised 08/19/03, Replaces 05/13/03

3

12.200

12.200 SNOW EMERGENCIES AND HAZARDOUS ROAD
CONDITIONS
Reference:
Cincinnati Municipal Code 502-25 - Snow Emergency
Cincinnati Municipal Code 508-34 - Special Parking Restrictions
Ohio Revised Code Section 2921.331 – Failure to Comply with Order or Signal
of Police Officer
Purpose:
Outline an orderly process to be followed when roadways become hazardous
due to snow or ice.
Expedite traffic movement when road conditions are hazardous due to inclement
weather.
Information:
The City Manager will declare and cancel all City snow emergencies. City snow
emergencies will be directed at restricting parking along snow emergency routes.
This information will be transmitted to Police communications Section (PCS) by
the City Manager, or the designee, who will normally be the on-duty Public
Services supervisor.
The Hamilton County Sheriff will declare and cancel all Level 3 snow
emergencies. This information will be transmitted to Police Communications
Section (PCS) by the Hamilton County Communications Center. When a Level 3
snow emergency is declared, all highways and roadways, including those within
the City of Cincinnati, are closed to non-emergency personnel. Those traveling
on highways and roadways are subject to arrest per Ohio Revised Code Section
2921.331.
The City Manager has designated the Public Information Office (PIO)
Commander as the media liaison for the City of Cincinnati during all City or
County snow emergencies. The PIO Commander will work directly with the
Traffic and Road Operations Department to ensure the accurate and timely
release of all information during a snow emergency.
If an emergency is declared, the owner/operator of a vehicle must move the
vehicle from the snow emergency route immediately.

Rev. 03/08/05, Replaces 02/03/04

1

12.200
Procedure:
A.

Hazardous Road Conditions
1.

When hazardous conditions are probable, uniformed field personnel
will routinely check primary traffic routes, and if conditions warrant,
notify the shift officer in charge (OIC).

2.

During severe weather, responding to vehicle accidents and making
accident reports in which the vehicles are drivable and there are no
injuries can be suspended by the following command officers:

3.

a.

Monday-Friday: Patrol Bureau Commander or his designate,
0400-2000 hours, 24 hours on holidays; 2000-0400 hours, Night
Chief

b.

Saturday, Sunday: Duty Officer, 24 hours

Activating and terminating flashing lights
a.

If conditions warrant, the district OIC will direct field personnel to:
1)

Place traffic control signals on flashing cycle at hazardous
intersections (see Section A.4.b. for suggested locations).

2)

Return lights to regular cycle after hazardous conditions
have been eliminated.
NOTE: Extreme caution should be exercised in the use of
flashing traffic control signals, especially at school
crossings.

b.

Field personnel will notify the district of street conditions and that
traffic signals have been placed on flashing. District desk
personnel will in turn notify the Public Services dispatcher of the
signals that have been put on flashing.
1)

Obtain the name of person notified.

2)

District personnel will make a blotter entry. The blotter
entry will include time, location, reason, officer making light
change, and the name of the Public Services dispatcher
notified.
a)

3)

A blotter entry will be noted when the lights are
returned to normal cycle.

District supervisors will review these blotter entries during
their current tour of duty.

Rev. 03/08/05, Replaces 02/03/04

2

12.200
c.

As soon as an intersection where red or amber lights are
flashing has been treated, the Public Services supervisor in
charge will notify the Public Services Communications Center,
who will, in turn, notify the designated Transportation and
Engineering personnel. Transportation and Engineering
personnel, upon examining conditions at the flashing light
location, will exercise their discretion whether to return the light
to normal operation or retain the flashing cycle.
1)

4.

Both Transportation and Engineering personnel and the
Police have the discretionary responsibility to return the
flashing light to normal operation if, in their opinion, it will
alleviate an undesirable traffic condition. Transportation
and Engineering Department has final authority in case of
disagreement.

The shift OIC will:
a.

Reroute traffic only when absolutely necessary.

b.

Assign Police personnel to key intersections when conditions
prevent the use of traffic control signals.

SUGGESTED LOCATIONS
District One
1)

Third Street and Broadway

2)

Third and Elm Streets

3)

Fourth and Elm Streets

District Two
1)

Columbia Parkway and Delta Avenue

2)

Columbia Parkway and Torrence Parkway

3)

Columbia Parkway and Tusculum Avenue

4)

Delta Avenue and Griest Avenue

5)

Delta Avenue and Observatory Avenue

6)

Madison Road and Observatory Avenue

7)

Paxton Avenue and Erie Avenue

8)

Paxton Avenue and Marburg Avenue

9)

Beechmont Avenue and Redfield Place

10) Hackberry Avenue and Taft Road
Rev. 03/08/05, Replaces 02/03/04

3

12.200

11) Dana Avenue and I-71 (NB entrance ramp) (SB exit ramp)
District Three
1)

Harrison Avenue and Queen City Avenue

2)

Eighth Street and State Avenue

3)

Hopple Street and Beekman Street

4)

Grand Avenue and Warsaw Avenue

District Four
1)

Reading and Paddock Roads

2)

Reading Road and Seymour Avenue

3)

Gilbert Avenue and Eden Park Entrance

4)

Gilbert Avenue and Victory Parkway

5)

Madison Road and Vista Avenue

6)

Victory Parkway and Dana Avenue

District Five
1)

Central Parkway and Western Hills Viaduct

2)

Ravine and McMillan Streets

3)

Knowlton's Corner

4)

Lafayette Avenue and Ludlow Avenue

5)

Middleton and Ludlow Avenues

6)

3035 Jefferson Avenue (Jefferson and W. St. Clair)

7)

Woodside Place and W. St. Clair Avenue

8)

3217 Clifton Avenue (Good Samaritan Hospital)

9)

Blue Rock Road and Colerain Avenue

10) Spring Grove Avenue and Winton Road

Rev. 03/08/05, Replaces 02/03/04

4

12.200
5.

Placement of barricades
a.

If it becomes necessary to place barricades (see locations), the
district beat officer will respond to the storage place(s) and place
a barricade(s) at a needed location(s).
1)

2)

B.

Notify district of placement of barricade(s).
a)

District desk personnel will notify CIN-1 - Line 2938.

b)

Both units will maintain a log.

PCS will issue an All County Broadcast (ACB) and notify
Fire Dispatch to send a General Broadcast (GBDC)
teletype advising emergency units county wide of the
location of street(s) that have been barricaded.

b.

District Personnel, when weather conditions permit, will return
the barricades to their place of storage and notify the district to
place a disposition in the blotter that they have returned the
barricades to storage. Personnel assigned to retrieve the
barricades will notify a supervisor of any that are not found at the
assigned location.

c.

Districts are responsible for marking the barricades as “Police
Department Equipment” and will note on the barricade the
location that it must be returned to.

d.

District Personnel will notify CIN-1 – Line 2938 what streets have
been re-opened.

e.

PCS will issue an ACB, notify Fire Dispatch and send a GBDC
teletype advising emergency units county wide of the location of
street(s) that have been re-opened.

Snow Emergencies
1.

City of Cincinnati snow emergencies
a.

After notification by the City Manager, or the designee, of the
official City snow emergency declaration, PCS will record the
time of the notification. PCS will notify all units of the
Department by radio and teletype, including the Night Chief, if it
occurs during duty hours.
1)

The OIC of each district will also be notified, via telephone
by PCS, and informed of the reporting time and location for
detailed personnel.

2)

District supervisors will ensure all uniformed personnel
have a current copy of the Snow Emergency Route Street
Listing, which can be obtained from Traffic Unit.

Rev. 03/08/05, Replaces 02/03/04

5

12.200
b.

PCS will notify the PIO Commander who will become the media
liaison for the City of Cincinnati during the snow emergency.
The PIO Commander will be recalled if the snow emergency is
declared after duty hours.

c.

PCS will notify the news media, via voice mail, of the declaration
of the snow emergency. PCS will inform the news media that
the PIO Commander will be their point of contact within the City
of Cincinnati.

d.

PCS will notify the on-duty Traffic Unit supervisor of the snow
emergency, who will become the snow emergency vehicle
removal detail supervisor.
1)

If no Traffic Unit supervisor is working, one will be recalled.
a)

If no Traffic Unit supervisor can be contacted, the
Patrol Bureau Commander or the Night Chief will
designate an on-duty supervisor to be the snow
emergency vehicle removal detail OIC.
1]

PCS will keep on file an updated copy of the
Traffic Unit Standard Operating Procedure
(SOP) on snow emergencies for use by this
designated supervisor.
a]

The most current copy of the Snow
Emergency Route Street Listing will be
obtained from Transportation and
Engineering and included as part of the
SOP.

b]

The Traffic Unit Commander will be
responsible for keeping the PCS copy of
the Traffic Unit Snow Emergency SOP
updated.

d.

PCS will notify two wreckers from the rotation list for each district
to respond to the Public Services Garage, 3300 Colerain
Avenue, at the specified time. The time will be determined by
the Public Services Department.

e.

The Police Department will provide ten officers. Two officers
and two marked police vehicles from each district will be detailed
as snow emergency vehicle removal units. The district OIC will
notify PCS of the detailed units.
1)

Traffic Unit will provide a supervisor to ensure supervision
of these officers who will be working in conjunction with
other city agencies.

Rev. 03/08/05, Replaces 02/03/04

6

12.200
a)

The detail supervisor will meet with the Public
Services supervisor to determine their priorities for
the operation. The detail supervisor will then assign
his officers accordingly.
1]

2)

The detail supervisor will notify PCS of call
numbers and areas of assignment for the
detailed units.

Snow emergency vehicle removal units will report to the
Public Services Garage at a designated time (usually one
hour before plowing begins) to be briefed on their duties
and areas of assignment.
a)

The primary responsibility for removal of vehicles on
snow emergency routes will be with the snow
emergency vehicle removal units. Each removal unit
will be assigned a private wrecker.

b)

The following guidelines will be followed for issuing
citations:
1]

If the snow emergency is declared between
2100 and 0500 hours, issue citations after 0800
hours.

2]

If the snow emergency is declared between
0500 and 2100 hours, issue citations three
hours after the time the snow emergency is
declared.
a]

c)

If the snow emergency is declared
between 0500 and 0800, a “move only” will
be utilized in order to facilitate the snow
removal process without issuing a citation.

All personnel are reminded to exercise discretion
during a snow emergency.
1]

Make every possible effort to contact the
owner/operator of a vehicle before it is moved.

2]

Ensure the position of the vehicle is affecting the
free and safe movement of traffic.

3]

Ensure relocation of the vehicle will improve the
traffic situation.

4]

Ensure each district desk person has a list,
updated hourly, of streets cleared of vehicles
along snow emergency routes.

Rev. 03/08/05, Replaces 02/03/04

7

12.200
d)

If the owner/operator is located, the snow emergency
vehicle removal officer on the scene will advise the
owner to move the vehicle to a location not on the
snow emergency route or the vehicle will be moved
by the police.

e)

If the owner/operator is not located, or does not move
the vehicle after being notified, the snow emergency
vehicle removal officer will:
1]

Cause the assigned detail wrecker to relocate
the vehicle.
a]

2]

f)

g)

Have the wrecker driver move the vehicle
to a nearby non-critical area (complete a
Form 369, Towing Report). If there is not a
non-critical area available, tow the vehicle
to the Impound Unit (complete a Form
369).

Issue a citation if three hours have passed since
the declaration of the snow emergency and the
owner/operator does not move the vehicle after
being notified to do so.

When a wrecker is used to move a vehicle, complete
a Form 369 in duplicate for each vehicle being
moved.
1]

Be specific and complete every blank of the
Form 369, if possible.

2]

Under "Is Car Locked," indicate if car was
opened and re-secured.

3]

Under "Other Information," give location to
which the vehicle was moved, and list the name
of the towing company.

4]

The officer must clearly sign his first and last
name and list his badge number.
a]

Original will be given to the wrecker driver
as a receipt to use in collecting his towing
fee.

b]

Duplicate will be verified and initialed by
the detail supervisor who will forward the
Forms 369 to the Impound Unit by 0800
hours the following day.

If a vehicle is towed to the Impound Unit by a private
wrecker, complete the appropriate form and send it
with the wrecker driver.

Rev. 03/08/05, Replaces 02/03/04

8

12.200
h)

Any time a vehicle is moved or impounded,
immediately supply the district with the time, original
location, the location it was moved to, make of
vehicle, and license number.

i)

Each district will maintain a file on all vehicles
relocated.
1]

f.

2.

C.

Inquiries concerning relocated vehicles will be
referred to the appropriate district.

District personnel will conduct a continual survey of the snow
emergency routes in their districts, giving special attention to:
1)

Inbound lanes from 2300 hours to 1100 hours.

2)

Outbound lanes from 1100 hours to 2300 hours.

g.

Appropriate enforcement action and vehicle removal will be
continued until the snow emergency is cancelled, regardless of
whether plowing is complete or not.

h.

The City Manager, or the designee who will normally be the on
duty Public Services supervisor, will notify PCS upon the
termination of the snow emergency. PCS will record the time of
the notification. PCS will notify all units of the Department by
radio and teletype, including the Night Chief if notification occurs
during duty hours.

Hamilton County Level 3 snow emergencies
a.

After notification by the Hamilton County Communications
Center of the official Level 3 snow emergency declaration, PCS
will record the time of the notification. PCS will notify the
Patrol/Resource Division Commander or the Duty Officer.

b.

PCS will notify the PIO Commander who will become the media
liaison for the City of Cincinnati during the snow emergency.
The PIO Commander will be recalled if the snow emergency is
declared after duty hours.

Preparation of Police Automotive Equipment
1.

Cable chains will be put on at all districts as well as Fleet Services
main facility.
a.

Any district needing chains to be put on will notify Fleet Services,
Line 352-3681.

b.

Regular district mechanics in Districts One, Two, Three, Four
and Five will install chains during work hours.

Rev. 03/08/05, Replaces 02/03/04

9

12.200

2.

c.

If during the off hours, Fleet Services (if notified by a Police
supervisor), will recall personnel to respond to Districts One,
Two, Three, Four and Five.

d.

All rear wheel drive vehicles will have cable chains available.
1)

All personnel should be instructed to exercise care when
driving with cable chains to prevent vehicle damage.

2)

Broken links will be repaired or removed by Fleet Services
personnel as soon as possible with minimum driving.

City policy states city owned vehicles should not be started and
allowed to run if not in use, regardless of the number of days the
vehicle has not been used. Severe temperature, such as 0 or below,
will not modify the City's position on this issue. The only requirement
in severe weather is for the operator of the vehicle to turn on the
headlights and light bar for 1 – 2 minutes while the vehicle is running
prior to driving to allow the snow to begin to melt from these lights.

BARRICADE STORAGE LOCATIONS
District 1
Martin St. & Eden Park Dr. All stored at District 1
Hill St. & St. Gregory Ave.
Paradrome at Louden St.
District 2
Francis Ln. at Victory Parkway - All stored at District 2
Collins Ave. & Wm. Howard Taft Rd.
EB McMillan Ave. at Hackberry
SB Torrence Pkwy. at Madison Road
NB Herschel View at Observatory Ave.
SB Paxton Ave. at Ziegle Ave.

Rev. 03/08/05, Replaces 02/03/04

10

12.200
District 3
Faraday Rd. at President Dr. - Five barricades at Fire Station, 2131 State Avenue
Worthington Ave. at 3096
Bassett Rd. at Woodlawn Ave. - Five barricades at District 3
Grand Ave. at Lehman Rd.
Mt. Hope Ave. at Ansonia Ave.
Seegar Ave. at Fairmount Ave.
Wilder Ave. at Glenway Ave.
White St. at Harrison Ave.
Sutter St. at Bleecker Ln.
Lehman Rd. at 2860
District 4
Dorchester St. at Highland Ave. - All stored at District 4
Sycamore St. at Dorchester St.
District 5
Ashtree Ave. at Hamilton Ave - All stored at Public Services Garage 3300
Colerain Avenue Dispatcher’s Office
Kirby Ave. at North Bend Rd.
Ravine St. at Warner St.
Straight St. at Ravine St.
Central Parkway at Marshall Ave.

Rev. 03/08/05, Replaces 02/03/04

11

12.205

12.205 TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT
Reference:
Procedure 12.225 - Vehicular Crash Reporting
Procedure 12.240 - Ohio Multi-count Uniform Traffic Ticket (MUTT)
Procedure 12.537 – Mobile Video Recording Equipment
Procedure 12.555 - Arrest/Citation: Processing of Adult Misdemeanor and Felony
Offenders
Procedure 12.900 - Processing Juvenile Offenders
Procedure 19.140 - Outside Employment
Procedure 12.554 – Investigatory Stops
Cincinnati Municipal Code Chapter V
City of Cincinnati Police Pamphlet
Ohio Revised Code - Motor Vehicle Laws
City Ordinance 88-2001
Purpose:
To afford the public a fair measure of enforcement consistent with the objectives of
efficient traffic regulation, accident investigation, and relieving traffic congestion.
To employ discretion as directed in borderline cases when:
- There is a reasonable possibility of human error in judgment on the part of either the
police officer or the public.
- There is a logical possibility of malfunction of mechanical equipment without
knowledge or intent on the part of the driver.
- The content of the particular law, which was violated, is not common knowledge.
Policy:
No law enforcement agency should condone or promote the use of any illegal profiling
system in their enforcement program. Any member of the Department who engages in
illegal profiling shall be subject to disciplinary action, in accordance with applicable civil
service law, up to and including dismissal, and may face claims of civil rights violations
in Federal court.
Officers must ensure video and audio recording equipment is activated when operating
in emergency mode and when participating in traffic stops and pursuits. Recording will
continue until the traffic stop is completed and the stopped vehicle departs, or until the
officer’s participation in the stop ends.
Except in exigent circumstances, when a citizen is stopped or detained and then
released as part of an investigation, the officer will explain to the citizen in a
professional, courteous manner why he or she was stopped or detained.
For purpose of the above sentence, the term “exigent circumstances” refers only to
those conditions occurring after the stop has been made which, for safety reasons,
would make it unreasonable for the officer to remain at the scene of the stop to explain
the basis for the stop.

Rev. 12/02/03, Replaces 02/25/03

1

12.205
Department personnel will provide assistance to any motorist in need of general
assistance on the highway. This includes those needing towing services or other
mechanical assistance, seeking directions, stranded, or in need of other emergency
assistance. Personnel will make the necessary corrective actions or notifications when
they encounter inoperable or damaged traffic control devices, roadway defects, debris,
or any other hazardous roadway conditions.
Department personnel will not provide emergency escorts. Routine requests for escort
services that may affect the flow of traffic will be referred to District One.
Information:
The Cincinnati Municipal Code Ordinance No.88-2001 requires the collection of the
following information for all motor vehicle stops:
•

The number of vehicle occupants;

•

Characteristics of race, color, ethnicity, gender and age of such persons, provided
the identification of such characteristics shall be based on the observation and
perception of the police officer responsible for reporting the stop and the
information shall not be required to be provided by the person stopped;

•

The nature of the stop;

•

The location of the stop;

•

If an arrest was made, the misdemeanor or crime charged;

•

If a search was conducted, whether the individual consented to the search, the
probable cause for the search, whether the individual’s property was searched,
and the duration of the search;

•

Whether any contraband was discovered in the course of the search and the type
of any contraband discovered;

•

Any additional information that the Police Chief deems appropriate.

This information will be collected on a Form 534, Contact Card. Officers are required to
complete a Contact Card for all motor vehicle stops.

Rev. 12/02/03, Replaces 02/25/03

2

12.205
Procedure:
A.

Traffic Enforcement
1.

On-duty enforcement will be guided by the following:
a.

On ALL motor vehicle traffic stops, officers will complete a Contact
Card and submit it with their worksheets at the end of the shift.

b.

When participating in traffic stops, officers must ensure video and
audio equipment is activated.

c.

Take appropriate enforcement action whenever a violation is detected,
including provable violations determined as the result of accident
investigations.
1)

Handle juvenile traffic offenders as outlined in Procedure 12.900,
Processing Juvenile Offenders.

d.

Traffic law enforcement activities will be primarily but not exclusively
selective; e.g., directed toward accident causing violations.

e.

Officers will not engage in at rest patrol or stationary observation during
the heavy traffic hours of 0600-0900 and 1500-1800 weekdays, other
than holidays, except while performing speed enforcement in school
zones.
1)

Traffic enforcement activities will include locating and relieving
traffic congestion and hazards on arterial highways, minimizing
interference with the flow of traffic, and being alert to traffic
conditions.

f.

Objectively enforce parking regulations.

g.

Members encountering problem conditions which are the responsibility
of other city agencies (Traffic and Road Operations Division, Public
Utilities, etc.) will complete a Form 318, Report of Conditions Affecting
Other Departments, in triplicate and distribute as follows:

h.

1)

Fax a copy of the Form 318 to Public Services, Customer Service
at 591-6027.

2)

Original is sent to Public Services, Customer Service via
interdepartmental mail.

3)

Copy to the City Solicitor’s Office.

4)

Copy filed at the initiating unit.

When traffic violators are stopped for violations, which under normal
conditions, merit a citation, and the officer involved believes a physical
arrest on the traffic violation is necessary, he will call his supervisor to
the scene. The responding supervisor will make the final decision.

Rev. 12/02/03, Replaces 02/25/03

3

1)

i.

12.205
If the traffic violator conducts himself in a disorderly manner, or
when there is a violation other than a traffic offense, the officer
may decide to arrest and use discretion in requesting a supervisor
to respond.

In order for a person to legally drive a vehicle in Ohio, a person must be
legally licensed (ORC §4507.02). That means either this state, or
some other state has conferred upon the driver the privilege to drive,
and that privilege is still in effect. There is no requirement for the
operator of a motor vehicle to carry, or have about his person, a drivers
license. Consequently, the mere lack of a drivers license on his person
is not probable cause for an arrest. However, a person may be
arrested under the following conditions:
1)

Pursuant to §4507.35, if a driver does not have his license, and
fails to provide satisfactory proof of a valid license, there is a legal
presumption that he does not in fact have a valid license. Under
those circumstances, the officer has probable cause to arrest the
individual for a violation of §4507.02.

2)

A person supplies satisfactory evidence of his license status by
providing the officer with sufficient information, which will allow the
officer to verify that license status from the state BMV.
Examples:
- If a person supplies a name and social security number
which, when run through the BMV, does return a description
which matches the suspect and does indicate that the license
is valid, then sufficient evidence of a valid license has been
provided. No further action is warranted.
- If a person supplies a name and social security number
which, when run through the BMV, returns a description which
indicates that there is a valid license under the name
submitted, but the descriptive information does not match the
subject, then sufficient evidence of a valid license has not
been provided and an arrest may be made under §4507.02.
Falsification and/or Obstructing Official Business may be
additional options.
- If a person supplies a name and social security number and
the officer is unable to run that information through the BMV
due to the system being down and has no other way to verify
the existence of a valid license, then sufficient evidence of a
valid license has not been provided and an arrest may be
made under §4507.02. With the availability of both police
radios and MDTs, this situation should rarely occur.

Rev. 12/02/03, Replaces 02/25/03

4

3)

j.

2.

a)

This offense may be hard to establish, since the failure to
have a license on his person does not give the officer the
right to conduct a pat down or search for the license.
Consequently, in cases where an individual tells the officer
that he does not have a license on him, when in fact he
does, but provides sufficient information to the officer to
determine a valid license does exist, that person has
committed a violation of §4507.35, but the officer may not
know it.

b)

This violation will normally be charged where the license is
discovered pursuant to a search incident to a lawful arrest
for some other incident (such as an open warrant or capias),
or where the individual later admits to the officer he really
does have the license on him.

Officers encountering violations of Cincinnati Municipal Code (CMC)
Section 506-11, Railroads Crossing Highways at Grade, will obtain the
full name of the railroad company, its local business address, the name
of the local ticket or freight agent, the name of the conductor of the
train, and the name and address of the complainant, if any.
1)

k.

12.205
Pursuant to §4507.35, if a driver does have his license on his
person, and refuses to display that license upon the demand of
the officer, such action does constitute a first-degree
misdemeanor. The person should be charged with a violation of
§4507.35.

A district supervisor will respond to the scene to conduct an
investigation.
a)

Do not make citations or physical arrests solely for violation
of CMC Section 506-11.

b)

For violations in excess of 15 minutes, submit a Form 17
through the Patrol Bureau to the Municipal Court
Prosecutor's Office requesting a court summons for the
railroad company.

Officers engaged in police related outside employment are considered
on duty for purposes of this procedure and should conduct themselves
accordingly.

Off-duty enforcement guidelines
a.

Off-duty officers who determine enforcement action is appropriate will
contact Police Communications Section (PCS) to request an on-duty
police officer and supervisor to respond to the scene to conduct the
investigation. This applies to off-duty officers not engaged in police
related outside employment, as defined in Procedure 19.140, Outside
Employment.
1)

If possible, the on-duty officer will make the arrest/citation with the
off-duty officer serving as a witness.

Rev. 12/02/03, Replaces 02/25/03

5

12.205
2)

The Department recognizes that in some cases an officer must
take immediate action. In these cases, as soon as possible, the
officer will contact PCS to request an on-duty supervisor to
respond to the scene.
a)

3)
B.

The responding supervisor will investigate the situation and
submit a Form 17 to the Police Chief detailing the
circumstances of the incident.

Officers will not try to stop vehicles while off duty unless it is a
serious life-threatening situation.

Traffic Enforcement Guide
1.

Individual police officer discretion and on-scene supervisory decisions should
be guided by policy and specific situations.

2.

Lack of hazardous circumstances in borderline violations may warrant
enforcement action less than citation; i.e., warning.
Examples:
503-1 - Lights, General
Citation - Recurring violation, violation after
warning, violation caused accident, or aggravated
circumstances.
Warning - Most violations, with officer discretion
dictated by above.
506-39 - Emerging from Alleys or Driveways
Citation - Failed to stop, stopped at place other
than designated place (stop line) and interfered
with pedestrian or vehicular traffic, or involved in
accident with skidmarks crossing stop line.
Warning - Stopped but not at designated place
(stop line) and did not interfere with traffic.
a.

3.

Do not issue warnings for violations causing accidents.

Police officers must familiarize themselves with the City of Cincinnati Police
Pamphlet and Ohio Revised Code - Motor Vehicle Laws for the legal
requirements of each ordinance.

Rev. 12/02/03, Replaces 02/25/03

6

12.205
C.

Speed Enforcement
1.

Use only those speed measuring devices or methods approved by the Police
Chief to enforce any ORC (Ohio Revised Code) or municipal ordinance
relating to speed. They include measuring speed via pacing, radar, and
laser.

2.

Speed measuring devices will not be used if any known condition exists that
endangers the officer or the public. Officers must use sound judgment when
considering weather conditions, roadway conditions, traffic congestion, time
of day, etc., before initiating the use of a radar or laser unit.
a.

D.

Check radar and laser units daily for proper operation and calibration
before using to enforce any ORC or municipal ordinance relating to
speed. Immediately remove radar and laser units from service if the
devices fail any portion of the calibration check procedure or are found
to be in a state of disrepair.
1)

Return radar and laser units in need of repair to the Traffic Unit.
They will coordinate the repair by the manufacturer or authorized
representative. Make a unit blotter entry indicating the device has
been removed from service.

2)

Traffic Unit will provide a spare radar or laser unit if available.

b.

Radar and laser units will be examined and field certified annually by
their manufacturer or authorized representative for accuracy of the
device and calibration accessories.

c.

Traffic Unit will maintain records of all radar and laser unit certifications
as well as all repairs performed on these units.

Pacing
1.

Pacing is the act of following a violator’s vehicle at the same speed for a
given distance, maintaining a set distance between the two vehicles, to
establish the violator’s speed. Speeds are determined by comparing the
police vehicle’s calibrated speedometer or speed measuring device to the
speed of the violator’s vehicle. A pacing distance of one-fourth of one mile is
required before determining the violator’s speed and enforcing any ORC or
municipal ordinance relating to speed.
a.

Pacing vehicles will not be used if any known condition exists that
endangers the officer or the public. Officers must use sound judgment
when considering weather conditions, roadway conditions, traffic
congestion, time of day, etc., before pacing is used to enforce any ORC
or municipal ordinance relating to speed.

Rev. 12/02/03, Replaces 02/25/03

7

b.

12.205
All marked vehicles are equipped with field certified speedometers
upon receipt by the Police Department. Additionally, each marked
vehicle’s speedometer is professionally checked and certified accurate
before the vehicle is put into service.
1)

Certificates of accuracy for all marked Department vehicles are
maintained by Fleet Management Unit.

2)

Officers notified for court regarding a speeding citation issued
based on the pacing of the violator’s speed must contact the Fleet
Management Unit as soon as possible upon receiving the court
notify.
a)

The Fleet Management Unit will assist the officer in having
the vehicle’s speedometer recertified before the court date
to ensure the proper evidence is available in the event the
case goes to trial.

Rev. 12/02/03, Replaces 02/25/03

8

12.210

12.210 TRAFFIC CONTROL: MAJOR THOROUGHFARES
References:
Procedure 12.225 - Vehicular Crash Reporting
Purpose:
To ensure the safe and orderly flow of traffic during peak traffic hours, planned or
unexpected repair and/or when roadways are under construction.
Procedure:
A.

General Guidelines:
1.

2.

3.

B.

When stopped on heavily traveled or unlighted streets or highways to
provide traffic control, officers will:
a.

Activate all the emergency flashing lights of their vehicle.

b.

Remove the police vehicle from the traveled portion of the
highway, whenever possible.

c.

Use flares and traffic cones whenever possible.

d.

Wear the blue safety vest when outside of their vehicles and in
the street for extended periods or directing traffic.

Officers on the scene of any incident requiring an expressway or
major artery to be closed to vehicular traffic will:
a.

Immediately notify Police Communications Section of the
circumstances and conditions that necessitate the closure.

b.

Immediately notify their supervisor of the problem and any action
taken.

Supervisors will:
a.

Ensure sufficient traffic posts are set to reroute traffic.

b.

Monitor the situation and have the road opened to traffic as soon
as possible after the incident has been brought to a conclusion
or when conditions allow for the safe use of the roadway.

Rush Hour Traffic Control:
1.

Patrol officers will constantly patrol from 0600 to 0900 and 1500 to
1800 hours on weekdays, other than holidays.
a.

Generally, except radio runs, exclude non-emergency services
during these hours.

Rev. 02/10/04 Replaces 12/02/03

1

12.210

2.

b.

District/Traffic Unit uniformed personnel will remain on moving
patrol whenever possible. Uniformed patrol officers will not stop
to eat during these hours.

c.

In inclement weather, hold roll call briefing to a minimum.

d.

Patrol officers will give attention to major thoroughfares with
0600 to 0900 and 1500 to 1800 parking restrictions.

e.

District supervisors will inspect the major arteries of their districts
for violations of 0600 to 0900 and 1500 to 1800 parking
restrictions and other traffic impediments.

Take immediate action upon finding traffic congestion or hazardous
roadway conditions.
a.

Notify Police Communications Section (PCS) if assistance is
needed, e.g., signal 38, an additional officer to direct traffic, etc.
1)

3.

When a disabled vehicle interferes with heavy traffic movement, the
first uniformed officer on the scene will attempt to alleviate the
situation.
a.

Whenever possible, do not park the police vehicle in a manner
that will hamper traffic flow, or block driveways or traffic control
devices.
1)

b.

4.
C.

Nonuniform members will also advise PCS of traffic
congestion.

If possible, park in a safe position ensuring approaching
motorists a clear field of vision with enough distance for
braking and merging into traffic.

If it is not possible to move a disabled vehicle immediately, notify
PCS what assistance is needed. Direct the traffic around the
disabled vehicle while waiting for assistance.

Unit supervisors should respond to inspect conditions at major
accidents and fires.

Roadway Repair Details Using Marked Police Vehicles:
1.

Detail Coordination Unit will ensure that any entity that hires a traffic
detail receives a copy of Procedure 12.210 when the Letter of
Understanding is completed.
a.

Detail Coordination Unit will instruct the employer that they will
be held to the content of this procedure.

Rev. 02/10/04 Replaces 12/02/03

2

12.210
2.

Detail Coordination Unit will assign all roadway repair details.
a.

Detail Coordination Unit will forward a copy of any/all highway
maintenance details to the district of occurrence.
1)

It will be the responsibility of the district supervisor for that
shift to respond and inspect the detail (including setup on
the interstate).

3.

The location, time, and speed limit of the repair site will dictate the
number of police officers needed for a detail. This applies to both onduty and off-duty details.

4.

Uniformed police officers and marked vehicles are used to protect
roadway repair details by directing and slowing traffic around the
repair site and crew.
a.

5.

Detail officers will not leave their posts to pursue vehicles
violating the safety zone(s). The detail officer will give PCS a
description for a "traffic wanted" broadcast.

The only authorized types of traffic control for roadway repair details
are:
a.

A stationary lane closure on the expressway: This is a stoppage
of traffic in the number of lanes that allows safe completion of the
repair work. This could be all moving lanes of the expressway
depending on the location (e.g., curve), or a single lane.

b.

A moving lane closure on the expressway: This is a slowing
down of traffic in the lanes being worked in. Where the distance
and number of entrances permit, two officers will slow all traffic
to about 5 MPH to allow the repair crew to move forward and
complete the repairs before the moving block approaches. This
minimizes the stopping of traffic.

c.

Repair work not on the expressway system or on streets where
the speed limit is 35 MPH or less: A district supervisor will
evaluate the repair site to determine the number of officers and
the traffic control pattern needed.

d.

Emergency repair work: This is unplanned work that is
immediately needed and can be done in a short time span. Two
on-duty officers will be dispatched to meet the supervisor from
Public Works. One of the above types of traffic control must be
used.
1)

District supervisors will ensure that detail officers are
relieved to avoid overtime costs to the Police Department.

2)

Emergency repair work will not interfere with the movement
of traffic for extended periods.

Rev. 02/10/04 Replaces 12/02/03

3

12.210
3)

Avoid repair work during peak traffic hours, 0600 to 0900
and 1500 to 1800, unless the condition to be repaired is an
extreme hazard to the motoring public.

6.

If there is disagreement with the repair crew supervisor, or any
question about the traffic control methods to be used, the detail officer
will immediately contact a police supervisor from the district in which
the repair work is to be done.

7.

Descriptions and charts depicting the authorized traffic control
patterns (minimum requirements):
NOTE:

The flow pattern allows adequate warning of restricted area
and a gradual escape for the inattentive motorist.
CHART 1 - STATIONARY LANE CLOSURE(EXPRESSWAYS
AND OTHER ROADS OVER 35 MPH)

Arrow
Board

Police

Supervisor

Vehicle

Truck

Police

Crew

Workers
Vehicle

Truck

*

*

Detail

*

Officer
*
*

*

*

*

*

*

CONE PATTERN
* * * * *

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC

a.

Stationary lane closures on multilane roads with speeds over 35
MPH (refer to Chart 1 above)
1)

Stationary signs in advance of closure
a)

Location and number of signs determined by the
repair crew supervisor.

2)

Traffic cone pattern

3)

Arrow Board

4)

Police officer and marked vehicle.
a)

5)

The officer will take a position outside his vehicle to
monitor or direct oncoming traffic, as needed.

Repair crew supervisor vehicle

Rev. 02/10/04 Replaces 12/02/03

4

12.210
6)

Second police officer, with a marked vehicle, if warranted
(as determined by the traffic detail supervisor). The officer
will be outside the vehicle.

7)

Vehicle for repair crew

8)

Workers
CHART 2 - MOVING LANE CLOSURE (EXPRESSWAYS
AND OTHER ROADS OVER 35 MPH)

Arrow
Board

Police Supervisor Police
Crew
Vehicle Truck
Vehicle Truck
Workers

DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
b.

Moving lane closures on multilane roads with speeds over 35
MPH (refer to Chart 2 above).
1)

Arrow board (when available)

2)

Police officer in marked vehicle

3)

Repair crew supervisor vehicle

4)

Second police officer in marked vehicle

5)

Vehicle for repair crew

6)

Workers

Rev. 02/10/04 Replaces 12/02/03

5

12.210
CHART 3 - REPAIR WORK ON 35 MPH OR SLOWER
STREETS
===========================================================

Detail Officer
◊

Arrow
Board

c.

Police
Vehicle

Supervisor
Truck

Crew
Truck

Workers

Repair work on streets where speed is 35 MPH or less (refer to
Chart 3 above).
1)

Arrow board

2)

Police officer and marked vehicle
a)

The officer will take a position outside his vehicle to
monitor or direct oncoming traffic, as needed.

3)

Repair crew supervisor vehicle

4)

Vehicle for repair crew

5)

Workers

Rev. 02/10/04 Replaces 12/02/03

6

12.215

12.215 CINCINNATI PARKING INFRACTION (CPI)
Reference:
Procedure 12.205 - Traffic Enforcement
Procedure 12.270 - Impounding, Moving, and Release of Vehicles
Procedure 12.445 - Complaint Report – Form 305
Purpose:
Provide for the uniform issuance of Cincinnati Parking Infractions.
Information:
There are parking meter spaces and “handicapped parking only” spaces
throughout the City for the exclusive use of handicapped motorists. Special blue
parking meter heads indicate the space is for handicapped motorists only. The
“handicapped parking only” spaces are indicated by a sign. Only vehicles
bearing an officially issued handicapped license plate or handicapped card may
use these specially marked spaces.
Procedure:
A.

Guidelines
1.

Use the Cincinnati Parking Infraction (CPI) when enforcing the
following infractions:
a.

License plate infractions on parked vehicles.

b.

Parking infractions.

c.

Meter infractions.
Exception:

When citing a juvenile for the above listed
infractions, issue an Ohio Multi-Count Traffic
Ticket (MUTT).

2.

Enforce all other violations except warning tags on a MUTT.

3.

When citing an adult for the above infractions and the person is not
the owner of the vehicle:
a.

List the operator's full name, address, date of birth, social
security number, sex, and race in the "Notes" block of the CPI.

4.

Record the license plate sticker number on the CPI in the block titled
"Validation Number”. Write "None" if the sticker is missing.

5.

When enforcing parking violations on a vehicle that is not displaying
license plates, tow the vehicle; do not issue a CPI. CPIs cannot be
processed without a license plate number. This applies to both
occupied and unoccupied vehicles.

Rev. 10/11/05, Replaces 12/99

1

12.215
B.

Enforcement Guidelines
1.

Issue a CPI rather than a warning for the following parking infractions:
a.

Unauthorized stopping and parking.

b.

Stopping, loading, or unloading on primary arteries.

c.

1)

During restricted hours.

2)

In “No Stopping or Parking” posted areas.

Commercial trucks or vehicles displaying commercial truck
license plates may load/unload on downtown streets, except in
areas posted “No Stopping or Parking”.
1)

2.

Truck drivers do not need to place coins in parking meters
when actively engaged in loading or unloading.

Holiday enforcement
a.

b.

c.

Holiday, when used in connection with any traffic control device,
will mean each of the following:
1)

New Year's Day - January 1st

2)

Martin L. King, Jr. Day - Third Monday in January

3)

Memorial Day - Last Monday in May

4)

Independence Day - July 4th

5)

Labor Day - First Monday in September

6)

Thanksgiving Day - Fourth Thursday in November

7)

Christmas Day - December 25th

Enforce “No Parking 6/7 - 9 AM and 3/4 - 6 PM” parking
restrictions as posted, except on holidays.
1)

Issue a CPI when impounding for a violation of peak hour
restrictions.

2)

Enforce parking meter infractions as noted on each meter.

c.

Enforce all other parking regulations on holidays.

During religious services, officers should contact institution
officials before taking enforcement action on parking complaints
in areas adjacent to religious institutions.

Rev. 10/11/05, Replaces 12/99

2

12.215
3.

Enforce parking restrictions on undedicated streets, shopping center
lots, privately owned roads or driveways, only on complaint.
a.

Handicapped parking restrictions can be enforced without a
complaint.

b.

Officers will enforce signs posted by the City restricting parking
on undedicated streets.
1)

c.

Officers will enforce fire lane signs posted by the City on
privately owned roads and driveways.
1)

C.

Privately owned roads and driveways are in private
ownership and not open to the public.

d.

Contact Traffic Engineering, Monday through Friday, 0830 1700 hours to determine if signs were posted by the City.

e.

Officers may enforce infractions of public safety zones (fire
lanes) on shopping center parking lots.
1)

4.

Undedicated streets are those private streets open to the
public as a thoroughfare for vehicular traffic.

The following areas have officially recognized fire lanes:
a)

University Village Shopping Mall in Corryville

b)

Hughes High School connector to Krueck Community
Center

c)

Western Hills Plaza

Police officers will enforce parking meter infractions at City owned, off
street parking facilities that do not issue meter permits.

Handicapped Parking Enforcement
1.

Meter enforcement
a.

Issue a CPI to vehicles without the proper license plate,
windshield placard, or parking card using Cincinnati Municipal
Code (CMC) Section 508-36. Tow only as a last resort or in
aggravated cases.

b.

Section 4511.69 of the Ohio Motor Vehicle Code allows a
handicapped person to park a vehicle for a period of two hours
in excess of the legal parking period, except where the vehicle is
parked in such a manner as to be clearly a traffic hazard.
1)

The handicapped person must deposit a coin in the meter
to obtain time to park. Parking is allowed two hours
beyond the expiration of that time before a violation can be
issued.

Rev. 10/11/05, Replaces 12/99

3

12.215
2)

An officer with personal knowledge that the two-hour grace
period has expired may issue a CPI for a Meter Violation,
CMC Section 509-7.

3)

Handicapped persons cannot park at these meters during
6/7 - 9 AM or 3/4 - 6 PM parking restrictions. In this
instance, issue a CPI for the parking violation.
a)

2.

Enforcement on private property
a.

Officers may enforce handicapped parking infractions on private
lots under CMC Section 508-36.
1)

3.

Vehicles can park in handicapped parking spaces only if
they display handicapped license plates, a windshield
placard, or a parking card.

Enforcement of "Handicapped Parking Only" signs on City streets
a.

D.

Tow only as a last resort, or in aggravated
circumstances, with the approval of a supervisor.

Issue a CPI to vehicles without the proper license plate, placard,
or card using CMC Section 508-36. Tow only as a last resort or
in aggravated cases.

Defective Parking Meters
1.

Defective parking meter (no CPI)
a.

Notify the district desk person of the location and condition.

b.

District desk personnel will make the necessary blotter entry.
1)

2.

Notify the Parking Facilities Office (Mon. - Fri., 0800 - 1630
hours). If closed, first shift will make the notification on the
next business day.

Defective parking meter reported, CPI issued by a parking
enforcement officer
a.

Instruct the citizen to immediately mail or deliver the CPI to the
Meter Shop at City Hall, 801 Plum St., Room 24. An explanation
of the defective parking meter by the citizen should accompany
the CPI.

b.

Notify the district desk person of the location and condition.

c.

District desk personnel will make the necessary blotter entry.
1)

Notify the Parking Facilities Office (Mon. - Fri., 0800 - 1630
hours). If closed, first shift will make the notification on the
next business day.

Rev. 10/11/05, Replaces 12/99

4

12.215
3.

Defective parking meter, CPI issued by a police officer
a.

The officer will accept the CPI and write in the name, address,
and phone number of the recipient.
1)

E.

b.

Before forwarding the Form 654, the district supervisor will call
the Records Section Customer Service Supervisor. The
supervisor will place a hold on the CPI, pending an investigation
by Parking Facilities.

c.

Parking Facilities will note the results of the parking meter
inspection on the CPI and forward it to the Police Chief's Office.
1)

If the meter was found to be defective, the Patrol Bureau
Commander will forward the CPI to the Court Control Unit
for dismissal by the hearing officer. Patrol Bureau will
notify the complainant by mail of the disposition.

2)

If the parking meter was not defective, Patrol Bureau will
mail the CPI back to the complainant with instructions for
its proper disposition.

Street Sweeping Enforcement
1.

F.

The officer will notify his supervisor. The supervisor will
complete a Form 654, Request for Cancellation, containing
the following information: CPI number, name of the issuing
officer, and the name of the officer verifying the defective
meter. The supervisor will forward the Form 654 and the
CPI to the Parking Facilities Office.

Officers will enforce street sweeping signs only when requested by a
Public Services supervisor. Officers will enforce street sweeping
signs on city streets maintained by the Cincinnati Metropolitan
Housing Authority (CMHA) upon complaint from CMHA security
personnel.
a.

Issue a CPI for a violation of CMC 502-3, Parking Prohibitions
During Street Sweeping Operations, but do not tow.

b.

Note the Public Services supervisor’s or CMHA security officer’s
name and address in the "Notes" block as witness information
for cases contested at any subsequent hearing.

Enforcement of Temporary “No Parking” Signs
1.

The City Manager has designated the Police Chief or his designee to
act on the Manager’s behalf for the purpose of posting and
maintaining temporary “No Parking” signs on local highways and all
other municipal property pursuant to CMC Sections 502-24 and 5082.

Rev. 10/11/05, Replaces 12/99

5

12.215
a.

A private citizen, contractor, or public utility under contract to the
City may be authorized to post temporary “No Parking” signs by
the Police Department.
1)

2.

3.

G.

Temporary “No Parking” signs for work scheduled to
exceed one day requires the completion of a Form 305,
Complaint Report. The Form 305 will include the date and
time the signs are posted and the expected completion
date.

Take enforcement action only if there is a prior blotter entry indicating
the location, time posted, and effective hours of the temporary signs.
a.

Temporary signs must be posted at least 14 hours before a CPI
for overtime parking can be issued.

b.

A district supervisor will assign an officer to check the signs for
proper posting. Note the time checked in the disposition column
of the blotter and/or the Form 305.

Street paving enforcement
a.

Tow and issue a CPI to vehicles in violation of properly posted
signs. If the Impound Unit is full and a supervisor approves a
move only tow, issue a CPI.

b.

If temporary “No Parking” signs are absent or improperly posted,
a police supervisor may order a move only tow to accommodate
the street paving operations. Do not issue a CPI in this situation.

Parking Facilities Parking Enforcement Officers
1.

Parking enforcement officers enforce selected parking infractions in
addition to meter infractions.

2.

When responding to a parking enforcement officer's request for
advice or assistance regarding proper enforcement of these
ordinances, render police support in a professional manner.

3.

A police officer receiving a parking complaint from a citizen will take
the appropriate enforcement action. Do not refer the citizen to
Parking Facilities.

4.

Parking enforcement officers cannot enforce the following CMC
Sections:
508-4
508-5
508-12
508-21
508-34

Rev. 10/11/05, Replaces 12/99

Removal of Obstructing Vehicles
Vehicle Obstructing After Collision
Parking Unreasonable Time
Use of Bus Stop
Special Parking Restrictions

6

12.220

12.220 PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC - LAW ENFORCEMENT
Reference:
Standards Manual - 61.1.5
Procedure:
A.

All police personnel, when issuing citations for pedestrian violations to both
adult and juvenile pedestrians, will:
1.

Make every effort to obtain proof of identification from the violator.
This can be a driver's license, salary record, telephone bill, charge-aplate, or any other type of credential normally carried by pedestrians.
a.

If the pedestrian violator does not possess some kind of
identification, the officer shall, through careful and courteous
questioning, attempt to obtain accurate information in order to
properly complete the citation.

b.

The kind of identification submitted by the violator shall be
entered in the "Driver's License" space of the citation. If the
violator has no proof of identification, this fact will be noted in
this space.

2.

Ensure all traffic citations are legibly and neatly printed, with special
attention to recording names and addresses.

3.

Ensure that all violators, who are issued an O.U.T.T. citation, receive
a readable copy of the O.U.T.T.

B.

Unit supervisors shall carefully inspect all pedestrian citations for accuracy
and legibility. If any doubt exists, the supervisor will return the citation to
the officer for clarification and verification before forwarding it to the
Records Unit.

C.

All district personnel shall actively engage in the pedestrian enforcement
program. Participation or lack of participation in the pedestrian
enforcement program shall be considered a factor in evaluating individual
and unit efficiency in traffic supervision.

D.

Provisions of Procedure 12.260, Warrants: Service and Recording, shall
be strictly adhered to.

E.

Commanding officers shall evaluate individual and unit effectiveness in the
pedestrian enforcement program, and require written explanations where
there is a lack of participation or deviation from prescribed procedures.

4/85

1

12.225

12.225 VEHICULAR CRASH REPORTING
Reference:
Traffic Crash Report Procedures - State of Ohio Department of Highway Safety
Ohio Revised Code 1533.121 - Deer Killed by Motor Vehicle
Ohio Revised Code 2935.28 - Property Owners to be Provided with Names of
Persons Charged with Damaging Their Property
Procedure 12.030 - Vehicles: Assignment, Use and Maintenance
Procedure 12.035 - Reporting Police Vehicular Accidents and Damage
Procedure 12.106 - University Air Care Helicopter
Procedure 12.210 - Traffic Control: Major Thoroughfares
Procedure 12.226 - Aircraft Crash Response and Reporting
Procedure 12.230 - Fatal Crash Investigation and Placement of Related Charges
Procedure 12.235 - Operating a Vehicle Under the Influence (OVI): Processing
and Arrest
Procedure 12.265 - Wrecker and Towing
Procedure 12.270 - Impounding, Moving, and Release of Vehicles
Procedure 12.435 - Reporting Conditions Affecting Other Departments - Form
318
Procedure 12.715 - Property and Evidence: Accountability, Processing, Storage,
and Release
Manual of Rules and Regulations – 2.03
Purpose:
Assign responsibility for investigating and reporting vehicular crashes.
Ensure compliance with the State of Ohio Department of Highway Safety's
Traffic Crash Report procedures.
Policy:
Officers will conduct a thorough investigation and accurately document vehicular
crashes while making every effort to ensure the safety of the community and
return the roadway to a normal traffic pattern.
Information:
A Form 683, Vehicle Crash Report Log, will be maintained at each district and
will serve as the source for the crash report number entered on the Form OH-1,
State of Ohio Traffic Crash Report. After all crash report numbers from a log
sheet have been used, the sheet will be removed from the log and forwarded to
the collator.

Rev. 07/19/05, Replaces 04/27/04

1

12.225
Procedure:
A.

Investigation Assignment
1.

2.

Traffic Unit is responsible for investigating and reporting the following
vehicle crashes:
a.

Fatal crashes.

b.

Potentially fatal crashes.

c.

Spectacular or unusual crashes requiring detailed and extensive
investigation.

d.

Interstate highway crashes, if available.

e.

Hit-skip follow-up investigations.

Districts are responsible for investigating and reporting the following
vehicle crashes:
a.

Non-life threatening injury crashes.
1)

b.

Non-injury, property damage crashes.
1)

B.

Non-life threatening injuries can include broken bones,
cuts, and bruises when vital signs indicate the victim is in
no apparent danger of death.

This includes most hit-skip crashes and fender-bender type
collisions.

Vehicular Crash Investigation
1.

The responding officer will:
a.

Determine if there are injuries and if medical aid is necessary.

b.

Request a supervisor respond if the injuries are serious.

c.

Request Police Communications Section (PCS) dispatch the
Fire Department, if needed.

d.

Protect the crash scene.

e.

Have the drivers remove all vehicles from the roadway, if
possible, and then complete all necessary paperwork. Use push
bumpers, when possible, to remove disabled vehicles from the
roadway in order to relieve traffic congestion.

Rev. 07/19/05, Replaces 04/27/04

2

12.225
1)

2)

f.

Under no circumstances will officers attempt to move a
motor vehicle when the following circumstances exist:
a)

A vehicle carrying Hazardous Materials (HAZMAT)
has overturned or received significant structural
damage.

b)

The vehicle is involved in a fatality or potential fatality.

Before having drivers remove vehicles from the roadway,
ensure:
a)

Any injuries will not increase in severity because of
the movement.

b)

The driver of the vehicle may legally operate the
vehicle, i.e., the driver is not intoxicated, etc. Retain
all driver licenses until the investigation is completed.

c)

The vehicle has no major defects that may cause the
driver to lose control.

d)

The driver has full instructions as to where they are to
exit the roadway and where to meet the investigating
officer. Ensure that the place where they are to meet
the investigating officer is a safe location.

Conduct a complete investigation.
1)

Investigating officers will process any Polaroid photos
taken at the crash scene as evidence to be held for court.
a)

g.

Label each Polaroid and include the Form OH-1
report number.

Determine the need for other departments or agencies in cases
of gas leaks, down wires, damaged buildings, broken or down
telephone poles, damaged fire hydrants, hazardous material
spills, etc.
1)

Notify district desk personnel of damage. District desk
personnel will call Public Works Customer Service to report
the damage.
a)

Public Works will determine the agency responsible
for the damaged property and make the proper
notification.

Rev. 07/19/05, Replaces 04/27/04

3

12.225
2)

Complete a Form 318, Conditions Affecting Other
Departments Report, and include the Form OH-1 report
number when conditions require action by other City
departments or the Ohio Department of Transportation.
a)

3)

Officers will forward the Form 318 and two copies to
the district/unit collator with the Form OH-1.
1]

The original Form 318 will be forwarded and
faxed to the Public Works Customer Service
Office by the district/unit collator.

2]

Copies will be forwarded to the City Solicitor’s
Office and filed at the initiating unit by the
district/unit collator.

3]

The collator will forward a copy of the Form 318
to the Ohio Department of Transportation if
conditions require action by that agency.

When a fire hydrant is struck, request the Fire Department
respond to assess damage and handle necessary repairs.

h.

Request wreckers when needed.

i.

Have the drivers involved in the crash complete a Form 528,
Driver or Person Involved in Accident, to exchange necessary
information: name, address, telephone number, insurance
information, vehicle information, etc.
1)

When a crash causes damage to property, upon request of
the property owner, the investigating law enforcement
agency will provide the name of the driver if the driver is
charged with a violation of a City ordinance or State
statute.
a)

2)
j.

Law enforcement agencies and their employees
acting in good faith are not civilly liable.

Refer requests for information or copies of completed
Forms OH-1 to Records Section.

If the crash involves City equipment, request a supervisor from
the affected City department respond to the scene.
1)

The supervisor of the involved employee will complete the
City accident form. Administrative action will be taken if the
employee is found at fault.

Rev. 07/19/05, Replaces 04/27/04

4

12.225
2.

3.

4.

The investigating officer will request a supervisor respond to the
scene in the following cases:
a.

Crashes involving an on-duty or off-duty police officer.

b.

Fatal, potentially fatal, or serious injury crashes.

c.

Unusual crashes.

The responding supervisor will:
a.

Determine if a Traffic Unit investigator is needed.

b.

Determine if the Night Chief or district officer in charge is
needed.

c.
Ensure a complete investigation is made.
Reports at district stations
a.

5.

Reporting crashes on private property
a.

6.

District personnel will prepare a Form OH-1 and other necessary
forms when a citizen responds to a district to report a crash.

PCS will not dispatch police personnel to crashes on private
property unless it involves an injury, hit skip, or the vehicles are
not operable.
1)

PCS will advise participants involved to respond to the
nearest district to file a report.

2)

If dispatched to the scene of a crash on private property,
the officer will make the report.

3)

Police personnel witnessing or coming upon the scene of a
crash on private property will make the crash report.

Reporting crashes involving Hamilton County vehicles inside the city
limits
a.

Department personnel will investigate and complete a report for
all auto accidents involving County vehicles inside the city limits.

b.

PCS will notify Hamilton County Communications Center of all
auto accidents involving County vehicles with serious injuries or
fatalities.
1)

Hamilton County Sheriff’s Office Traffic Section personnel
may respond and monitor the auto accident investigation.

Rev. 07/19/05, Replaces 04/27/04

5

12.225
C.

Form OH-1, State of Ohio Traffic Crash Report
1.

The investigating officer must complete a Form OH-1 for all crashes
whether the vehicle is occupied or not.
a.

Complete a Form 533, Hit Skip Supplementary Report, in all
unsolved hit-skip crashes and attach it to the Form OH-1.
1)

Information on unsolved hit skip vehicles is recorded on the
Form 533, not on the Form OH-1.

2)

Upon completion of the report, the investigating officer will
fax a copy of the Form OH-1, the Form 533 (both sides),
and any other pertinent information to the Traffic Unit.

2.

Print all information with a black ink ballpoint pen only.

3.

Obtain a crash report number from the Form 683, Vehicle Crash
Report Log, located at each district.
a.

The investigating officer will obtain this number from the district
in which the crash occurred.
1)

This number may be obtained via telephone or MDT.

b.

The investigating officer will record the Form OH-1 report
number on the crash report.

c.

The investigating officer will leave a copy of completed fatal,
unusual, or serious injury crash reports at the district of
occurrence. Traffic Unit will fax a copy of these types of crash
reports to the affected district. Desk personnel will use these
reports when releasing information to the news media.
1)

Crash reports will normally be available within seven to ten
business days at Records Section.

d.

Off-duty detail officers will process the crash report upon
completion of the detail at the district in which the detail was
worked.

e.

Completed Crash Report Logs will be stored at the district of use
and one copy of the completed log will be forwarded to Records
Section.
1)

Records Section will verify the information on the log and
return a signed copy to the affected district.

Rev. 07/19/05, Replaces 04/27/04

6

12.225
4.

Before ending a tour of duty, the investigating officer must submit the
completed Form OH-1 to a supervisor.
a.

5.

A supervisor will review the completed crash report for accuracy and
forward it to a collator.
a.

The collator will log the auto accidents on the Auto Accident
Summary and forward the summary to the Crime Analysis Unit
by the 10th of each month.

b.

The collator will ensure the reports are hand carried to Traffic
Unit by 0900 hours each weekday.

c.

When a crash involves a University of Cincinnati (UC) or Xavier
University (XU) student who is seriously injured, the report will be
faxed to either UC at 556-4940 or XU at 745-3861.

6.

If additional information is obtained after completing and forwarding
the original report, use a Form OH-1 and check the “supplement” box.
Use the original report number when providing additional information.

7.

Records Section will separate the top copies of pages 1-3 of the Form
OH-1 and any supplemental reports and forward them to the Ohio
Department of Public Safety. The bottom copies of pages 1-3 and
any supplemental reports will be forwarded to Traffic Engineering.
a.

D.

When an investigation extends beyond the investigator's tour of
duty, the investigator will obtain authorization from a supervisor
to continue working. At the discretion of a supervisor,
completion of the investigation and report may be assigned to
the following shift.

The information will be entered into the Optical Imaging System
by Records Section prior to forwarding.

Deer Killed by Motor Vehicle
1.

Ohio Revised Code 1533.121 allows the release of a deer carcass to
the driver of the vehicle hitting and killing the deer. If the driver does
not want the carcass, it may be released to a public or private
institution or charity. The following rules govern release of the deer
carcass:
a.

The driver must be an Ohio resident. The private or public
institution or charity must be an Ohio institution or charity.
1)

b.

Hamilton County Communications Center has a list of
institutions and charities willing to accept the deer carcass.

The crash that kills the deer is reported within 24 hours.

Rev. 07/19/05, Replaces 04/27/04

7

12.225
c.

2.

3.

The driver, institution, or charity agrees not to sell or give away
the deer. The driver and the driver's immediate family or the
inhabitants of the institution or charity receiving it will eat the
deer.

If an individual comes to a district to report and claim a deer killed by
a motor vehicle, the investigating officer should inspect the carcass to
be sure the injuries are consistent with a motor vehicle accident, e.g.,
no gun shot wounds.
a.

If the injuries are questionable or inconsistent with a motor
vehicle accident, do not release the carcass. Contact PCS to
request a local Wildlife Officer respond to the scene.

b.

Illegal deer killing is a violation of ORC 1531.02 and is a third
degree misdemeanor.

Releasing a deer to the driver or charitable institution
a.

Complete a Form 21, Ohio Division of Wildlife Deer Killed by
Motor Vehicle. The officer will sign his name and badge number
in the section for the Game Protector's signature.
1)

4.

Each district maintains a supply of the Form 21. Additional
copies of the Form 21 are available at the Supply Unit.

b.

Give the yellow copy of the Form 21 to the person or institution
taking possession of the deer as a receipt for the carcass.

c.

Attach the white copy of the Form 21 to the Form OH-1.

If neither the driver nor a charitable institution wants the deer, contact
Public Works at 591-6010 to dispose of the carcass. Complete and
forward the Form 21 to the Traffic Unit.
a.

Traffic Unit will send a copy of the top portion of Form 21 to the
Division of Wildlife (Xenia Office) biweekly and keep a copy for
Department records.

Rev. 07/19/05, Replaces 04/27/04

8

12.226

12.226 AIRCRAFT CRASH RESPONSE AND REPORTING
References:
Procedure 12.106 – University Air Care Helicopter
Procedure 12.145 – Critical Incident Response
Procedure 12.210 – Traffic Control: Major Thoroughfares
Procedure 12.230 – Fatal Crash Investigation and Placement of Related Charges
Standards Manual – 2.1.2, 46.1.2
Definitions:
An aircraft crash is an occurrence involving an aircraft in flight (takeoffs and
landings included) that results in injury to an occupant of the aircraft or
substantial structural damage to the aircraft. An aircraft striking an object while
being taxied or bent propellers and broken wheels from a hard-landing, if no one
is injured, are not considered crashes.
Purpose:
Assign responsibility for investigating and reporting airplane crashes.
To ensure compliance with the Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA) rules and
regulations.
Information:
The Aircraft Accident or Emergency Situation Alert categories are:
•

Alert I: Normal State of Operation. This state of alert indicates that all airport
emergency equipment is available.

•

Alert II: Emergency Stand-By. Air Traffic Control Tower personnel will advise
Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting Unit (ARFF-18) and Crash/Rescue Unit
(CR-1) when an aircraft in the vicinity of, or on the ground at, Cincinnati
Municipal Airport has declared an emergency. ARFF-18/CR-1 equipment
responds to the appropriate standby area.

•

Alert III: Accident, Fire, or Bomb Threat. If the accident/incident is on the
airport property, the airport shall be CLOSED immediately and will remain
closed until the incident is addressed (safe) and turned over by the Cincinnati
Fire Department Incident Commander and Airport Management or a
designated representative re-opens it.

Rev. 06/24/03 Replaces 1/00

1

12.226
Procedure:
A.

B.

The first officer at the scene of an aircraft crash will:
1.

Immediately notify Police Communications Section (PCS) and advise
what police equipment and personnel are necessary for immediate
response.

2.

Notify the affected district officer in charge (OIC)

3.

Recommend the location of emergency posts pending arrival of OIC.

The affected district OIC will:
1.

Assume command until relieved and respond to the scene.

2.

For serious accidents: immediately implement the SEVEN CRITICAL
TASKS for successful critical incident resolution (refer to Procedure
12.145)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

C.

Exercise command and control over the operation
Establish the Kill Zone
Identify an inner perimeter
Identify an outer perimeter
Identify a command post
Identify a staging area
Identify additional resources

PCS will:
1.

Notify, in addition to the Situational Occurrences Notification List, the
following:
a.

An on-duty Traffic Unit supervisor, or recall one if necessary.
1)

The Traffic Unit supervisor will respond and determine if
PCS should notify the Ohio State Patrol (OSP).
a)

b.

When requested, a PCS supervisor will call the
appropriate OSP post and make a blotter notation of
the person notified.

Greater Cincinnati-Northern Kentucky International Airport Police
Department
1)

The Greater Cincinnati-Northern Kentucky International
Airport Police Department will notify the FAA and the
National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB).

Rev. 06/24/03 Replaces 1/00

2

12.226
D.

Crash Scene Protection
1.

2.

Department personnel at the scene are to ensure the crash site is
protected until released by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA),
National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB), or military officials.
a.

After the scene is isolated and stabilized, no one, including
police officers, are permitted access to the scene unless
specifically directed by the investigative authority after they have
taken control of the scene.

b.

Do not move any portion of the aircraft, luggage, or any other
objects which may have been on the aircraft.

c.

Do not move fatalities until directed by the Hamilton County
Coroner.

Aircraft disasters or emergencies at Lunken Airport:
a.

b.

One supervisor or the OIC will respond immediately to the
Lunken Airport Fire Station # 18 to establish communications
between the Control Tower and responding police, and/or
directions for entry onto the airfield if necessary.
1)

One uniformed marked vehicle is to respond to the rear of
Lunken Airport Fire Station to prevent unauthorized
persons and/or vehicles from entering the airfield area fire
access ramp.

2)

One uniformed marked vehicle is to respond to Airport
Road east guard building to prevent all unauthorized
persons and/or vehicles from entering the airfield area.

3)

A member of the Public Information Office will be requested
if OIC deems it appropriate (refer to Procedure 12.145).

Under no circumstances are police vehicles or personnel to enter
the runway area or restricted areas without radio contact with the
Lunken Airport or Cincinnati-Northern Kentucky International
Airport control towers. Obtain approval of the OIC on site in the
Lunken Airport control tower or the Lunken Airport firehouse
when the tower is closed.
NOTE: It is a violation of Federal law to enter the airport runway
area without authorization as described.

c.

Under no circumstances is the news media allowed to enter the
runway area or any restricted area without explicit permission
from the FAA and a control tower supervisor.
1)

News media granted permission must have a police or
authorized airport personnel escort.

Rev. 06/24/03 Replaces 1/00

3

12.226
2)
E.

Direct news media to respond to the rear of the Lunken
Airport Administration Building, where parking is available.

Investigation Assignment:
1.

Traffic Unit will investigate the crash as a courtesy to the OSP. The
investigation will be conducted concurrently with the FAA, NTSB, or
military officials.
a.

OSP may desire to investigate a crash, relieving Traffic Unit of
this responsibility.
1)

b.

In these instances, OSP and Ohio Department of
Transportation (ODOT) Aviation Division investigators, after
showing proper identification, will be afforded access to the
scene.

In cases of major or complex crashes, the Traffic Unit supervisor
may contact the OSP for assistance.
1)

Notify PCS to contact the appropriate OSP post, as listed in
the PCS Situational Occurrences Notification List, and
request that Columbus OSP be notified for assistance.
a)

The OSP Headquarters in Columbus has trained
pilots who can be flown to the crash scene by
helicopter to assist with the investigation. Travel time
from Columbus is approximately one hour after
notification.

c.

The investigation by the Traffic Unit will be secondary to the
investigation by the FAA, NTSB, and military authorities. Do not
contaminate the scene.

d.

The Traffic Unit investigator will complete the following forms and
make a copy for Traffic Unit files:

e.

1)

OSP Form HP-3A, Aircraft Accident Record

2)

OSP Form HP-70, Investigative Field Sketch

A Traffic Unit supervisor will review these forms and mail:
1)

The original to:
Ohio Department of Transportation
Division of Aviation
2829 W. Dublin-Granville Rd.
Worthington, Ohio 43085
Attention: Aircraft Crash Report

Rev. 06/24/03 Replaces 1/00

4

12.226
2)

And a copy to:
District Commander
Ohio State Highway Patrol
950 Rombach St.
Wilmington, Ohio 45177

2.

3.

The FAA investigates and determines the cause of aircraft crashes.
a.

Each FAA investigator carries a standard FAA identification card.
Permit ingress through police lines after presentation of the card.

b.

The NTSB or military authorities may be requested by the FAA to
conduct an investigation of a crash.
1)

The NTSB or military authorities may conduct an
independent investigation without an FAA request.

2)

Give NTSB and military investigators access to the scene
after showing proper identification.

Department personnel are responsible for assisting FAA, NTSB, OSP,
ODOT, and military officials in their investigation of aircraft crashes.

Rev. 06/24/03 Replaces 1/00

5

12.230

12.230 FATAL CRASH INVESTIGATION AND PLACEMENT
OF RELATED CHARGES
Reference:
Procedure 12.225 - Vehicular Crash Reporting
Procedure 12.235 - Driving Under the Influence (DUI): Processing and Arrest
Procedure 12.270 - Impounding, Moving, and Release of Vehicles
Procedure 12.605 - Identification of Persons in Police Custody and Wanted
Persons
Procedure 12.616 - Deceased Persons: Notifying Next of Kin
Procedure 12.815 - Court Appearances, Other Hearings and Correspondence to
Other City Departments
Procedure 18.120 - Standards for Releasing Information to the News Media
Cincinnati Police Department Crime Scene Manual
Standards Manual - 42.2.2, 55.2.7, 61.2.1, 61.2.2, 61.2.3, 61.2.6, 61.3.2, 82.2.1,
82.2.2, 83.1.1, 83.2.4, 83.2.5
Purpose:
Provide uniform guidelines for Department personnel when at the scene of a
fatal or potentially fatal crash.
Provide uniform guidelines for Department personnel when charging individuals
with Aggravated Vehicular Homicide, Vehicular Homicide, or Aggravated
Vehicular Assault.
Policy:
Traffic Unit personnel are responsible for the investigation of all fatal and serious
motor vehicle crash investigations.
Traffic Unit will coordinate the investigation of these crashes with the
Prosecutor’s Office prior to filing criminal charges.
Procedure:
A.

Investigation of Fatal or Potentially Fatal Crashes:
1.

A police officer at the scene of a fatal or potentially fatal crash will:
a.

Analyze and address medical needs.

b.

Request a supervisor respond to the scene.

c.

Protect the crash scene. Keep unauthorized persons away from
involved vehicles, debris, and tire marks. Do not permit the Fire
Department to flush the scene unless a danger of fire or
explosion exists. Do not move any items unless necessary for
obvious safety reasons.

Rev. 10/00, Replaces 2/97

1

12.230

2.

d.

Locate drivers and witnesses and have them remain at the
scene. If witnesses must leave, request they complete an Ohio
Traffic Accident Witness Statement (Form OH-3). Information
on the Form OH-3 includes the witness's name, date of birth,
social security number, address, and telephone numbers at
home and work. Give this information to the Traffic Unit officer
investigating the crash.

e.

Establish traffic control.

f.

Assist Traffic Unit where needed.

The first supervisor on the scene will:
a.

Request Police Communications Section (PCS) dispatch a
Traffic Unit supervisor and Traffic Unit officer to investigate the
crash.
1)

3.

PCS will recall Traffic Unit personnel if the crash occurs
outside Traffic Unit's duty hours.

b.

Request PCS notify the Night Chief if the investigation occurs
during their duty hours.

c.

Coordinate the activities of all officers at the scene until the
arrival of a Traffic Unit supervisor or officer.

d.

When participants are injured and probable cause exists to
charge under DUI statute, request necessary blood samples
from Fire Department paramedics or hospital emergency room
personnel if Traffic Unit personnel are delayed.

Upon arrival, the ranking Traffic Unit officer will assume command of
the crash investigation and will:
a.

Thoroughly investigate and prepare the necessary reports.

b.

Ask all drivers involved in fatal or potentially fatal crashes to take
a voluntary breath or urine test when insufficient probable cause
exists to charge under the DUI statute. This is strictly voluntary.
If a driver declines, proceed with the remaining investigation.
1)

If drivers give voluntary consent, have them sign a Consent
to a Chemical Test Without a Warrant (Form 603) prior to a
test. By signing this form, they waive their protection
afforded under the Fourth Amendment and the test results
are admissible in court.

2)

It is not necessary for the police to have probable cause or
even reasonable suspicion for test results to be admissible
in a consent situation.

Rev. 10/00, Replaces 2/97

2

12.230
c.

If probable cause exists to charge under the DUI statute, handle
the drug/alcohol test according to state law.
1)

The testing officer will request breath, urine, or blood
samples to determine use of alcohol, drugs, or a
combination of both.

4.

The Traffic Unit supervisor will notify the Hamilton County Coroner's
Office.

5.

Tow vehicles to the Impound Unit for post accident examination.
a.

b.

6.

7.

1)

Process according to Procedure 12.270.

2)

A captain or above can recall Impound Unit personnel, if
necessary.

When inclement weather may destroy evidence, or unusual
circumstances exist, tow the vehicles to the Coroner's Office
garage. Request PCS contact the Coroner's Office for
permission prior to towing.

Traffic Unit will consult the Prosecutor's Office prior to charging under
the following criminal sections of the Ohio Revised Code:
a.

Aggravated Vehicular Homicide; Vehicular Homicide (2903.06)

b.

Aggravated Vehicular Assault; Vehicular Assault (2903.08)

c.

Involuntary Manslaughter (2903.04)

When using Sections 2903.06, 2903.08, or 2903.04 and the traffic
violation is an element of the offense, do not complete an Ohio Multicount Traffic Tag (MUTT). Include the causative factors in the
criminal complaint form.
a.

8.

Tow all vehicles involved in a fatal or potentially fatal auto
accident directly to the Impound Unit.

Do not issue an MUTT for companion charges until the criminal
complaint is signed.

If there is a seriously injured person from a crash, do not issue MUTT
citations to the individual at fault. Wait a reasonable time to see if the
injured person survives. The time will vary with each case.
a.

If the injured person recovers, issue the appropriate criminal or
traffic citation.

Rev. 10/00, Replaces 2/97

3

12.230
b.

B.

If the injured person dies:
1)

Contact the Prosecutor's Office and explain the full
circumstances before filing vehicular homicide charges.

2)

And the MUTT charges are pending, after consulting with
the Prosecutor's Office, request a dismissal in court and file
the appropriate vehicular homicide charge.
a)

Follow Procedure 12.815 when requesting dismissal
of charges in court.

b)

If the traffic violations have already been disposed of
in court, double jeopardy may prevent filing vehicular
homicide charges.

Notification of Next of Kin in Cases of Death:
1.

Refer to Procedure 12.616.

Rev. 10/00, Replaces 2/97

4

12.235

12.235 OPERATING A VEHICLE UNDER THE INFLUENCE
(OVI): PROCESSING & ARREST
Reference:
Ohio Revised Code 1547.11(B) - Operating Under Influence of Alcohol, Drugs
Prohibited; Test Analysis
Ohio Revised Code 4511.19 - Driving While Under the Influence of Alcohol or
Drugs or with Certain Concentration of Alcohol in
Bodily Substances; Chemical Analysis
Ohio Revised Code 4511.191 – Chemical Tests for Determining Alcoholic
Content
Procedure 12.230 - Fatal Crash Investigation and Placement of Related
Charges
Procedure 12.240 - Multi-Count Uniform Traffic Tag (MUTT)
Procedure 12.260 - Warrants for Adults: Service and Recording
Procedure 12.270 - Impounding, Moving, and Release of Vehicles
Procedure 12.537 - Mobile Video/Digital Video Recording Equipment
Procedure 12.555 - Arrest/Citation: Processing of Adult Misdemeanor and
Felony Offenders
Procedure 12.600 - Prisoners: Securing, Handling, and Transporting
Procedure 12.715 - Property and Evidence: Accountability, Processing, Storage
and Release
Procedure 12.900 - Processing Juvenile Offenders
Definitions:
Qualified witness includes another police officer, a civilian police employee, any
Cincinnati Fire Department personnel or an employee of a medical facility.
Physical control is defined as being in the driver’s position in the front seat and
having possession of the vehicle ignition key or ignition device.
Purpose:
To provide a safe environment for all motorists and pedestrians on area
roadways.
Policy:
The Cincinnati Police Department will aggressively engage in OVI enforcement.
Officers will properly preserve and prepare evidence for all OVI court cases. The
Police Department will work with the community to help develop and participate
in preventative programs relating to OVI enforcement.
Each police district has a testing site. District Commanders must designate a
supervisor with a valid breath testing permit responsible for the care and security
of the testing site. Traffic Unit is responsible for the care, maintenance, and
instrument checks of the breath testing instrument.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

1

12.235
Information:
An officer making an arrest for OVI must establish reasonable grounds for the
initial stop. An officer observing an operator commit a traffic violation or any
reasonable investigation are examples of a basis for a stop. The officer must
then establish probable cause to arrest for OVI before administering any Blood
Alcohol Concentration (BAC) Test. Administer Standardized Field Sobriety
Testing at roadside prior to arrest when possible.
Procedure
A.

Breath Testing for Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC)
1.

Officers making an OVI arrest who are not certified breath testing
instrument operators will request one respond to the arresting officer’s
district.
a.

If time is of the essence, officers will use the nearest testing site.

b.

Read the arrested the Miranda Warning and advise of the right
to make a telephone call at the time of arrest. Document this
information on the Form 495, Cincinnati Police Department
Intoxication Report, in the Arrest Information section.

2.

Officers must obtain a breath, urine, or blood test within two hours of
the violation (i.e. last operation of a vehicle). There is no time limit
when a chemical test is not taken under 4511.19(A)(1)(a).

3.

The order of testing for Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) is:
a.

Breath

b.

Urine

c.

Blood
1)

If arrested is being treated for injuries at a hospital, blood is
the preferred test.

4.

The arresting officer or the breath testing instrument operator must
observe the subject for 20 minutes or more before administering the
breath test to ensure nothing is ingested orally.

5.

The breath testing instrument operator will:
a.

Ensure the breath testing instrument is functioning properly and
the testing site log book is in proper order.
1)

An internal radio frequency interference (RFI) detector
protects the breath testing instrument from radio
interference. Radio interference inside the testing site may
set off the RFI detector.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

2

12.235
2)

If the RFI detector activates during a breath test, the
operator will start the testing process over from the
beginning. This does not excuse the arrested from the
responsibility of giving an additional breath sample.
a)

b.

c.

B.

Do not attempt a third test on the breath testing
instrument if the RFI detector activates a second
time.
1]

Time permitting, transport the arrested to
another testing site.

2]

If time is a factor, the arresting officer will
request a urine sample.

An operator encountering a problem which creates doubt as to
the breath testing instrument's accuracy or renders the breath
testing instrument inoperable will remove the breath testing
instrument from service.
1)

The breath testing instrument operator will make a blotter
entry noting the reason for removing the breath testing
instrument from service and notify the shift Officer In
Charge (OIC).

2)

The shift OIC will notify the Traffic Unit as soon as
possible, but no later than the Traffic Unit's next working
day.

The breath testing instrument operator will conduct all testing
and processing according to the Ohio Administrative Code
Sections 3701.53.01-10 and Ohio Revised Code (ORC)
Sections 4511.19 and 4511.191.

Operating a Vehicle Under the Influence - Arrest
1.

Complete the Multi-Count Uniform Traffic Tag (MUTT) as follows:
a.

Charge all persons arrested for OVI, including a refusal of
chemical test(s), with ORC Section 4511.19(A)(1)(a) "Operated
a vehicle while under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs of
abuse" in the OVI area of the MUTT.

b.

If a completed breath test reveals the arrested has a BAC of .08
but less than .170 BAC the arresting officer will charge the
arrested with ORC Section 4511.19(A)(1)(a) in the OVI area and
4511.19(A)(1)(d) in the first available other offense block of the
MUTT.
1)

The "Description of Offense" for ORC Section
4511.19(A)(1)(d) should read: "Operate a vehicle with a
concentration of
Grams by weight of alcohol per 210
liters of breath”.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

3

12.235
c.

If a completed breath test reveals the arrested has a BAC of
.170 or above, the arresting officer will charge the arrested with
ORC Sections 4511.19(A)(1)(a) in the OVI area and
4511.19(A)(1)(h) in the first available other offense block on the
MUTT.
1)

d.

If a completed breath test reveals the arrested has a BAC of less
than .08, the arresting officer will charge with ORC Section
4511.19(A)(1)(a). Word the MUTT as in Section B.1.a.
1)

e.

f.

The “Description of Offense” for ORC Section
4511.19(A)(1)(h) should read: “Operate a vehicle with a
concentration of ______ Grams by weight of alcohol per
210 liters of breath.”

If drug abuse is suspected, or a combination of alcohol and
drug abuse is suspected, request a urine sample.

For blood or urine samples when alcohol is involved, the
arresting officer will charge the arrested with ORC Section
4511.19(A)(1)(a) in the OVI area of the MUTT and
4511.19(A)(1)(b) or (e) in the first available other offense area of
the MUTT as follows:
1)

Blood: 4511.19(A)(1)(b), "Operate a vehicle with a BAC
above .08 grams of alcohol per 100 milliliters of blood."

2)

Urine: 4511.19(A)(1)(e), "Operate a vehicle with a BAC
above .11 grams of alcohol per 100 milliliters of urine."

The Court Property Unit will send a copy of the blood or urine
test results to the Traffic Unit and the arresting officer.
1)

The Traffic Unit will send a copy of the analysis to the City
Prosecutor's Office when requested.

g.

When only drugs are involved, use Section 4511.19(A)(1)(a).

h.

If the arrested refuses a breath, urine, or blood test, the arresting
officer will charge with ORC Section 4511.19 (A)(1)(a). Word
the MUTT as in Section B.1.a.

i.

1)

Failure to give an adequate breath sample (deficient
sample) is considered a refusal.

2)

Only a urine test can be offered and refused at the
Hamilton County Justice Center.

If the arrested refuses a chemical test and has a conviction for
OVI or Underage Consumption, both 4301.69 and 4511.19(B)(3)
in the last 20 years the arresting officer will also charge with
ORC Section 4511.19(A)(2).

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

4

12.235
1)
2.

All charges supporting the OVI charge will be written on the same
MUTT in the other offense area.
a.

3.

Wording for ORC Section 4511.19(A)(2) will be “Refused a
chemical test under 4511.191 with a prior OVI in 20 years”.

If another MUTT is used due to additional charges, print the
words "Companion Case" across the "Conditions area" of the
MUTT. Also, cross reference the MUTT serial numbers on each
companion MUTT.

If the arrested fails to produce a driver's license, but has a valid
license through Law Enforcement Automated Data System (LEADS)
verification, do not cite for Section 4510.12. If the arrested has no
driving privileges, cite the proper ORC Section for Driving Under
Suspension (DUS) or No Operators License on the MUTT.
a.

Advise the arrested to surrender the driver's license, within 24
hours of the arrest, to the district where processing occurred.
1)

The district receiving the license will forward it to the Traffic
Unit.

4.

Cite the arrested on the MUTT for the fifth calendar day following the
arrest. If the fifth day is a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday, use
the next court day.

5.

OVI - Physical Arrest:
a.

Physically arrest the violator having two or more OVI convictions
within the last six years or 5 or more convictions within the last
20 years. (Example: You have an OVI offender with one prior
conviction, they are charged as a second offender. Two prior
convictions are charged as third offenders, etc.) Those charged
as first and second OVI offenders may be cited (see Procedure
12.555).
1)

The Form 495 must reflect the number of OVI convictions
which occurred in the last six years.

b.

If the location of the arrested's residence and place of
employment makes extradition necessary (Procedure 12.555),
physically arrest and require bond.

c.

If the arrested is hospitalized or remains under hospital care,
whether or not a BAC test was given, follow Procedure 12.600.

d.

See Section N. for proper routing of forms.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

5

12.235

C.

Underage Consumption/Arrest
1.

If the person is under 21 years of age and has consumed alcoholic
beverages and operated a vehicle but is not believed to be under the
influence, complete the (MUTT) as follows:
a.

If a completed breath test reveals a BAC of .02 but under .08
BAC, charge the arrested under ORC Section 4511.19(B)(3) in
the first available other offense block of the MUTT.
1)

b.

If a completed breath test reveals a BAC of .08 or greater,
charge under the 4511.19(A) OVI arrest.

c.

If the violator refuses chemical tests, then charge under 4301.69
on a NTA.

d.

D.

The "Description of Offense" should read: "Operate a
vehicle after underage alcohol consumption"
4511.19(B)(3).

1)

The “Description of Offense” should read: “No underage
person shall knowingly order, pay for, share the cost of,
attempt to purchase, or consume any beer or intoxication
liquor in any public or private place”.

2)

If the violator refuses a request for chemical testing, advise
the violator he is under an immediate Administrative
License Suspension (ALS) but do not seize the vehicle.

If the arrested submits to the breath test and the results reveal a
BAC of .079 or less, his driving privileges shall not be
suspended and the vehicle should not be seized. Do not allow
violator to operate the vehicle.

Physical Control Under the Influence - Arrest
1.

If a person is under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs of abuse
and exercises physical control over a vehicle but does not move the
vehicle then complete the MUTT as follows:
a.

Charge all persons arrested for Physical Control, including a
refusal of chemical test(s), with ORC Section 4511.194.
1)

The “Description of Offense” for ORC Section 4511.194
should read: “Physical control of a vehicle under the
influence of alcohol/drugs” in the first available other
offense block on the MUTT.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

6

12.235
2)

b.

E.

If the violator refuses request for chemical test advise the
violator he is under an immediate ALS suspension but do
not seize the vehicle.

If a completed breath test reveals the arrested has a BAC of .08
or greater the arresting officer will also charge the arrested with
an additional ORC Section 4511.194 in the next available other
offense block on the MUTT.
1)

The "Description of Offense" for ORC Section 4511.194
with a breath test of .08 BAC or greater should read:
"Physical control of a vehicle with a concentration of
_______ grams by weight of alcohol per 210 liters of
breath".

2)

If the arrested submits to the breath test, their driving
privileges shall not be suspended and the vehicle should
not be seized. Do not allow violator to operate the vehicle.

Completing Required Forms
1.

The arresting officer will complete a Form BMV-2255, Administrative
License Suspension (ALS) for each OVI, Physical Control and
Underage Consumption arrest.
a.

The ALS contains all rights, penalties, and appeals concerning
driving privileges. The arresting officer, in the presence of a
qualified witness, must read and show the offender the back
side of the form regarding the "Test and Refusal
Consequences." The arrested must have the opportunity to sign
the form. If the arrested refuses, mark the “Refused to Sign” box.
If the offender is unable due to injury, the form will still be read to
the offender and write "Unable" on the signature line.
1)

Ensure the ALS is completed with current information,
signed by a qualified witness and notarized before
separating the form.
a)

b.

The OFFENDER copy must be complete, but
notarization is not required.

Impound the vehicle of a person arrested and charged with OVI
for pretrial seizure if they are the vehicle owner, based on
LEADS verification, and have at least one (1) OVI conviction
within the last six years.
1)

Refer to Procedure 12.270, for towing or moving a vehicle.
a)

Advise Police Communications Section (PCS) the
vehicle is a pretrial seizure when requesting a
wrecker.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

7

12.235
c.

Routing the Administrative License Suspension
1)

OVI arrests
a)

If the arrested tests .08 or above BAC or refuses a
breath, urine, or blood test:
1]

b)

Send the ORIGINAL and LAW ENFORCEMENT
copies to the Traffic Unit.
a]

Attach the driver's license of the arrested
to the ORIGINAL and LAW
ENFORCEMENT copies.

b]

Attach the COURT copy to the MUTT.

c]

Give the OFFENDER copy to the arrested.

If the arrested tests below .08 BAC or a urine or blood
sample is taken:
1]

Send the ORIGINAL and LAW ENFORCEMENT
copies to the Traffic Unit.

2]

Attach the COURT copy to the MUTT.
a]

3]
2)

Give the OFFENDER copy to the arrested.

Physical Control and Underage Consumption Arrests
a)

If arrested submits to a chemical test all copies of
completed ALS are stored in the OVI jacket at the
processing site.

b)

If the arrested refuses a chemical test
1]

2.

Attach the arrested’s drivers license to the
MUTT.

Send the ORIGINAL and LAW ENFORCEMENT
copies to the Traffic Unit.
a]

Attach the arrested’s drivers license to the
ORIGINAL and LAW ENFORCEMENT
copies.

b]

Attach the COURT copy to the MUTT.

c]

Give the OFFENDER copy to the arrested.

The arresting officer will complete a Form 600, Notification of Rights
for each OVI arrest.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

8

12.235

a.

Read and show the arrested the Form 600 in the presence of a
qualified witness. The arrested must have the opportunity to
sign the form. If the arrested refuses, mark the "Refused to
Sign" box.
1)

3.

The arresting officer will complete a Form 495 for each OVI arrest.
a.

4.

F.

At the time of arrest, read the arrested the Miranda
Warning. Refer to Section A.1.b.

The summary of arrest must contain sufficient information to
establish reasonable grounds for the initial stop and probable
cause to arrest for OVI.

The instrument operator will complete a Form HEA2652, State of
Ohio Test Report, breath test record, and testing site log book entry
whenever the breath testing instrument is operated or placed in
operation, even if the arrested refuses the test.
a.

For refusals, complete the Form HEA2652 through Step 4.
Check the "Refusal" block.

b.

Enter all refusals, instrument checks, breath, urine and blood
tests in the testing site logbook.
1)

All logbook entries must be in numerical order according to
the OVI number on the Form 495.

2)

If an entry needs to be deleted in the testing site logbook,
draw a single line through the item and notify Traffic Unit of
the deletion.

3)

Notify Traffic Unit of any irregularities involving the testing
site logbook.

Urinalysis Testing for BAC
1.

Use the ALS for the implied consent.
a.

2.

The arresting officer must read and show the arrested, in the
presence of a qualified witness, the "Test and Refusal
Consequences" on the back side of the Form BMV-2255. The
arrested must have the opportunity to sign the signature line on
the front. If the arrested refuses to sign, mark the "Refused to
Sign" box.

A police officer of the same sex as the arrested must witness the
giving of urine specimens to assure authenticity.
a.

Arresting officers do not have to be licensed breath testing
instrument operators to process urine samples.

b.

Collect two samples in clean, tightly closed containers.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

9

12.235

3.

4.
G.

c.

Add one Jenneile Enterprises sodium fluoride capsule to each
sample. Indicate on the Evidence Submission Form and the
Form 495 the sodium fluoride capsule was added.

d.

Seal each specimen container with evidence tape and initial the
tape.

e.

Label each specimen container with the name of the arrested,
name of the person taking the specimen, date and time the
specimen was taken, and that the sodium fluoride capsule was
added.

f.

Complete one original Evidence Submission Form. Place the
OVI number in the upper right corner. List the court date and
ORC violation.

g.

Place both sealed specimen containers in one evidence
biohazard bag.

h.

In the outside pocket of the biohazard bag place the following.
Do not use staples or paper clips:
1)

Original Evidence Submission Form

2)

Original Form 327, Property Tag

3)

Original Form 330, Property Receipt

4)

Copy of the Form 495 or citation.

During normal business hours (0700 to 1600 hours), the arresting
officer will hand deliver the evidence to the Court Property Unit.
a.

If the Court Property Unit is closed, the officer will take the
evidence to the Criminal Investigation Section (CIS) and place it
in the CIS refrigerator. The delivering officer will make an entry
in the CIS log book.

b.

Court Property Unit personnel will pick up the evidence during
normal business hours.

Court Property Unit personnel will take both evidence specimens to
the Hamilton County Coroner's Lab for analysis.

Blood Testing for Blood Alcohol Content
1.

Use the ALS for the implied consent.
a.

The arresting officer must read and show the arrested, in the
presence of a qualified witness, the "Test and Refusal
Consequences" on the back side of the Form BMV-2255. The
arrested must have the opportunity to sign the signature line on
the front. If the arrested refuses to sign, mark the "Refused to
Sign" box.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

10

12.235

2.

Only a physician, registered nurse, qualified technician, chemist,
phlebotomist or Cincinnati Fire Department paramedic can draw blood
specimens.
a.

b.

A Cincinnati Fire Department paramedic is the first choice when
requesting blood specimens.
1)

If a paramedic unit has been dispatched to the scene of an
accident due to injuries, etc., and the driver is suspected of
OVI, the arresting officer may request the paramedic unit
draw blood for analysis.

2)

Blood should only be drawn inside an ambulance or
hospital.

Do not request area hospital personnel (physicians, nurses, etc.)
provide this service unless circumstances warrant their
assistance.
1)

An officer who has reasonable grounds to believe a subject
was operating a vehicle under the influence of alcohol or
drugs may request a blood test pursuant to ORC Section
4511.191. The officer will request the hospital perform the
appropriate test by completing an official request form
designed by each hospital when required.
a)

If the hospital refuses to assist in obtaining the
specimen, contact the Traffic Unit.

c.

PCS cannot dispatch Fire Department paramedics for the sole
purpose of drawing blood to ascertain BAC.

d.

Arresting officers do not have to be licensed breath testing
instrument operators to process blood samples.

e.

The arrested will be shown and read the ALS and agree to have
his blood drawn for the purpose of analysis.

f.

1)

An unconscious person is deemed to have given consent
under ORC Section 4511.191.

2)

When the arrested refuses to take a blood test under ORC
Section 4511.191, no test may be given.

3)

The use of force to take blood samples is not permitted in
Ohio.

A police officer will insure alcohol swabs are not used in
conjunction with blood samples.
1)

A police officer will witness the drawing of the blood
samples and maintain control of the evidence for court
purposes.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

11

12.235

3.

Obtain two blood specimens.
a.

Officers will check the expiration date on the tube to be
sure it hasn’t expired.

2)

Officers in need of blood test tubes will obtain tubes from
the district OVI room or the Traffic Unit.

Seal each specimen container with evidence tape and initial the
tape.

c.

Label each specimen container with the name of the arrested,
name of person taking the specimens, and the date and time
specimens were taken.

d.

Complete one original Evidence Submission Form. Place the
OVI number in the upper right corner. List the court date and
ORC violation.

e.

Place both sealed specimen containers in one evidence
biohazard bag.

f.

In the outside pocket of the biohazard bag place the following.
Do not use staples or paper clips:
1)

Original Evidence Submission Form

2)

Original Form 327

3)

Original Form 330

4)

Copy of the Form 495 or citation.

Route the evidence as outlined in Section F.3. of this procedure.

Testing for Drug Abuse
1.

I.

1)

b.

g.
H.

Be sure the test tubes for the blood specimens have a gray cap
and contain sodium fluoride and potassium oxalate as
anticoagulants.

When drug abuse, or a combination of alcohol and drug abuse is
suspected, obtain either a urine or blood specimen and follow Section
F. or G. of this procedure. Do not complete a Form HEA2652.

Felony Arrests
1.

Persons arrested with five or more prior OVI or Underage
Consumption convictions within 20 years will be charged as a 3rd
degree felony (see Section B.5.a.).

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

12

12.235

2.

3.

a.

Officers must verify through the Regional Crime Information
Center (RCIC) and LEADS that a person has at least five prior
OVI or Underage Consumption
convictions within 20 years
before charging as a 3rd degree felony.

b.

In bold letters write "3rd DEGREE FELONY" in the conditions
block of the MUTT and the top of Form 495.

Persons arrested with three or more prior OVI convictions within six
years will be charged as a 4th degree felony (see Section B.5.a.).
a.

Officers must verify through the RCIC and LEADS that a person
has at least three prior convictions within six years before
charging as a 4th degree felony.

b.

In bold letters write "4th DEGREE FELONY" in the conditions
block of the MUTT and the top of Form 495.

Physically arrest all persons charged as a 3rd or 4th degree felony OVI
as outlined in Procedure 12.555.
a.

J.

Complete the Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report and the
Form 527A, Bond Information Sheet as outlined in Procedure
12.555.

Juvenile OVI Offender
1.

A juvenile OVI offender is processed the same as an adult when
probable cause exists for ORC Section 4511.19(A) if the BAC is .08 or
more.
a.

If BAC is .08 but below .170 the arresting officer will charge the
juvenile with ORC Sections 4511.19(A)(1)(a) and
4511.19(A)(1)(d) on the MUTT (see Section B.1.)
1)

Word the "Description of Offense" ORC Section
4511.19(A)(1)(a) and 4511.19(A)(1)(d) the same as an
adult (see Section B.1.).

2)

The ALS is completed the same as an adult (see Section
C.1.).

b.

If BAC is at .170 or above, the arresting officer will charge the
juvenile with ORC Sections 4511.19(A)(1)(a) and
4511.19(A)(1)(h) the same as an adult.

c.

A juvenile OVI offender is processed the same as an adult when
probable cause exists and the offender is charged with ORC
Section 4511.19(A)(1)(a) when the offender refuses any
chemical test.

d.

Release the juvenile to a parent or guardian only.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

13

12.235
1)

Cite the arrested juvenile on the MUTT for the fifth
calendar day following the arrest. If the fifth day is a
Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, use the next court day.
a)

2.

A juvenile is processed for "Underage Alcohol Consumption" ORC
Section 4511.19(B)(3), when a completed breath test reveals the
juvenile has a BAC of .02 to less than .08, and probable cause does
not exist for the ORC Section 4511.19(A)(1)(a) offense of OVI (per
Information Section).
a.

K.

The court appearance is at 1600 hours in Juvenile
Court, Broadway Building, 800 Broadway.

Word the "Description of Offense" ORC Section 4511.19(B)(3)
as follows: "Operate a vehicle after underage consumption" in
the first available other offense area of the MUTT.
1)

An ALS is completed for underage consumption but not
processed unless chemical test is refused.

2)

Attach the driver's license to the MUTT.

3)

A juvenile who refuses a chemical test for underage
consumption 4511.19(B)(3) refer to Section C.1.c.

3.

If physically arrested, follow Procedure 12.900.

4.

Obtain the consent of a parent or legal guardian before taking a blood
sample.

5.

Write the word "Juvenile" in bold letters in the top left corner of the
original Form 495 and all copies.

Form 496, Operating a Vehicle Under the Influence Investigation Record
1.

The arresting officer will complete a Form 496, OVI jacket for each
OVI arrest. The OVI jacket will contain the following forms:
a.

Original Form 495

b.

Original Form HEA2652

c.

Original Breath Test Record

d.

Original Form 600

e.

One copy of the OH-1, Ohio Traffic Crash Report (if applicable)

f.

One copy of the ALS

g.

One copy Form 527 (if applicable)

h.

One copy of the MUTT

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

14

12.235
i.
2.

One Polaroid picture (adults only).

Anytime a MVR/DVR equipped police vehicle is involved in a stop
where an individual is arrested for OVI:
a.

Officers will record all OVI incidents from the point of initial
contact to the arrival at the testing location. Officers will record
during the transport to jail.

b.

A copy of the OVI incident captured on tape or disc will be held
as evidence. Clearly mark the 527 and MUTT(s) with "ACE"
(Automated Control of Evidence). Also, mark “yes” in the
specific block on the 495.
1)

c.

Complete a Form 606, Records Request. Process the copy of
the MVR tape or DVR disc as evidence held for court (see
Procedure 12.715). Mark the copy of the tape or disc with the
date and OVI number.
1)

d.

3.

Tapes/discs must be identified by attaching a label with all
pertinent information. Do not write directly on the disc.

When an incident is captured on a DVR, a second copy of the
disc will be made and routed to the Prosecutor’s Office with the
OVI paperwork.

The testing site supervisor will review and file all OVI jackets.
a.

4.

If the incident captured on a DVR is over an hour in length,
the incident will be copied to more than one disc.

The testing site supervisor will ensure each form is properly
completed.

OVI jackets can only be removed for court or with the permission of
the district testing site supervisor or district commander.
a.

To remove an OVI jacket, complete an entry in the OVI Jacket
Sign Out Log. The entry must contain the OVI jacket number,
name of the officer removing the OVI jacket, reason (including
room number and case number), and the date removed. The
OVI jacket must be returned promptly and an entry made in the
log indicating the return date. The site supervisor will re-file the
OVI jacket.
1)

b.

Officers unable to return OVI jackets within five days must
submit a Form 17 explaining why.

The testing site supervisor will ensure accountability and security
of all OVI jackets.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

15

12.235

1)

L.

M.

Use of Testing Sites by Outside Agencies
1.

A Form 495 will be used for each outside agency arrest. If the outside
agency has its own intoxication report, assign a Cincinnati OVI
number to each report.

2.

The arrest will be entered in the Cincinnati Police Department testing
site log book by OVI number in numerical order.

3.

The Form HEA2652 will be completed when any breath test is given
(not necessary with blood or urine).

4.

All original documents, Form 495, Form HEA2652, Breath Test
Record, Form 600, ALS, Operator's License, and any other form
completed for the arrest will remain with the arresting officer from the
outside agency. It will be the responsibility of the arresting officer
from the outside agency to forward the proper copies to their court
system.

5.

Copies of all of the above listed forms completed for the arrest will be
filed in the Form 496. Mark in bold letters on the top of the case
jacket "OTHER AGENCY ARREST."

6.

Copies of all the paperwork listed in 4. above will be sent to the Traffic
Unit.

Supervisory Review of Completed Forms
1.

A supervisor will review all forms for accuracy and completeness. The
approving supervisor will sign the Form 495.

2.

The testing site supervisor will review the logbook weekly for accuracy
and completeness.
a.

N.

An audit of all OVI jackets will be conducted on January 1st
and July 1st each year. Forward a summary of the audit
through the affected division commander to Inspections
Section and Traffic Unit.

The testing site supervisor will notify Traffic Unit of any
irregularities.

Routing Completed Forms
1.

All copies must be hand delivered before 0800 hours each court day.
Each copy must be legible and on 8-1/2" X 11" paper.
a.

City Prosecutor's Office, 801 Plum Street, Room 200:
1)

Two copies of the Form 495

2)

One copy of the State of Form HEA2652 and breath test
record attached to the Form 495

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

16

12.235

b.

3)

One copy of the OH-1 (if applicable).

4)

One copy of the DVR disc. The disc will be identified with
the arrestee’s name, the date of arrest, and the OVI
number. The information will be written on a label and
attached to the disc. The Prosecutor’s Office will continue
to obtain MVR tapes from the Court Property Unit.

Municipal Court Probation Division, Broadway Building, 800
Broadway:
1)

c.

One copy of the Form 495, placed in an envelope and
labeled "Municipal Court Probation Division" and left at the
Prosecutor's Office.

Traffic Unit, 800 Evans Street:
1)

One copy of the Form 495

2)

The ORIGINAL and LAW ENFORCEMENT copies of the
ALS with the driver's license attached, if applicable

3)

a)

Attach the license to the ALS when breath tests are
.08 or above or any chemical test is refused and
forward to the Traffic Unit.

b)

Attach the license with the COURT copy of the ALS to
the MUTT for ORC Section 4511.19(A)(1)(a) on any
test under a .08 BAC, or blood and urine samples.

One copy of the Form HEA2652 and breath test record.
a)

O.

Attach all of the forms together.

Instrument Checks
1.

Traffic Unit will perform an instrument check on the breath testing
instrument once every seven days.

Rev. 06/07/05, Replaces 6/29/04

17

12.240

12.240 OHIO MULTI-COUNT UNIFORM TRAFFIC TICKET
(MUTT)
Reference:
Procedure 12.205 – Traffic Enforcement
Procedure 12.235 – Operating a Vehicle under the Influence (OVI): Processing
and Arrest
Procedure 12.900 – Processing Juvenile Offenders
Policy:
Officers will use the Ohio Multi-Count Uniform Traffic Ticket (MUTT) citation for
all moving violations cited under city ordinances or state codes regardless of the
violator's place of residence.
The citation is the actual summons so notarization is not required. Officers will
record on the citation the date the summons is personally served on the
defendant.
All citations for minor misdemeanor moving violations must provide the violator
with the option of paying out the fine instead of appearing on the scheduled court
date. Violators will not receive the payout option when one of the following
applies:
•

The violator requires medical care and/or is unable to provide for his own
safety.

•

The violator cannot or will not offer satisfactory proof of identity.

•

The violator refuses to sign the citation.

Most moving violations are minor misdemeanors unless the violator has a
previous conviction for a moving violation within the past 12 months. Officers will
treat all minor misdemeanor moving violations as a first offense (requiring payout
option), unless the officer has personal knowledge the violator has a conviction
for a moving violation within the past 12 months. Personal knowledge should
include the information available through the computer system.
Information:
A State of Ohio Supreme Court decision has stated: "The authority granted in
Section 2935.03 to a police officer to arrest and detain an individual found
violating a law of this State, does not confer authority upon a municipal police
officer to arrest without a warrant outside the geographical boundaries of his
municipality for traffic offenses observed by the officer to have been committed
outside such municipal limits."
The Hamilton County Municipal Court requires that police officers advise persons
cited to Traffic Court to bring proof of financial responsibility to court with them.

Rev. 01/29/08, Replaces 6/02

1

12.240
Procedure:
A.

Completing MUTT citations:
1.

Neatly print the citation in its entirety (except the signature of the
violator).
a.

All violators must receive a readable copy of the citation.

b.

Give adult violators a court date 10-14 calendar days from the
date of violation.

c.

If the violator is involved in an auto accident and is cited for a
minor misdemeanor only, give them a court date 7-10 calendar
days from the date of violation.

d.

Refer to Procedure 12.900, Section G., when investigating
juvenile traffic violations.

2.

When issuing a citation for a traffic violation, the officer will include the
violator's zip code as part of the address.

3.

A total of six violations can be written on each MUTT citation. If
conditions exist where more than one citation is issued to an
individual, they will be handled in the following manner:
a.

You must give the offender the same court date on each citation
issued. You must continue to check the Court Appearance
Required block for each violation requiring a court appearance.
1)

In instances of DUI arrests, refer to Procedure 12.235 for
proper citation instructions.

b.

The citing officer will write across the "Conditions" section of the
citation the words, "Companion Case." Include citation serial
numbers for each companion case.

c.

When making a physical arrest write on the Arrest Form 527,
under "Facts of Arrest," that it is a companion case. Include
citation serial numbers for each companion case. Deliver all
companion citations to Central Intake with the arrest slip.

d.

Staple all companion cases together.

4.

Check the Court Appearance Required block for each moving
violation which is a fourth degree misdemeanor or higher. Violations
not marked as Court Appearance Required will be considered payout
citations.

5.

Legibly sign (and/or print below your signature) as the charging officer
and assign a court date on all citations.

6.

Require the violator to sign the citation along the right hand side of the
citation in the space marked "Signature" to acknowledge receipt.

Rev. 01/29/08, Replaces 6/02

2

12.240
a.

b.

Officers have the authority to make a physical arrest on all
moving violations if the violator continues to refuse to sign the
citation after being advised of the physical arrest consequences.
1)

If the violator refuses to sign the citation, the officer will
notify a supervisor of the situation. The supervisor will
review the circumstances and decide if the violator will be
arrested.

2)

When a physical arrest is affected, the officer will write
"Refused" on the signature block of the MUTT. The officer
will also write "Physical" across the Court Date block at the
bottom of the citation to cancel the court date and payout
option.

3)

The officer will write on the Arrest Form 527 that the
subject refused to sign the citation.

4)

Officers will not make a physical arrest in situations, such
as auto accidents, where the officer did not witness the
violation. If the violator refuses to sign the citation, officers
should write “Refused-auto accident” in the signature block
of the MUTT.

If the violator is unable to sign the citation (unavailable at the
hospital, unconscious, etc.), the issuing officer will exercise
reasonable measures to get the signature of the violator.
1)

7.

When applicable, officers will complete the space for witnesses and
officer's notes on the reverse side of the pink copy of the citation. Use
the insert flap to prevent defacing the front of the page when writing
on the rear of the carbonless form.
a.

8.
B.

In cases involving aggravated circumstances, the officer
may choose to wait to issue the citation until the violator
can sign. Another choice is to place a Police Hold on the
subject at the hospital, completing an Arrest Form 527 after
consulting with a supervisor.

Any officer desiring a copy for personal use will use the unit
copying machine to make such copy.

Give the violator a copy of the Payout Instructions (Form 655T) along
with a copy of the citation.

To require additional security from moving violators and to assure
compliance with the requirements of the citation:

Rev. 01/29/08, Replaces 6/02

3

12.240
1.

Usually officers will not require additional security to ensure moving
violators pay the established fine or appear as required, regardless of
whether the violator is a Hamilton County resident, out-of-county Ohio
resident, or out-of-state resident.
a.

Most citations issued to violators for minor misdemeanor moving
violations will simply provide both a court date and a payout
option, as detailed above, without requiring further security from
the violator regardless of the violator's place of residence.

b.

Most citations issued to violators for moving violations which are
fourth degree misdemeanors or higher will simply require a
mandatory court appearance as detailed above, without
requiring further security from the violator, regardless of the
violator's place of residence.
1)

c.

Officers will advise violators that failure to pay the fine or appear
as required will result in a capias being issued for the violator's
arrest, and entry of such capias into the Regional Police
Computer System.
1)

2.

This general rule will not prevent officers from physically
arresting violators for certain serious moving violations as
detailed below.

The Form 655T contains such a warning to the violator.

Officers may require additional security from some traffic violators,
according to the guidelines listed below, to ensure compliance with
the requirements of the citation in cases which include aggravated
circumstances or in which the officer has reason to believe the violator
will not pay the citation or appear in court.
a.

Officers do not have the legal authority to physically arrest
Hamilton County residents for minor misdemeanor violations
unless the offender requires medical care, cannot or will not
offer satisfactory proof of identity, or refuses to sign the citation;
regardless of any aggravated circumstances that might be
present. The violator's failure to comply with the requirements of
the citation will result in a capias served by law enforcement
officers.

b.

Officers will continue to physically arrest Hamilton County
residents for moving violations that are fourth degree
misdemeanors or higher when aggravated circumstances exist,
and police discretion so dictates.
1)

When a physical arrest is necessary for a charge that
would usually result in a citation, the officer will call a
supervisor. The supervisor will review the circumstances
and decide if the violator will be arrested.

2)

The arresting officer will write "Physical" across the bottom
portion of the citation, and complete an Arrest Form 527.

Rev. 01/29/08, Replaces 6/02

4

12.240
3)

The officer will call a supervisor in cases requiring a cash
bond.

4)

When citing out-of-county Ohio residents or out-of-state
residents for minor misdemeanor moving violations, citing
officers may require the violator to post a cash bond. Do
not accept a license from out-of-state residents as security
for moving violations.
a)

5)

c.

The officer will call a supervisor in cases requiring a
cash bond.

Such bond may be posted in one of the following two ways:
a)

If the violator has enough cash to post bond
immediately, the officer will remove the violator to the
Clerk’s Office at the Justice Center, 1000 Sycamore
Street, and witness the posting of bond before
releasing the violator.

b)

If the violator does not have enough cash to post
bond immediately, the officer will remove the violator
to the Justice Center, Central Intake, without delay.
1]

The citing officer will not write “Physical” across
the bottom of the citation, since the violator
retains his option to payout or appear.

2]

The officer will write on the Arrest Form 527
“Detained for Bond.”

When citing out-of-county Ohio residents for moving violations
which are fourth degree misdemeanors or higher, in cases in
which aggravated circumstances exist and/or police discretion so
dictates, officers may:
1)

Request the violator to surrender his valid Ohio driver's
license as security to assure compliance, as may be done
with minor misdemeanor moving violations, except that a
driver's license may not be accepted if the violator is
charged with any of the following offenses:

ORC

CMC

OFFENSE

4511.02

502-9

Disregarding a Police
Officer's Signals - Fleeing

4511.19(A)(1)

Driving Under the Influence

4511.20

506-6

Reckless Operation

4511.251

506-30

Drag Racing

Rev. 01/29/08, Replaces 6/02

5

12.240
4513.36
2)

Or, require the violator to post a cash bond as may be
done with minor misdemeanor moving violations.

3)

Or, physically arrest the violator, mark "Physical" across
the bottom portion of the citation, and complete Form 527.
a)

d.

Resisting Officer During Traffic
Arrest

When a physical arrest is necessary for a charge that
would usually result in a citation, the officer will call a
supervisor. The supervisor will decide if the violator
will be arrested.

When citing out-of-state residents for moving violations which
are fourth degree misdemeanors or higher, in cases in which
aggravated circumstances exist and/or police discretion so
dictates, officers may:
1)

Require the violator to post a cash bond, as may be done
with minor misdemeanor moving violations, or

2)

Physically arrest the violator, marking "Physical" across the
bottom portion of the citation, and completing a Form 527.

3)

The officer will call a supervisor when requiring a cash
bond or when a physical arrest is necessary for a charge
that would usually result in a citation.

Rev. 01/29/08, Replaces 6/02

6

12.245

12.245 PROCESSING OF TRAFFIC TAGS/OUTTs
Reference:
Standards Manual - 82.3.4
Procedure:
A.

Police Equipment Section (314 Broadway).
1.

2.

B.

When Cincinnati Traffic Tag (CTT) and Ohio Uniform Traffic Tag
(OUTT) citation books are received at the Equipment Section, an
entry will be made in their ledger by a supervisor indicating:
a.

The date received.

b.

That the certified list has been received from the manufacturer
and is on file.

c.

The number of books received and their serial numbers.

d.

The name of the supervisor.

When the Equipment Section issues these books to the field units,
they will mark the ledger stating the number of books dispensed and
the serial numbers of the books.

Field units.
1.

2.

When a field unit requires a supply of CTT/OUTT citation books, they
will send two copies of a Requisition (Form 10) to the Equipment
Section stating the number of books required. Normally a unit should
not maintain more than a month's supply of citation books, with the
lower numbered books distributed first, in order.
a.

Return the original Form 10 to the field unit with the requested
number of citation books.

b.

Retain the duplicate Form 10 for the Equipment Section files.

Store the CTT/OUTT citation books for the field unit in a locked
cabinet under the control of supervisors only.
a.

3.

The district/unit receptacle for citations and receipt cards will
always be locked with the key under the control of supervisors
only.

When an officer requires CTT/OUTT citation books, the shift
supervisor will issue the requested number of books. The requesting
officer will immediately:
a.

Examine the book for completeness.

Rev. 9/89, Replaces 7/89

1

12.245

4.

b.

Confirm and note the beginning and ending serial numbers, his
badge number, unit of assignment, and sign the receipt card in
the front of the book.

c.

Give the receipt card to the supervisor.

The shift supervisor will examine the CTT/OUTT receipt card for
completeness and accuracy. He will place his badge number in the
lower right-hand corner, showing he has issued the citation book. The
supervisor will then give the receipt card to the data entry clerk, who
will enter it into the computer.
a.

Upon completion the data entry clerk will send the receipt card to
the Records Unit.

5.

When the last CTT/OUTT citation tag in the book has been issued,
the officer will hand in the ledger card to the shift supervisor. He will
completely fill out the ledger card noting each violation written.

6.

All issued citations will be turned in each day at the end of the officer's
tour of duty to a supervisor.

7.

Each day on the third shift, the OIC will prepare or have prepared a
Receipt for Traffic Citation (Form 308). This form will list numerically
all citation tags issued by his unit during the preceding 24 hours.
a.

Upon completion of all the information on the Form 308, the
officer preparing the report will place his name in the column
Prepared by Officer. A supervisor will confirm and sign the
column Verified by Supervisor.

b.

Prepare a separate Form 308 for juvenile OUTTs, adult OUTTs
(companion cases stapled together) and all CTTs. Process the
three Forms 308 in three separate envelopes and mail them to
the Records Unit during the next regular mail run.
1)

C.

Records Unit will mail the second copy of the Form 308
back to the district after verifying the information on the
form.

Records Unit.
1.

File the OUTT and CTT receipt cards and the CTTs when they are
received from the field units. Enter the OUTTs and CTTs into their
appropriate computer system.
a.

File clerks will maintain the CTT affidavit copies in numerical
sequence. When the ledger card is received, they will check to
make sure that all 25 affidavit copies are on file.
1)

Exception: When a warrant is issued and the affidavit copy
is removed for this purpose, the clerk will so state on the
CTT receipt card, with the date and serial number of the
CTT.

Rev. 9/89, Replaces 7/89

2

12.245

b.

If any affidavit copies are found to be missing, the Records Unit
supervisor will advise the affected bureau commander via a
Form 17.

Rev. 9/89, Replaces 7/89

3

12.250

12.250 CANCELLATION OF CITATIONS, TRAFFIC
WARRANTS, & CRIMINAL WARRANTS
Reference:
Procedure 12.215 - Cincinnati Parking Infraction (CPI)
Procedure 12.251 - Citations Issued to Department Owned Vehicles
Purpose:
To maintain integrity, professional excellence and community trust through the
proper enforcement of state and local laws.
To establish a procedure for the timely correction of citations and warrants
issued in error.
Policy:
When the Department becomes aware of a potential citation/warrant written in
error, an immediate and thorough investigation will be made to ensure that
charges against the wrongfully accused are dismissed and the correct violator is
identified and charged with the offense.
Information:
Ohio Traffic Rules require submission of all written traffic citations to the court for
proper disposition.
Submit traffic citations, parking infractions, and notices to appear, issued in error
to the Records Section for official disposition in court under the following
circumstances:
•

When the issuing officer made an obvious error in judgment or
committed a violation of Department policy.

•

Issued a citation for a violation of a nonexistent sign, an inoperative
traffic signal, unintentionally wrote a citation using an operator’s license
or identification of a person not the violator are examples when a
dismissal request is justified.

Normally, a minor mistake; e.g., color of vehicle, street condition, omitting the
make of the vehicle, etc., does not justify a request for dismissal.
When it is necessary to make a correction, do not scratch out the mistake.
Strike a single line through the mistake to enable the defendants copy to be
compared when it is received in the system.
It is imperative that the warrant number(s) are checked accurately and that these
warrants match the physical description of the subject along with statistical
information (i.e.; date of birth, social security number, control number, etc.).
Even one number being transposed on either the warrant or personal statistical
data can mean the difference between a person being wrongly accused and the
correct violator being identified and charged with an offense.
Rev. 11/00, Replaces 8/00

1

12.250

Procedure:
A.

Felony/Misdemeanor/Traffic Warrant(s)/Capias issued in error to adults not
the violator of the offense:
1.

Officers discovering an error will notify a supervisor immediately.

2.

Supervisor will:
a.

Verify appropriate case number with the clerk’s office or through
a computer query.

b.

Verify if multiple charges have been listed with each case
number (i.e.; A-D).
1)

c.

Specify each charge to be cancelled if multiple charges
exist.

Contact the appropriate Prosecutor’s Office to request a
cancellation of the warrant/capias.
1)

For felony warrants/capiases, contact the Hamilton
County Prosecutor’s office (0800-1600 hours) at 946-3000.

2)

For misdemeanor/traffic warrants/capiases, contact the
City Prosecutor’s office (0800-1700) at 352-5333.

3)

If an error is discovered after normal business hours make
an entry into the district/section/unit blotter indicating the
actions taken.
a)

d.

Prepare a Form 17, briefly stating the facts including the
subject’s name, control number, court case number, all related
charges (i.e.; A-D), and the title of the criminal offense. List the
name of the prosecutor and action taken on the Form 17.
1)

Fax a copy of the Form 17 to the appropriate Prosecutor’s
office within one (1) hour following the initial phone call to
validate the cancellation request.
a)

e.

A first shift supervisor will contact the appropriate
Prosecutor’s office during the following business day
to verify that a request for cancellation is in process.

The Prosecutor’s office will place the request for
cancellation on the court docket for the following day.

Route the Form 17 through the chain of command to the Bureau
Commander.

Rev. 11/00, Replaces 8/00

2

12.250

3.

The Bureau Commander will:
a.

Indicate approval/disapproval by initialing the Form 17 within
three working days and forward it to the appropriate prosecutor’s
office:
1)

Felony Warrants/Capiases:
Hamilton County Prosecutor’s Office
Chief Assistant Prosecutor
230 East Ninth Street
Suite 4000
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

2)

Misdemeanor and Traffic Warrants/Capias:
City Prosecutor’s Office via interdepartmental mail

b.

4.

Notify the proper District/Section/Unit commander of the
originating officer signing the warrant/capias of the
approval/disapproval.

District/Section/Unit Commanders or his designee will:
a.

Notify the officer under his command who signed original charge
on the individual in error.
1)

B.

The originating officer will re-open the investigation and
attempt to identify and sign appropriate charges on the
proper violator.

Citations:
1.

Officer will notify a supervisor when a citizen makes a complaint about
a Multi-Count Uniform Traffic Ticket (MUTT), Cincinnati Parking
Infraction (CPI),or a Notice to Appear (NTA).

2.

The supervisor will:
a.

Conduct a preliminary investigation to determine the validity of
the complaint.

b.

If warranted, notify the Records Section Customer Service
Supervisor to place a “hold” on the citation pending an
investigation. A hold may be placed 24 hours a day. If all
copies of the citation are present, no “hold” is necessary.
1)

Only Police Department supervisors, Traffic Engineering
supervisors, and Public Utilities supervisors can place a
hold on a CPI, MUTT, or an NTA.

Rev. 11/00, Replaces 8/00

3

12.250

2)

c.

3.

The Records Section Commander will maintain a tickler file
and conduct periodic audits to determine if the citation in
question has been investigated and a disposition made.

Forward the citation to the Police Chief’s Office for assignment
to the appropriate unit. A Form 17 will accompany the citation
identifying the person contacted at Records Section and
indicating the time and date the hold was placed and the name
of the supervisor placing the hold. It will also include the name
of the complainant and the nature of the complaint.
1)

If the original complaint is received at the issuing officer’s
unit, routing to the Police Chief’s Office for assignment is
not necessary.

2)

If a Public Utilities employee issued the citation, instruct the
citizen to immediately mail or deliver the citation to the
Public Utilities Office.

A supervisor, upon receipt of a citation from the Police Chief’s Office,
will verify a hold was placed and take action on the complaint based
on the investigation.
a.

If the complaint relates to a matter of law rather than policy or
procedure, and does not qualify for cancellation, the citation will
be:
1)

Returned to the violator if the original complaint was
received at the issuing officer’s unit of assignment. Explain
the citation can either be paid out, if permitted, or
registered for court or a hearing. Remove the hold at
Records Section.

2)

Returned to Patrol Bureau with a Form 17 if the complaint
originated from the Police Chief’s Office, explaining the
results of the investigation.
a)

b.

The Patrol Bureau will return the citation to the
violator and remove the hold at Records Section.

If in the opinion of the investigating supervisor an error was
made, document the error on a Citation Cancellation Request
(Form 654) and request dismissal of the citation by the court or
hearing officer.
1)

c.

Do not tell the citizen the citation will be
dismissed. Official disposition is adjudicated by
the court/hearing officer. Advise the citizen he
will receive a letter from the Chief’s Office.

If a person already paid the citation, or is convicted of a violation
from a citation issued in error, the investigating supervisor will
document this in the “Details” section of Form 654.

Rev. 11/00, Replaces 8/00

4

12.250

1)

4.

The investigating supervisor will make a request for
reimbursement and dismissal of the citation by the court or
hearing officer.

If an officer discovers an error after writing the citation but before
issuing it to the offender, he will turn in all copies of the citation to his
supervisor who will verify and document the error on a Form 654.
a.

The issuing officer’s supervisor will indicate on the Form 654 the
action taken or initiated in order to prevent recurrence of the
error; e.g., signs to be changed or replaced, etc. Attach a
Report of Conditions Affecting Other Departments (Form 318).
1)

In those instances where disciplinary action is initiated or
recommended, (counseling, reprimand, etc.), do not include
recommendations in the original Form 654.
a)

2)

5.

Inform the bureau commander of such action via a
brief statement on the bureau commander’s copy of
the Form 654.

After approval by the district/section commander and
affected bureau commander, forward the Form 654 with
the citation attached to the Patrol Bureau Commander.

The Patrol Bureau Commander will stamp the back of the violator’s
copy “Recommend Cancellation by the Court” if approved.
a.

When appropriate, the Patrol Bureau Commander will notify the
complainant by letter of the action taken.

b.

The Form 654 and attached citation will be forwarded to the
Records Section Commander for review. Do not forward the
Form 654 dealing with disciplinary action.
1)

Records Section will prepare a master docket sheet for all
citations for submission to the court/hearing officer for
cancellation.

2)

Send photocopies of all Forms 654 and citations to the
Hamilton County Municipal Court Clerk’s Office along with
the master docket sheet by the second Friday of each
month.

3)

The clerk will sign the master docket sheet as a record of
receipt.

6.

A Department employee will not schedule a parking infraction for a
hearing unless the citation has been issued to the employee.

7.

This procedure does not alter existing Procedure 12.215, Cincinnati
Parking Infraction (CPI), regarding the processing of citations
involving defective parking meters.

Rev. 11/00, Replaces 8/00

5

12.250

C.

Juvenile Warrant(s)/Capias Issued in Error:
1.

Officers observing an error will notify a supervisor immediately.

2.

Supervisor will:
a.

Immediately contact Hamilton County Juvenile Court’s Director
of Case Management and Docketing Office at 852-3016 and
request a cancellation of the warrant(s)/capias.

b.

Prepare a Form 17, briefly stating the facts including the
subjects name, control number, court case number, and the title
of the criminal offense.
1)

c.

Route the Form 17 through the chain of command to the Bureau
Commander.
1)

d.

Supervisor must fax a copy of the Form 17 to the Hamilton
County Juvenile Court’s Director of Case Management and
Docketing Office at 852-3009 within one (1) hour following
the initial phone call to validate the cancellation request.

The Bureau Commander will indicate approval/disapproval
by initialing the Form 17 within 3 working days and forward
it to the Hamilton County Juvenile Court’s Clerks Office.

Ensure the proper District/Section/Unit commander to whom the
originating officer signing the warrant/capias reports to is notified
of the approval/disapproval.
1)

District/Section/Unit commander or his designee will notify
the officer who signed original charge on the individual in
error.
a)

D.

Officer will re-open the investigation and attempt to
identify and sign appropriate charges on the proper
violator.

Juvenile Offenders Cited as Adults:
1.

If an MUTT or NTA is issued to an individual believed to be an adult,
and it is later determined the person in question is a juvenile, the
following will apply:
a.

If the issuing officer recognizes the mistake, the officer's
supervisor will prepare a Form 654, briefly stating the facts.
1)

Send the Form 654 with the citation attached to the
Warrant/ Identification Unit (W/IU) and mark "Attention:
Warrant Supervisor."

Rev. 11/00, Replaces 8/00

6

12.250

2.
E.

b.

The W/IU will deliver the Form 654 with the citation attached to
the Hamilton County Municipal Court Clerk's Office so it may be
placed on the docket for the following court day.

c.

If dismissal criteria is met, the court will mark the citation
"Transferred to Juvenile."

d.

The room clerk in Traffic Arraignment will transfer the citation to
Juvenile Court.

e.

Juvenile Court will assign a new court date and notify the
juvenile of the mandatory court appearance.

If a citation is submitted to court, and at the hearing it is discovered
the person cited is a juvenile, follow Sections D.1.c. through D.1.e.

Citations: Unwritten, Soiled, Defaced, or Unusable:
1.

Dispose of soiled, defaced, obsolete, or unusable citations in the
following manner:
a.

Prepare a Form 17 briefly stating the reason.

b.

List citations numerically by serial number.

c.

The district/section commander and the bureau commander will
indicate approval by initialing the Form 17 and forwarding it with
all copies of the citations to the Supply Unit.

d.
2.

1)

A copy of the Form 17 will be returned to the unit
authorizing removal of the citations from the computer
system.

2)

The Supply Unit will keep a copy of the Form 17.

The Supply Unit will dispose of citations by shredding.

Citations soiled by body fluids:
a.

Place citations in an evidence bag and mark with a biohazard
label.

b.

Follow Sections E.1.a. through E.1.c. for routing the Form 17.

c.

Send citations directly to the Court Property Unit with a copy of
the Form 17.

d.

Court Property Unit will dispose of citations by burning.

Rev. 11/00, Replaces 8/00

7

12.251

12.251 CITATIONS ISSUED TO DEPARTMENT OWNED
VEHICLES
Reference:
Procedure - 12.215 - Cincinnati Parking Infraction (CPI)
Procedure - 12.250 - Cancellation of Citations
Procedure:
A.

B.

C.

D.

When a Police Department employee receives a Cincinnati Parking
Infraction (CPI) on a city owned/leased vehicle, the employee will:
1.

Immediately notify his supervisor the citation has been issued.

2.

The employee will document on a Form 17 the circumstances which
caused the citation to be issued.

3.

The employee may choose to pay the citation or schedule a hearing.
In this case, Sections A.1. and A.2. of this procedure must still be
followed.

The Employee's Supervisor Will:
1.

Notify the Records Unit Customer Service Supervisor to place a
"holder" on the citation pending an investigation if the employee
chooses not to pay or schedule a hearing.

2.

Investigate and verify the information as related by the employee.

3.

Indicate on the Form 17 submitted by the employee corrective action
taken or initiated.

4.

If circumstances warrant a cancellation, complete a Citation
Cancellation Request (Form 654).

5.

The employee's Form 17 and the Form 654 with the citation attached
will be forwarded to the district/section commander.

The District/Section Commander Will:
1.

Review and make a recommendation.

2.

Forward the entire packet to the affected bureau commander for
approval.

If the employee was not conducting official police business, or the
district/section or bureau commander disapproves the request for
cancellation, the following will apply:
1.

The employee's supervisor will notify the Records Unit Customer

Rev. 10/92, Replaces 11/86

1

12.251

E.

2.

Return the citation to the employee for payment or to schedule a
hearing.

3.

Failure to have the citation properly disposed of will result in
disciplinary action.

If the district/section commander and the affected bureau commander
recommend cancellation, the employee's Form 17 and the Form 654 with
the citation attached will be forwarded to the Patrol Bureau Commander.
1.

F.

The Patrol Bureau Commander will stamp the back of the citation
"Recommend Cancellation by the Court" if he approves the request.

The employee's Form 17 and the Form 654 with the citation attached will
be forwarded through the Central Records Section Commander to the
Records Unit.
1.

The Records Unit will prepare a master docket sheet for all citations
submitted to the hearing officer for cancellation.

2.

Photo copies of all Forms 17, Forms 654, and citations will be sent to
the Hamilton County Municipal Court Clerk's Office along with the
master docket sheet by the second Friday of each month.

3.

The master docket sheet will be signed by the clerk as a record of
receipt.

G.

If, in the judgment of the hearing officer, the citation does not warrant
cancellation or dismissal, the citation will be returned and processed as
described in Section D.

H.

This procedure does not alter existing Procedure 12.215 regarding the
processing of citations involving defective parking meters.

Rev. 10/92, Replaces 11/86

2

12.255

12.255 DELINQUENT VEHICLES:
IMPOUNDING/PROCESSING DELINQUENT TAGS
Reference:
Cincinnati Municipal Code 513-1 - Impoundment of Motor Vehicles
Standards Manual - 61.1.2, 61.4.3
Procedure 12.031 Automatic License Plate Recognition (ALPR)
Information:
When owners do not respond to parking infraction citations and the citations
become delinquent, the Records Unit will publish the license numbers of such
vehicles on the Delinquent Vehicle List, which is distributed every 30 days.
Procedure:
A.

Any police officer locating a delinquent vehicle will query Police
Communications Section (PCS) by radio for registration by VIN and by
license plates to determine the delinquent status and owner of the vehicle.
If the registration by VIN and license plates do not match, further
investigation is indicated. After verification, the officer will take the following
steps to process the vehicle:
1.

2.

If the vehicle is unattended and the officer is unable to locate the
owner/driver, he will:
a.

Notify PCS via Signal 38.

b.

Initiate a Towing Report (Form 369).

c.

Wait with the delinquent vehicle until the wrecker arrives.

d.

Give a copy of the Form 369 to the wrecker driver and wait until
the vehicle is actually towed from the scene.

If the vehicle is attended (the driver or owner is in or around the
vehicle and makes his presence known before the wrecker leaves the
curb and enters a moving traffic lane):
a.

The officer can direct or escort the driver to the district or the
Hamilton County Municipal Court Clerk's Office to satisfy the
delinquent tags.

b.

If the driver cannot satisfy the tags without delay at the Hamilton
County Municipal Court Clerk's Office, or if it is more convenient
for the officer, direct and escort the driver with the vehicle to the
nearest district.

c.

Inform the driver that his vehicle will be impounded if he does
not satisfy the delinquent tags and return to the district with proof
within a specified time.
1)

Police personnel should consider existing circumstances

Rev. 10/14/08, Replaces 1/94

1

12.255
(availability of parking spaces at the district, time of day,
etc.) when determining what is a reasonable time before
impounding the vehicle.
d.

3.

B.

If the driver fails to return with proof that tags were satisfied
within the specified time, remove the vehicle to the Impound
Unit.

The investigating officer has the discretion at any time to impound
any delinquent vehicle when circumstances dictate. The officer is
responsible for the safety of the operator and occupants when
impounding an occupied delinquent vehicle. The officer will transport
the occupants if needed to a safe location such as a residence or
nearest police station.

The type and number of delinquent violations can be verified by running a
Query Outstanding Ticket (QOT).
1.

Any vehicle appearing on the delinquent list has more than one
delinquent tag. The fine doubles for each delinquent tag.

2.

In order to redeem the delinquent vehicle, the driver/owner must:
a.

Pay all delinquent tags at the:
Hamilton County Municipal Court Clerk's Office - Room 112
Hamilton County Justice Center
314 East Ninth Street

C.

b.

If the owner of a delinquent vehicle wishes to contest his
delinquent citations, he may register them for court.

c.

If warrants have been issued, bond must be posted on each.

3.

The owner/driver may retrieve his vehicle held at a district by
presenting proof the tags have been paid or registered for court.

4.

The owner/driver may retrieve his vehicle held at the Impound Unit,
1810 South Street, by presenting proof the tags have been paid or
registered for court, and by paying impoundage fees.

By ordinance, the owner of any vehicle impounded under Cincinnati
Municipal Code Section 513-1 must be given notice of such impoundment.
Make the notice personally or by regular mail sent to the last known
address of the registered owner.
1.

The impounding officer will attempt to notify the owner of the vehicle
in person or by telephone of the impoundment, providing such
notification can be made during the impoundment and investigation
process.
a.

The officer will indicate notification has or has not been made in
the space provided on the Form 369.

Rev. 10/14/08, Replaces 1/94

2

12.255

2.

b.

If the impounding officer is unable to notify the owner during the
impoundment/investigation process, the officer will note on the
Form 369 under "Remarks & Explanation" any information
gained relative to the owner's current address or telephone
number.

c.

Impound Unit personnel are responsible for the notification after
the vehicle is received at the Impound Unit.

The notification will consist of:
a.

The vehicle has been taken into custody and stored at (location).

b.

The reason for impoundment.

c.

The procedure for obtaining release of the vehicle.

d.

The accrued charges for impoundment and storage.

e.

That the persons claiming the vehicle can challenge the validity
of the impoundment at a hearing before the sworn officer on
duty at the Impound Unit.

f.

That failure to obtain release of the vehicle within 20 days after
impoundment may cause it to be sold at auction.

Rev. 10/14/08, Replaces 1/94

3

12.260

12.260 WARRANTS FOR ADULTS: SERVICE AND
RECORDING
Reference:
Procedure 12.555 - Arrest/Citation: Processing of Adult Misdemeanor and
Felony Offenders
Procedure 12.900 - Processing Juvenile Offenders
Purpose:
Establish a uniform system for handling warrants throughout the Police
Department.
Identify the warrant service responsibilities of police districts/sections/units
receiving warrants for service.
Policy:
District/section/unit commanders will continually review and evaluate the warrant
load of the unit and ensure the load remains at a manageable level.
Procedure:
A.

Recording Warrants
1.

Hamilton County Central Warrants Processing Unit (CWPU) prepares
and forwards warrants as follows:
a.

Misdemeanor warrants will be forwarded to the appropriate unit
based upon the defendant’s address.

b.

Felony warrants signed by citizens are forwarded to Criminal
Investigation Section (CIS).

c.

Felony warrants signed by police officers are forwarded to the
police officer who signed the warrant.

2.

CWPU will prepare warrants with the name, address, date processed,
warrant number, charge, bond (if any), date of offense, and assigned
district.

3.

Warrants sent to the wrong district/section/unit should be forwarded to
the correct district/section/unit through interdepartmental mail.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 10/18/05

1

12.260
a.

4.

Form 481, Cincinnati Police Warrant Transfer, will be completed
in duplicate.
1)

The original will remain with the transferring unit.

2)

The copy will be forwarded with the warrant.

Units will immediately enter warrants into their unit database.
a.

Felony warrants will be assigned to the police officer who signed
the warrant.

b.

Misdemeanor warrants will be assigned to the beat officer who
signed the warrant or who is assigned to the beat of the
defendant’s last known address.

c.

City warrants for county residents will be assigned to the unit
warrant officer.

d.

An Open Warrant List will be printed and distributed on a daily
basis to all district/section/unit personnel after warrant
assignments are made.
1)

5.

A list of capiases issued on the previous court date will also
be attached.

When a warrant is paid out, recalled by the Clerk's Office or Records
Section, or bond is posted, CWPU will notify the assigned
district/section/unit by teletype.
a.

The unit will note the recall in their unit database.

6.

Record information relative to a warrant on the Open Warrants List.

7.

Process warrants for persons held at the Hamilton County Justice
Center or other correctional facilities through CWPU.
a.

8.

When the serving officer learns of the incarceration, the officer
will contact CWPU for further instructions.

At the end of each calendar month, all affected units will submit a
Warrant Report which will include the following information:
a.

Warrants on hand at the beginning of the work period.

b.

Warrants received during the work period.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 10/18/05

2

12.260

9.

B.

c.

Warrants processed during the work period.

d.

Warrants on hand at the end of the work period.

At the end of each calendar month, all affected units will notify Patrol
Administration of how many felony warrants were received and how
many were served.

Serving Warrants
1.

Service areas for warrants
a.

Criminal warrants issued for City of Cincinnati cases by the
judiciary are the responsibility of the Cincinnati Police
Department. The service areas for Hamilton County follow U.S.
Postal zones. The following zones will serve as boundaries
outside the City limits:
1)

Service areas for District Two: 45230, 36, 42, 43, 44 and
parts of 45111 (Camp Dennison), 45140 (Loveland) and
45174 (Terrace Park) within Hamilton County.

2)

Service areas for District Three: 45211, 33, 38, 48 and
parts of 45001 (Addyston), 45002 (Cleves), 45030
(Harrison), 45033 (Hooven), 45041 (Miamitown), 45051
(Mt. St. Joseph) and 45052 (North Bend) within Hamilton
County.

3)

Service areas for District Four: 45212, 15, 16, 17, 37, 41,
and 46 within Hamilton County.

4)

Service areas for District Five: 45218, 24, 31, 39, 40, and
47 within Hamilton County.

2.

Record all information obtained about the wanted person on a Form
311, Incident Closure Report, and return to the warrant officer.

3.

If the warrant can be served at an address different than the one
listed, the police officer will complete a Form 481 and forward it to the
correct district/section/unit.

4.

Units will attempt to serve the warrants within a 30 day period.
a.

Do not return “Unable to Serve” within the 30 day period when
there is an indication the subject lives at the listed address.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 10/18/05

3

12.260

1)

In multiple-unit dwellings, at least two persons, identified by
name, must verify the subject does not live at that address.

2)

Contact the manager or owner of the dwelling for
verification and possible forwarding address.

b.

If the wanted person moved or is not known to reside at the
stated address, check the City Directory, Telephone Directory,
Regional Crime Information Center (RCIC) system and the
Internet (www.courtclerk.org, etc.) for possible new addresses.

c.

If no information is secured by these means, request the post
office branch serving the area furnish a forwarding address.
1)

d.

Canvass the neighborhood for information concerning wanted
persons (neighbors, store clerks, postal workers, etc.).

e.

If there are children of school age in the wanted person's family,
contact the Cincinnati Public School’s Student Information
System (Phone: 363-0380) for the student’s current address.
1)

For this purpose, provide the full name of the child, birth
date or age, and the names of both parents.

f.

Explore the possibility of a transposition of street numbers or the
chance the named street might be in a neighboring community.

g.

When returning a warrant “Unable to Serve”, officers will note on
the Open Warrants List the reason for this and forward the
warrant to the warrant officer.
1)

C.

Use a Form 675P, Address Information Request, to contact
the post office.

The unit will note the information in their unit database.

Cold Case Warrants
1.

Felony warrants unable to be served after the 30 day period will
be considered cold case warrants. The Intelligence Section
Commander will request RCIC to initiate a query of the master
name file. RCIC will return a list of persons who have a warrant
for any felony of violence outstanding for more than 30 days.
The Intelligence Section Commander will identify the most
violent offenders and develop a list for dissemination.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 10/18/05

4

12.260
2.

Intelligence Section will maintain a Cold Case Fugitive spreadsheet
and ensure the spreadsheet is updated with all events involving each
cold case fugitive.

3.

Monthly, the Intelligence Section Commander will select up to 30
names. Each name will be listed on a Form 637, Cold Case Fugitive
form.

4.

Intelligence Section will:
a.

Conduct a preliminary investigation.

b.

Note useful data on the Form 637.

c.

Complete the necessary paperwork to have the warrant
removed from files and databases if the fugitive is deceased.

d.

Process holders and, when appropriate, arrange for extradition if
the fugitive is incarcerated.

e.

If the fugitive is neither deceased nor incarcerated, the
Intelligence Section Commander will assign the Form 637 for
follow-up investigation to the Southern Ohio Fugitive
Apprehension Strike Team (SOFAST).

5.

If an arrest is made, return the Form 637 to the Intelligence Section
Commander with pertinent data related to the arrest.

6.

If no arrest is made within 30 days, return the Form 637 to the
Intelligence Section Commander. Include all data obtained regarding
the fugitive.

7.

Intelligence Section personnel will update the Cold Case Fugitive
spreadsheet and file the Form 637.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 10/18/05

5

12.265

12.265 WRECKER AND TOWING
References:
Procedure 12.200 – Snow Emergencies and Hazardous Road Conditions
Procedure 12.270 - Impounding, Moving, and Release of Vehicles
Procedure 12.275 - Removal of Abandoned Junk Motor Vehicles (Public or Private
Property) and Overtime Parked Vehicles
Procedure 12.420 - Reporting Vehicle Thefts and Related Offenses
United States Supreme Court Decision: Colorado v. Bertine, 55 LW 4105.
Standards Manual 61.2.2, 61.4.1, 61.4.2, 61.4.3,1.2.4
Purpose:
To provide a procedure for towing vehicles.
To specify the type of wrecker used and towing destination for each situation requiring the
use of a wrecker.
To ensure inventory searches of vehicles are conducted within the guidelines of all
applicable laws so that citizens’ 4th Amendment rights are protected.
To ensure the proper handling and protection of property found within towed vehicles.
Policy:
Cincinnati Police Department personnel will conduct a thorough inventory search of all
vehicles taken into custody per Cincinnati Municipal Code (CMC) Section 513-1.
The towing officer will immediately notify Police Communications Section (PCS) whenever
a vehicle is towed or moved. This includes but is not limited to the following: rotation tow,
special event tow, contract wrecker tow, junk tow, peak travel hour tows etc. Notification
can occur via radio (signal 38), phone or fax.
An exception to this procedure is snow emergencies. During a snow emergency, follow
Procedure 12.200, Snow Emergencies and Hazardous Road Conditions. Notification is
not necessary when private wreckers tow vehicles involved in a crash.
Procedure:
A.

Use of Wreckers
1.

A private contract wrecker is available through the Impound Unit, MondayFriday, and personnel will use it to:
a.

Move and spot vehicles at the Impound Unit

Rev. 03/11/03, Replaces 10/01

1

12.265

2.

b.

Tow vehicles from the Impound Unit to the Coroner's Office, court, etc.

c.

Tow vehicles from district storage

Officers will use rotation wreckers for all other tows or moves. Officers may
also use rotation wreckers for the following:
a.

To remain with a police officer at major events such as parades, or for
keeping traffic routes clear.
1)

3.

B.

Payment for rotation wreckers comes from the Police Department
budget. Wreckers remaining with a police officer will receive
payment for each vehicle towed or the pre-established hourly fee,
whichever is greater.

b.

To remain with a police officer to move several vehicles from a snow
emergency route, or under other circumstances where they must move
several vehicles.

c.

To haul heavy objects, such as a safe.

Police personnel needing a wrecker for a City vehicle will contact their
district/unit desk officer who will call Fleet Services at the Municipal Garage.
Fleet Services will contact the Channel 8 operator who will dispatch a wrecker
from the Department wrecker rotation list. A Form 369, Towing Report, is not
needed.

Request for Wrecker Service
1.

Field personnel will initiate requests for wrecker service by calling PCS by
radio, telephone or MDT (to CH08).
a.

2.

When officers use the radio, they will give their car number and "Signal
38," indicating the need for the service of a wrecker.

The PCS dispatcher will request the officer's location and advise the officer to
switch to Channel 8. To help the Channel 8 operator determine the type of
wrecker and equipment to dispatch, the officer will give the following
information:
a.

Location, make, model and vehicle license number, or VIN if there is no
license plate

b.

Reason for request

Rev. 03/11/03, Replaces 10/01

2

12.265
c.

C.

1)

Tires: up, flat, or missing

2)

Wheels: straight, turned in, etc.

3)

Is vehicle overturned, off roadway, over embankment, etc.

4)

Size and type of vehicle such as pick-up truck, semi, 2-ton,
motorcycle, vehicle with fiberglass body, vehicle with accessories
hanging below bumper, 4 wheel drive etc.

5)

In parking garage with low ceiling

Impoundment of Semi-trailers
1.

D.

Conditions that will affect wrecker type and equipment needed:

PCS will attempt to locate a qualified CDL driver to drive the semi-trailer to the
impound lot. If a qualified CDL driver is not available, PCS will arrange for a
heavy-duty wrecker to tow the semi-trailer to the impound lot.

Improper Use of Wreckers
1.

Officers will issue a citation to operators of private wreckers in violation of the
following Cincinnati Municipal Code Sections:
506-13 - Following an Emergency Vehicle
506-14 -

Following an Emergency or Public Safety Vehicle

506-15 - Gathering at the Scene of Accident
a.

2.

The citing officer will forward a legible copy of the Form 314, Notice to
Appear and/or MUTT citation to the Impound Unit.

When officers find a rotation wrecker not in compliance with the City Manager's
Wrecker and Towing Rules and Regulations, the officer will advise a
supervisor. The supervisor will prepare a Form 17 giving full details. The
supervisor will then forward the Form 17 through channels to the Police Chief.
This includes:
a.

Slow or no response

b.

Improper or lack of equipment

c.

Failure to display Police Rotation (PR) sticker when towing off the police
rotation list.

Rev. 03/11/03, Replaces 10/01

3

12.265

d.

Any other noncompliance with the rules and regulations. The rules and
regulations are on file at the Impound Unit.
1)

E.

Failure to comply with these rules and regulations can result in
suspension or removal from the rotation-towing list.

Reporting Towed or Moved Vehicles
1.

In all cases where officers use a commercial wrecker for impoundment or move
only purposes, the officer will remain with the vehicle and will furnish the
wrecker driver with a written order to tow. The towing officer will immediately
notify PCS for every towed or moved vehicle. The notification can occur via
radio (signal 38), phone or fax.
a.

The wrecker operator will be given the yellow copy of the Form 369 for
auto theft recoveries. The white and yellow copy of Form 369 will be
given to the wrecker operator for all other types of towed vehicles.
Officers will route copies as per Procedure 12.270.

b.

Officers will report a move only on a Form 369, as required per Procedure
12.270.
1)

c.

If a wrecker moves a vehicle to a location other than the Impound
Unit, such as a district or the Coroner's Office, and subsequently the
vehicle is moved to the Impound Unit, a Form 369 must accompany
the vehicle.

Officers will report vehicles towed for violation of signs erected to expedite
traffic during morning and evening peak travel hours on a Form 369.

2.

Officers will record vehicles involved in crashes and towed by private wreckers
on a Form OH-1, State of Ohio Traffic Crash Report. It is not necessary to
complete a Form 369 or to notify PCS of the tow.

3.

All reports regarding the removal of vehicles (moved or impounded) will
include, in addition to the requested information, on the form:
a.

A specific list of the damages on the vehicle in the space provided on the
Form 369.

b.

Additional information in the "Narrative" block of a Form 301, Incident
Report, for auto theft recoveries. Entries such as "poor," "fair," etc., are
not acceptable.

c.

Property remaining in the vehicle and its location.

Rev. 03/11/03, Replaces 10/01

4

12.265

d.

F.

The exact reason for towing or impounding the vehicle. If applicable,
state the type of offense, offense numbers, etc.

Property Contained in Vehicles Towed or Moved
1.

The officer ordering the tow will complete the inventory search. The inventory
search will include the opening of closed containers and the listing of their
contents.
a.

2.

The purpose of the inventory search is not to locate evidence of criminal
activity, but to protect the owner's property, protect the Police Department
from subsequent claims of loss or stolen property, and to protect Police
Department personnel from dangerous items. If there is any doubt, obtain
a search warrant or contact the Prosecutor's Office for advice.

Most property in vehicles removed to private storage areas will be left in the
vehicle and under the custodial care of the rotation wrecker operator. An
exception to this is visible contraband, evidence, and valuable property.
a.

Officers will remove from the vehicle all contraband, confiscated property,
valuable property, and property held for court. Process all items at the
district.

b.

For purposes of this procedure, valuable property is any one item or
group of items having a value of $500.00 or more.

c.

Items that are in a secured non-visible area of the vehicle, such as the
trunk or a lockable storage bin, may remain in this secured area if they do
not exceed $500.00 in total value.
1)

If not in a secured area, property up to $500.00 may be secured in a
lockable trunk, if accessible.

d.

The spare tire, vehicle jack, and lug wrench are considered part of the
vehicle and will remain in the vehicle, in the trunk or out of sight if
possible. List these on an Incident Report and/or Form 369.

e.

The occasional flashlight, screwdriver, jumper cables, quart(s) of oil, or
dirty clothes may remain in the vehicle.

3.

The towing officer will call to the attention of the wrecker operator all visible
property left in the vehicle being towed.

4.

Officers will identify and tag all property removed from vehicles and not held for
court or confiscated as "Found Property."

Rev. 03/11/03, Replaces 10/01

5

12.265
a.

The Form 330, Property Receipt, should list descriptive data of the vehicle
from which the property came.

5.

When a vehicle is towed to the district, the towing officer may leave the
property in the vehicle until the vehicle has arrived at the district. The officer
will then process the property through the district property room or locker.

6.

Property will remain in the vehicle towed to the Impound Unit for violation of
peak hour restrictions.

7.

a.

Officers will record on the Form 369 a description of the property
remaining in the vehicle and inform the wrecker operator of any such
property.

b.

Receiving officers at the Impound Unit will be responsible for approved
property left in the vehicle in conformance with this procedure and will
process such property in accordance with the Impound Unit Standard
Operating Procedure (SOP).

When Impound Unit personnel find property that should have been processed
by the towing officer, they will contact the officer to respond to the Impound Unit
to process the property.
a.

If the towing officer is unavailable to respond, the officer's unit supervisor
will be contacted.
1)

The towing officer's unit supervisor will have someone respond to
process the property.

Rev. 03/11/03, Replaces 10/01

6

12.266

12.266 UTILIZATION OF VEHICLE ENTRY DEVICES
Definition:
Slim-Jim A metal device which can be slipped between the window and molding
of a vehicle’s window to unlock the vehicle’s door.
Purpose:
Provide a guide for officers in the use of vehicle entry devices or Slim-Jims
Policy:
Personally owned vehicle entry devices (Slim-Jims) may be carried by on duty
personnel to expedite the police mission.
Information:
Police officers possessing Slim-Jim tools for opening locked vehicles should be
aware that a single type of Slim-Jim will not open all vehicles.
This procedure does not preclude the use of a Slim-Jim to execute a search
warrant.
Procedure:
A.

Police officers may utilize Slim-Jim devices in the following circumstances:
1.

To facilitate the removal of an auto that is blocking traffic or causing a
hazard.

2.

Protection of life or property; (e.g., small child locked in auto).

3.

Conditions exist that the use of a Slim-Jim device would expedite the
police mission. Some conditions to be considered include but are not
limited to:
destitute nature of vehicle's driver
lateness of the hour
location of occurrence
a lack of alternative assistance
possible threat to vehicle/driver's safety

B.

Police officers utilizing the Slim-Jim to open autos, under the above
circumstances, will first determine that the requesting person is the owner
of the vehicle or legally entitled to entry.
1.

Owners must be informed of the possibility of damage to the vehicle.

Rev. 04/27/04 Replaces 5/85

1

12.266
2.

Damage to vehicles resulting from the use of a Slim-Jim other than as
described in A.2. will be the personal responsibility of the user of the
device.
a.

C.

Officers should be aware of newer model vehicles with anti theft
devices and safety equipment (e.g., side impact airbags).

Police Communications Section (PCS) will not dispatch police units to
utilize Slim-Jim devices except in the circumstances described in A.2.

Rev. 04/27/04 Replaces 5/85

2

12.270

12.270 IMPOUNDING, MOVING, AND RELEASE OF
VEHICLES
References:
Procedure 12.205, Traffic Enforcement
Procedure 12.215, Cincinnati Parking Infraction (CPI)
Procedure 12.255, Delinquent Vehicles: Impounding/Processing Delinquent
Tags
Procedure 12.265, Wrecker and Towing
Procedure 12.275, Removal of Abandoned Junk Motor Vehicles (Public or
Private Property) and Overtime Parked Vehicles
Procedure 12.420, Reporting Vehicle Thefts and Related Offenses
Cincinnati Municipal Code Chapter 513 - Impoundment of Motor Vehicles
Cincinnati Municipal Code Chapter 503 - Vehicular Construction and Equipment
Cincinnati Municipal Code Chapter 759 - Use of a Motor Vehicle to Facilitate a
Prostitution or Drug Related Crime
Ohio Revised Code 4511.681- Parking prohibitions on private property
Ohio Revised Code 4513.60 - Abandoned Vehicles
Purpose:
Determine when vehicles may be impounded and/or released.
Establish accountability for safeguarding property contained in impounded
vehicles.
Information:
Cincinnati Municipal Code (CMC) Chapter 759 authorizes officers to tow vehicles
used in drug or prostitution offenses. Vehicles will be held in lieu of payment of a
civil fine authorized under this ordinance. To tow the vehicle, the offender must
be the registered owner or joint owner of the vehicle, unless an officer can prove
the owner knew the vehicle was being used for a drug or prostitution offense.
The vehicle can then be towed, as the owner no longer qualifies as an “innocent
owner”.
The civil penalty may still be issued to offenders not the registered owner, but the
vehicle cannot be held in lieu of payment. If the vehicle is owned by an innocent
party, the vehicle will be treated as any other “driver arrested” situation, e.g. park
the car, turn keys over to responsible party, etc.
The Impound Unit, located at 3425 Spring Grove Avenue, is open from 0630 to
2130 hours seven days a week.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

1

12.270
Procedure:
A.

B.

Impoundment of Vehicles Outside Impound Unit’s Business Hours
1.

Using a supervisor approved move-only, cite and move to a nonhazardous location any vehicle parked in violation and creating a
hazard.

2.

Do not tow delinquent vehicles when Impound Unit is closed.
a.

If the vehicle is occupied, drive it to the district and hold it while
the owner pays the citation or posts the required bond for
delinquent tags.

b.

If parked, cite the vehicle for any current violation. Make a
blotter entry noting the location of the vehicle for follow up.

3.

Do not tow vehicles bearing tags expired more than 30 days when the
Impound Unit is closed.

4.

Tow vehicle recoveries to a designated private storage facility if it is
not possible to release the vehicle to the owner at the scene.

5.

Provide the district desk person with a completed Form 369, Towing
Report, whenever a vehicle is held at a district. Make a blotter entry to
have the vehicle towed during Impound Unit’s operating hours.

Impoundment Guidelines
1.

A police officer may impound any motor vehicle which is:
a.

Stolen.

b.

Parked in violation of the law.

c.

Involved in a motor vehicle crash.

d.

Has two or more outstanding delinquent parking infractions.

e.

Not displaying license plates.

f.

Blocking ingress or egress to a street, alley, roadway, driveway,
parking facility, or loading facility.

g.

In the possession of a physically arrested person.

h.

Driven by a person under the influence of alcohol, drugs, or a
combination thereof.

i.

Under the control of a person who requests impoundment for
safekeeping.

j.

Held for evidence or investigation (requires supervisory
approval).

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

2

12.270
k.

Driven by an owner who is under suspension.

2.

Officers will tow vehicles when probable cause exists to make a
physical arrest for a violation of CMC Chapter 759. To tow the vehicle,
the offender must be the registered owner or joint owner of the
vehicle, unless an officer can prove the owner knew the vehicle was
being used for a drug or prostitution offense.

3.

With the exception of vehicles towed pursuant to CMC Chapter 759,
do not impound the motor vehicle of a physically arrested person or a
first offender OVI arrest if:

4.

a.

The owner/driver allows the officer to safely and legally park the
vehicle.

b.

The vehicle is not needed for evidence.

c.

The driver arranges for someone to take custody of his vehicle.

Do not leave vehicles on expressways.
a.

5.

Allow up to three hours for owners/operators to move vehicles
legitimately disabled on the side of expressways not in a
hazardous location.

If unable to release a stolen vehicle to the owner, complete Form 303,
Motor Vehicle Incident Report, and Form 369.
a.

The original Form 303 is to be forwarded to Records Section.

b.

Fax Form 369 to the Impound Unit (352-3998), as soon as
possible.
1)

Give the yellow copy of Form 369 to the wrecker driver.

2)

The pink copy of Form 369 is retained at the district.
a) Forward a copy of Form 369 to Records Section.

3)

Forward the original white copy of Form 369 to the
Impound Unit.

6.

For all other tows, the original Form 369 will accompany the vehicle to
the Impound Unit.

7.

The owner of any vehicle impounded under CMC Section 513-1,
Impoundment of Motor Vehicles, must be notified in person or by a
letter sent to the last known address of the registered owner.
a.

Impounding officers will attempt to notify the vehicle owner in
person or by phone and note same on the Form 369. If officers
are unable to make notification, they will record any relevant
information that would help Impound Unit personnel make the
notify.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

3

12.270

1)
b.

C.

After towing to the lot, Impound Unit personnel will be
responsible for notifying the owner.

The notification will include the:
1)

Reason for impounding and the location where the vehicle
was towed.

2)

Procedure for obtaining release of the vehicle.

3)

Basic charges for impound and storage according to
current posted rates.

8.

Vehicles which were legitimately disabled and towed to clear the flow
of traffic are not subject to impound fees if claimed within 48 hours of
impoundment. Impound Unit personnel will make this determination.

9.

Failure to obtain release of the motor vehicle within 20 days of
impound may cause it to be salvaged or sold at auction.

10.

The towing officer will inventory the vehicle and the contents of any
vehicle taken to the district. Do this even though someone may be
responding to pick up the vehicle.

Impounding Vehicles
1.

The driver/owner is arrested and the vehicle has to be impounded:
a.

A supervisor must approve the impound.
1)

2.

Supervisors do not need to approve vehicle tows when a
subject is arrested under CMC Chapter 759.

b.

Tow or drive the vehicle directly to the Impound Unit during
normal business hours.

c.

If the vehicle is towed or driven to the district, notify the Impound
Unit to remove it by contract wrecker the next day.

Vehicles towed for CMC Chapter 759 violations:
a.

Persons charged with violations of CMC Chapter 759 must be
given a written “Notice of Civil Citation”.
1)

The hard copy of the “Notice of Civil Citation” is given to the
defendant.

2)

The pink copy goes to the Office of Administrative
Hearings.
a)

These copies must be delivered by 1100 hours the
day following the arrest.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

4

12.270

3)

The yellow copy is forwarded to the Treasurer’s Office at
City Hall.
a)

3.

Officers must also fax a copy to the Treasurer’s Office
(352-6984) in the event the defendant attempts to pay
the civil fine before the copy of the citation arrives.

b.

Complete Form 369. Indicate in the “Reason for Towing” and
“Comments” blocks the operator was arrested for the CMC 759
violation.

c.

Provide the wrecker driver with the Form 369 and attach a copy
of the Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report, and the original
(white) copy of the “Notice of Civil Citation”.

Operating a Vehicle under the Influence (OVI) and Driving while Under
Suspension (DUS).
a.

Tow a vehicle for pretrial seizure in all cases of DUS except:
1)

2)

b.

When charging the driver with ORC 4510.037J.
a)

Points suspensions (12 or more points).

b)

Status – “Suspended”.

When charging the driver with ORC 4510.21.
a)

Suspensions with time limits/dates that are expired.

b)

Driver failed to pay fines/fees required to reinstate
license.

c)

Status – “Failure to Reinstate”.

If a vehicle operator is arrested for any of the following, tow the
vehicle which is subject to forfeiture:
1)

Operating a vehicle which has been ordered immobilized.

2)

Arrested for an OVI with three previous convictions within
six years.

3)

Arrested for wrongful entrustment with one previous
conviction (no time limit).

4)

Arrested for an FRA suspension with two previous
convictions within five years.

5)

Arrested for an OVI suspension with two previous
convictions within six years.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

5

12.270
c.

Complete Form BMV-2255 (ALS) and Form 369.

d.

Inform Police Communications Section (PCS) whether the
vehicle is being towed for pretrial seizure or is subject to
forfeiture.
1)

4.

Towing companies will tow vehicles held for pretrial seizure
and those subject to forfeiture to the Impound Unit.

Vehicles ordered immobilized by the courts not already impounded.
a.

Records Section will distribute all court issued Immobilization
Notices (BMV-2270) to Patrol Bureau for action.
1)

Districts will make reasonable attempts to locate these
vehicles and impound them.

2)

If the vehicle is found, impound the vehicle and advise PCS
the vehicle is a court ordered immobilization. These tows
go to the Impound Unit.
a)

b.
5.

Complete Form 369.

Patrol Bureau will return Forms BMV-2270 to Records Section
along with the disposition.

Stolen/recovered vehicles:
a.

Every effort should be made to release auto recoveries to the
owner at the scene of recovery.

b.

If the owner cannot be notified or refuses to claim the vehicle at
the scene, the vehicle will be towed by a private wrecker
designated for auto recoveries.
1)

Request PCS dispatch a private wrecker.

2)

Forms 369 and 303 will be completed by the recovering
officer.
a)

Fax Form 369 to the Impound Unit (352-3998), as
soon as possible.
1]

The yellow copy will be given to the wrecker
driver.

2]

The original white copy will be forwarded to the
Impound Unit.

3]

The pink copy will be retained at the district.

4]

Forward a copy of the Form 369 to Records
Section.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

6

12.270
b)
c.

If the vehicle is not held as evidence, follow Procedure 12.420.

d.

Investigations concerning recoveries will be done at the private
storage facility within 24 hours of recovery.
1)

e.
6.

7.

Location of the vehicle can be obtained from the Form 369
or PCS.

All fees for towing and storage are charged by the private towing
company.

Held for evidence/investigation
a.

A supervisor must approve the impounding of the vehicle.

b.

Tow or drive the vehicle directly to the Impound Unit, during
business hours.

c.

If the vehicle is towed or driven to the district, notify the Impound
Unit to remove it by contract wrecker the next day.

d.

If a coroner's case, the vehicle may be towed to the Coroner's
Office, with supervisory approval. Other options include towing
or driving to the district for processing and release, or towing to
the Impound Unit by first shift.

e.

Take vehicles held by specialized units to a district with the
approval of the district shift officer in charge (OIC). Specialized
units will maintain responsibility for the disposition of the vehicle.

Vehicles held at the request of other authorities
a.

If possible, contact the requesting authority.

b.

If they can respond immediately, release the vehicle to them.
1)

c.

8.

All copies of Form 303 will be turned in at the district
for processing.

Obtain a signed Form 330, Property Receipt, for the
vehicle.

If the requesting authority cannot respond immediately:
1)

Drive the vehicle to the district.

2)

If the vehicle is not drivable, tow to the Impound Unit during
business hours. If outside of Impound Unit’s business
hours, tow to the district. Include all pertinent information
on the Form 369.

Vehicles unlawfully parked on a street and interfering with pedestrian
or vehicular traffic:

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

7

12.270
a.

Have the owner/driver move the vehicle immediately.

b.

If the owner/driver is not immediately available, cite for the
proper violation and tow it to the Impound Unit.
1)

9.

When the Impound Unit is closed, a supervisor may
approve a move-only. Issue a citation and tow to a nonhazardous location.

Vehicles parked on private or public property without consent of the
owner:
a.

For vehicles parked on private property, or public property under
the control of non-City government agency (Board of Education,
Metropolitan Housing Authority, etc.).
1)

If the vehicle is obstructing driveways, loading docks, fire
lanes, ingress, or egress, the officer will try to locate the
owner and have the vehicle moved immediately. If unable
to locate the owner, the officer will impound the vehicle.
Include on the Form 369 a brief investigative summary and
the property owner's name who requested the vehicle
removed.
a)

2)

If the vehicle is occupying a parking space or appears to be
abandoned but not blocking ingress, egress, loading dock,
etc., the officer will run a computer check to see if it is
stolen, wanted, etc. The officer will tow only if there is a
computer hit.
a)

3)

Do not tow delinquent vehicles from private property.

For vehicles on private property, other than City property,
and not stolen or wanted, the officer should try to find the
vehicle owner to move the vehicle. The officer will advise
the property owner of the towing provisions under Ohio
Revised Code Sections 4511.681 and 4513.60. If the
property owner follows these guidelines, the vehicle can be
towed at the vehicle owner's expense.
a)

b.

Issue citations for any applicable violations.

For abandoned junk vehicles on private property,
refer to Procedure 12.275.

For private property owned or controlled by the City, including
the Park Board, Recreation Department, etc., take the following
action:
1)

If the vehicle is obstructing driveways, loading docks, fire
lanes, ingress, or egress, the officer will try to locate the
owner and have the vehicle moved immediately. If unable
to locate the owner, the officer will impound the vehicle.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

8

12.270
a)
2)
c.

If applicable, issue a citation for the violation.

If the vehicle is stolen, otherwise wanted, or in violation of
the law, impound it.

For unlicensed/inoperable vehicles on private property, refer to
Procedure 12.275.

10.

Follow Procedure 12.275 for abandoned or junk vehicles.

11.

Follow Procedure 12.255 for delinquent vehicles.

12.

Vehicles wanted for hit-skip:
a.

If an individual is cited or physically arrested for hit-skip, tow the
vehicle to the Impound Unit, only if it is needed for follow-up
investigation, with the approval of a supervisor.

b.

Impound the vehicle if needed as evidence, with supervisory
approval.
1)

c.
13.

14.

Complete Form 369. A photocopy of the Form 369 will be
forwarded to the Hit Skip Squad with the OH-1.

Expired license plates:
a.

If the plate is expired 30 days or less, issue a citation for CMC
503-52 if the vehicle is moving; or CMC Section 508-25 if the
vehicle is parked.

b.

If the plate is expired more than 30 days, the vehicle may be
impounded. A citation is sufficient if registration information is
verified and the owner notified.

No license plates:
a.

15.

If the driver is physically arrested, follow Section C.1. of this
procedure.

Impound the vehicle; do not issue a citation. This applies to both
occupied and unoccupied vehicles.

Unroadworthy vehicles:
a.

Officers will issue an Ohio Multi-Count Uniform Traffic Ticket
(MUTT) using CMC 503-29.
1)

Have the vehicle towed to the Impound Unit. Do not drive
or allow the vehicle to be driven.

2)

Impound Unit will arrange to have the vehicle inspected by
a mechanic from Fleet Services.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

9

12.270

b.

16.

17.
D.

The mechanic will record his findings on a Form 17,
noting his name, unit, and telephone line number.
Unroadworthy Forms 17 are kept in a separate file at
Impound Unit. A copy of this Form 17 is also sent to
the impounding officer by Impound Unit for use in
court cases.

b)

If the inspection determines the vehicle is
unroadworthy, the additional towing charge and the
inspection fee charged to the Department by the
Municipal Garage will be passed on to the owner of
the unroadworthy vehicle.

Officers notified for court about an unroadworthy vehicle charge
will contact the Impound Unit supervisor who will notify the
mechanic to appear in court to testify about the condition of the
vehicle.

Parked vehicle involved in a vehicular crash:
a.

If legally parked and not causing a safety hazard, do not tow.

b.

If parked in violation or interfering with traffic, and the owner is
not located, tow the vehicle to the Impound Unit as held for
owner.

Follow Procedure 12.215 for street cleaning or paving violations.

Move-Only Tows
1.

Use a move-only as a last resort unless an emergency situation
requires immediate action. Costs for move-only tows are charged to
the Police Department.
a.

2.

E.

a)

Cite vehicles when violations are present.

Complete Form 369. Be specific, complete each appropriate space.
a.

Remain at the scene to direct the wrecker driver.

b.

Give the white copy to the wrecker driver.

c.

The officer's immediate supervisor will review, sign, and forward
the yellow copy to the Impound Unit without delay.

d.

Note on the Form 369 if the vehicle was cited for a traffic
violation.

Mechanically Disabled Vehicles
1.

The owner/driver is responsible for securing a wrecker for a disabled
vehicle not involved in an auto accident. Instruct the owner/driver to
secure a licensed wrecker of his choice.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

10

12.270
a.

2.
F.

The officer will attempt to move the vehicle to a nonhazardous location with the use of push bumpers.

2)

If the vehicle is unable to be moved the officer will remain
with the vehicle and may allow the owner/driver one hour to
secure a private wrecker.

3)

The officer will remove the vehicle if it is determined a
greater hazard would be created by allowing the vehicle to
remain.
a)

The officer will inform the owner/driver they are
responsible for the wrecker payment.

b)

The officer will instruct the wrecker driver to charge
the owner/driver and not the Police Department.

Vehicles disabled due to fire will immediately be removed from the
roadway by the owner/driver or impounded by the officer.

Process as required in Procedure 12.265.

Damage on Vehicles:
1.

H.

1)

Property Contained in Vehicles
1.

G.

If the position of the vehicle creates a hazard to motorists or
pedestrians the officer will ensure the vehicle is removed.

List as required in Procedure 12.265.

Releasing Vehicles
1.

At the scene
a.

2.

Release vehicles, not needed for evidence or by other
authorities, to persons with right of possession if they arrive at
the scene before the wrecker driver has left the curb and entered
a moving lane of traffic.
1)

Issue a citation for existing violations.

2)

Advise PCS to put the wrecker driver back on top of the
rotation list.

From Impound Unit
a.

An owner wishing to claim an impounded vehicle must present a
Certificate of Title and/or License Registration and proper
identification at Impound Unit. Impound Unit will ensure the
owner of the vehicle is queried for outstanding warrants prior to
releasing the vehicle.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

11

12.270
b.

Inform owners that impound and storage fees do not include
payment for traffic citations. Traffic citations attached to the
vehicle are to be processed by the vehicle's owner in the regular
manner.

c.

Impound Unit will obtain the total impound and storage fees from
the vehicle owner/driver.
1)

Extra costs for any service necessary to impound or
properly maintain the vehicle will also be added to the
impound and storage fees.

2)

Any person whose vehicle is towed under CMC Chapter
759 will also be required to pay a $500.00 civil fine.

3)

Impound Unit accepts cash, Visa, or MasterCard for
payment of impound fees. No checks are accepted.
a)

Only the person whose name appears on the credit
card may use it.

d.

Inform owners with vehicles on the delinquent list that all
delinquent tags must be paid or registered for court. They must
present proof of payment to the Impound Unit before the vehicle
will be released.

e.

Releasing vehicles when Impound Unit is closed:

f.

1)

Generally, vehicles are not released from the Impound Unit
when closed. In unusual circumstances, the Night Chief, or
in his absence the shift OIC of the involved district may
authorize recall of an Impound Unit officer to release a
vehicle. PCS maintains a recall list. Examples of unusual
circumstances include: a vehicle impounded through error
which would reflect adversely on the public image of the
Department, extreme hardships such as an out-of-town
family with young or ill members, etc. Supervisors ordering
such recalls should bear in mind the expense incurred from
a recall.

2)

Vehicles driven or towed to the district may be released
without charge at the district upon authorization of the Night
Chief, or in his absence, the shift OIC. Send a copy of the
completed Form 369 to the Impound Unit.

3)

A Form 17 should be made by the requesting unit
supervisor showing unusual circumstances and/or reason
for request.

Removal from district lot

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

12

12.270
1)

Vehicles impounded at the district when the Impound Unit
is closed will be ordered towed to the Impound Unit after
0700 by notifying the Impound Unit OIC. Impound Unit will
dispatch the contract wrecker. If release is imminent, or a
given period has been permitted for the owner to claim the
vehicle from the district without imposing a towing fee, the
towing may be deferred.

2)

If a vehicle is towed to a district and again to the Impound
Unit, the additional towing charge is not passed on to the
owner. The owner will pay only the normal fee.

3)

Time for calculating storage fees begins when the vehicle
is actually impounded at the Impound Unit.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 07/17/07

13

12.275

12.275 REMOVAL OF ABANDONED JUNK MOTOR
VEHICLES (PUBLIC OR PRIVATE PROPERTY) AND
OVERTIME PARKED VEHICLES
References:
Ohio Revised Code 4513.63 – Photographing and Recording Information as to
Abandoned Junk Vehicles; Disposal of Vehicle
Ohio Revised Code 4513.64 – Willfully Abandoning Junk Motor Vehicle
Prohibited
Ohio Revised Code 4513.65 – Junk Motor Vehicle; Collector’s Vehicle; Storage;
Notice
Cincinnati Municipal Code 508-12 – Parking Unreasonable Time
Cincinnati Municipal Code 511-31 – Storage of Unlicensed or Inoperable
Vehicles in Residence or Commercial
Districts
Cincinnati Municipal Code 512-26 – Penalty for Violation of Section 511-31;
Impoundment
Cincinnati Nuisance Ordinance # 0054-2003 – Junk Vehicles
Procedure 12.265, Wrecker and Towing
Procedure 12.270, Impounding, Moving and Release of Vehicles
Definitions:
Ohio Revised Code defines an abandoned junk motor vehicle as a motor
vehicle which meets all the following requirements:
1.

Remains on private property for more than 48 hours without the permission
of the property owner; remains on a public street over 48 hours.

2.

Three years old or older.

3.

Extensively damaged or missing functional parts.

4.

Apparently inoperable.

5.

Has a fair market value of $1,500.00 or less.

Cincinnati Municipal Code defines a nuisance junk motor vehicle as a motor
vehicle which meets all of the following requirements:
1.

Has been left on private property for more than 72 hours or left on a public
street, public way, or other property open to the public for purposes of
vehicular travel or parking, or upon or within the right-of-way of any road or
highway, for more than 48 hours.

2.

Three years old or older.

Rev. 07/17/07 Replaces 01/13/04

1

12.275
3.

Extensively damaged, including but not limited to any combination of the
following types of damage: deflated, wrecked, or missing tires or rims;
missing or wrecked body parts; broken or missing headlights, taillights, or
brake lights; broken, cracked or missing windows or windshields; missing all
or part of the motor or transmission; missing or invalid license plate(s); or a
vehicle that is otherwise apparently inoperable and

4.

Has a fair market value of $1,500.00 or less.

Overtime-parked vehicle - any vehicle parked upon a highway longer than 14
hours and not moved. Overtime parked vehicles that are also junk vehicles will
be processed as junk vehicles.
Inoperable vehicle - any vehicle missing wheels, tires, windshield, motor, or
transmission or which has been so damaged as to appear not safely operable.
Any vehicle that remains parked in one location for more than 30 days is
presumed to be inoperable. Inoperable vehicles parked on expressways can be
towed immediately.
Purpose:
To assure proper classification of abandoned/nuisance junk and overtime parked
vehicles under provisions of state and local laws and to provide a procedure for
the removal and/or disposal of such vehicles.
Policy:
Officers will promptly and thoroughly investigate abandoned nuisance,
abandoned junk, overtime, and inoperable vehicles.
The Police Department will work together with the community, the Health
Department, the Department of Buildings and Inspections, and the Public
Services Department to maintain safe traffic patterns by removing unsafe and
unsightly vehicles from the streets, public ways and private properties.
Procedure:
A.

Officers receiving complaints concerning junk or overtime parked vehicles
will:
1.

Query the vehicle by license plate and vehicle identification number.

2.

Make a reasonable attempt to have the owner move the vehicle.

3.

Mark the tires.

4.

Enter the following information into the District Overtime
Parking Book:
a.

Date of entry and name and badge number of the officer making
the entry.

b.

Location of vehicle.

Rev. 07/17/07 Replaces 01/13/04

2

12.275

5.

6.
B.

c.

Make, model, and color of the vehicle.

d.

License plate and VIN of the vehicle.

e.

Badge number of the officer that checked NCIC and RCIC.

f.

Date, time, and badge number of the officer that marked the
tires.

Complete two Forms 368, Abandoned Vehicle stickers, to mark
abandoned vehicles, abandoned junk vehicles, overtime parked
vehicles, and vehicles parked on expressways.
a.

Place one completed sticker on the driver side door window.
Place the other sticker on the rear window. When windows are
missing, place the stickers as close to these windows as
possible.

b.

Officers may choose to covertly mark the position of a vehicle
rather than applying the Form 368 if they believe a violator is
attempting to avoid towing.

Follow Procedure 12.265, Wrecker and Towing, if vehicles do not
move within the allotted time.

The District Overtime Parking Enforcement Officer has the responsibility for
inspecting the District Overtime Parking Book and completing the
investigation and required reports.
1.

2.

Tow overtime parked vehicles that meet all requirements to the
Impound Unit.
a.

Tow overtime parked vehicles between 0630 and 2130 hours
only.

b.

On the Form 369, Towing Report, check the Overtime Parker
block and indicate the date and time the tires of the vehicle were
marked.

c.

In the notes section of the Form 369 state the vehicle was
marked with two Forms 368.

d.

Make the appropriate disposition entry in the District Overtime
Parking Book.

Tow abandoned junk vehicles that meet all requirements to the
Impound Lot within seven days of the initial investigation.
a.

Use the designated junk vehicle wrecker when towing these
vehicles.

b.

On the Form 369, check the Abandoned Junk Vehicle block.

Rev. 07/17/07 Replaces 01/13/04

3

12.275

C.

D.

c.

In the notes section of the Form 369, note the vehicle was
marked with two Forms 368.

d.

Note the appropriate disposition and badge number of the
investigating officer in the District Overtime Parking Book.

Vehicles Parked on Expressways
1.

Immediately tow vehicles creating a traffic hazard.

2.

Allow up to three hours for owners/operators to move vehicles that are
legitimately disabled on the side of expressways not in a hazardous
location.

3.

Vehicles legitimately disabled and claimed within 48 hours of
impoundment are not subject to impoundment fees. Impound Unit
personnel will make this determination.

Enforcement of Junk Vehicle Nuisance Ordinance
1.

All requests for enforcement of the Junk Vehicle Nuisance Ordinance
will be forwarded to the Health Department.

2.

The Health Department will disseminate junk vehicle complaints in the
following manner:
a.

b.

Junk vehicles on private property will be investigated by the
Health Department utilizing the following guidelines:
1)

Respond and inspect (making nuisance determination).

2)

Issue civil notice.

3)

Allow 168 hours for appeal request.

4)

If vehicle is not moved, notify Impound Unit to schedule
tow.

5)

Impound Unit will notify the Health Department upon
completion of the tow.

6)

Health Department will issue a fine.

Public Property/City Streets
1)

All complaints will be forwarded to the Police Department.

2)

Appropriate enforcement action will be initiated utilizing the
guidelines set forth in this procedure.

Rev. 07/17/07 Replaces 01/13/04

4

12.275
E.

Towing of Unlicensed/Inoperable Vehicles from Private Property or
Commercial Property
1.

Enforce violations of CMC 511-31 on a complaint only basis. Officers
must obtain a search warrant before entering onto private property for
enforcement action without the consent of the property owner.

2.

Impound Unit maintains a log of CMC 511-31 violations including the
status.

3.

Initial Investigation Process
a.

Enter complaints of unlicensed or inoperable vehicles on private
property in the District Overtime Parking Book.

b.

District officers investigate all reported violations of CMC 511-31.

c.

Visually inspect the premises before entering onto the property.

d.

e.

1)

Close the complaint unfounded if the vehicle is not visible
from the sidewalk, street, a public place, or a neighboring
property and no further action is needed.

2)

Vehicles visible from the sidewalk, street, a public place or
a neighboring property require further investigation.

An officer, locating a vehicle that is subject to towing, will attempt
to locate the property owner or vehicle owner.
1)

Officers can enter on private property and question
persons found there when attempting to locate a vehicle
owner.

2)

Officers may question persons found on the property and
attempt to determine the ownership of the vehicle or
property.

3)

Officers locating owners of the property or vehicle will
explain the nature of the complaint and request permission
to inspect the vehicle. Officers will leave the location
immediately when consent for a search is denied.

4)

Officers obtaining consent will verify current registration
and inoperable status. In determining inoperable status
use the Definitions section of this procedure as a guide.

Advise owners of vehicles determined to be unlicensed and/or
inoperable they are in violation of CMC Section 511-31. The
owners have 72 hours to move the vehicle or be cited.
1)

Officers will first issue a warning citation to the owner of the
vehicles or property.

2)

Vehicles removed within 72 hours require no further action.

Rev. 07/17/07 Replaces 01/13/04

5

12.275

3)

f.

a)

Issue a Notice to Appear (NTA) with a minor
misdemeanor payout fine schedule for first offense.

b)

When violators have a prior conviction, the second
offense is a misdemeanor of the 4th degree.
Complete a criminal complaint and issue a NTA with
a mandatory court date.

c)

After a conviction in court is obtained, the
investigating officer will request a court order
authorizing towing, impounding and immediate
disposal of the vehicle.

d)

Vehicles will only be towed and impounded with a
court order.

Officers will notify the Impound Unit with results of investigations
for violations of CMC 511-31.
1)

4.

When vehicles are not removed, contact the Impound Unit
to find out if the violator has a prior conviction for CMC
511-31.

Send a copy of the citations to the Impound Unit.

When violator denies consent to investigate the officers will:
a.

Notify the Impound Unit.
1)

Impound Unit will investigate all cases where the initial
investigation by district officers is incomplete because
consent to enter the property was denied.

2)

Impound Unit personnel will obtain a search warrant when
necessary for completion of an investigation.

3)

Impound Unit will inspect the vehicle to determine if a
violation of CMC 511-31 exists and issue citations where
necessary. An Impound Unit and district officer will appear
in court on contested cases.

b.

After a conviction in court is obtained, Impound Unit personnel
will request a court order authorizing towing, impounding, and
the immediate disposal of the vehicle.

c.

Vehicles will only be towed and impounded with a court order.

Rev. 07/17/07 Replaces 01/13/04

6

12.300

12.300 INVESTIGATION OF BOMBS AND BOMB THREATS,
DISPOSAL OF DANGEROUS WAR SOUVENIRS AND
EXPLOSIVES
Reference:
Procedure 12.143 – Explosive Ordnance Detection Canine Operations
Definitions:
Terrorism - the unlawful use of force or violence against persons or property
to intimidate or coerce a government, the civilian population, or any segment
thereof, in furtherance of political or social objectives.
Terrorist Incident - a violent act, or an act dangerous to human life, in
violation of the criminal laws of the United States or of any State, to
intimidate or coerce a government, the civilian population, or any segment
thereof in furtherance of political or social objectives.
Purpose:
To ensure the safety of all citizens and public safety personnel in the area of
suspected explosive devices.
Policy:
Officers will immediately respond and thoroughly investigate threats of bomb and
explosive devices. Explosive Ordnance Detection (EOD) canines will conduct a
thorough search of the premises when deemed necessary.
Information:
During large public events, i.e., Riverfest, stadium sporting events, etc., police
officers should pay particular attention to unattended packages or packages in
suspicious areas.
Procedure:
A.

Bomb Threats
1.

Immediately advise Police Communications Section (PCS) after
receiving a bomb threat.
a.

2.

PCS will dispatch a beat car and a supervisor to the scene.

Notify PCS of arrival before reaching a minimum 1000 feet
(approximately two city blocks) from the bomb threat scene. Turn off
all radios, mobile phones, Mobile Data Computers, and other types of
electronic transmitting devices.

Rev. 02/13/07, Replaces 02/10/04

1

12.300

B.

3.

The first officer on the scene will consult with the person in charge of
the property regarding evacuation. The person in charge of the
property must decide to evacuate immediately or wait for a search
before evacuation.

4.

The on-scene supervisor will evaluate the situation and determine
whether an EOD canine team should respond. A search of the
premises can occur with or without evacuation.
a.

When possible, use citizen volunteers familiar with the premises
to assist in the search.

b.

The EOD canine handler may assemble a search team
consisting of other police officers and/or citizen volunteers.
There will be a maximum of three persons on a team.

c.

When possible, place officers at entrances and exits of buildings
to stop and investigate suspicious individuals leaving the building
and advise individuals entering the building of the situation.

d.

Instruct personnel involved in the search not to touch suspicious
objects or anything attached to them. Also instruct them not to
interfere with the EOD canine and handler during the search and
remain behind the handler.

e.

List the areas searched on the Form 311G, Confidential
Investigative Notes General.

Locating Suspicious Items or Bombs
1.

If a police officer or a citizen identifies a suspicious package or
explosive device, a police supervisor will determine if an EOD canine
is to be utilized.

2.

When finding suspicious items or possible explosive devices, the onscene supervisor will evacuate all civilians at least 600 feet away from
the suspicious object.
a.

If it is impractical to evacuate civilians 600 feet away from a
suspicious object or possible explosive device inside a building,
evacuate a minimum of three floors above and below the object.

b.

Officers should be aware there is always a possibility of
secondary explosive devices.
1)

Supervisors should consider requesting an EOD canine
team respond to sweep and clear the operational area of
potential secondary devices.

Rev. 02/13/07, Replaces 02/10/04

2

12.300
3.

Call PCS from a landline telephone at least 600 feet away from the
object and request the Fire Department’s EOD Disposal Unit.
a.

PCS will notify the following:
1)

Fire Department EOD Unit.

2)

Criminal Investigation Section.

3)

Intelligence Section.

4)

Tactical Planning Unit.
a)

4.

5)

Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives, if
an actual explosive device is located or an explosion
occurs.

6)

The Night Chief, when applicable.

7)

Utility services: Duke Energy, Cincinnati Water Works,
Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company, if necessary.

Assign officers to a mobile patrol ensuring all electronic transmitting
devices within 1000 feet of the object are off.
a.

Keep news representatives outside of 1000 feet of the object
and advise them not to broadcast.

5.

Seal off the perimeter with an adequate number of police officers.

6.

Wait for the Fire Department’s EOD Unit.
a.

C.

A Tactical Planning Unit supervisor will evaluate the
incident and activate the Terrorism Early Warning
Group if it is determined to be a terrorist act or a
potential terrorist act.

Once the Fire Department’s EOD Unit is on scene, a designated
team member will direct them to the location of the object.

Bomb Disposal
1.

Upon arrival, the ranking Fire Department supervisor will assume
command of the operation and responsibility for the disposal of
suspicious items or explosive devices.
a.

Only Fire Department EOD personnel will operate within 300
feet of the object. They may request a larger or smaller
evacuation area and will determine if military aid is necessary.

Rev. 02/13/07, Replaces 02/10/04

3

12.300
2. The Police Department will provide support personnel for area security
and marked police vehicles for escorting the bomb disposal vehicle.
a.
D.

Reports
1.

2.
E.

The Fire Department EOD Unit will determine the proper number
and order of vehicles for bomb escorts.

The on-scene supervisor will ensure a Form 301, Incident Report, is
completed for either:
a.

Making False Alarms, 2917.32 Ohio Revised Code (ORC),
(Bomb Threat) when there is no evacuation.

b.

Inducing Panic, 2917.31 ORC, (Bomb Threat) when evacuation
occurs.

The on-scene supervisor will submit a Form 17 to the Police Chief
whenever an explosive device is found or an explosion occurs.

Dangerous War Souvenirs & Explosives
1.

Whenever a police officer discovers or a citizen turns over any war
souvenirs, live ammunition, dynamite, percussion caps, fuses, or
other explosives and devices, the following applies:
a.

Citizens will be advised they are relinquishing all property rights
to the items surrendered, so as to prevent requests for the
Department to deactivate and return souvenirs.

b.

Each item will be considered potentially dangerous. Do not
handle any explosive devices found.

c.

An inquiry will be made as to whether anyone has attempted to
deactivate the device, and this information will be forwarded to
the Fire Department upon arrival.

d.

If an officer discovers an explosive device on-scene, follow
Sections A. through C. of this procedure.

e.

If a citizen brings an explosive device to a police facility:
1)

Immediately turn off police radios.

2)

If the item is a war souvenir, it is safer to get the item
outside and limit access to it until the Fire Department’s
EOD Unit arrives. An alternative is to evacuate the building
and wait for EOD to respond.

3)

If an item appears to be a bomb or is suspicious,
immediately evacuate the building.

4)

Notify PCS from a phone line to have the Fire Department
respond to the scene.

Rev. 02/13/07, Replaces 02/10/04

4

12.300

5)

Upon arrival, the ranking Fire Department supervisor will
assume command of the operation and the responsibility
for the disposal of suspicious items or bombs.

Rev. 02/13/07, Replaces 02/10/04

5

12.310

12.310 WASTE AND MEDICAL DEBRIS USED AT CRIME
SCENES AND TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS
Reference:
Cincinnati Fire Department Operations Manual 204.01 T
Cincinnati Health Department Housing Regulation 00053-9A
Standards Manual - 61.2.3, 61.3.2
Purpose:
Define the responsibilities of Police and Fire Department personnel for removing
waste, medical debris, blood, and body fluids at crime scenes and traffic
accidents, and from public places such as sidewalks and streets.
Procedure:
A.

Police Department personnel are responsible for removing any
nonbiohazardous items at a crime scene or traffic accident.
1.

B.

Remove and properly dispose of rubber gloves, crime scene tape,
flash bulbs, discarded film containers/boxes, etc., before securing the
scene.

Fire Department personnel are responsible for removing any medical
debris, blood, and body fluids from a crime scene, traffic accident, or in
public places such as sidewalks and streets, and decontaminating the area.
1.

The police officer-in-charge (OIC) may request Fire Department
personnel to leave the crime/accident scene intact during a prolonged
investigation of the crime/accident scene.
a.

The police on-scene OIC will contact the fire on-scene OIC and
make necessary arrangements for calling Fire Department
personnel back to the scene to remove medical debris, blood, or
body fluids.
1)

C.

A police officer will remain on the scene until Fire
Department personnel completely remove the medical
debris, blood, or body fluids.

Removal of Waste, Blood, and Body Fluids From Locations Other Than
Public Places:
1.

Cincinnati Health Department regulations state the owner or landlord
of a residence is responsible for removal of such waste and body
fluids.
a.

Owners or landlords can be advised to clean the body fluids with
a solution of 10 percent bleach and water, and also use
universal precautions of wearing a mask and apron.

Rev. 5/96, Replaces 2/94

1

12.310
b.

Health Department Hot Line 564-1780 is manned 24 hours a
day to answer questions.

Rev. 5/96, Replaces 2/94

2

12.315 INVESTIGATION OF RAPE AND OTHER SEXUAL
ASSAULT OFFENSES
References:
Procedure 12.720 - Evidence: Submitting For Physical Analysis
Purpose:
Establish responsibility for preliminary and follow-up investigations of rape and
other sexual assaults.
Reduce victim trauma by limiting the times the victim has to repeat details of the
offense.
Improve victim cooperation during the reporting, investigation, and prosecution of
these offenses.
Enhance the collection, identification, preservation, and continuity of evidence.
Policy:
Whenever any officer files a complaint for a crime in Chapter 2907, Ohio Revised
Code, the victim’s name will not appear on the complaint. When the victim is a
minor, officers will use the term “A minor” in the space for complainant. If the
victim is an adult, officers will use the initials of the adult. This will aid in
protecting the identity of sex crime victims. The victim’s name will still appear on
the Ohio Uniform Incident Reports.
District personnel are responsible for the preliminary investigation of rape and
other sexual assault offenses.
District personnel are responsible for follow-up investigation of the following
offenses (including attempts):
2907.05
2907.06
2907.07
2907.08
2907.09

Gross Sexual Imposition (Victim 18 years and older)
Sexual Imposition (Victim 18 years and older)
Importuning
Voyeurism
Public Indecency

Criminal Investigation Section (CIS) is responsible for follow-up investigation of
the following offenses (including attempts):
2905.05
2907.02
2907.03
2907.04
2907.05
2907.06

Child Enticement
Rape (all ages)
Sexual Battery
Unlawful Sexual Conduct with a Minor
Gross Sexual Imposition (Victim 17 years or younger)
Sexual Imposition (Victim 17 years or younger)

Rev. 07/22/08, Replaces 02/07/06

12.315
Procedure:
A.

Investigation of Rape, Sexual Battery, Unlawful Sexual Conduct with a
Minor, Gross Sexual Imposition, and Sexual Imposition:
1.

When one of the above sexual assault offenses is reported to district
personnel, the investigating officer will summon a supervisor to
coordinate the preliminary investigation.
a.

2.

3.

4.

Whenever possible, the supervisor and officer who received the
complaint should be the only persons interviewing the victim to
determine the correct statutory offense.
1)

Hold this interview in a place free from interruptions,
witnesses, other police officers, etc.

2)

Avoid having the victim repeatedly describe the intimate or
embarrassing details of the offense.

Transport victims 13 years and older to University Hospital for a
physical/rape examination unless a victim insists on a private
physician or another hospital. Transport victims under 13 years of age
to Children's Hospital.
a.

Prior to transporting the victim, the investigating officer or
supervisor will contact a Personal Crimes Unit or CIS supervisor
for direction. It may be preferable for an investigator to interview
the victim prior to any exam.

b.

Whenever possible, the officer who received the complaint
should be the transporting officer.

The district supervisor coordinating the investigation will request CIS
respond if:
a.

There is an immediate need to gather physical evidence (e.g.,
blood, semen stains, fingerprints, etc.).

b.

The offense is fresh and to delay follow-up would jeopardize the
successful completion of the investigation.

If CIS investigators respond, they will assume the authority and
responsibility for further investigation of the offense. This includes
completion of an Ohio Uniform Incident Report and Incident Report
Supplement (Form 311I).
a.

CIS will immediately provide the district desk officer with copies
of a completed Ohio Uniform Incident Report, Form 311I, and
other facts necessary to keep district personnel informed.

b.

District personnel will aid CIS in protecting the crime scene,
making wanted broadcasts, locating suspects and witnesses,
arresting perpetrators, searching for evidence, etc.

Rev. 07/22/08, Replaces 2/7/06

2

12.315
5.

B.

District personnel will complete and process an Ohio Uniform Incident
Report and Form 311I when CIS personnel do not respond to the
scene.
a.

Note the examining hospital facility or private physician on the
Ohio Uniform Incident Report.

b.

Include witness information, evidence held, and other results of
the preliminary investigation on the Form 311I. Fax CIS a copy
of the Ohio Uniform Incident Report and Form 311I immediately.

c.

District personnel may discover information about the offense
after the preliminary investigation is over. Provide this
information to CIS to aid them in the follow-up investigation.

Rape Evidence Kits:
1.

2.

University Hospital and Children's Hospital have locked cabinets to
secure physical evidence taken from the victim by the examining
physician. The physician will identify and place this evidence in paper
bags for deposit into the cabinet. The rape evidence kit includes the
rape exam report, clothing, pubic combings, fingernail scrapings,
blood samples, etc.
a.

Only CIS Personal Crimes Unit investigators will pick up and
process evidence from University Hospital and Children's
Hospital.

b.

CIS Personal Crimes Unit investigators will contact University
and Children’s Hospitals at a minimum of once a week to ensure
evidence has been picked up.

If the physical/rape examination occurs somewhere other than
University Hospital or Children's Hospital, CIS Personal Crimes Unit
investigators will respond upon completion of the examination to pick
up the rape evidence kit.

Rev. 07/22/08, Replaces 2/7/06

3

12.320

12.320 INVESTIGATION OF CON GAME/PIGEON DROP SIGNAL 100
Reference:
Standards Manual - 42.2.1, 42.2.2, 42.2.3
Information:
Bank and financial institution personnel are trained to identify potential victims of
con games as they are withdrawing large sums of money from their accounts.
Bank tellers or managers will attempt to stall the potential victim and notify Police
Communications Section.
Purpose:
Reduce criminal victimization of the elderly and increase arrests in pigeon
drop/con game offenses.
Procedure:
A.

B.

Police Communications Section personnel will:
1.

Keep the phone line open with the bank employee, if possible, to
obtain additional descriptions and any pertinent information.

2.

Dispatch a plainclothes unit from a district investigative unit via a
Signal 100.
a.

If no plainclothes cars are available, notify the district supervisor
and call the Criminal Investigation Section desk to request a
Property Crimes Unit car, or any other available plainclothes
officer.

b.

Do not send a uniformed officer except in the absence of any of
the above plainclothes officers.

Preliminary Investigation:
1.

The responding officer will:
a.

Note the description of the subjects; on foot or in a vehicle
outside the bank, who might be observing the victim or watching
for the arrival of the police.

b.

Discreetly contact the bank representative who made the call
and obtain any pertinent information.

c.

Conduct a thorough preliminary investigation and attempt to
apprehend the suspect(s) if it is determined that a crime is
occurring or has occurred.

Rev. 1/97, Replaces 2/90

1

12.320
d.

Contact the potential victim immediately or on a delayed basis,
depending on the situation, location of suspects, etc.
1)

e.
2.
C.

D.

Very often the victim will be instructed by the suspect to
deliver the money at a prearranged location. Allowing the
victim to make delivery of a dummy money packet to the
suspect is one method aiding apprehension. This should
not be done without the consent of the victim. Safety of the
victim will be the primary concern.

When it is determined an offense has occurred, complete an
Ohio Uniform Incident Report.

The collator in the district of occurrence will forward a copy of the
Ohio Uniform Incident Report to the Property Crimes Unit.

Property Crimes Unit Responsibilities:
1.

Maintain a suspect-photo book and an offense MO book to aid district
investigators.

2.

Maintain liaison with con game/pigeon drop investigators from major
cities around the country. Contact with these people can be very
helpful to the investigator because of the highly transient nature of
con game/pigeon drop offenders.

3.

Begin an all-terminal teletype, including the name and description of
the offenders, and a brief outline of the MO used.

4.

Assist with case preparation and attempt to determine if similar crimes
have occurred in other cities in surrounding areas.

5.

Keep district investigative units apprised of city-wide trends in this
area.

Follow-up Investigation:
1.

Districts will retain responsibility for the follow-up investigation of these
cases.

2.

When an arrest is made, the collator in the district of arrest will send a
copy of the Arrest and Investigation Report (Form 527) to the Property
Crimes Unit.

3.

If no arrest has been made, the investigating officer will notify the
Public Information Office, who will contact the news media with the
description and MO of the perpetrators. Con men are very sensitive
to publicity and generally leave when they realize the public is aware
of their presence.

Rev. 1/97, Replaces 2/90

2

12.330

12.330 GANG INVESTIGATIONS
Reference:
Procedure 12.554 – Field Interview and Interrogation Reports
Ohio Revised Code Section 2923.41-43 – Criminal Gangs
Definitions:
Criminal Gang - means an ongoing formal or informal organization, association,
or group of three or more persons to which all of the following apply:
•

It has as one of its primary activities the commission of one or more of
the following offenses:
Any Felony
Any Offense of Violence
Unlawful Sexual Conduct with a Minor
Criminal Damaging
Aggravated Trespassing
Failure to Disperse
Interference with Custody
Contributing to Unruliness/Delinquency of a Child
Intimidation of Attorney, Victim or Witness in a Criminal Case
Improper Handling of a Firearm in a Motor Vehicle
Trafficking in Marijuana
Ethnic Intimidation

•

It has a common name or one or more common, identifying signs,
symbols, or colors.

•

The persons in the organization, association, or group, individually or
collectively, engage in, or have engaged in, a pattern of criminal gang
activity as defined in 2923.41 ORC.

Set - this term describes a particular gang. The members of a set are usually
close knit and are often tied to a certain school or neighborhood. This term is
used to describe sub-types of criminal organizations.
Clique or Klika - these terms are similar to sets in that they are close-knit groups
within the gang but are usually smaller than a set.
Associate (Gang Member) – any person who fits any of the criteria listed in
Section A. of this procedure.
Security Threat Group Classification – an inmate profile entered into the
statewide gang database of self-proclaimed gang members.

Rev. 08/23/05, Replaces 08/02/05

1

12.330
Purpose:
To identify subjects involved in criminal gang activity as defined in Section
2923.42 of the Ohio Revised Code (ORC). Intelligence Unit anti-gang officers
will review all street gang information for analysis and submission into the Ohio
State Attorney General’s Office Gang Unit Access Research Database
(GUARD).
Policy:
Department personnel will actively engage in the collection, and follow-up investigation,
of gang intelligence.
Information:
Intelligence gathered by anti-gang officers and other law enforcement agencies
will be collected, reviewed and maintained by Intelligence Unit.
In most cases the filing of criminal charges in connection with gang activity will
only occur after extensive investigation and verification. Prior to the filing of
these charges, an Intelligence Unit anti-gang officer will be contacted for
assistance with prosecutorial review.
Procedure:
A.

Department personnel will document all suspected or confirmed street gang
activity and forward it to the district/section/unit anti-gang officers.
1.

Identification of a criminal gang member is based on the person
having two or more of the following criteria entered into the GUARD
database. Identification of an associate member is based on the
person having one of the following criteria entered into the GUARD
database:
a.

A previous conviction under ORC Section 2923.42, “Participation
in a Criminal Gang”, and/or gang specification within the past five
years.

b.

The subject has admitted to being a gang member in verbal or
written form.

c.

The subject has been arrested with known gang members for
offenses consistent with criminal gang activity.

d.

The subject has been identified by law enforcement or by a
reliable informant/source as a gang member.

e.

The subject has been seen by law enforcement or by a reliable
informant/source displaying or possessing a criminal gang name,
sign, symbol, color or material, or defacing public or private
property with the same.

Rev. 08/23/05, Replaces 08/02/05

2

12.330
f.

2.

B.

g.

The subject is known by law enforcement or by a reliable
informant/source to associate with a criminal gang that has been
designated as such by a court of law.
The subject is known by law enforcement or by a reliable
informant/source to have expressed knowledge of criminal gang
activity.

h.

The subject is known by law enforcement or by a reliable
informant/source to have identifiable gang tattoos.

i.

In custody Security Threat Group Classification profile (entered
by Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction or Ohio
Department of Youth Services only).

Contact by department personnel with any subject(s) meeting one or
more of the criteria listed above should be documented and submitted
to the district/section/unit anti-gang officer for review and verification.
a.

Documentation should be made on a Form 534, Contact Card, or
Form 311, Incident Closure.

b.

The district/section/unit anti-gang officer will be responsible for
reviewing submitted documents for completeness and accuracy.

c.

All district/section/unit anti-gang officers will have access to the
GUARD file to review or retrieve information.

d.

Reviewing officers will place their name and badge number on all
paperwork submitted after review, approval and verification.

e.

Upon completion of review and verification of the information, the
officer will forward the document copies to the Intelligence Unit
for entry into GUARD.

Documentation should include the following information for each subject
encountered:
1.

Full name, nickname or alias

2.

Sex

3.

Race/nationality/descent

4.

Date of birth/place of birth

5.

Control number/social security number

6.

School/grade

7.

Employer/job title

8.

Gang/clique/set and status

Rev. 08/23/05, Replaces 08/02/05

3

12.330

C.

D.

9.

Criteria met (include all that apply in detail)

10.

Date/time/location of contact

11.

Source of information, if not a result of a contact

12.

Charges, if arrested/reason for stop on Contact Card/details of contact

13.

Submitting officer/badge number/assignment/relief/phone number

14.

Associates (separate documentation should be completed for each)

15.

Photograph the criminal gang activity when appropriate, including
graffiti, clothing, tattoos, etc.

16.

Homicide Unit personnel will share photos of victims with any tattoos
with an Intelligence Unit anti-gang officer in any suspicious deaths or
any incident where gang activity is suspected.

When an arrest or report is made involving any gang-related incident,
personnel will document the gang information on the following forms.
Forward a legible copy to the district/section/unit anti-gang officer for
review:
1.

Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report

2.

Form 527A, Case and Bond Information Report

3.

Form 527B, Trial Preparation Report

4.

Form 301SS, Suspect Supplemental Report

5.

Form 301AS, Arrest Supplement

6.

Form 310NS, Narrative Supplement

7.

Form 313, Firearm Report

8.

Or as a supplement to any official police report or incident, including the
above reports.

The Patrol Division Commander will designate a sergeant within the division
to act as the Patrol Division Anti-Gang Supervisor. This supervisor will be
responsible for:
1.

Overseeing the functions of the anti-gang officers within the Patrol
Division and act as a point of contact for the Intelligence Unit.

2.

Attending meetings with the Department Anti-Gang Coordinator as
needed.

Rev. 08/23/05, Replaces 08/02/05

4

12.330
E.

The Investigations Division Commander will designate a sergeant within the
division to act as the Investigations Division Anti-Gang Supervisor. This
supervisor will be responsible for:
1.

Overseeing the functions of the anti-gang officers within the
Investigations Division, except the Intelligence Unit anti-gang officers,
and act as a point of contact for the Intelligence Unit.

2.

Attending meetings with the Department Anti-Gang Coordinator as
needed.

F.

All School Resource Officers (SRO) and Drug Abuse Resistance Education
(DARE) officers in the Youth Services Unit will be anti-gang officers.

G.

District/section/unit anti-gang officers are responsible for sharing
information received from the Intelligence Unit with their district/section/unit
personnel.

H.

Intelligence Unit anti-gang officers will be responsible for coordinating the
transfer of information between the Intelligence Unit and all other
district/section/unit anti-gang officers.

I.

1.

These officers will act as the liaison between the district/section/unit
and the Intelligence Unit.

2.

These officers will place their name and badge number on all
paperwork submitted by the district/section/unit anti-gang officers
when review and approval is completed.

3.

These officers will maintain the Department gang files.

Intelligence Unit anti-gang officers will be responsible for establishing and
maintaining a system to insure the timely review of documents and delivery
of information to the district/section/unit anti-gang officers. These officers
will also be responsible for analyzing all gang related intelligence
information and storing all gang related documentation.
1.

Intelligence Unit anti-gang officers will disseminate gang-related
intelligence to the district/section/unit anti-gang officers.

2.

Intelligence Unit will refer information to the district/section/unit antigang officers for follow-up investigations as needed.

3.

Unconfirmed gang information will be maintained by Intelligence Unit
anti-gang officers until it is either confirmed or purged from the
system.

4.

Verified gang information will be submitted into GUARD and stored as
verified information by Intelligence Unit anti-gang officers.

Rev. 08/23/05, Replaces 08/02/05

5

12.330

5.

J.

Intelligence Unit anti-gang officers will be responsible to update or
purge GUARD and gang files as information is received and within
appropriate time limitations as required by GUARD and/or Intelligence
Unit standard operating procedure.

The Intelligence Unit Commander will act as the Anti-Gang Coordinator for
the Department. The Anti-Gang Coordinator will:
1.

Develop standard operating procedures.

2.

Schedule quarterly meetings with district/section/unit anti-gang
officers to ensure a coordinated effort. More frequent meetings can
be called as activities dictate.

3.

Directly oversee Intelligence Unit anti-gang officers.

4.

Directly oversee storage of the central gang intelligence files.

5.

Approve all GUARD entries/purges and oversee the actual
input/deletion of data.

6.

Conduct quarterly audits of data transactions and forward a written
report to the Criminal Investigation Section Commander.

7.

Serve as the point of contact with the Hamilton County Prosecutor’s
Office.

Rev. 08/23/05, Replaces 08/02/05

6

12.350

12.350 AUTOMATED FINGERPRINT IDENTIFICATION
SYSTEM (AFIS)
Reference:
Standards Manual - 42.2.1
Definitions:
Value Quality - Latent fingerprints containing ridge characteristics that may be
identifiable for developed suspect(s). "Value Quality" latent fingerprints are not
suitable for an AFIS search. Examples of "Value Quality" latent fingerprints
would include palms, tips, or where determination of core/axis is not possible.
AFIS Quality - Latent fingerprints that contain suitable ridge quality, ridge count,
number of minutiae [points], and where determination of core/axis placement is
probable.
No Value - Latent fingerprints lacking ridge characteristics necessary to form an
identification.
Registered - Entered and retained latent fingerprints in AFIS.
Elimination Fingerprints - Inked fingerprints belonging to persons other than
possible suspects.
Procedure:
A.

AFIS Submission Requirements:
1.

2.

Officers developing and lifting latent fingerprints must provide the
following information on the rear of the latent lift card:
a.

Date fingerprint lift was done

b.

Type of offense

c.

Complainant/victim's name

d.

Location of offense

e.

Article and location of lift

f.

Officer's last name and badge number

Criminalistics Unit will not accept latent lift cards without the required
information.
a.

8/92

Criminalistics Unit personnel will attach a note indicating what
information is incomplete or omitted. The requesting officer will
pick up the latent lift card for correction.

1

12.350
3.

Attach an Evidence Examination Worksheet (Form 457) to all latent
fingerprint lifts. The submitting officer portion of the form must be
complete and either printed or typed.

4.

Criminalistics Unit personnel may also process articles submitted for
investigation.

5.
B.

a.

Attach a Form 457 to all articles.

b.

Attach a Property Receipt (Form 330) to all articles.

c.

The Criminalistics Unit latent examiner is responsible for
marking the pertinent information on lift cards or photographs
when latents of "Value Quality" or "AFIS Quality" are developed
from submitted evidence.

Submit latent lift cards or articles to the Criminalistics Unit between
0800-1600 hours, seven days a week.

Dispositions of Latent Lift Cards/Evidence:
1.

"No Value" or undeveloped print submissions.
a.

2.

"Value Quality" fingerprints.
a.

b.

8/92

Criminalistics Unit will forward the white copy of Form 457 to the
submitting officer. The district/section/unit will pick up the latent
lift/evidence when notified. The district/section/unit is
responsible for determining the final disposition of the latent
lift/evidence.

If the investigation is a Homicide, Rape, Felonious Assault,
Kidnapping, Abduction, Aggravated Robbery, Aggravated
Burglary, or Auto Theft:
1)

Criminalistics Unit will compare the fingerprints to
elimination prints.

2)

If there is no match with elimination fingerprints,
Criminalistics Unit personnel will return the white copy of
Form 457 to the submitting officer's district/ section/unit.
Criminalistics Unit will advise if the print is of "Value
Quality." The investigator will respond to the Criminalistics
Unit to pick up the latent lift card.

3)

Criminalistics Unit will send submitted articles, from which
they have obtained latent fingerprints, to the Court Property
Unit.

Officers will contact Criminalistics Unit for instructions when
latent fingerprint processing is needed in cases other than those
listed in Section B.2.a.

2

12.350

3.

"AFIS Quality" fingerprints.
a.

If the investigation is a Homicide, Rape, Felonious Assault,
Kidnapping, Abduction, Aggravated Robbery, Aggravated
Burglary, or Auto Theft:
1)

Criminalistics Unit will search AFIS for latent fingerprints
remaining after comparison with elimination prints.
a)

If elimination prints are not submitted, they may be
required by the Criminalistics Unit supervisor. This
will cause the latent examiner to send a request
(along with the findings) to the supervisor in charge of
the investigation. This request will go to the bureau
commander on a Request for Elimination Prints, Form
190.
1]

2)

After verification of any AFIS hit from a search, the latent
fingerprint examiner will send a copy of the Form 457 to the
submitting officer indicating the results.

3)

The latent examiner will also send a copy of the Form 457
to the supervisor of the investigating district/section/unit.

4)

The investigative district/section/ unit supervisor will ensure
the return of a completed Supplementary Offense Report
(Form 311) to the latent fingerprint examiner within 14 days
of notification. It will include the following information:

5)

8/92

Criminalistics Unit must receive a response
within 14 days. If there is no response within
this period, the investigating unit's supervisor will
send a Form 17 to the Criminalistics Unit
Commander explaining the reason for the delay.
It will also give the time needed to comply with
the request.

a)

Identified subject charged in offense/criminal case
number

b)

No prosecution, as in otherwise case closure

c)

Case pending further investigation

d)

Identification alone will not support
warrant/prosecution in this case

"AFIS Quality" fingerprints that result in no hit may become
registered in the Unsolved Latent File (USLF). The
"Results" section of the Form 457 will include this
information. Latent fingerprint examiners will notify the
submitting officer when a search resulted in no hit.
3

12.350
6)
b.

C.

8/92

All USLF registered latent prints will be filed at the
Criminalistics Unit.

Officers will contact Criminalistics Unit for instructions when
latent fingerprint processing is needed in cases other than those
listed in Section B.3.a.

Cases Involving Known Suspect(s)/Arrest(s):
1.

The Criminalistics Unit latent fingerprint examiner will obtain a hard
copy of the 10-print record from the Hamilton County Sheriff's Office
Central Identification Division (CID). The examiner will make
comparisons to the latent lifts.

2.

The latent examiner will contact the submitting officer if an
identification is not made. The examiner will obtain elimination prints,
if possible, for further comparison, using the procedure outlined in
Section B.3.a.1).

3.

The submitting officer will determine if it is feasible to conduct a
search of the latent fingerprint in AFIS based on the following criteria:
a.

Would identification aid in prosecution of the case?

b.

Would identification result in closure of the case?

c.

Has the offense been closed by arrest?

4

12.370

12.370 PROBLEM SOLVING AND THE NEIGHBORHOOD
LIAISON PROCESS
Reference: Problem Solving Guide
Critical Elements for Problem Solving
Problem Solving Tracking System (PSTS) Database Users Guide
Definitions:
Problem Oriented Policing (POP) – A crime reduction and safety approach that
involves examining repeat or recurring incidents for the conditions that permit
them to occur. It involves seeking out and implementing effective responses,
examining the impact these responses have on the problem and subsequently
reporting the results in ways that will benefit other police agencies.
Community Problem Oriented Policing (CPOP) – Facilitating the POP process
through the police, community, other City departments and Community Police
Partnering Center (CPPC) working together in a partnership.
Problem Solving – Identifying and analyzing recurring crime or safety problems,
developing and implementing tailored responses based on the analysis, and
evaluating the impact of the responses on the problem.
Problem – A recurring set of related harmful crime or safety incidents in a
community that members of the public expect the police to address.
Incident – A single service request, for an individual or community concern.
SARA – The acronym for the problem solving process.
Scanning – The first stage in the SARA process, involving problem
identification, verification, and classification.
Analysis – The second stage in the SARA process, involving systematic
examination of the problem to identify possible causes or conditions that might
be susceptible to alternative responses.
Response - The third stage in the SARA process, involving the development
and implementation of tailored interventions designed to reduce the problem.
Assessment – The fourth stage in the SARA process, involving evaluating the
effectiveness of the implemented responses.
Repeat Spreadsheet – A spreadsheet that tracks the repeat incidents involving
the three components of crime: repeat victims, repeat suspects, and repeat
locations. The repeat spreadsheet is located on the H: drive and updated
monthly by Information Technology Management Unit (ITMU).

Rev. 10/16/07, Replaces 10/03/06

1

12.370
Situational Crime Prevention – Techniques used with problem oriented policing
to reduce or block crime opportunities.
Neighborhood Liaison Sergeant – one sergeant in each district designated to
be the link between the Department and the Community. Reports directly to the
district commander and supervises the district’s neighborhood liaison officers.
Neighborhood Projects Unit (NPU) – the Police Relations Section comprised of
project coordination officers who help conduct research, collect data, assist in
developing Response plans and monitor problem-solving projects.
Purpose:
To define a Departmental process of identifying and addressing problems and
community service requests in an effort to improve the quality of life, safety and
security of citizens.
The measurable outcomes to the Department achieving the goals of problem
solving include:
1. Monthly reductions in repeat locations, offenders and victims as measured
by a weighted process.
2. Five new projects initiated per district, per month. Specialized units will
initiate at least two problem-solving projects per year. The Patrol Bureau
Commander will periodically review the volume of projects and make
necessary adjustments as needed to ensure the quality of projects and
service.
3. POP Guides and other resources are utilized.
4. Problems are favorably resolved with minimal displacement.
Policy:
The SARA problem solving methodology is the Department’s principal strategy
for addressing crime and disorder problems.
Information:
Inter-agency collaboration and stakeholder participation is extremely important to
effective problem solving. City employees will work with community members to
identify and resolve neighborhood problems. The Community Police Partnering
Center (CPPC) is also available as a resource for problems identified by a
district/section/unit commander as a possible POP initiative. The CPPC can
provide a link to community services and other resources. City and CPPC staff
work together to provide training and facilitate problem solving.
City staff, community members, and the CPPC will activate the problem solving
process when a pattern of incidents is identified. District/section/unit
commanders may refuse to accept a situation as a problem or incident.
Participation and success in problem-solving is a part of the Performance
Evaluation Process for every sworn employee in the Department.
Rev. 10/16/07, Replaces 10/03/06

2

12.370
Procedure:
A.

Problems Generated by Citizens
1.

Citizens identifying a problem may directly contact the police or go
through a variety of City and Police Department access points,
including the Internet (City’s web page and/or Police Department’s
web page).
a.

B.

Problems Generated by the Community Police Partnering Center (CPPC)
1.

C.

Police Department personnel will obtain the necessary
information to complete a Form 560, CPOP Project Submission
Request, and follow the process outlined in Section C.1. – C.4.

Police personnel who become aware of a problem generated by the
CPPC will complete a Form 560 describing the problem and forward
the report to the affected district/section/unit commander.

Problems Received and/or Generated by Police Personnel
1.

Police personnel will complete a Form 560 for recurring crime or
safety problems and submit the completed report to their supervisor.

2.

The supervisor will review the report for accuracy and completeness
and forward the report to the neighborhood liaison sergeant.

3.

The neighborhood liaison sergeant will review the Form 560 and route
the report to the district/section/unit commander with a
recommendation.

4.

The district/section/unit commander will review the Form 560 to
determine if it is a problem or an incident.
a.

If the district/section/unit commander determines the issue is a
“problem”, he will approve the Form 560 and forward it to the
neighborhood liaison sergeant, who will:
1)

Enter the problem into the PSTS database and
record the tracking number on the Form 560.

2)

Make a blotter entry indicating a problem-solving project
has been approved for the specific address.

3)

Forward a copy of the Form 560 to the appropriate
relief lieutenant and the Neighborhood Projects Unit.
a)

The relief lieutenant is responsible for ensuring the
coordination and completion of all neighborhood
projects assigned to their relief.

b)

The relief lieutenant will advise the project
coordination officer of the start date of the Response
phase of the project.

Rev. 10/16/07, Replaces 10/03/06

3

12.370

c)

b.

5.

D.

Relief lieutenants will meet with the district
commander as needed to report the progress and
status of their relief’s problem-solving projects.

If the district/section/unit commander determines the issue is an
“incident”, the neighborhood liaison sergeant will handle with the
appropriate action or referral to an outside resource.

District crime analysts will utilize the repeat spreadsheet to
recommend monthly projects to their district commander. Each
project will be documented on a Form 560.
a.

The district commander will present the project ideas to the
appropriate Community Council to ensure input from community
members.

b.

The projects will primarily be shift specific. Projects that span
more than one shift will be coordinated between the relief
lieutenants.

c.

When the district commander determines which projects will be
initiated, the process outlined in C.4.a will be followed.

Neighborhood Projects Unit
1.

The Neighborhood Projects Unit lieutenant will review the Form 560
and assign it to a project coordination officer , who will:
a.

Contact the relief lieutenant to obtain any additional information
or ideas related to the project.

b.

Conduct in-depth research of best practices as related to the
type of problem(s) to be addressed.

c.

Review situational crime prevention techniques to determine
approaches that may fit the problem.

d.

Identify and collect pertinent data from crime analysts and other
sources.

e.

Develop a minimum of two Response plans for recommendation
to the relief lieutenant.

2.

The Response plans will be reviewed by the Neighborhood Projects
Unit lieutenant and forwarded to the neighborhood liaison sergeant
and relief lieutenant. The relief lieutenant may use any of the
Response plans or develop a different strategy to use.

3.

The project coordination officer will monitor the problem-solving
project through all stages of the SARA process.

Rev. 10/16/07, Replaces 10/03/06

4

12.370

4.

F.

a.

Quality control reviews will be conducted by the project
coordination officer to ensure complete documentation and
timely updates.

b.

If data entry corrections are needed, the Neighborhood Project
Unit lieutenant will advise the relief lieutenant via email.

The Neighborhood Projects Unit will conduct a bi-monthly audit
of open CPOP projects and provide the information to the Patrol
Bureau Commander.

CPOP/SARA Problem Entry
1.

All approved projects will be initially entered into the PSTS database
by the neighborhood liaison sergeant.
a.

Projects that include the involvement of citizens, the CPPC or
other City departments will be designated as a “CPOP” project.

b.

Projects that involve police personnel only will be designated as
a “CPD” project.

c.

2.

Updates to projects will be entered into the PSTS database by
the Department employee(s) or CPPC member(s) who are
involved in the activity being reported.

The PSTS database will generate the SARA problem solving method
by utilizing the questions contained in the Critical Elements field to
identify resources and develop a plan to respond to the specific
problem.
a.

The PSTS database will automatically assign a unique number
to each case which will contain the district, year and next
sequential case number.

b.

The PSTS database contains dropdown menus and open fields
for inputting narratives.

c.

When adding actions to a case, each question in the “Critical
Elements” field must be answered with accurate, detailed
information.
1)

The repeat spreadsheet is accessible to all officers and
should be used to assist in determining the scope of a
problem.

2)

Crime analysts should be utilized to obtain pertinent data
related to the problem, especially during the Analysis and
Assessment phases.

Rev. 10/16/07, Replaces 10/03/06

5

12.370

3.

G.

H.

Specialized units such as Vice, Homicide, Personal Crimes, Financial
Crimes, Traffic, Youth Services, Park and Vortex will initiate at least
two problem-solving projects per year. They will also serve as a
resource for district projects.

Editing of a CPOP Problem
1.

Any member of the Department or the CPPC may input information to
existing cases and projects.

2.

Changes made to the dropdown menus or “Actions” boxes can only
be made by the individual who originally entered the information.

Closure of a CPOP Problem
1.

Following the Assessment phase, the relief lieutenant will confer with
the project coordination officer and the Department member(s)
involved with the project to determine if the goals of the problem
solving process were attained.
a.

If the assessment shows little or no effect on the project
objectives, a new Response plan will be discussed and
implemented to address the problem.

b.

If the assessment shows the problem-solving response was
effective, the project will be closed in the PSTS database with
the appropriate closure(s):
1)
2)
3)
4)

2.
I.

Closed – Harm Reduced
Closed – Incidents Reduced
Closed – Problem Eliminated
Closed – Problem Handling Improved

The closing officer will notify the complainant who initiated the Form
560 of the results of the problem solving process.

Neighborhood Liaison Process
1.

One sergeant in each district will be designated as the neighborhood
liaison sergeant. They should have a working knowledge of CPOP
and the SARA problem-solving process. Their responsibilities
include:
a.

Maintain an open line of communication between the
Department and community members.

b.

Facilitate Customer Service Requests (CSR) that meet the
definition of a “problem”.

c.

Coordinate information to be shared or dispensed at community
meetings.

d.

Attend CERT functions.

Rev. 10/16/07, Replaces 10/03/06

6

12.370

2.

J.

Conduct Safety Presentations (excluding schools).

f.

Coordinate police attendance at community functions.

g.

Attend district functions and meetings, as designated by the
district commander.

h.

Supervise the district neighborhood liaison officers.

The neighborhood liaison officers’ responsibilities include:
a.

Assist with district problem-solving projects when requested.

b.

Attend and assist in the coordination of community meetings, as
designated by the district commander.

c.

Assist the neighborhood liaison sergeant with duties as needed.

Community Meetings
1.

K.

e.

Each relief lieutenant will be assigned to specific neighborhoods (for
CPOP purposes only) and is responsible for ensuring attendance at
community meetings and coordinating problem-solving projects in
those neighborhoods.
a.

All officers attending community meetings will arrive prepared
and on time.

b.

Attendance at community meetings must be documented on a
Form 628, Public Appearance Report, and forwarded to the
Public Information Office (PIO).

2.

District commanders should prioritize the list of community meetings
that require police representation, based upon citizen attendance and
agendas.

3.

District commanders shall meet with their Citizens on Patrol
representatives one time per month. The time and place for this
meeting is at the discretion of the district commander.

Form 562, Community Problem Oriented Policing Resource Request
1.

Personnel in need of assistance from another district/section/unit will
forward a request on a Form 562, Community Problem Oriented
Policing Resource Request, through the chain of command.

2.

Personnel who have identified a need for additional funding to assist
in solving a CPOP problem will complete a Form 562 and forward it
through the chain of command.

Rev. 10/16/07, Replaces 10/03/06

7

12.372

12.372

CHRONIC NUISANCE PREMISES

References:
CMC Chapter 701-4, Dangerous dog to be properly confined or leashed
CMC Chapter 701-5, Vicious dog to be properly confined or leashed
CMC Chapter 701-6, Possession of a dangerous or vicious dog prohibited
CMC Chapter 701-7, Possession of a dangerous or vicious dog limited
CMC Chapter 701-27, Loud dog
CMC Chapter 708-27, Discharging firearms
CMC Chapter 761, Chronic nuisance premises
CMC Chapter 906-9, Public gaming
CMC Chapter 908-3, Menacing
CMC Chapter 908-7, Aggravated menacing
CMC Chapter 908-9, Menacing by stalking
CMC Chapter 910-1, Attendance at school
CMC Chapter 910-7, Loud noises
CMC Chapter 910-21, Loitering with the intention of committing unlawful drug
transaction
CMC Chapter 910-23, Possession of marijuana
CMC Chapter 911-27, Curfew for minors
CMC Chapter 1213-7, Unauthorized possession, sale or discharge of fireworks
CMC Title XVI, Neighborhood Quality of Life Uniform Code
ORC 2903.11 – 13, Assault offenses
ORC 2903.21 – 22, Menacing offenses
ORC 2905.01, Kidnapping
ORC 2907.21 – 25, Prostitution and related offenses
ORC 2909.04 , Disrupting public services
ORC 2915.04, Public gaming
ORC 2917.11, Disorderly conduct
ORC 2917.32, Making false alarms
ORC Chapter 2925, Drug Offenses
ORC 3743.65, Unauthorized possession, sale or discharge of fireworks
ORC 5323.02, Property owner registration
Cincinnati Police Department Training Bulletin on Nuisance Premises
Purpose:
To assist victims of crime and penalize those who commit crimes or those who
permit conditions to exist that give rise to crime or excessive calls for service to
police. To establish rules, procedures and penalties to address the owners of
multi-family premises that have chronic nuisance issues and fail to take
corrective measures. These nuisances include activities related to drugs,
disorder, and violence.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 12/05/06

1

12.372
Policy:
To work in partnership with the owners and operators of multi-family premises to
address the negative impact caused by chronic nuisance activities. To improve
the vitality of neighborhoods by addressing excessive calls for service to the
police.
For the purpose of this procedure, calls for service made by the owners or
operators of multi-family premises demonstrate their commitment to abate
nuisance activities on their premises and will not be included as nuisance activity
runs. In addition, domestic violence calls for service are not considered
nuisance activities.
If a multi-family premises is deemed to be a chronic nuisance under Cincinnati
Municipal Code (CMC) Chapter 761, the premises owner may be billed for the
cost of enforcement services and cited civilly or criminally.
Definitions:
Multi-family premises - Any property capable of housing more than a single
family by design or as classified by the Hamilton County Auditor.
Chronic nuisance - a premises or property that is in violation of Cincinnati
Municipal Code (CMC) 761-5.
Nuisance or nuisance activity - any of the following activities, conduct, or
behavior whenever engaged in by premises owners, operators, occupants, or
persons associated with a premises:
•

Assault, aggravated assault, or felonious assault as defined in CMC
908-5 or as defined in Ohio Revised Code Sections 2903.11, 2903.12,
or 2903.13;

•

Menacing, aggravated menacing, or menacing by stalking as defined
in CMC 908-3, 908-7, or 908-9 or as defined in Ohio Revised Code
Sections 2903.21, 2903.22, or 2903.211;

•

Inducing panic, making a false alarm, or perpetrating a hoax weapon of
mass destruction as defined in Ohio Revised Code Sections 2917.31,
2917.32, and 2917.33;

•

Disrupting public services as defined in Ohio Revised Code Section
2909.04;

•

Curfew violation as defined in CMC 911-27;

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 12/05/06

2

12.372
•

Attendance at school violation as defined in CMC 910-1;

•

Disorderly conduct as defined in Ohio Revised Code Section 2917.11;

•

Discharging firearms in violation of CMC 708-27;

•

Drug sale or use as defined in CMC 910-21 and 910-23 and Ohio
Revised Code Chapter 2925;

•

Compelling or promoting prostitution, procuring, soliciting, or loitering
to engage in solicitation, or prostitution as defined Ohio Revised Code
Sections 2907.21 through 2907.25, inclusive;

•

Public gaming as defined in CMC 906-9 or in Ohio Revised Code
Section 2915.04;

•

Unauthorized possession, sale, or discharge of fireworks as defined in
CMC 1213-7 or in Ohio Revised Code Section 3743.65;

•

Loud noises as defined in CMC 910-7;

•

Loud, dangerous, or vicious dog as defined in CMC 701-4, 701-5, 7016, 701-7, or 701-27;

•

Kidnapping as defined in Ohio Revised Code Section 2905.01.

Occupant - the person residing in or having use of a premises. The same
person or persons can be owner and occupant.
Operator - any person, firm, company, corporation or association, including their
employees, agents, or contractors, that controls, operates, or manages a
premises.
Owner - any person, partnership, firm, or corporation, who alone or jointly with
others, shall be in possession of or have control of any premises or is listed as
the owner of a premises on the records of the Hamilton County Auditor.
Person associated with - any person who, whenever engaged in a nuisance or
nuisance activity, enters, patronizes, visits; attempts to enter, patronize or visit; or
waits to enter, patronize, or visit, a premises or person present on a premises,
including any officer, director, customer, agent, employee, or independent
contractor of a premises owner.
Property or premises - a platted lot or part thereof, or unplatted lot or parcel of
land, or plot of land either occupied or unoccupied by any building or structure,
equipment, or property of any kind.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 12/05/06

3

12.372
INFORMATION:
Calls for service (CFS) for drugs, disorder, and violence will be analyzed monthly
to determine if any multi-family residential premises are excessive users of police
services on a monthly or annual basis. Domestic violence offenses and CFS
made by an owner or operator are not included in this analysis.
Procedure:
A.

Information Technology Management Section (ITMS) will:
1.

Run an analysis by the tenth of each month of all CFS within the
selected categories (drugs, disorder, and violence) for premises
designated as multi-family premises. Multi-family premises
designations are established by the Hamilton County Auditor.
a.

Premises will appear on the monthly report when three or more
nuisance activities have occurred at the premises on separate
dates during a 30-day period.

b.

Premises will appear on the annual report when, within a oneyear period, the following number of nuisance activities has
occurred at the premises:

c.

1)

Premises with 2 or 3 residential units: 6 nuisance activities;

2)

Premises with 4 to 19 residential units: 14 nuisance
activities;

3)

Premises with 20 to 39 residential units: 18 nuisance
activities;

4)

Premises with 40 or more residential units: 11 nuisance
activities.

The annual average of CFS for each nuisance activity to multifamily premises will be determined through statistical analysis,
using one “standard deviation” and the “normal positive range” to
establish a threshold of CFS.

2.

Generate a “Chronic Nuisance Premises” report listing all multi-family
premises exceeding the monthly threshold of CFS.

3.

Generate a “Chronic Nuisance Premises” report listing all multi-family
premises exceeding the annual threshold of CFS.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 12/05/06

4

12.372
4.

B.

Forward these reports to the districts for review and appropriate
action.

Upon receiving these reports, the investigating officer will:
1.

Review these reports. Conduct a thorough investigation of all
Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) incident histories for all CFS listed on
these reports within the district boundaries.
a.

Determine if the owner or operator of the premises initiated the
call. Calls to the Police Department made by the owner or
operator do not count against the premises.

b.

The Department does not need to make an arrest, issue a
citation, or obtain a conviction for a CFS to be counted as a
nuisance activity.

c.

The Department only needs probable cause to believe that the
nuisance activity occurred at the premises.

d.

If a premises is listed by the Hamilton County Auditor as
Commercial – Office, Apartments Over; Commercial – Other
Commercial Housing; Commercial – Retail, Apartments Over; or
Publicly Owned - Metropolitan Housing Authority, the
investigating officer must determine the total number of
residential units within the premises. The threshold of CFS for
these premises will be based on the schedule established in
Section A.1.b. For example, if the premises being investigated
contains eight residential units above a grocery store, compare it
to the established threshold of CFS for all 4 - 19 unit dwellings in
the City.

e.

Ensure the CFS are related to the residential portion of the
premises.

2.

Determine if the remaining CFS exceeds the threshold for the
premises on either a monthly or annual basis.

3.

Recommend to the district commander that the premises be
designated a “potential chronic nuisance” if it exceeds the threshold of
CFS on either a monthly or annual basis.

4.

Enter the chronic nuisance premise information into the Chronic
Nuisance Database. Maintain a district file of all chronic nuisance
premises investigated and all related paperwork.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 12/05/06

5

12.372
C.

The district commander will:
1.

Review the “Chronic Nuisance Premises” reports and the
recommendations of the investigating officer.

2.

Notify the premises owner in writing that the premises is in danger of
being declared a chronic nuisance.
a.

b.

The Initial Notice letter will contain:
1)

The street address or legal description sufficient for
identification of the premises;

2)

A description of the nuisance activities that have occurred
at the premises, including the dates of the nuisance
activities;

3)

A statement that the premises owner must respond to the
Police Chief or his designee within 10 days of the owner’s
receipt of the notice with a written plan to abate the
nuisance activities that is acceptable to the Police Chief or
his designee;

4)

A statement that the cost of future enforcement at the
premises as a result of nuisance activities may be billed to
the premises owner and could become a lien against the
premises if not paid.

The Initial Notice letter will be deemed properly delivered if sent
by first class mail to the address of the owner listed on the
records of the Hamilton County Auditor.
1)

3.

If the Initial Notice letter is returned as undeliverable,
forward the returned letter to the district of origin. This
notice will be deemed properly delivered if it is either
posted on the front door of the premises that is the subject
of the notice or if it is delivered in person to the owner.

Schedule a meeting with the premises owner or operator to discuss
the written plan to abate the chronic nuisance.

a.

If the premises owner or operator presents an acceptable plan
and initiates action to abate nuisance activities occurring on the
premises, the Department will delay further enforcement of the
Chronic Nuisance Premises ordinance at that address.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 12/05/06

6

12.372
1)

If the premises owner ceases to cooperate with the efforts
to abate the nuisance activities, the Department will
reinstitute enforcement of the Chronic Nuisance Premises
ordinance.
a)

b.

The premises owner will be sent a Change in Status
letter. This letter will document the Department’s
efforts to contact and/or obtain the cooperation of the
owner.

If the premises owner or operator presents a plan that is deemed
unacceptable by the district commander or his designee, the
district commander will send the premises owner a Revised Plan
letter within 3 days of the determination that the plan is
unacceptable.
1)

If the premises owner or operator meets with the district
commander or his designee and presents an acceptable
revised plan and initiates action to abate the nuisance
activities occurring on the premises, the Department will
delay further enforcement of the Chronic Nuisance
Premises ordinance.
a)

If the premises owner ceases to cooperate with the
efforts to abate the nuisance activities, the
Department will reinstitute enforcement of the Chronic
Nuisance Premises ordinance.
1]

The premises owner will be sent a Change in
Status letter. This letter will document the
Department’s efforts to contact and/or obtain the
cooperation of the owner.

4.

If the premises owner does not respond to the Initial Notice letter, and
an additional nuisance activity has occurred at the premises for which
an Initial Notice letter has been issued, and this nuisance activity
occurred more than 13 days after the notice has been issued, the
district commander may determine that the premises is a chronic
nuisance and order that the owner abate the nuisance within 30 days
of the owner’s receipt of the Billing Notice letter.

5.

The cost of enforcement for this and any subsequent nuisance
activities will be calculated and the owner will be notified that he is
being billed for the cost of enforcement services for the nuisance
activity.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 12/05/06

7

12.372
a.

b.

The Billing Notice letter will contain:
1)

The street address or legal description sufficient for
identification of the premises;

2)

A description of the nuisance activity or activities for which
the premises owner is being billed, including the dates of
the nuisance activity or activities;

3)

An order that the nuisance activity be abated; and

4)

A statement that the premises owner may appeal the
amount of the bill or the determination that the owner’s
premises is a chronic nuisance.

The Billing Notice letter will be deemed properly delivered if sent
by first class mail to the address of the owner listed on the
records of the Hamilton County Auditor.
1)

c.

If the Billing Notice letter is returned as undeliverable,
Finance Management Section (FMS) will forward the
returned letter to the district of origin. This notice will be
deemed properly delivered if it is either posted on the front
door of the premises that is the subject of the notice or if it
is delivered in person to the owner.

If after the receipt of the Billing Notice letter(s), the premises
owner develops an acceptable plan and initiates action to abate
nuisance activities occurring on the premises, the Department
will delay further enforcement of the Chronic Nuisance Premises
ordinance.
1)

The premises owner is still responsible for any enforcement
costs incurred prior to the owner’s submitting an abatement
plan and must either pay or appeal the bill(s).

2)

If the premises owner ceases to cooperate with the efforts
to abate the nuisance activities, the Department will
reinstitute enforcement of the Chronic Nuisance Premises
ordinance.
a)

The premises owner will be sent a Change in Status
letter. This letter will document the Department’s
efforts to contact and/or obtain the cooperation of the
owner.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 12/05/06

8

12.372
D.

When requesting the billing of a premises owner for nuisance activities, the
investigating officer will forward to Finance Management Section:
1.

A copy of the Initial Notice letter.

2.

The original Billing Notice letter signed by the district commander.
Do not date this letter.
a.

E.

Include copies of all previous Billing Notice letters.

3.

CAD printouts for all incidents for which the premises owner will be
billed.

4.

When issuing a civil citation to a premises owner, include the
Respondent copy of the Notice of Civil Offense citation.

Upon receipt of the Billing Notice letter, Finance Management Section will:
1.

Calculate the cost for enforcement services.
a.

The invoice for enforcement services is entered into the
Cincinnati Financial System for tracking and collection purposes.
1)

2.

Mail the original Billing Notice letter, a copy of the Initial Notice letter,
copies of any previous Billing Notice letters, and the invoice for
enforcement services to the address of the premises owner listed on
the records of the Hamilton County Auditor.
a.

F.

Bills for the cost of enforcement services and civil citations
that are not paid will become liens on the premises to the
extent permitted under applicable law.

If a civil citation is issued, include the Respondent copy of the
Notice of Civil Offense citation with the letter(s) sent to the
premises owner.

3.

Send a copy of the invoice for enforcement services to the district of
origin for their records.

4.

Maintain a database of premises owners billed for enforcement
services.

Civil and Criminal Citations
1.

As an alternative to criminal prosecution, an officer may cite civilly a
person who violates any provision of CMC Chapter 761 or fails to
obey any order to abate a chronic nuisance.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 12/05/06

9

12.372

2.

a.

Citations for nuisance activities will be imposed based on the
number of bills for enforcement sent to a premises owner for a
specific premises within a two-year period. This period will begin
with the date of the nuisance activity that is the subject of the first
bill for enforcement.

b.

After a premises owner has been billed on three or more
separate dates within a two-year period for a specific premises,
an officer will issue a civil citation to the premises owner as
follows:
1)

For the fourth bill within a two-year period, a civil citation of
$250 shall be imposed;

2)

For the fifth bill within a two-year period, a civil citation
of $500 shall be imposed;

3)

For the sixth bill within a two-year period, a civil citation
of $750 shall be imposed;

4)

For each bill after the sixth bill within a two-year period,
a civil citation of $1000 shall be imposed.

Premises owners who are cited civilly for violations of CMC
Chapter 761 must be given a written “Notice of Civil Offense”.
a.

The Respondent copy will be deemed properly delivered if sent
by first class mail to the address of the owner listed on the
records of the Hamilton County Auditor.
1)

3.

If the Notice of Civil Offense is returned as undeliverable,
FMS will forward the returned civil citation to the district of
origin. This Notice of Civil Offense will be deemed properly
delivered if it is either posted on the front door of the
premises that is the subject of the notice or if it is delivered
in person to the owner.

b.

The pink copy goes to the Office of Administrative Hearings
(OAH), via interdepartmental mail.

c.

The yellow copy goes to the Treasurer’s Office at City Hall, via
interdepartmental mail.

d.

The remaining white copy (Mail copy) will be placed in the district
file.

Prior to charging a premises owner criminally, contact the
Prosecutor’s Office for review.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 12/05/06

10

12.372
a.
G.

Criminal charges will only be filed after review and approval by
the Prosecutor’s Office.

Appeal Process
1.

A premises owner may appeal to the Patrol Bureau Commander the
determination that a premises is a chronic nuisance or the amount of
the bill for enforcement related to nuisance activities at the premises.

2.

The appeal must be made in writing within 30 days of the date of the
notification that the premises is a chronic nuisance or within 30 days
from the date the bill is issued.

3.

The Patrol Bureau Commander must respond in writing to the
appellant within 30 days of receipt of the appeal.
a.

No change in the chronic nuisance status of the premises may
be made without going through the written appeal process.

b.

A premises owner may appeal the Patrol Bureau Commander’s
determination that the premises is a chronic nuisance or the
determination regarding the amount of the bill for enforcement.
The appeal must be made in writing within 30 days from the date
of the Patrol Bureau Commander’s decision by requesting an
administrative hearing be conducted by a Hearing Examiner with
the Office of Administrative Hearings (OAH).
1)

c.

The Hearing Examiner will issue a written response to any
appeal that is presented in a timely manner.

A premises owner may appeal the issuance of a civil citation
within 30 days from the date the citation is issued by requesting
an administrative hearing be conducted by a Hearing Examiner
with the OAH. The OAH Hearing Examiner will issue a written
determination on any appeal.
1)

The Hearing Examiner will issue a written response to any
appeal that is presented in a timely manner.

Rev. 04/28/09, Replaces 12/05/06

11

12.400

12.400 INCIDENT REPORTING, MISCELLANEOUS
REPORTING
References:
Procedure 12.115 - Handling Wild/Exotic Animals, Pit Bulls, Dangerous/Vicious
Dogs, and Animal Reports
Procedure 12.135 - Reporting False Alarms on a Form 315
Procedure 12.230 - Fatal Crash Investigation and Placement of Related Charges
Procedure 12.315 - Investigation of Rape and Other Sexual Assault Offenses
Procedure 12.403 - Crime Victim/Witness Notification and Assistance
Procedure 12.405 - Closure of Offense Reports
Procedure 12.412 - Domestic Violence
Procedure 12.415 - Reporting and Classifying Assault Offenses
Procedure 12.420 - Reporting Vehicle Thefts and Related Offenses
Procedure 12.425 - Reporting and Classifying Breaking and Entering Offenses
Procedure 12.430 - Endangering Children Offenses
Procedure 12.615 - Deceased Persons/Prisoners
Procedure 12.910 - Missing Persons
Ohio Revised Code - 2901.01 Definitions
Ohio Revised Code - 5126.058 Memorandum of Understanding
Ohio Uniform Incident Report Training Manual
State Ex Rel Beacon Journal Publishing Company v Maurer, Sheriff, 91 OHIO
ST.3rd 54 (2001 Ohio)
Definitions:
High Profile Criminal Investigations:
•
•
•
•
•

Critical firearm discharges by police officer(s).
A police officer uses force against a person who is admitted to a hospital.
A person fires a shot at a police officer.
A police officer is killed or seriously injured.
Any other investigation as identified by the Police Chief.

Incident Reports - Form 301, Incident Report; Form 301VVS, Victim/Vehicle
Supplement; Form 301PS, Property Supplement; Form 301AS, Arrest
Supplement; Form 303, Motor Vehicle Incident Report; and Form 304, Missing
Report.
Confidential Investigative Notes - Form 311G, Confidential Investigative Notes
– General; Form 311S, Confidential Investigative Notes – Suspects; Form 311N,
Confidential Investigative Notes – Narrative; and Form 311DV, Confidential
Investigative Notes – Domestic Violence.
Mentally Retarded Person – A person having significantly subaverage general
intellectual function; existing concurrently with deficiencies in adaptive behavior,
manifested during the developmental period.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

1

12.400
Developmental Disability - A severe and chronic disability characterized by all
of the following:
1.

It is attributable to a mental or physical impairment or a combination
of mental and physical impairments, other than a mental or physical
impairment solely caused by mental illness as defined in division (A)
of section 5122.01 of the Ohio Revised Code (ORC).

2.

It is manifested before age twenty-two.

3.

It is likely to continue indefinitely.

4.

It results in one of the following:

5.

a.

In the case of a person under three years of age, at least one
developmental delay or established risk;

b.

In the case of a person at least three years of age but under six
years of age, at least two developmental delays or an
established risk;

c.

In the case of a person six years of age or older, a substantial
functional limitation in at least three of the following areas of
major life activity, as appropriate for the person’s age: self-care,
receptive and expressive language, learning, mobility, selfdirection, capacity for independent living, and, if the person is at
least sixteen years of age, capacity for economic self-sufficiency.

It causes the person to need a combination and sequence of special,
interdisciplinary, or other type of care, treatment, or provision of
services for an extended period of time that is individually planned
and coordinated for the person.

Purpose:
Establish Department guidelines governing the collection and preservation of
facts and actions taken in the investigation of crimes and incidents.
Promote uniformity and standardization in reporting.
Policy:
Officers will conduct a preliminary investigation when called to the scene of an
offense. They will fairly and impartially record all facts and actions. They will
provide the required police service and complete an accurate and thorough
report, submitting reports for serious offenses immediately. All other offense
reports will be submitted before the completion of the reporting officer’s shift.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

2

12.400
Supervisors will respond on felony offenses of violence, as defined in section
2901.01 of the ORC, and all sexual assault offenses to ensure a proper
preliminary investigation is conducted.
Criminal Investigation Section (CIS) will respond and maintain authority over all
High Profile Criminal Investigations. CIS also has authority over any other
investigation as directed by the Police Chief. Upon identification of a High Profile
Criminal Investigation, a supervisor will contact the CIS desk to initiate their High
Profile Criminal Investigation Standard Operating Procedure (SOP). This policy
does not preclude the use of other investigative unit personnel.
Officers assigned to investigate cases where the victim is mentally retarded or
developmentally disabled must notify the Hamilton County Board of Mental
Retardation and Developmental Disabilities (MR/DD) Investigations Unit prior to
beginning their investigation. Initial responding officers conducting the
preliminary investigation of a criminal offense involving a mentally retarded or
developmentally disabled victim must notify the MR/DD Investigations Unit if they
are able to make an immediate arrest and successfully close the case, negating
the need for it to be assigned to an investigator.
If it is not originally known that a victim is mentally retarded or developmentally
disabled and an investigation has already begun, the investigating officer must
make the appropriate notification after it is established that the victim suffers
from mental retardation or developmental disability. Officers will contact the
MR/DD Investigations Unit at (513) 794-3308, 24 hours a day.
Information:
The Police Department is required to conduct joint and cooperative
investigations with the Hamilton County Board of MR/DD when the victim of a
crime is either mentally retarded or developmentally disabled. The Police
Department and the Hamilton County Board of MR/DD are required to share and
disclose information during these investigations. The Cincinnati Police
Department will assume the lead investigative responsibilities for all such
investigations.
Procedure:
A.

Reporting Incidents (Completion of Reports)
1.

Print all information contained in the report with a blue or black ink,
ballpoint pen. Make sure all three copies are legible.
a.

Spell all names in full: last, first, and middle.

b.

Business names consist of two names, e.g., Kroger Company.

c.

Record sex as: M-Male, F-Female, or U-Unknown.

d.

Race descriptions must be consistent with the following federal
requirements and used on all Police Department reports:

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

3

12.400

2.

1)

W – White.

2)

B – Black.

3)

I - American Indian or Alaskan Native.

4)

A – Asian.

5)

U - Unknown, not described above.

Place of occurrence and/or street address must consist of the
following:
a.

Street number - if intersection, use number closest to corner,
e.g., Vine St. at Third, N.E. corner, use 300 Vine St.

b.

Street prefix, when applicable: North - N, South - S, East - E,
and West – W.

c.

Street name - printed in full and correctly spelled.

d.

Street suffix - will consist of one of the following:
STREET DESIGNATOR CODE LIST
DESIGNATOR CODE
Alley

AL

Highway HW

Avenue

AV

Lane

LN

Boulevard

BV

Park

PK

Bridge

BR

Parkway PY

Circle

CR

Pike

PI

Court

CT

Place

PL

Drive

DR

Road

RD

Expressway EX

Square

SQ

Street

ST

Viaduct

VI

Terrace

TE

View

VW

Trail

TL

Way

WY

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

4

12.400

3.

e.

City

f.

State

g.

Zip Code

Reporting Area
a.

4.

Do not enter a Reporting Area on any Police Department report.
The Reporting Area is assigned when the location of the offense
or incident is entered into the computer.

Ohio Revised Code (ORC) Section Number
a.

Unless designated otherwise, all Department offense reports will
reflect the appropriate ORC section number following the type of
offense. These section numbers serve as codes to separate
ORC statistics.

b.

The following offenses are exceptions that require further
coding. For reporting purposes only, use the additional indicated
letters as a suffix to the ORC section number.
1)

Patient Abuse - 2903.34PA

2)

Gross Patient Neglect - 2903.34GPN

3)

Patient Neglect - 2903.34PN

4)

Grand Theft - 2913.02G

5)

Petty Theft - 2913.02P

6)

License Plate Theft - 2913.02L

7)

Recovered Stolen License Plate(s) - 2913.02LR

8)

Vehicle Theft - 2913.02V

9)

Recovered Stolen Vehicle - 2913.02VR

10) Unauthorized Use of a Vehicle - 2913.03V
11) Unauthorized Use of a Vehicle Recovery - 2913.03VR
12) Vehicle Defrauding a Livery or Hostelry - 2913.41V
13) Vehicle Defrauding a Livery or Hostelry Recovery 2913.41VR

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

5

12.400
5.

Distribution of Crime Victims Pamphlet
a.

When an offense report is made, Department personnel will
provide the victim, his family, or dependents one copy of the
"Information for Crime Victims" pamphlet and other information
as described in ORC Chapter 2930.
1)

6.

7.

Confidential Investigative Notes
a.

Complete a Form 311G for every offense, except station reports
and arrests. Record witnesses’ names, addresses, and
telephone numbers on the form. Also complete Forms 311S,
311N, and 311DV when appropriate.

b.

On offenses involving an individual and/or business requesting
the dollar amount taken not be publicized, include the amount on
the Form 311G instead of on the Form 301. Use this option
sparingly in unusual cases where the complainant is reluctant to
reveal the amount taken.

c.

Enter "undetermined amount of US currency" on the Form
301PS, Property Supplement, in the "Property" section.

Incomplete reports
a.

B.

Refer to Procedure 12.403, Crime Victim/Witness
Notification and Assistance, for crime victim notification.

Mark reports taken in the field that require information not
available at the time of the report "incomplete". The assigned
investigator is responsible for completing the original report and
executing any additional reports.

General Rules for Offense Reporting
1.

Number of offense reports
a.

Make a report for each incident.
1)

An incident is one or more offenses committed by the
same offender, or group of offenders acting in concert, at
the same time and place, against one or more victims.
The concept of acting in concert provides that the
offenders actually commit or assist in the commission of
the crime(s). The offenders must be aware of, and consent
to, the commission of the crime(s); or even if nonconsenting, their actions assist in the commission of the
offense(s).

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

6

12.400
The concept of same time and place provides that if more
than one offense was committed by the same person or
group of persons and the time and place intervals
surrounding them were insignificant, all of the crimes
comprise a single incident.
a)

b.

2.

Example: Five persons are robbed at gunpoint. One
of the five is fatally shot.
1]

Prepare a Form 301 with 5 victims.

2]

In the “Offense” section, list all offenses
committed.

3]

Link the offense with victim in “Victim/Offense”
link box.

4]

Explain in the “Narrative” section the facts of
each offense and how it relates to each victim.

If a vehicle is stolen during a robbery, burglary, or breaking and
entering, refer to Procedure 12.420, Reporting Vehicle Thefts
and Related Offenses. This report gets an offense number.
1)

Prepare a Form 303.

2)

List all offenses.

3)

Explain in “Narrative” section.

c.

When burglary or breaking and entering offenses occur involving
multiple units carrying the same address and at the same time,
prepare one Form 301 with the appropriate number of victims.

d.

Report a number of thefts from a single victim, committed at the
same place by the same person over an indefinite period, as
one offense. List the approximate dates of the first and last
known theft.

e.

Report multiple parking meters or newspaper racks broken into
in the same vicinity, same street, and about the same time on
one offense report, provided the owner and district are all the
same. The collator will issue one offense number for each
incident.

Reporting responsibility
a.

The district of occurrence is responsible for the report. However,
if the complainant responds to another district, section, or unit
that district, section, or unit will make the report.
EXCEPTION: Homicide supervisors will complete homicide and
high profile criminal offense reports.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

7

12.400
1)

Immediately forward all copies of the report to the district of
occurrence. Do not assign an offense number.

2)

Notify a supervisor for serious offenses requiring
immediate follow-up.

3)
b.

3.

Record the notification in the "Remarks" section of
the report.

Immediately notify the CIS desk to initiate the High Profile
Criminal Investigation SOP when necessary.

In single or multiple crime situations, the district in which
the most serious criminal offense occurs will complete and
carry the report.

The district of occurrence will prepare offense reports for
Cincinnati offenses, including details of crimes committed
in other jurisdictions.

When the district of occurrence is unknown, but is believed to be
within the Cincinnati city limits, use the address of the reporting
district and note in the "Remarks" section of the report the
location where the offense occurred is unknown.
1)

Carry the offense report in the resident district of the
complainant.

2)

If the complainant is not a Cincinnati resident, carry the
report in the district where the offense was reported.

Use of language on Department reports
a.

4.

b)

Criminal acts involving Cincinnati and other jurisdictions.
1)

d.

If the offense occurred in another district, a supervisor
from the district where the offense was reported will
notify a supervisor from the district of occurrence for
immediate follow-up.

Two or more districts involved in a crime or series of crimes.
1)

c.

a)

Whenever profanity or obscene remarks are used in the
commission of an offense, record the actual language on the
report.

Offenses involving City property
a.

List the complainant as the City department assigned the
property.

b.

If the property belongs to another City entity, such as the Board
of Education, list the name of the school as the “Complainant”.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

8

12.400
5.

6.

Firearms
a.

Report Lost or stolen firearms on a Form 301, Incident Report.

b.

Recovered Firearms reported lost or stolen from outside the City
of Cincinnati must be confirmed through the originating agency
by contacting CIN1. Officers will not contact the originating
agency for confirmation.

b.

All Lost, stolen, or recovered firearms must be reported to
Teletype and receive a teletype number.

c.

Identifiable firearms with serial numbers or owner applied
numbers will be entered as confirmed stolen or lost. Firearms
with no owner applied number or with the serial number
unknown, will be reported as unconfirmed.

c.

When reporting lost or stolen firearms, or recovering lost or
stolen firearms, fax a copy of the Form 301, Incident Report or
Form 313, Firearm Report to Teletype. Reporting officers must
call to confirm receipt of the fax and record the teletype number
on the Form 301 or Form 313.
Teletype phone number 263-8124

2)

CIN1 phone number 263-8121

3)

CIN1 / Teletype fax number 263-8120

Lost property
a.

7.

1)

If the property can be readily identified by a serial number,
complete a Form 301.
1)

The use of serial numbers for reporting lost and/or stolen
property includes the owner's social security number. The
social security number is entered in the computer as an
Owner Applied Number (OAN).

2)

If not identifiable, complete a Form 317, General
Conditions Report.

b.

If the value of lost property exceeds $500.00, complete a Form
301.

c.

Refer to Procedure 12.420 to determine what articles are
reported on a Form 301.

Found property
a.

If the property can be readily identified by official, serial, or
owner applied number, i.e., driver’s licenses, credit cards, cell
phones, etc., complete a Form 301.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

9

12.400
1)
b.
8.

8.

Query found property through RCIC to determine if it was
previously reported lost or stolen.

If not identifiable, complete a Form 317.

Property values
a.

A monetary value is not necessary for blank checks, blank
driver’s licenses, blank auto titles, etc. These are automatically
grand thefts.

b.

Shoplifted items - list the value given by the complainant.

c.

Use the fair market value of articles, subject to depreciation.

d.

Use the victim's evaluation of items such as jewelry, watches,
and other articles which decrease slightly in value or not at all.

e.

Use the replacement or actual cost to the victim for new or
almost new items, e.g., money orders with cash value but no
name, etc.

f.

List the replacement value given by the complainant of
heirlooms, collector's items, antiques, museum pieces, etc.

g.

The investigating officer will use good judgment and discuss with
the complainant any values that appear to be inflated.

Unusual occurrences and attempt
a.

Incident reports
1)

Prepare a Form 301 to record unusual occurrences, which
in the judgment of a supervisor, have no applicable ORC
statute. Follow-up investigation may be appropriate.
a)

b.

9.

In the “Administrative” section of the report, check the
“Incident” (non-criminal) block.

Attempt: 2923.02
1)

Prepare a Form 301 to report attempts to commit a
violation of any ORC statute listed in this procedure. In the
“Offense” section, place an “A” (attempt) in the A/C block.

2)

For reporting purposes, the ORC section number will be for
the offense that was attempted. Do not list the attempt
section (2923.02) on any offense report.

Robbery/burglary of controlled substance from registrant
a.

The Controlled Substance Registrant Protection Act of 1984
amends Title 18 of the U.S. Code by creating Section 2118:

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

10

12.400
1)

2)

10.

A federal felony has been committed if a pharmacist,
physician, drug wholesaler, researcher, or manufacturer is
the victim of a robbery or burglary and any of the following
elements are present:
a)

The value of the drugs exceeds $500.00.

b)

The crime involves interstate activity.

c)

A person is killed or seriously injured as a result of the
crime.

Section 2118 requires local law enforcement to conduct the
preliminary investigation and notify the Federal Bureau of
Investigation (FBI) if there is a violation of this section.
a)

The collator of the reporting district will ensure the FBI
is notified in these instances.

b)

In cases of dual federal and state jurisdiction, the FBI
will investigate or otherwise assist local law
enforcement agencies in the investigation.

Reports requiring further investigation by Criminal Investigation
Section (CIS)
a.

All district supervisors will notify CIS as soon as possible
regarding offense reports requiring further investigation by CIS.

b.

Mark in the appropriate block who was notified.
EXCEPTION: If the offense is reported outside the working
hours of Personal Crimes Unit (PCU) personnel,
the district making the report will notify PCU
after 0800 hours the next day. If the shift
supervisor determines PCU should immediately
respond to the scene, request recall through
CIS.

11.

Completing Forms 316 and 317
a.

The first officer on the scene will complete a Form 316, Minor
Accident/Aided Case/Mental Health Response Report, Form
316A, Deceased Person Report, or Form 317, General
Conditions Report, when necessary.
1)

C.

Immediately notify the Homicide Unit if the deceased is
either a:
a)

Suicide or suspected suicide victim.

b)

Child seven years of age or under.

Submission of Completed Reports

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

11

12.400

1.
D.

E.

Do not attach the Form 311, Confidential Investigative Notes, to
incident reports. They are to be submitted independently.

Supervisor’s Responsibility
1.

Check each offense report for correctness, legibility, and
completeness of information.

2.

Sign the report indicating approval.
a.

The supervisor will forward the report to the district collator for
assignment of an offense number.

b.

Return unapproved reports to the officer for correction or
revision.

Offense Report Numbers - Processing by the Collator
1.

Each district uses a separate block of offense report numbers that are
assigned by the collator.
a.

2.

3.

The collator will maintain reports in separate files.
a.

Forms 301, Incident Report, are public record.

b.

Forms 311, Confidential Investigative Notes, are not public
record.

c.

District/section/unit commanders may, at their discretion, grant
police personnel the authority to access investigative files
maintained therein.

District collators will prepare and send a report to CIS on the first of
each month, listing all cases assigned to CIS.
a.

F.

Each offense number has a total of eight numeric and alpha
characters. The first character is the district number. The next
two numbers are the last two numbers of the current year. The
next five numbers are the offense number.

CIS will return the reports to the district collators with the
dispositions or the name of the officer assigned to each case.

Additions and Corrections
1.

Handle additions or corrections to original offense reports and offense
reports returned to units for changes as follows:
a.

Use the original report number.

b.

Check the supplement or correction block at top of report.

c.

Complete the first three lines in the “Victim” section.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

12

12.400

d.

Make the necessary corrections or additions.
1)

e.

Do not unfound or close the original report and make a
new one.

In the "Report Date/Time" block, print the date the addition or
correction is made.
1)

If after a given calendar month, the title of the offense on
the report is changed, e.g., assault to robbery, make the
standard correction and forward it to Records Section.
a)

Do not unfound or close the original report and make
a new report.

f. In the "Reporting Officer" block, print the name of the officer
making the correction or addition.
g.

Under "Narrative", clearly state the additions or corrections.
Examples:

2.
G.

Correction is to change the name of the
complainant from Ed Brown to Charles
Smith. Addition is stolen bicycle valued at
$100. Correction is total value changed
from $140 to $240.

The collator will make the necessary computer corrections.

Routing Offense and Other Reports
1.

District collators will route copies of reports via computer and mail as
needed. The following is a list of reports distributed to various
sections/units of the Police Department and other City departments:
a.

Form 301 - general use
1)

Original to Records Section (after coding and computer
entry).

2)

Copy for district files.

3)

Copies of all aggravated robbery, robbery of financial
institutions, robbery, aggravated burglary, burglary,
breaking and entering, patient abuse, kidnapping, attempt
kidnapping, abduction, and attempt abduction sent to CIS
via Interdepartmental mail.

4)

Copy of any theft report, including attempts, in which a
form of deception was used, e.g., Pigeon Drop, Bank
Examiner Scheme, Three Card Monte, etc., sent to CIS via
computer terminal and Interdepartmental mail.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

13

12.400
5)

Copy of rapes and all sex related crimes including public
indecency, interference with custody, endangering children,
unlawful sexual contact with a minor, and child enticement
sent to PCU. Report any crime occurring on school
grounds, or any offense with a juvenile as the complainant,
attempts included, to PCU via computer terminal and
Interdepartmental mail. Route offense reports of any
crimes occurring on school grounds to the Youth Services
Unit via Interdepartmental mail.

6)

Copy of any offense occurring on a liquor permit premises
sent to the Central Vice Control Section via computer
terminal and Interdepartmental mail.

7)

When the words "drug" or "narcotic" appear on an offense
report, a copy by computer is sent to terminals "CVCS" and
"OPS2".

8)

Copy of any offense involving known or suspected gang
members, or when the word “gang” appears on an offense
report sent to the Intelligence Section.

9)

Copy of any report of an incident occurring on City park
property sent to the Park Unit.

10) A copy of any offense report involving a current University
of Cincinnati student faxed to (513) 556-4940 or Xavier
University student faxed to (513) 745-3861.
b.

c.

Reports pertaining to homicides, deaths, etc.
1)

Original to Records Section after coding and computer
entry.

2)

Copy for district files.

3)

Copy to CIS by Interdepartmental mail.

4)

Copy to the affected district from the Traffic Unit via
Interdepartmental mail if the offense is an aggravated
vehicular homicide or vehicular homicide.

5)

Copy to Central Vice Control Section of any offense
occurring on a liquor permit premise via computer terminal
and Interdepartmental mail.

Offense reports pertaining to vehicle thefts, recoveries, etc.
1)

Original to Records Section after coding and computer
entry.

2)

Copy for district files.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

14

12.400

d.

3)

Copy to CIS via computer terminal and Interdepartmental
mail.

4)

Copy of auto recovery or recovered license plates to the
district where the theft occurred.

Form 304, Missing Report
1)

Original to Records Section after coding and computer
entry.

2)

Copy for district files.

3)

Copy to PCU via computer terminal and Interdepartmental
mail.
a)

e.

f.

g.

h.

Form 313, Firearm Report
1)

File the white and canary copy at the reporting unit.

2)

Attach remaining copies to the firearm.

3)

CIS will retrieve the pink copy from Court Property Unit.

Form 316, Minor Accident/Aided Case/Mental Health Response
Report
1)

Original and one copy for district files.

2)

Copy of all animal bites to the City Health Department.

Form 316A, Deceased Person Report
1)

Original and one copy for district files.

2)

Copy to Records Section.

3)

Copy of found dead and suicides to CIS.

4)

Copy of unidentified found dead/suicides to PCU.

Form 301 when used for incidents
1)

i.

After 30 days, PCU will forward a copy of missing
persons who have not been located to the Hamilton
County Coroner's Office.

Original and one copy for district files.

Form 317, General Conditions Report
1)

Original and one copy for district files.

2)

Copy to Records Section.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

15

12.400
3)

Prepare a Form 317 for property damage incidents in
which no criminal intent is evident.
a)

j.

Form 369, Tow Report
1)

Pink copy for district files.
a)

k.

H.

Prepare a Form 317 indicating all pertinent facts of
the incident if the property is damaged due to police
action.

Forward a copy of the Form 369 to Records Section.

3)

White copy to Impound Unit.

4)

Yellow copy to wrecker driver.

Form 558, Financial Crimes Complaint
1)

Retain the Form 558 in the district files. The district collator
will assign an eight digit tracking number that will contain
the district of offense, incident number for that district, and
the year of the offense, e.g.; 03-0001-05.

2)

The district collator will send a control copy to the Financial
Crimes Squad.

Reporting and Follow-up Investigation: Assignment and Responsibility
INVESTIGATION ASSIGNMENT LEGEND
Patrol Bureau Traffic Unit

(PBT)

Patrol Bureau Shifts

(PBS)

Patrol Bureau Civilian Clothes (PBC)
Criminal Investigation Section
1.

2.

(CIS)

Assign offense reports having the necessary case assignment criteria
for follow-up investigation and closure by designated units.
a.

An offense report listing two or more offenses will be assigned
for investigation based on the highest degree offense against a
person. If there is a significant change in time, location, or
events during the incident, the offenses may be assigned
separately.

b.

Assign incident reports involving High Profile Criminal
Investigations to CIS, regardless of the offense or potential
offense.

Prepare a Form 301 for the following offenses and attempted
offenses:

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

16

12.400

2903.01

Aggravated Murder/Attempt Aggravated Murder

(CIS)

2903.02

Murder/Attempt Murder

(CIS)

2903.03

Voluntary Manslaughter

(CIS)

2903.04

Involuntary Manslaughter

(CIS)

2903.041

Reckless Homicide

(CIS)

2903.05

Negligent Homicide

(CIS)

2919.13

Abortion Manslaughter

(CIS)

NOTE:
2903.06

Refer to Procedure 12.615, Deceased Persons/Prisoners,
when preparing a Form 301 for the above offenses.
Aggravated Vehicular Homicide/Vehicular Homicide (PBT)

2903.06A

Vehicular Death

NOTE:

(PBT)

When a person kills only himself by means of a motor
vehicle, motorcycle, snowmobile, locomotive, watercraft, or
aircraft, list the term “Vehicular Death” on the Incident
Report. For reporting purposes, use ORC Section
2903.06A.
Prepare a Form 301 for all deaths occurring as a result of
traffic crashes.

2903.08
NOTE:

2903.11

2903.12

2903.13

NOTE:

2903.14

Aggravated Vehicular Assault/Vehicular Assault

(PBT)

Refer to Procedure 12.230, Fatal Crash Investigation and
Placement of Related Charges, when using 2903.06,
2903.06A, and 2903.08.
Felonious Assault

(PBC)

If victim is hospitalized and death appears imminent

(CIS)

Aggravated Assault

(PBC)

If victim is hospitalized and death appears imminent

(CIS)

Assault

(PBS)

If suspect is out of town or unusual circumstances
exist

(PBC)

Refer to Procedure 12.415, Reporting and Classifying
Assault Offenses, for completing an assault report on a
law enforcement officer.
Negligent Assault

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

(PBS)
17

12.400
2903.16

Failing to Provide for Functionally Impaired

(PBC)

2903.211 Menacing By Stalking

(PBC)

2903.22

Menacing

(PBS)

2903.31

Hazing

(PBC)

2903.34PA Patient Abuse (felony)

(CIS)

2903.34PN Patient Neglect (misdemeanor)

(PBC)

2903.34GPN Gross Patient Neglect (misdemeanor)

(PBC)

2903.341 Patient Endangerment (misdemeanor)

(PBC)

2903.341 Patient Endangerment (felony)

(CIS)

2905.01

Kidnapping

(CIS)

2905.02

Abduction (all cases)

(PBC)

2905.03

Unlawful Restraint

(PBC)

2905.05

Criminal Child Enticement

(CIS)

2905.11

Extortion

(CIS)

2905.12

Coercion

(CIS)

2907.02

Rape

(CIS)

2907.03

Sexual Battery

(CIS)

2907.04

Unlawful Sexual Conduct w/Minor

(CIS)

2907.05

Gross Sexual Imposition
Age 18 years and older
Age 17 years and younger

2907.06

(PBC)
(CIS)

Sexual Imposition
Age 18 years and older
Age 17 years and younger

(PBC)
(CIS)

2907.07

Importuning

(PBC)

2907.08

Voyeurism

(PBC)

2907.09

Public Indecency

(PBC)

2909.04

Disrupting Public Service

(PBC)

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

18

12.400
2909.05

Vandalism

(PBC)

2909.06

Criminal Damaging or Endangering

(PBS)

2909.07

Criminal Mischief

(PBS)

2909.08

Endangering Aircraft or Airport Operations

(PBC)

2911.01

Aggravated Robbery
All cases except financial institutions
Aggravated Robbery of financial institutions

2911.02

(PBC)
(CIS)

Robbery
All cases except financial institutions
Robbery of financial institutions

(PBC)
(CIS)

2911.11

Aggravated Burglary

(PBC)

2911.12

Burglary

(PBC)

2911.13

Breaking and Entering

(PBC)

NOTE:

When a robbery or burglary offense involves a controlled
substance, refer to Section B.9.
2911.211 Aggravated Trespass
(PBC)
2911.31

Safecracking

(PBC)

2911.32

Tampering with Coin Machines

(PBC)

2913.02G Theft, Grand
If unusual circumstances

(PBS)
(PBC)

2913.02P Theft, Petty
If unusual circumstances

(PBS)
(PBC)

License Plate Validation Stickers

(PBC)

a.

The word "Grand" or "Petty" will precede the word "Theft" on
theft offenses. Record the type of theft in “Larceny Type” block.

2913.04

Unauthorized Use of Property

(PBC)

2913.05

Telecommunications Fraud

(PBC)

2913.11

Passing Bad Checks

2913.21

Misuse of Credit Card

2913.31

Forgery

2913.32

Criminal Simulation

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

19

12.400
2913.49
a.

b.

Identity Fraud

Officers are required to complete a Form 558 for the above
listed offenses (2913.11, 2913.21, 2913.31, 2913.32, and
2913.49).
1)

Amount of loss is $2500.00 or less

(PBC)

2)

Amount of loss is greater than $2500.00

(CIS)

When completing a report for Identity Theft:
1)

Supply the victim with the phone number to the Financial
Crimes Squad, (513) 352-3545.

2)

Fax a copy of the Form 301 to the Major Offenders Unit at
(513) 352-6473.

3)

Mail the original Form 301 to the Financial Crimes Squad if
the amount of the theft is over $2500.

4)

Mail a copy of the Form 301 to the Financial Crimes Squad
if the amount of the theft is $2500 or less.

2913.33
2913.41

Making or Using Slugs
Defrauding a Livery or Hostelry (Non-Vehicular)

(PBC)
(PBC)

a.

A breach of a rental agreement is a civil matter unless you can
show criminal intent. Criminal intent can be inferred if the
suspect provides a false name and address at the time of the
rental or moves during the rental period without leaving a
forwarding address.

b.

If criminal intent is established, an offense report should be
made and a warrant referral issued. If no criminal intent can be
established, the complainant should be advised to seek civil
redress.

2913.41V Defrauding a Livery or Hostelry (Vehicular)
a.

(PBC)

Prepare a Form 301 in those cases where the vehicle has been
returned to the owner. Otherwise, refer to Procedure 12.420,
Reporting Vehicle Thefts and Related Offenses.

******Report violations of the following statutes on a Form 301:
2913.02 (Theft); 2913.04 (Unauthorized Use of Property), and
2913.41 (Defrauding a Livery or Hostelry). If applicable, include
all serial numbers, vehicle identification numbers, etc., on the
items listed below for entry into NCIC stolen property files:
Sailboat
Rowboat
Pickup camper (out of truck)
Jack lift
Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

20

12.400
Farm machinery not designed to carry the operator
Riding lawn mowers with no serial number (riding lawn mowers
with a serial number are reported on a Form 303)
NOTE: Refer to Procedure 12.420 for those articles to be
reported on a Form 303.
2913.44

Personating an Officer

(PBC)

2917.21

Telecommunications Harassment

(PBC)

2917.31

Inducing Panic

(PBC)

a.

Bomb Threats - Insert "Bomb Threat" in parentheses when an
evacuation occurs.

2917.32

Making False Alarms

(PBC)

a.

Bomb Threats - Insert "Bomb Threat" in parentheses when no
evacuation occurs.

b.

Prepare a Form 301 for any false fire alarms when an arrest is
made or a suspect known.
1)
2)

Complainant is the Cincinnati Fire Department.
Complainant's address is 430 Central Avenue.

3)

Reporting person is the Fire Department officer in charge
(OIC) at the scene. The OIC's address is the fire company
where assigned.

4)

List how the alarm was given in the "Remarks" section:
telephone, etc.

2919.13

Abortion Manslaughter

(CIS)

2919.22B Endangering Children

(CIS)

2919.23

Interference with Custody

(CIS)

2919.25

Domestic Violence

(PBC)

2919.27

Violating Protection Order or Consent Agreement

(PBC)

2921.02

Bribery

(CIS)

2921.03

Intimidation
(*)
*Will be investigated by the investigator assigned the
original offense or incident.

2921.04

Intimidation of Crime Victim or Witness
(*)
*Will be investigated by the investigator assigned the
original offense or incident.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

21

12.400

3.

2921.05

Retaliation
(*)
*Will be investigated by the investigator assigned the
original offense or incident.

2921.51

Impersonating a Peace Officer or Private Policeman (CIS)

2923.161 Discharging a Firearm at Habitation or School

(PBC)

2927.12AM Ethnic Intimidation/Aggravated Menacing

(PBC)

2927.12M Ethnic Intimidation/Menacing

(PBC)

2927.12CM Ethnic Intimidation/Criminal Mischief

(PBC)

2927.12CD Ethnic Intimidation/Criminal Damaging

(PBC)

2927.12TH Ethnic Intimidation/Telephone Harassment

(PBC)

Prepare a Form 303 for the following offenses/instances:
2913.02V Theft - Stolen Vehicles
a.

Investigated by civilian clothes personnel in the district where the
theft occurred.

2913.02VR Recovered Stolen Vehicle
a.

(PBC)

(PBC)

Investigated by personnel in the district where the theft occurred.

2913.02L

Theft - Stolen License Plate(s)
(including expired plates)

(PBC)

2913.02LR

Recovered Stolen License Plate(s)

(PBC)

2913.03V

Unauthorized Use of a Vehicle

(PBC)

2913.03VR

Unauthorized Use of a Vehicle Recovery

(PBC)

2913.41V

Vehicular Defrauding of a Livery or Hostelry

(PBC)

2913.41VR

Vehicular Defrauding of a Livery or Hostelry
Recovery

(PBC)

NOTE: The district collator will enter a monetary value for stolen and
recovered vehicles on the report. The value of a vehicle is
determined by using the following Internet sites:
http:www.kbb.com/, the Kelly Blue Book home page, or
http:www.nadaguides.com/, the NADA guidebook home
page. To ensure the recovery value is consistent with the
reported value, the recovery district collator must contact the
district collator where the larceny occurred.
4.

Offenses investigated at the district level will be processed as outlined
on the attached Incident Report Flow Chart.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

22

12.400
I.

Case Closure Audit
1.

On a monthly basis, the district commander will ensure a random
audit of cases closed by both investigative and uniformed personnel is
conducted. Early closures will not be included in this audit.
a.
This audit will include:

b.

1)

A ten percent sample of inactive closures.

2)

A ten percent sample of otherwise closures.

3)

A ten percent sample of unfounded closures.

A district supervisor not assigned to the Investigative Unit will
conduct this audit.
1)

J.

The auditing supervisor will personally contact the
complainant to ensure the report was properly closed and
that the investigating officer properly notified them of the
closure.

c.

The district commander will ensure a monthly summary of the
case closure audit is forwarded to him for review.

d.

District commanders will ensure quarterly reports are biannually
compiled and forwarded to the Patrol Bureau Commander (first
and second quarter submitted during July, third and fourth
quarter submitted during January).

Investigation Requests from Other Law Enforcement Agencies
1.

CIS will monitor and control investigative requests from law
enforcement agencies outside the Cincinnati Police Department.
a.

Document and forward all extensive investigative requests
received from outside law enforcement agencies to CIS.
1)

CIS will assign the request within the Police Department.

2)

The district, section, or unit receiving the request will
conduct the follow-up investigation, provide the requested
assistance, if possible, and contact the outside agency
advising them of the investigative results.

3)

Forward a Form 311, Incident Closure Report, to the CIS
Commander. The Form 311 will contain the case
disposition and state the outside agency has been
contacted and advised.
a)

Affected districts will handle routine requests for
assistance from adjoining police agencies.

Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

23

12.400

INCIDENT REPORT FLOW CHART
Incident Reports

Confidential Investigative Notes

Shift Supervisor
Data
Keybook File

Original
D.E.O.

Collator
Copy

Copy

Records Audit Unit

Data
Enter

Closure
CC
Supervisor

Stats
C
I
S

RCIC
Statistics

Early
Closure

Yes

Postcard

No
Crime
Analysis
Yes

Original
Arrest or
Otherwise

Other
Agencies
Department

General
Public

No

Shift
Supervisor

Case
Assigned

CC
Supervisor

Officer

Officer

Investigation

Investigation

Supervisor

Supervisor

Complainant
Contacted?

Complainant
Contacted?

Meets
Standards
For Closure

Meets
Standards
for Closure

Yes

Yes

Closure/File
Rev. 12/09/08, Replaces 09/02/08

24

12.401

12.401 TELEPHONE CRIME REPORTING UNIT (TCRU)
Reference:
Procedure 12.400 – Offense Reporting, Miscellaneous Reporting
Procedure 12.420 – Reporting Vehicle Thefts and Related Offenses
Procedure 12.425 – Reporting and Classifying Breaking and Entering Offenses
Procedure 12.435 – Reporting Conditions Affecting Other Departments – Form
318
ORC 2919.25
- Domestic Violence
ORC 2903.341 - Patient Endangerment
ORC 5123.01
- Definitions
Purpose:
Provide citizens information in police matters and take minor police reports by
telephone, leaving field units available for other police tasks.
Policy:
Officers, regardless of their assignment, will record all facts and actions fairly and
impartially when taking an incident report. Officers will provide the requested
police service and will complete an accurate and thorough report.
Officers dispatched or on the scene of an incident requiring a police report or
having personal contact with a citizen requiring a police report, regardless of the
complaint, will make the report. Officers will not refer the citizen to TCRU.
Unit desk personnel and Police Communications Section (PCS) operators will
refer qualifying report requests received by telephone to TCRU. Unit desk
personnel will take reports from citizens who have responded to the unit.
The primary complaint operator (PCO) will refer citizens calling the emergency
line for advice to TCRU.
Procedure:
A.

Telephone Crime Reporting Unit (TCRU) Reporting:
1.

Contact TCRU at 352-2960, Monday through Friday, 0800 – 1700
hours.

2.

Before referring a call to TCRU, the following questions should be
answered with "No":

3.

a.

Did the offense just occur?

b.

Could anything be gained by sending a police officer?

TCRU will ordinarily take the following types of reports:
a.

Thefts

Rev. 09/21/04, Replaces 08/05/03

1

12.401
1)

Grand and Petty, where there is no possibility of immediate
apprehension or property recovery and the value stolen is
less than $5000.00.
a)

2)
b.

Theft of firearms is not a TRCU reportable offense
and requires dispatch.

"Drive off" type thefts including incidents which have just
occurred.

Breaking & Entering
1)

Detached garages, etc., no suspects or possibility of a
property recovery.

c.

Criminal Damage

d.

Simple Assault
1)

e.

No medical attention necessary

Menacing
1)

Send an officer if suspect is expected or threatens to
return.

f.

Attempt Auto Thefts

g.

Lost or Stolen License Plates

h.

Telephone Offenses (Except Bomb Threats)
1)

i.

Send an officer if suspect is expected or threatens to
return.

Any offense reported by a mentally retarded person or
developmentally disabled person (MR/DD) or the caretaker or
caseworker of the MR/DD victim.
1)

These offenses must meet the criteria as described in
Section A.2.
a)

Domestic Violence and Patient Endangerment
offenses are not TCRU reportable offense and
require dispatch.

j.

Property Lost

k.

Property Damage

l.

Dog Bites
1)

No medical attention needed, owner is known, and no
transportation is needed.

Rev. 09/21/04, Replaces 08/05/03

2

12.401

m.

Adult noncritical missings with no extenuating circumstances.

n.

Conditions Affecting Other Departments (Form 318).
1)

Incidents where the City of Cincinnati could not be held
liable.

2)

Immediate investigation is not required by a police officer,
such as parking meters out of order, defaced street signs,
etc.

4.

The TCRU officer may dispatch a police unit if the officer believes the
presence of an officer is needed.

5.

The listed report categories will be the normal guidelines but the
TCRU officers could expand on these if circumstances warrant.

6.

TCRU will make a Form 311G, Cincinnati Police Department
Confidential Investigative Notes-General, when appropriate
information is available. Upon receipt of the report by the affected
district or unit, the report can be assigned for follow-up investigation at
their discretion.

Rev. 09/21/04, Replaces 08/05/03

3

12.402

12.402 OFFENSE TRACKING SYSTEM, KEYBOOK
References:
Automated Keybook User's Manual
Procedure 12.400 - Offense Reporting, Miscellaneous Reporting
Procedure 12.405 - Closure of Offense Reports
Procedure 12.415 - Reporting and Classifying Assault Offenses
Procedure 12.420 - Reporting Vehicle Thefts and Related Offenses
Procedure 12.430 - Endangering Children Offenses
Standards Manual - 15.1.1, 42.1.3, 82.1.5
Purpose:
Establish a uniform Department policy governing the tracking and preservation of
offense information.
Promote uniformity and standardization in offense tracking.
Procedure:
A.

Maintaining Keybook:
1.

2.

Each district collator will maintain the automated offense tracking
system (keybook) in accordance with the instructions in the current
user's manual and Procedure 12.400. This manual is available from
the Computer Systems Unit.
a.

Data entry and updating will be completed in a timely manner,
usually daily.

b.

After the keybook page(s) entry is completed, the page(s) will be
printed and stored in a binder.

Backup of Data
a.

Each unit commander will be responsible for maintaining backup
copies of the keybook. This will be accomplished using the
Keybook Main Menu item for backup procedures. This
procedure will be completed on a daily basis. This will ensure
minimum reentry of data in the event of a computer crash.

b.

Three sets of diskettes will be necessary for the standard
backup process. These should be designated set "A, B, and C."
1)

One set will be stored in the collator's office and will be
used for the daily backup.

2)

One set will be stored in the unit commander's office and
will be updated weekly.

Rev. 1/97, Replaces 3/89

1

12.402

3.

3)

One set will be stored at the Computer Systems Unit and
should be updated every other week. These diskettes
should be brought to the Computer Systems Unit each
payday. Do not mail.

4)

The three sets of diskettes can be rotated among the three
locations as needed.

5)

New diskettes should be used every other month.

Security
a.

Unit commanders are responsible for the integrity and security of
the keybook program.

b.

The keybook program is designed to load itself from a
predetermined format. The password is imbedded in this signon. A password has been assigned to the system.

c.

The password will be disseminated by the unit commander to
the system administrator, collator and other appropriate
personnel.

d.

The unit commander will assign a new password as deemed
necessary, or whenever a change in unit commanders occurs.

Rev. 1/97, Replaces 3/89

2

12.403

12.403 CRIME VICTIM/WITNESS NOTIFICATION AND
ASSISTANCE
References:
Ohio Revised Code Chapter 2930 – Victims’ Rights
Ohio Revised Code 2933.41 - Disposition of property held by law enforcement
agency; written internal control policy; records and
reports; funding citizens’ reward programs
Ohio Revised Code 2933.42 - Offenses involving contraband; forfeiture of
property used in committing violation
Ohio Revised Code 2933.43 - Procedure for seizure and forfeiture of
contraband; law enforcement agency authorized
to use, destroy, or sell forfeited contraband;
distribution of proceeds of sale
Ohio Revised Code 109.42 - Victim's bill of rights pamphlet
United States Code - Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994
Definitions:
Crime means any felony or violation of Ohio Revised Code (ORC) Sections
2903.05 Negligent Homicide, 2903.06 Aggravated Vehicular Homicide, 2903.13
Assault, 2903.21 Aggravated Menacing, 2903.21.1 Menacing by Stalking,
2903.22 Menacing, 2907.06 Sexual Imposition, 2919.25 Domestic Violence, and
2921.04 Intimidation of Crime Victim or Witness (as outlined in ORC 2930.01
Definitions).
Victim means a person who is identified as the victim of a crime in a police
report or in a complaint, indictment, or information charging the commission of a
crime.
Notice under ORC Chapter 2930 will be given to a victim by any means
reasonably calculated to provide prompt actual notice. Notice may be oral or
written.
Policy:
Department personnel are responsible for providing proper notification and
assistance to victims and witnesses of crime as outlined in the ORC 2930
Victims’ Rights section.
It is incumbent upon investigators assigned cases whose offenses are outlined in
ORC section 2930.01 to provide assistance to and follow-up with victims and
witnesses as required under the victim’s rights statute.
Procedure:
A.

When investigating an offense, the victim of the offense, his family, or his
dependents must be given a copy of the following:
1.

"Your Rights and Responsibilities as a Crime Victim" booklet
distributed by the Attorney General of the State of Ohio.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 12/02/03

1

12.403
a.

This booklet can be given to the dependents or the family of the
victim if the condition or age of the victim dictates.

2.

Telephone number of district/section/unit investigating the offense.

3.

Printed list of medical, counseling, housing, and emergency services
available to the victim.

4.

Business phone number of the Prosecutor of Hamilton County and
the City of Cincinnati.

5.

Written notification of the victim's right to contact the Police
Department to learn the status of the case, if the victim is not notified
of the arrest of the offender in the case.

NOTE: Information contained in subsections 2., 3., 4., and 5. above will
be attached to the inside back cover of the Attorney General's
booklet.
B.

Distribution of the above listed material will be made in the following
manner:
1.

A copy will be given to the victim, his family, or dependents on the first
contact by the reporting officer.

2.

If the victim, his family, or dependents are unable to understand the
significance of the information, it will be given on the second contact
by the investigating officer.

3.

A copy will be given to the victim, his family, or dependents by mail if it
was not given on the first contact and there is no second contact in
person (includes those specified offenses reported through Telephone
Crime Reporting Unit).
a.

Mailing of information will be the responsibility of the affected
district.
1)

C.

Responsibility for mailing will be determined by the district
commander.

The follow-up investigator will give the victim, his family, or dependents the
following information:
1.

Business phone number of the investigator.

2.

Notification when the defendant is arrested and if the defendant is
eligible for pretrial release.

3.

A contact phone number of the Police Department to ascertain
whether the defendant has been released.
a.

When an arrest is made at the time of an offense and no
investigator is assigned to the case, the arresting officer will give
the victim the above listed information.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 12/02/03

2

12.403
D.

E.

The follow-up investigator is responsible for providing the following
assistance to crime victims/witnesses:
1.

Explain the procedures involved in the prosecution of their cases.

2.

If the impact upon the victim or witness was unusually severe, make
periodic contacts to determine if their needs are being met.

3.

Attempt to schedule interviews, etc. at the convenience of the victim
or witness.

4.

Advise the victim of a felony offense that the Victim/Witness Division
of the Hamilton County Prosecutors’ office will assign an advocate to
provide assistance as needed at the Grand Jury hearing. The Rape
Crisis and Abuse Center contacts all victims of domestic violence and
offers advocate services to those victims.

The Police Department will return the property of the victim as soon as
possible unless one of the following applies:
1.

There is a dispute of ownership.

2.

It is evidence, contraband, or property used in committing an offense
as defined in ORC sections listed below:

3.

F.

a.

ORC Section 2933.41, Disposition of property held by law
enforcement agency; written internal control policy; records and
reports; funding citizens’ reward programs.

b.

ORC Section 2933.42, Offenses involving contraband, forfeiture
of property used in committing violations.

c.

ORC Section 2933.43, Procedure for seizure and forfeiture of
contraband; law enforcement agency authorized to use, destroy,
or sell forfeited contraband; distribution of proceeds of sale.

If the defendant in a case files a motion to retain the property of the
victim because the property is needed for the defense in the case, the
Police Department will retain the property until the court rules on the
motion.

The Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction will notify the
Criminal Investigation Section (CIS) of a prisoner being placed on
electronically monitored early release.
1.

CIS will make a blotter entry and advise the affected district of the
electronically monitored prisoner's early release.
a.

2.

The district receiving the information from CIS will make a blotter
entry.

The Rapid Indictment Program supervisor will distribute this
information at the next Investigative Supervisors’ meeting.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 12/02/03

3

12.403
G.

The U.S. Courts Probation and Parole will notify CIS of prisoners who have
been released from the federal system on supervised release and have
been convicted of a crime of violence or a drug trafficking.
1.

CIS will make a blotter entry and advise the affected district of the
prisoner's early release.
a.

2.

The district receiving the information from CIS will make a blotter
entry.

The Rapid Indictment Program supervisor will distribute this
information at the next Investigative Supervisors’ meeting.

Rev. 10/03/06, Replaces 12/02/03

4

12.404

12.404 COMMUNITY NOTIFICATION OF PERSON PAROLED
FOR A VIOLENT PERSONAL CRIME
Reference:
Cincinnati Municipal Code Chapter 717
Procedure 12.406 – Sexual Predator Address Verification
Definitions:
Neighbor – one living or located near another.
Neighborhood – being immediately adjacent or relatively near another.
Notification – personal notice to an adult family member.
Purpose:
Comply with state law and city ordinances, and to establish Police Department
procedure for community notification of persons on parole for certain listed
offenses and monitor the felon's presence.
Procedure:
A.

Criminalistics Squad Responsibilities
1.

2.

Register persons on parole or judicial supervision for the following
offenses of the Ohio Revised Code (ORC) or the equivalent offenses
under the laws of the United States or of the state in which the
offense was committed.
a.

Aggravated Murder - ORC 2903.01

b.

Murder - ORC 2903.02

c.

Voluntary Manslaughter - ORC 2903.03

d.

Rape - ORC 2907.02

e.

Sexual Battery - ORC 2907.03

f.

Gross Sexual Imposition - ORC 2907.05

g.

Kidnapping - ORC 2905.01

h.

Abduction - ORC 2905.02

Maintain a registration list and forward a copy weekly to the
Community Oriented Policing (COP) Coordinator.

Rev. 01/29/08, Replaces 8/99

1

12.404
B.

COP Coordinator Responsibilities
1.

Maintain a file of the felony registration list.

2.

Forward a Form 17, Felony Notification, to the affected district for
community notification.

3.

Ensure the notification process is completed for each registered felon
pursuant to Cincinnati Municipal Code Chapter 717.
a.

C.

The COP Coordination Unit will maintain a file of the completed
Form 17, Felony Notification, upon receipt from the affected
districts.

District responsibilities
1.

Notification by district personnel using the Form 605, Notification of
Release, will occur within 10 days of receipt of the Form 17, Felony
Notification, utilizing the following guidelines:
a.

If the residential area is a single family dwelling, the district
officer will notify an adult member of each household
immediately adjacent to the subject.

b.

If the building has four or less separate residences, the district
officer will notify an adult member of each residence.

c.

If the building has more than four separate residences, the
district officer will notify an adult member of each residence on
the same floor as the subject.

d.

Personal delivery of the Form 605, Notification of Release, is the
preferred method of notification. However, officers may leave
the Form 605 at the residence after making every reasonable
attempt to make personal contact.
1)

2.

Maintain a file of the Form 605.

Complete the Form 17 and forward to the COP Coordinator verifying
the affected neighbors were notified.
a.

Maintain a copy of the Form 17 in the district’s files.

3. District personnel will notify communities of the registered felons at the
affected community council/CPOP meetings.
a. This discussion does not take the place of an official notification
in the neighborhood.

Rev. 01/29/08, Replaces 8/99

2

12.405

12.405 CLOSURE OF OFFENSE REPORTS
References:
Ohio Uniform Incident Training Manual
Procedure 12.400 - Offense Reporting, Miscellaneous Reporting
Procedure 12.401 - Telephone Crime Reporting Unit (TCRU)
Procedure 12.420 - Reporting Vehicle Thefts and Related Offenses
Standards Manual - 42.1.2, 42.2.3, 82.1.5
Policy:
When taking an offense report, the reporting officer will complete a thorough
initial investigation. The officer will record all pertinent information accurately on
the original Ohio Uniform Incident Report and the Incident Report Supplement
(Form 311I). Under the Early Closure System, the maintenance of a high
standard of clearance is dependent on the quality of the preliminary
investigation.
The closure process will include: reviewing and analyzing all previous reports
prepared in the preliminary phase; department records; results from laboratory
examinations; conducting additional interviews and interrogations; seeking
additional information (from uniformed officers, informants); planning, organizing,
conducting searches, and collecting physical evidence; identifying and
apprehending suspects; determining involvement of suspects in other crimes;
checking suspects’ criminal histories; preparing cases for court presentation; and
making a “second contact” with principals involved in a case requiring follow-up
investigations or which has been closed.
Information:
Close offense reports assigned to Patrol Bureau Shifts (PBS), Patrol Bureau
Civilian Clothes (PBC), and Criminal Investigation Section (CIS), with the
exception of homicide cases and missings, within 28 days from the date reported
to police. Submit the original closing Supplementary Offense Report (Form 311)
to the Records Unit within seven days of the closure.
Neither a Form 311 nor an Ohio Uniform Incident Report are required to close a
case with an original arrest or an original otherwise. If a case is an original arrest
closure, the arrested must be charged with the reported offense. An original
otherwise closure requires a statement justifying why the case is not closed by
arrest. Record this information on the original Ohio Uniform Incident Report,
preferably in the "Narrative" section. However, fill out a Form 311I if there are
additional suspects not arrested, or if the offense is similar to other unsolved
offenses.
The recovery of stolen property is supplemental to the closure of an offense. It
has no bearing on the type of closure. Record on the closing Form 311 the
description, value, disposition, etc., of recovered property prior to forwarding it to
the Records Unit.

Rev. 5/00, Replaces 1/97

1

12.405
Prior to forwarding closing reports to the Records Unit, the unit commander, or
designate, must sign the report. This indicates approval and ensures complete
closing copies of the Ohio Uniform Incident Report. Records Unit will return
incomplete or incorrect closing reports to the investigating officer's supervisor.
Procedure:
A.

Case Assignment Criteria for Follow-Up Investigation:
1.

Follow-up investigation of an offense report will occur when any of the
following apply:
a.

Suspect identification can be developed from:
1)

Usable fingerprints.

2)

Significant physical evidence.

3)

Victim, witness, or informant information.

4)

A license number or significant description of a vehicle
used in the offense.

b.

There is serious physical harm, or the threat of serious physical
harm to the victim. Generally bomb threats and obscene phone
call offenses are not assigned for investigation. However,
aggravated circumstances may cause assignment of any of
these offenses.

c.

The suspect used a deadly weapon or dangerous ordinance.

d.

There is a significant modus operandi (MO) which will aid in the
solution of the offense.

e.

The offense is a sex crime in which the victim and suspect had
physical contact.

f.

There is another reason to assign the offense for investigation.
Example: Hazardous or dangerous material stolen
Example: A reported offense which would raise community
concern

2.

All offenses involving Motor Vehicle Thefts, Unauthorized Use of
a Motor Vehicle, and License Plates Thefts will have a three day
follow-up investigation period to verify registration and to ensure
accurate information. When assigned, these cases will have a
28 day follow up.

Rev. 5/00, Replaces 1/97

2

12.405

B.

Methods Used to Close Offense Reports:
1.

2.

3.

4.

An offense is cleared by "Arrest" when at least one person is arrested
and charged with the commission of the reported offense.
a.

List the arrest's name, address, sex, race, age, charge, control
number, etc., on the closing Form 311.

b.

In cases involving juveniles, place the charge of Juvenile
Delinquency along with the specific offense on the Form 311.

An offense is cleared as "Death of Offender," "Prosecution Declined,"
"Extraditions Denied," "Victim Refused to Cooperate," or "Juvenile/No
Custody" (exceptional clearance) if all the following apply and all
necessary information is on the closing Form 311:
a.

The investigation has definitely identified the offender.

b.

There is enough evidence to charge and arrest the suspect.

c.

The offender's exact location is known and the suspect could be
taken into custody.

d.

There is some reason outside police control preventing the
charging and arrest of the suspect.

e.

Complete suspect information (name, address, sex, race, DOB,
etc.) must be on the closing Form 311.

Substantiate related multiple exceptional clearance closures (four or
more) by one of the following:
a.

A copy of a recorded statement or a copy of a signed statement
by the suspect. The contents will include the suspect admitting
to the offenses and some details of the commission of the
offenses.

b.

A Form 17 signed by a unit supervisor listing the offenses
submitted for closure (offense number and the complainant's
name) and details for the otherwise closures.

Inactive Closures ("Warrant Issued" or "Investigation Pending")
a.

An offense can have an "Inactive" closure even though there is
property recovered and/or there is knowledge of the identity of
the perpetrator who has not been apprehended.

b.

Reopen and close these inactive reports according to new
developments.

Rev. 5/00, Replaces 1/97

3

12.405

5.

C.

a.

Unfounding an offense report does not count as a case closed.
The offense is removed from the reported crime statistics.

b.

A report is unfounded because the reported facts do not
constitute a reportable offense, or the investigation reveals the
reported facts did not occur.

Early Closure of Ohio Uniform Incident Reports ("Closed"):
1.

D.

Unfounded Reports

Early close an Ohio Uniform Incident Report that does not meet the
criteria for follow-up investigation. Complete a Form 311. Mark "EC"
next to "Closed" box.
a.

The case assignment supervisor will review all offenses and
determine the case assignment status.

b.

When an offense does not have the necessary criteria for followup investigation, the case assignment supervisor will early close
the offense. Immediately forward to the complainant a postcard
with the early closure information. The postcard will be:
1)

Reviewed and personally signed by the investigative officer
in charge.

2)

Sent each day to TCRU.

Final Disposition of Ohio Uniform Incident Reports (Except Early Closure):
1.

Upon conclusion of the follow-up investigation, the investigator will:
a.

Conduct a final interview with the complainant by telephone or in
person.

b.

Advise the complainant the investigation is being terminated. If
there are additional investigative leads, such as an arrest or
property recovery, the investigation may be reopened and the
complainant will be contacted and provided with the pertinent
developments.
1)

2.

Note notification of the complainant of the case closure on
the closing Form 311.

When there is an arrest when taking the original Ohio Uniform
Incident Report, note in the "Narrative" section of the Ohio Uniform
Incident Report notification of the complainant that the case was
closed.

Rev. 5/00, Replaces 1/97

4

12.405

E.

Supplementary Offense Report (Form 311):
1.

Use the Form 311 to close the Ohio Uniform Incident Report. Use it
to open and close differently all previously closed reports.
a.

Complete information pertinent to any closure must appear on
the Form 311.

b.

The unit preparing the Form 311 will prepare the following
copies:
1)

Original sent to the Records Unit.

2)

Duplicate attached to the Ohio Uniform Incident Report
being closed at the district of occurrence.
a)

2.

Use a Form 311 to report the recovery of stolen property believed to
have been stolen locally, but not identified with any local offense
reports.
a.

F.

When applicable, send a copy to the unit having coresponsibility for investigation of the offense (see
Procedure 12.400, C., Offense Reporting - Follow-up
Investigative Responsibility).

The originating unit will prepare the Form 311 in duplicate giving
complete information available relative to the recovery.
1)

Original forwarded to the Records Unit.

2)

Duplicate retained by the originating unit.

Scoring Arrests:
1.

2.

As the scoring of arrests is determined from the officers' names and
district appearing on the Arrest and Investigation Report (Form 527)
under "Arresting Officer," only those officers who qualify within the
definition should be listed.
a.

The arresting officers are only those officers at the scene of the
arrest who actively participate in the arrest.

b.

Officers who may supply information leading to an arrest or
develop evidence pertaining to the arrest will be termed
"Cooperating Officers," and their names will be entered on the
Form 527 under "Facts of Arrest."

In general, when making an arrest, the credit goes to the arresting
officer(s)' district or unit of assignment. Examples are:
a.

If a District One officer makes an arrest in District Two, credit the
arrest to District One.

Rev. 5/00, Replaces 1/97

5

12.405

3.

b.

If the Criminal Investigation Section makes an arrest in District
One, credit the arrest to the Criminal Investigation Section.

c.

If a District One officer is off duty and makes an arrest in District
Two, credit District One with the arrest.

When officers from more than one district or unit make an arrest,
credit the arrest to the district wherein the arrest is made, provided
one of the arresting officers is assigned to the district of arrest.
a.

4.

The above policy for crediting arrests will also apply to multiple
arrests.

Officers employed by private agencies who work in a police capacity
will be considered in the same class as a private policeman. When
they make arrests while so engaged, credit for their arrest goes to the
district where the arrest was made.
a.

It will be the responsibility of the arresting officers to furnish the
Hamilton County Justice Center Intake sufficient information of
their outside employment status (under the above paragraph),
so that correct information can be placed on the arrest forms.

Rev. 5/00, Replaces 1/97

6

12.410

12.410 CRIMINAL WARRANTS/REFERRALS
Reference:
Procedure 12.412, Domestic Violence
Procedure 12.400, Offense Reporting, Miscellaneous Reporting
Policy:
Officers will establish probable cause for successful prosecution of an offense
before filing criminal complaints. If after a preliminary investigation, probable
cause is not met, officers will advise citizens that there is insufficient cause to
sign a criminal complaint. Reportable offenses may then be reassigned to an
investigator in an attempt to gather probable cause to make an arrest.
Procedure:
A.

Private Citizen Reporting a Felony:
1.

Conduct a preliminary investigation.

2.

Complete an offense report, if required.

3.

Notify the responsible investigating unit.
a.

4.

5.
B.

That unit may respond immediately to pick up the complainant,
or arrange for a meeting with the complainant at his home or at
the unit.

If the investigation reveals probable cause for successful prosecution,
the investigating officer will:
a.

File all appropriate criminal complaint(s).

b.

Prepare the case for presentation through the court system.

If the incident involves Domestic Violence, refer to Procedure 12.412.

Private Citizen Reporting a Misdemeanor:
1.

Conduct a preliminary investigation.

2.

Complete an offense report, if required.

3.

If the investigation reveals probable cause for successful prosecution,
the investigating officer will:
a.

File all appropriate criminal complaint(s).

b.

Prepare the case for presentation through the court system.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 12/01

1

12.410

C.

4.

An officer making, or intending to make, an immediate arrest of the
suspect, will respond to the Clerk of Courts Office with the
complainant to file the appropriate complaint(s) (e.g., business owner,
store security).

5.

If the investigating officer believes probable cause does not exist to
file a criminal complaint, advise the citizen. In cases where further
information may lead to establishing probable cause, advise the
citizen that the case will be assigned to an investigator.

6.

If the incident involves domestic violence, refer to Procedure 12.412.

7.

Complete Form 655, indicating a Business Complaint Warrant
Referral when a business reports an offense (e.g., employee theft,
shoplifting), the suspect is known, and immediate arrest will not occur.

If an offense report is made, note the action taken in the "Remarks and
Explanations" section of the report:
1.

"Business Complaint Referral"

2.

"Warrant Signed by Police/Complainant"

3.

"Refused Service," etc.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 12/01

2

12.412

12.412 DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
References:
Procedure 12.400, Offense Reporting, Miscellaneous Reporting
Procedure 12.403, Victim of Crime Notification
Procedure 12.410, Criminal Warrants/Referrals
Procedure 12.413, Enforcement of Court Orders
Procedure 12.555, Arrest/Citation: Processing of Adult Misdemeanor and Felony
Offenders
Procedure 12.705, Property Confiscation
Procedure 12.900, Processing Juvenile Offenders
ORC 2903.11 - Felonious Assault
ORC 2903.12 - Aggravated Assault
ORC 2919.25 - Domestic Violence
ORC 2919.26 - Motion for Temporary Protection Order; Form
ORC 2919.27 - Violating Protection Order or Consent Agreement
ORC 2935.03 - Officer's Authority to arrest without warrant; pursuit outside
jurisdiction
ORC 2935.032 - Policies and procedures for responding to alleged Domestic
Violence offense or violation of protection order
ORC 3113.31 - Definitions; jurisdiction; petition; hearing; protection orders;
consent agreements
USC Title XVIII, Part 1, Chapter 110A, Section 2261 - Interstate Domestic
Violence
USC Title XVIII, Part 1, Chapter 110A, Section 2262 - Interstate Violation of
Protection Order
USC Title XVIII, Section 922 - Prohibition Against Disposal of Firearms to, or
Receipt of Firearms by, Persons Who Have
Committed Domestic Abuse
Definitions:
Mandatory Arrest: Mandatory arrest is an immediate arrest based on probable
cause that the offense of domestic violence has occurred and is supported by
some evidence indicating the suspect committed the offense.
Probable Cause: Probable cause exists when facts and circumstances within
the officer's knowledge, and of which he has reasonably trustworthy information,
are sufficient to warrant a person of reasonable caution to believe the offense
has been or is being committed, and the accused is or has committed the
offense. Completion of the Victim's Statement section of the Form 655R, Victim
Assistance/Citizen Referral, by the victim is probable cause pursuant to Ohio
Revised Code (ORC) 2935.03(B).
Purpose:
Provide officers with the knowledge to effectively respond to and investigate
incidents of domestic violence.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

1

12.412
Policy:
Officers will respond to the scene of reported incidents of domestic violence
without delay.
Exercise extreme caution in disregarding backup officers, even if the offender is
no longer present, in the interest of officer and victim safety. Give consideration
to the potential of the offender returning to the scene while the officer is present
or immediately thereafter.
Domestic violence is a violent crime. The involvement of family members does
not lessen the use of arrest and prosecution as an effective deterrent.
Department policy regarding domestic violence is immediate arrest of the
offender when probable cause exists. The formal arrest/court process is the
most appropriate method of resolution.
Charge all appropriate cases with domestic violence, felonious assault, or
aggravated assault in incidents arising out of a domestic violence offense, and
make a mandatory arrest. If a felonious assault or aggravated assault is
committed in a domestic violence offense, charge the suspect with the
appropriate felony charge. Do not, in addition, charge the suspect with a
misdemeanor domestic violence.
Officers will complete the Protection Order Supplemental Form for any of the
following offenses in which the victim and suspect are family or household
members:
2903.01
2903.03
2903.11
2903.13
2903.21
2903.22
2905.02
2907.02
2907.05
2909.03
2911.01
2911.11
2917.01
2919.22
2921.03

Aggravated Murder
Voluntary Manslaughter
Felonious Assault
Assault
Aggravated Menacing
Menacing
Abduction
Rape
Gross Sexual Imposition
Arson
Aggravated Robbery
Aggravated Burglary
Inciting to Violence
Child Endangering
Intimidation

2921.34 Escape

2903.02 Murder
2903.04 Involuntary Manslaughter
2903.12 Aggravated Assault
2903.15 Permitting Child Abuse
2903.211 Menacing by Stalking
2905.01 Kidnapping
2905.11 Extortion
2907.03 Sexual Battery
2909.02 Aggravated Arson
2909.04 Disrupting Public Services
2911.02 Robbery
2911.12 Burglary
2917.02 Aggravated Riot
2919.25 Domestic Violence
2921.04 Intimidation of Attorney,
Victim
2923.161 Improperly Discharging Firearm
Into a Habitation/School Zone

The Protection Order Supplemental Form must accompany the Form 527, Arrest
and Investigation Report, at the time an arrested individual is admitted into the
Hamilton County Justice Center. This requirement applies to the arrest of adult
suspects only; juvenile suspects are exempt from this requirement.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

2

12.412
Information:
Under the domestic violence law a fetus is not considered a child. If, while
investigating a domestic violence incident, the victim advises she is pregnant and
the offender is the father of her unborn child, and no other facts constitute
domestic violence, charge with the appropriate assault charge.
If, while investigating a domestic violence incident, the victim has an infant and
advises the offender is the father of the baby and they do not or have not resided
together, charge with assault and domestic violence. The domestic violence is a
valid charge under the Putative (supposed) Rule. The assault charge is filed in
the event that test results indicate the putative father is not the biological father.
If blood test results indicate the offender is not the father of the child, the
domestic violence charge will be dropped because the blood test eliminates the
relationship.
The mother of a child has sole custody if:
1.
2.
3.

The couple is not married;
There is not a court order to the contrary; and
The child was born on or after 1/1/98.

If the child was born before 1/1/98 both parents are deemed to have equal rights
to the child. Officers shall use discretion and good faith when considering the
best interest of the child when confronted with this situation.
Procedure:
A.

Initial Response
1.

B.

When Police Communications Section (PCS) receives a report of a
domestic violence situation they will dispatch one two-person unit or
two single person units and necessary emergency medical aid.

On Scene Investigation
1.

2.

Upon arrival, responding officers will separate the involved parties.
Separation is the most efficient method of gathering the necessary
details of the incident as well as protecting all parties from injury when
the offender(s) and victim(s) are identified.
a.

Determine the nature of injuries to any parties, and request the
assistance of emergency medical services, if necessary.

b.

Give primary consideration to the safety of all parties involved
and the immediate cessation of any further violence.

Make every attempt to obtain positive identification, a description,
destination, and means and direction of travel if the offender is not
present upon arrival.
a.

In an attempt to apprehend the offender, this information must
be relayed to officers in the area as soon as possible.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

3

12.412
3.

If probable cause exists and an arrest cannot be made because of the
offender's absence, the officers will promptly seek a warrant for the
arrest of the person.
a.

A Form 655R, Victim Assistance/Citizen Referral, will be issued
to the complainant for the immediate filing of an affidavit and
warrant against the offender.
1)

4.

The officer will ensure the complainant completes the
Domestic Violence Victim's Statement on the Form 655R
and will attach it to the Form 301, Cincinnati Police
Department Incident Report.
a)

Document on the Form 301 if the complainant refuses
to complete the Form 655R.

b)

Transport complainant to sign charges.

c)

Recommend the victim sign a Temporary Protection
Order (TPO) when signing the domestic violence
charge.

b.

If the complainant is physically unable or is unwilling to file
charges, the officer will sign an affidavit and warrant for the
arrest of the offender.

c.

Have the complainant fill out the top two sections of the
Protection Order Supplemental Form. If the complainant is
unable or unwilling to fill out the form, the officer will assist in
completing the form with the information available.
1)

The officer will complete the “Law Enforcement Response
Section” on the bottom of the page.

2)

The completed Protection Order Supplement must
accompany the Form 527 when submitted during the intake
procedure.

3)

If there is not an immediate arrest, fill out the Protection
Order Supplemental Form when signing any applicable
warrants(s) and leave the form with the Hamilton County
Clerk’s Office.

Make every attempt to identify the primary physical aggressor in the
incident. Consider the following elements in this identification:
a.

The history of domestic violence or any other violent acts
committed by all parties in the incident.

b.

Whether the violence was committed in the act of self-defense.

c.

Each participant's reasonable fear of the other person based on
the person's history of any threatened or committed acts of
violence.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

4

12.412
d.
5.

The comparative severity of any injuries sustained by the
individuals involved in the incident.

Base probable cause for arrest of the primary physical aggressor on
the following elements:
a.

The victim, or the parent of a child victim, completes a written
allegation against the offender.

b.

In the absence of a written statement, any personal knowledge
and observation of the incident by the officer.

c.

Any other information, including but not limited to, reasonable
trustworthy information given by the alleged victim or any
witness to the incident.

6.

Make a mandatory arrest if the offender is identified, present, or
immediately available for arrest.

7.

The preferred course of action is to arrest and detain the primary
physical aggressor until a warrant can be obtained once probable
cause has been established.
a.

The preferred course of action (arrest) does not apply to
incidents in which the primary physical aggressor cannot be
identified.
1)

8.

Conduct the investigation and arrest the accused for the offense of
felonious assault if the investigation determines serious physical harm
has occurred to a victim, or physical harm has been attempted (or
caused) by means of a deadly weapon or dangerous ordinance in a
domestic violence offense.
a.

When the individual committing the felonious assault is not the
primary physical aggressor, arrest and charge with the
appropriate state section.
1)

9.

Possible course of action would be to arrest both parties
for domestic violence if the investigation warrants dual
arrest.

Arrest and charge the primary physical aggressor with
Domestic Violence - ORC Section 2919.25.

Conduct the investigation and arrest the accused for the offense of
aggravated assault if the investigation determines that a felonious
assault was committed by the offender during a "fit of passion or rage
brought about by serious provocation of the victim”.
a.

When the individual committing the aggravated assault is not the
primary physical aggressor, arrest and charge with the
appropriate state section.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

5

12.412
1)

10.

Arrest and charge the individual in the domestic violence
offense who is the primary physical aggressor with ORC
Section 2919.25 - Domestic Violence.

If investigation determines both parties committed either aggravated
assault or felonious assault, the primary physical aggressor, if
identified, is subject to the "preferred course of action" provision and
will be physically arrested until a warrant can be obtained. The other
party will also be arrested and charged with the appropriate violation.
a.

Arrest both individuals when both individuals committed either
aggravated assault or felonious assault and the primary physical
aggressor cannot be identified.

11.

Notify the Criminal Investigation Section (CIS) if death appears
imminent to the victim of a domestic violence offense.

12.

Seize any deadly weapons materially involved by threat, display, use,
or attempted usage in domestic violence violations as contraband
and/or evidence.

13.

Do not demand or otherwise require the victim's specific consent or a
signed allegation (written statement) as a prerequisite to arresting
and/or charging an alleged offender with the offense of domestic
violence when probable cause exists.

14.

The arresting officer will sign the appropriate affidavits and complaints
for all charges when the complainant is medically unable or refuses to
cooperate with the investigation and there is probable cause a
domestic violence offense occurred. The arresting officer will sign all
felony charges arising from a domestic violence offense.
a.

Charge as a felony if there is a prior conviction for domestic
violence and the current offense does not constitute a threat.
1)

b.

Charge as a misdemeanor if a prior domestic violence conviction
exists and the current domestic violence offense is a threat
against the victim.

c.

The arresting officer will sign a TPO request when filing
domestic violence, felonious assault, or aggravated assault
charges.
1)

d.
15.

Confirm the conviction with the Clerk's Office before
signing the felony charge.

Officers signing a TPO request will not appear at
arraignment.

Complete a detailed Form 527A, Case and Bond Information
Sheet, to assist the judge in setting bond and TPO terms.

Report on a Form 301 every incident of Domestic Violence - ORC
Section 2919.25.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

6

12.412
a.

List the offense and section number followed by (F) for felony or
(M) for misdemeanor based on what degree of offense the
suspect is charged with.

Example: Domestic Violence 2919.25 (F) when offense constitutes a
felony as a result of prior convictions for DV or other applicable ORC
violations, or Domestic Violence 2919.25 (M) when offense
constitutes a misdemeanor for this violation.
b.

Make one Form 301 for domestic violence if an offender
commits an offense of DV and a TPO/Civil Protection Order
(CPO) violation offense at the same time.
1)

c.

List the facts of the TPO/CPO violation in the “Narrative"
section of the Form 301.

Report incidents of felonious assault and aggravated assault
that occur during a domestic violence offense on a Form 301.
Do not make an additional Form 301 for domestic violence.
1)

List the offense section number followed by (DV) for
domestic violence in the "Offense" section of the Form 301.

EXAMPLE:
d.
16.

Felonious Assault 2903.11 (DV) or Aggravated
Assault 2903.12 (DV)

Check "Yes" in the "Hate/Bias" block, and write "88" in the
"Explain: Anti:" block on the Form 301.

Complete a Form 311DV, Cincinnati Police Department Confidential
Investigative Notes - Domestic Violence, for all DV offenses, violations
of TPO/CPO, and felonious assault or aggravated assault offenses
arising from domestic violence, in addition to the required portions of
the Form 301. Obtain the following information from the separated
parties involved and available witnesses:
a.

Detailed statement of the reporting officer's observation of the
victim, offender, and the scene.

b.

Listing of visible injuries to the victim and offender.

c.

Identification of any weapons found at the scene.
1)

Detailed description of any deadly weapons seized or
materially involved in the reported incident.

d.

Actions of the victim and offender in the officer's presence.

e.

Verbal and/or written statements of the victim/complainant.

f.

Verbal and/or written statements of the offender.

g.

Explanation why no arrest was affected.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

7

12.412
1)

This explanation may not refer to the availability of cell
space at the Hamilton County Justice Center or Hamilton
County Juvenile Court Youth Center. Such availability is
not to be considered in determining the arrest of the
alleged offender and is prohibited pursuant to ORC Section
2935.03 (3) (f).

h.

Detailed listing of similar prior incidents, calls for assistance, and
respective dispositions.

i.

Final disposition of warrant filing, i.e., "complaint/warrant filed by
reporting officer".

17.

Use a camera to photograph visible injuries as soon as possible for
inclusion with the Form 311DV and submit as evidence.

18.

Provide the victim the following information:
a.

Ohio Attorney General's "Your Rights and Responsibilities as a
Crime Victim" booklet.

b.

Crisis Service Agency phone numbers.

c.

Telephone numbers of the Prosecutors' Offices and Police
Department.

d.

Information regarding the availability of a TPO or CPO.

e.

Reporting officer's name, badge number, and phone number.
NOTE:

19.

20.

Items b., c., and d. listed above are placed on the
inside cover page of the Ohio Attorney General's
booklet.

Advise victims they must appear at the criminal arraignment on the
next court day regardless of who requested the TPO.
a.

Felony and misdemeanor charges are arraigned at 0900 hours
in Room A of the Hamilton County Justice Center (HCJC).

b.

Advise the complainant to check with the Clerk of Courts Office,
Room 113, HCJC, if there is doubt about the location of the
arraignment.

Provide assistance to the victim and/or children in obtaining
transportation to a safe location when necessary.
a.

Use private or public transportation if possible.

b.
c.

Officers may provide transportation if other means are not
available to the victim.
Obtain Fire Department transportation to the hospital for injuries.

d.

Call the Alice Paul Shelter before transporting to their location.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

8

12.412

21.

C.

If the elements of domestic violence are not present, refer the
complainant to:
a.

Hamilton County Domestic Relations Court, Room 346,
800 Broadway.

b.

Rape Crisis and Abuse Center of Hamilton County.

c.

Talbert House Victim Service Center.

d.

Alice Paul House.

e.

Police Clergy Team (available through Hamilton County
Communications).

Case Preparation
1.

Complete a Domestic Violence Jacket for each domestic violence
incident. For all Felony Domestic Violence cases, complete a Form
527E, Case Investigation Jacket, and log it into the Form 527E
logbook. The jacket will include:
a.

A copy of the Form 301 and all applicable supplements.

b.

A copy of the Form 311DV.

c.

A copy of the Form 527, if applicable.

d.

A copy of the TPO/CPO, if applicable.

e.

A copy of the Protection Order Supplemental Form.

f.

Photographs related to the incident.
1)

g.

Audio tape copies of any 911 calls to PCS, if applicable.

h.

The original Form 527B for felony offenses.
1)

i.
2.

Take a minimum of one full frontal photograph of the victim
and one of each reported injury and/or area affected.

Immediately fax the Form 527B to the Hamilton County
Grand Jury. Include the fax transmittal report in the
Domestic Violence Jacket.

Copies of any related reports.

A supervisor will review each Domestic Violence Jacket for
completeness and accuracy.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

9

12.412
D.

Follow-Up Investigation
1.

Assign all reported cases of domestic violence, felonious assault and
aggravated assault arising from a domestic violence offense, and
violation of protection order or consent agreement for follow-up
investigation.
a.

Assign these offenses for a follow-up investigation even when an
arrest is made at the scene by the reporting officer.

b.

District commanders will determine the assignment of reported
misdemeanor and felony domestic violence and TPO/CPO
offenses.

c.

Assign reported cases of felonious assault, aggravated assault,
and abduction arising from a domestic violence offense per
Procedure 12.400, Offense Reporting, Miscellaneous Reporting,
for follow-up investigation by a district investigator.
1)

2.

The follow-up investigator will ensure the following tasks are
accomplished:
a.

E.

Felonious assault and aggravated assault cases arising
from a domestic violence offense in which the victim is
hospitalized and death appears imminent will be
investigated by CIS, per Procedure 12.400.

Recontact the victim within 48 to 72 hours to obtain the following
information:
1)

Any information the victim might be able to add.

2)

Additional photographs of injuries sustained in the incident,
when applicable.

b.

Provide the victim with the investigator's name, badge number,
and business phone number.

c.

Obtain audio tape copies of 911 calls from PCS, if applicable.

d.

Obtain medical records of suspect, if applicable.

Providing Information of Reported Domestic Violence Offenses
1.

Each day, district collators will forward the following information on
reported domestic violence and violation of protection order offenses:
a.

To the City Prosecutor's Office, hand carry a copy of all Forms
301 and 311DV reported misdemeanor domestic violence and
misdemeanor violation of protection order offenses made with
an adult suspect even if no arrest was made at time of report.
All reports must be delivered before 0800 hours each court day.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

10

12.412

2.

F.

b.

Fax to the Hamilton County Prosecutor's Office, Juvenile
Division, a copy of all Forms 301 and 311DV reported
misdemeanor domestic violence and misdemeanor violation of
protection order offenses made with a juvenile suspect even if
no arrest was made at time of report.

c.

Fax to the Rape Crisis and Abuse Center of Hamilton County, a
copy of all domestic violence Forms 301.

Each day, district collators will forward the following information on
reported aggravated assault, felonious assault, felony domestic
violence, and felony TPO/CPO violation offenses resulting from a
domestic violence offense:
a.

To the Hamilton County Prosecutor's Office, Municipal Division,
hand carry a copy of all Forms 301 and 311DV reported
offenses with an adult suspect even if no arrest was made at
time of report. All reports must be delivered before 0800 hours
each court day.

b.

Fax to the Hamilton County Prosecutor's Office, Juvenile
Division, a copy of all Forms 301 and 311DV reported offenses
with a juvenile suspect even if no arrest was made at time of
report.

c.

Fax to the Rape Crisis and Abuse Center of Hamilton County, a
copy of all Forms 301 listed above.

Temporary/Civil Protection Orders
1.

Reference Procedure 12.413, Enforcement of Court Orders, for
information regarding investigations of violations of a Temporary/Civil
Protection Order, ORC 2919.27. Out-of-state TPO and CPO court
orders are enforceable. Follow Procedure 12.413, Section A.

2.

TPOs may be issued in addition to any charges filed alleging domestic
violence, felonious, aggravated or simple assault, menacing by
stalking, or trespassing which involves a family or household member
as defined in the ORC.
a.

TPOs are only in effect until the disposition of the criminal
charge, the issuance of a CPO based on the same activities, or
otherwise revoked by the issuing court.

b.

Any TPO or CPO issued by a court of record of the State of Ohio
is subject to enforcement in any political jurisdiction within the
State of Ohio.
1)

TPOs and CPOs issued by a court of record within the
State of Ohio, other than Hamilton County, may be officially
registered by the complainant in Hamilton County in
accordance with ORC Section 3113.31.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

11

12.412
a)

G.

TPOs and CPOs issued by a court of record within
the State of Ohio will be enforced regardless of
whether or not the order was registered by the
complainant in Hamilton County.

Release of Medical Records of Suspect(s) Involving an Official Criminal
Investigation, Criminal Action, or Proceeding
1.

A police officer can submit a written statement to a health care
provider that states an official criminal investigation, criminal action, or
proceeding has begun regarding a specified person to obtain
information regarding the presence of alcohol, drug of abuse, or both
in the person's blood, breath, or urine. This requires the provider to
supply to the officer copies of any records the provider possesses that
pertain to any test or the results of any test administered to the
specified person to determine the presence or concentration of
alcohol, a drug of abuse, or both in the person's blood, breath, or
urine at any time relevant to the criminal offense in question.
a.

2.

A Form 604, Cincinnati Police Department Request for Release
of Records, will be filled out by the officer and presented to the
health care provider to obtain this type of records.
1)

The officer will keep the white copy for court.

2)

Give the canary copy to the health care provider.

3)

Turn the pink and gold copy into the collator to be filed.

Contact the City Prosecutor when a medical provider refuses to
comply with this request.

Rev. 12/30/08, Replaces 10/04/05

12

12.413

12.413 ENFORCEMENT OF COURT ORDERS
Reference:
Procedure 12.120 - Labor Disputes and Strikes
Procedure 12.403 - Victim of Crime Notification
Procedure 12.412 - Domestic Violence
Ohio Revised Code 1901.32 - Bailiffs
Ohio Revised Code 1923.13 - Execution; form
Ohio Revised Code 2705.031 - Contempt action for failure to pay support or
comply with visitation order
Ohio Revised Code 2903.213 - Motion for issuance of anti-stalking protection
order
Ohio Revised Code 2903.214 - Violating anti-stalking protection order
Ohio Revised Code 2919.25 - Domestic Violence
Ohio Revised Code 2919.26 - Motion for temporary protection order; form
Ohio Revised Code 2919.27 - Violating protection order or consent agreement
Ohio Revised Code 3113.31 - [Domestic Violence] Definitions; jurisdiction;
petition; hearing; orders
Ohio Revised Code 5122.11 - Judicial hospitalization; temporary detention order
United States Code Title XVIII, Section 2262 - Interstate Violation of a Protection
Order
United States Code Title XVIII, Section 922 - Prohibition Against Disposal of
Firearms to, or Receipt of Firearms
by, Persons Who Have Committed
Domestic Violence
Standards Manual - 42.2.1, 42.2.3, 82.2.1
Purpose:
Clarify the responsibility regarding enforcement of orders issued by the Hamilton
County Court of Common Pleas, the Hamilton County Municipal Court, or any
other court of record.
Effectively enforce Ohio Revised Code (ORC) 2903.214 and 2919.27, and
provide the complainant with the protection ordered by the court according to
ORC 2903.213, 2919.26, or 3113.31.
Policy:
Domestic Violence radio runs are considered high frequency, high risk events.
Officers will enforce Domestic Violence Temporary Protection Orders (TPO’s),
Anti-stalking TPO’s and Civil Protection Orders issued by a court of record in a
fair and impartial manner. If Hamilton County Municipal Court, Hamilton County
Court of Common Pleas or Hamilton County Domestic Relations Court issues
the protection order, confirm these orders with the Central Warrant Processing
Unit. If an out of county or out of state court issues the protection order, confirm
with the Clerk of Courts of the issuing jurisdiction.
If unable to confirm a protection order by above means, do not arrest for a
violation of TPO or CPO.

Rev. 01/02, Replaces 7/01

1

12.413

Information:
Generally officers do not enforce orders issued by the Court of Common Pleas,
Juvenile Court, or the Municipal Court. The enforcement of most court orders is
the responsibility of the Hamilton County Sheriff's Office.
Exceptions to this rule include Domestic Violence Temporary Protection Orders
(TPO), Anti-stalking TPOs, or Civil Protection Orders (CPO) issued by a court of
record within the state of Ohio. Out-of-state TPO and CPO court orders are also
enforceable. Take appropriate action for observed criminal violations not related
to the court order.
Procedure:
A.

Investigation of Domestic Violence, Anti-stalking, TPO, CPO Complaints
and Out-of-State TPO and CPO Court Orders:
1.

Officers shall enforce the terms of a TPO and CPO issued by any
State of Ohio or out-of-state court.
a.

Make a thorough effort to confirm the existence and terms of a
TPO and CPO.

b.

Report violations of a TPO and CPO on an Ohio Uniform
Incident Report. Complete a Cincinnati Police Preliminary
Domestic Violence Investigation Report (Form 311DV), if
applicable.
1)

c.
2.

The appropriate title for violating a TPO or CPO is Violating
Protection Order or consent agreement (ORC 2919.27).

If unable to confirm an order, do not arrest for a violation of the
TPO or CPO.

Query all suspects on the scene through the Regional Computer
Center (RCC).
a.

Use the QCH query to find in-progress information.
1)

Note the case number and confirm the existence of the
TPO or CPO, if a suspect is in process or has a conviction
for domestic violence or anti-stalking, or the complainant
states a TPO and CPO has been signed.

2)

Confirm existence and terms of a criminal TPO issued by
the Hamilton County Municipal Court or any other Ohio
court according to ORC 2903.214 or 2919.27 by one of the
following:
a)

Rev. 01/02, Replaces 7/01

Call the Hamilton County Central Warrant
Processing Unit to confirm the terms and
existence of the order.
2

12.413
b)

Call the clerk of courts office of the issuing
jurisdiction to confirm the existence and terms of
the criminal TPO issued by an out-of-county
Ohio court.
1]

c)

3.

4.

Police Communications Section (PCS) has a
copy of the State of Ohio, Clerk of Courts phone
directory.
a]

PCS will not make phone calls.

b]

Phone numbers of out-of-county clerk
offices are also available by calling the
Hamilton County Clerk's Office.

Include the clerk's phone number, name of person
confirming, court case number, date of issue of the
order, and name of the issuing court on the Cincinnati
Police Department Arrest and Investigation Report
(Form 527).

Confirm a civil CPO issued by the Hamilton County Domestic
Relations Court or any other Ohio Domestic Relations Court,
according to ORC 3113.31 (Domestic Violence), by one of the
following:
a.

Call the Hamilton County Central Warrant Processing Unit to
confirm the terms and existence of the order.

b.

Call the clerk of courts office in the issuing jurisdiction for an
Ohio out-of-county court order. Confirm the existence and terms
of the CPO.

When probable cause exists, immediately arrest defendants in
violation of a TPO or CPO.
a.

The officer will sign the criminal complaint.
1)

The charge for violating the terms of a TPO or CPO is
"Violating Protection Order or consent agreement," ORC
2919.27.
a)

2)

The defendant must have acted recklessly in
disregarding the order to constitute a violation.

A first offense for this charge is a first-degree
misdemeanor. Refer to ORC 2919.27 (subsection B) for
offenders with previous convictions and other stipulations
which upgrade the penalty.
a)

Rev. 01/02, Replaces 7/01

Confirm prior convictions with the Clerk's Office
before charging as a first degree misdemeanor or fifth
degree felony.
3

12.413
5.

Sign a warrant for ORC 2919.27 if the suspect leaves the scene
before the police arrive, probable cause exists the suspect violated a
TPO, CPO, or TRO, and the suspect cannot be immediately located.

6.

Out-of-state TPO and CPO court orders are enforceable.
a.

B.

Follow above procedure for in state TPO and CPO violations.

Injunctions/Restraining Orders:
1.

2.

Generally, officers have no legal duty to enforce civil injunctions
except for those listed in Section A of this procedure.
a.

Parties to these disputes should address violations to the court
issuing the injunction or restraining order.

b.

If the injunction/restraining order is due to a labor dispute/strike,
refer to Procedure 12.120.

Officers should read injunctions/restraining orders carefully and take
appropriate action for matters clearly criminal in nature.
a.

Contact the City Solicitor's Office if you are unsure if a criminal
offense is involved.
1)

C.

Temporary Detention Orders - Probate Court, Issued According to ORC
5122.11:
1.

A court can issue an order directing a police officer to take a mentally
ill person to a hospital. The order may designate a specific hospital.
a.

2.
D.

If other than normal business hours, PCS will recall a
solicitor.

Use University Hospital when the order does not designate
another hospital.

Officers have the legal obligation and authority to enforce the terms of
these orders.

Eviction Orders Issued According to ORC 1923.13:
1.

Officers have no authority to enforce eviction orders.
a.

The sheriff, bailiff, or constable of the court serves eviction
orders.

b.

The terms of a TPO or CPO may include an order for the
defendant to vacate the household. This is the exception to the
above rule. Officers will enforce these terms of a TPO or CPO
order. Officers will not remove property from any household.

Rev. 01/02, Replaces 7/01

4

12.413
c.

2.

E.

If a bailiff calls officers to the scene of an eviction, provide necessary
assistance.
a.

Officers are ex officio bailiffs of the Hamilton County Municipal
Court according to ORC 1901.32.

b.

A supervisor will respond to the scene when a bailiff's request is
to provide more than personal security, or is unreasonable.

c.

Document the incident on a Form 17 if there are questions
regarding the frequency or reasonableness of a bailiff's request.

Emergency Juvenile Court Orders
1.

These orders are enforced by the Hamilton County Sheriff’s Office. If
requested, officers will respond and provide a uniform police presence
during the enforcement of the order.
a.

F.

If the defendant refuses to leave, immediately arrest for violation
of a TPO or CPO, ORC Section 2919.27. Sign a complaint for
the charge.

When an officer is present he must obtain the name of the
Deputy requesting a Cincinnati officer and enter it into the MDT
disposition field.

A Body Attachment - Issued by the Hamilton County Domestic Relations
Court According to ORC 2705.031:
1.

A body attachment is the equivalent of a capias.
a.

Officers have the authority to serve only criminal contempt
orders which are in the form of a body attachment.
1)

Body attachments are in the computer system and
available by running a QHW.

2)

Call the Hamilton County Central Warrant Processing Unit
to confirm the existence of the body attachment.

3)

Physically arrest and transport to the Hamilton County
Criminal Justice Center an individual with a confirmed body
attachment. Do not cite on body attachments.

Rev. 01/02, Replaces 7/01

5

12.415

12.415 REPORTING AND CLASSIFYING ASSAULT
OFFENSES
Reference:
Procedure 12.230 - Fatal Crash Investigation and Placement of Related Charges
Procedure 12.430 - Endangering Children Offenses
Ohio Revised Code 2903.08
Aggravated Vehicular Assault; Vehicular Assault
Ohio Revised Code 2903.11
Felonious Assault
Ohio Revised Code 2903.12
Aggravated Assault
Ohio Revised Code 2903.13
Assault
Ohio Revised Code 2903.14
Negligent Assault
Ohio Revised Code 2935.01
Definitions
Ohio Uniform Incident Report Training Manual
Definition:
Incident reports are: Form 301, Incident Report; Form 301VVS, Victim/Vehicle
Supplement; Form 301PS, Property Supplement; Form 301AS, Arrest
Supplement; Form 303, Motor Vehicle Incident Report; and Form 304, Missing
Report.
Purpose:
Guide and instruct police personnel in the investigation and reporting of assault
offenses.
Provide data necessary for conversion of Ohio Revised Code (ORC) Statutory
Reporting to the 301, Incident Report.
Policy:
Officers will conduct a preliminary investigation when called to the scene of an
incident. They will record all facts and actions fairly and impartially. They will
provide the requested police service and complete an accurate and thorough
report. Reports for serious offenses will be submitted immediately. All other
offense reports will be submitted before the completion of their shift.
Procedure:
A.

Reporting Assault Offenses:
1.

Complete a Form 301, Incident Report, and any related supplement
for each assault incident.
a.

Title all reports with the proper State Statute: Felonious Assault,
Aggravated Assault, Negligent Assault, or Assault, followed by
the ORC section number.
1)

Traffic Section personnel are responsible for the
investigation and the related 301, Incident Report, of all
serious motor vehicle incidents where an offender could be
charged with Aggravated Vehicular Assault, or Vehicular
Assault. (See Procedure 12.230)

Rev. 9/14/04, Replaces 1/98

1

12.415

2.

2)

If the victim of the assault is under 18 years of age or a
physically or mentally handicapped person under 21 years
of age, caution must be used as it may be an Endangering
Children Offense, and should not be titled as an Assault.
(See Procedure 12.430)

3)

Details of the offense, including seriousness of the injury
and intent of the assailant, will be described in the narrative
section and victim section on the 301, Incident Report.
a)

List injuries as accurately as possible e.g., 6" cut on
neck, broken left leg; black eye; broken nose.

b)

Identify and describe the weapon used in the assault
e.g., kitchen knife with 9" blade, 2' long piece of 2" x
4" board, pocketknife with 2" blade, .32 caliber
revolver, foot.

When a police officer is assaulted, the 301, Incident Report, will be
titled using the proper state statute with the notation "Police Officer" in
parenthesis.
a.

For reporting purposes, a police officer has the same meaning
as “Peace Officer” as defined in section 2935.01 of the Ohio
Revised Code. A police officer will include a sworn law
enforcement officer of the Federal Government, a state, or one
of its political subdivisions, who is acting in his official capacity
whether on or off duty.

b.

All 301, Incident Reports for assaults on police officers will
include, in the narrative section the following information:
1)

The type of assignment the assaulted police officer was
engaged in e.g., uniform, detective, special assignment.

2)

The actual activity the officer was engaged in when the
assault occurred e.g., traffic pursuit and stop, responding
to disturbance, burglary in progress, ambush - no warning,
investigating persons under suspicious circumstances.

3)

The number of officers present when the assault occurred
e.g., assigned to two-officer car, one-officer car assisting
another car, alone at the time of the assault.

3.

The arresting officer will include the offense number (if available) and
complainant's name on all arrest records.

4.

The 301, Incident Report, voids the need for a Minor Accident/Aided
Case/Mental Health Response Report (Form 316) when the aid is
given at the time of reporting. However, the following information must
be included in the victim section of the 301, Incident Report, by fully
completing the appropriate blocks.
a.

If there is a possibility of death resulting from an assault, the
Homicide Unit will be notified as soon as possible.

Rev. 9/14/04, Replaces 1/98

2

12.417

12.417 HATE CRIMES: RESPONSE TO RACIAL, RELIGIOUS,
ETHNIC/NATIONAL ORIGIN, OR SEXUAL
ORIENTATION BIAS INCIDENTS
References:
Procedure 12.160 - Rumors/Potential Civil Disturbances
Procedure 12.170 - Civil Disturbance Operation Procedure
Procedure 12.400 - Offense Reporting, Miscellaneous Reporting
Procedure 18.120 - Release of Information and Public Records
Cincinnati Municipal Code (CMC) 908-3 Criminal Intimidation
Public Law 101-275: Hate Crime Statistics Act
Ohio Revised Code (ORC) 2927.12 (Ethnic Intimidation)
Ohio Revised Code (ORC) 2929.12 (B)(8)(Seriousness and recidivism factors)
Purpose:
To accomplish our Mission and demonstrate the commitment we have in valuing
human life and dignity by taking a proactive role in promoting peace and
harmony within the community and ensuring that the rights of all individuals are
protected.
To comply with Public Law 101-275: Hate Crime Statistics Act requirements, the
Ohio Revised Code, and State Sentencing guidelines.
To comply with the FBI’s National Incident Based Reporting System’s (NIBRS)
requirements for submitting incident-based crime reporting data.
Definition:
A Hate Crime is a committed, threatened, or attempted criminal act by any
person(s) against a person or property of another individual or group that may in
any way constitute an expression of racial, religious, ethnic/national origin,
sexual orientation, or other forms of bias.
Motivated by prejudices, hate crimes may include but are not limited to:
threatening communications, physical assaults, vandalism, cross burnings,
destruction of religious symbols, and firebombing.
The Ohio Revised Code identifies and defines the following protected classes
under the Ethnic Intimidation statute: a person or group of persons based upon
their race, color, religion, or national origin.
The Cincinnati Municipal Code identifies and defines the following protected
classes under the Criminal Intimidation section: a person or group of persons
based upon the actual or perceived race, color, religion, national origin, gender,
physical or mental disability, sexual orientation or age (60 and above).
Sexual orientation – means an individual’s actual or perceived heterosexuality,
homosexuality, bisexuality or transgendered status, by orientation or practice.

Rev. 05/13/03, Replaces 8/99

1

12.417
Transgendered – means the condition or state wherein a person manifests
gender characteristics, behavior and/or self-identification typical of or commonly
associated with persons of another gender, and which may be characterized by
assumption of the clothes, hairstyles, cosmetic usage or other appearance
qualities commonly associated with another gender and/or by the surgical or
medical modification of primary sexual organs in order to assume the gender role
of another sex.
Information:
Single criminal acts such as aggravated menacing, menacing, criminal
damaging, criminal mischief, or telecommunications harassment may initially
appear as less serious when viewed in the larger context of all crime. However,
what might begin as a minor offense may escalate into a more serious crime,
particularly if the crime was motivated by bias. Such criminal acts may generate
fear and concern among victims and the broader public, and have the potential
to escalate, possibly causing counter-violence. Therefore, if an incident appears
to be one of racial, religious, ethnic/national origin, sexual orientation, or other
forms of bias, it should be investigated as such.
Verification can be made during the investigation. Reports should be reviewed
for patterns of incidents occurring at either the same location or directed at a
particular individual or group. The motivation behind the act determines whether
an incident is bias related. Listed below are several reminders to consider in
determining if probable cause exists to believe that an incident was motivated
entirely or in part by animosity toward the victim because of his/her race, religion,
ethnic/national origin or sexual orientation:
•

Were words, symbols, or acts which are or may be offensive to an
identifiable group used by the perpetrator or are they present as evidence?

•

Are the victim and the suspected perpetrator members of different racial,
religious or ethnic groups?

•

Does a meaningful portion of the community perceive and respond to the
situation as a bias-related incident?

•

Is there an ongoing neighborhood problem that may have initiated or
contributed to the act (e.g., could the act be retribution or some conflict
between neighbors or with area juveniles)?

•

Does the perpetrator have a true understanding of the impact of the
crime/incident on the victim or other group members? Are the perpetrators
juveniles?

•

Does the crime/incident indicate possible involvement by an organized hate
group?

Rev. 05/13/03, Replaces 8/99

2

12.417
Policy:
All Hate Crimes will be treated seriously and the investigations of these crimes
will be given priority. The proper investigation of racial, religious, ethnic/national
origin, sexual orientation, or other bias crime incidents, is the responsibility of all
Cincinnati Police officers. The Department will use every necessary resource to
rapidly and decisively identify the perpetrators, arrest them and bring them
before the court.
The actions taken by the Police Department in dealing with incidents of racial,
religious, ethnic/national origin, sexual orientation, or other acts of bias, are
visible signs of its concern and commitment to the community. Special emphasis
will be placed on victim assistance and community cooperation in order to
reduce victim/community trauma or fear.
Officers must demonstrate sensitivity toward the feelings, needs and concerns
that may be present in the community as a result of incidents of this nature.
Procedure:
A.

When an on-scene officer makes a determination that an incident is a
criminal act of racial, religious, ethnic/national origin, sexual orientation, or
other form of bias, the officer will:
1.

Render necessary assistance to the victim(s) and if necessary request
the fire department in the case of fire or injury.

2.

Conduct a preliminary investigation.

3.

Identify and arrest the perpetrator(s) if possible.
a.

B.

Officer shall use the appropriate ORC charge, unless a class is
encountered that is only protected under CMC.

4.

Protect and preserve the crime scene and evidence.

5.

Notify a supervisor.

6.

Prepare a detailed offense report.

7.

Fax a copy of the offense report(s) to the Patrol Bureau, Intelligence
Unit, Public Information Office (PIO), and the Cincinnati Human
Relations Commission (CHRC).

Supervisor will:
1.

If necessary, respond immediately.

2.

Determine the seriousness of the incident and make appropriate
notifications. For serious incidents (serious physical harm or a
significant event) the supervisor shall:
a.

Notify the Officer in Charge (OIC).

Rev. 05/13/03, Replaces 8/99

3

12.417
b.

3.

Arrange for immediate increase of patrols throughout the affected
area. If necessary, have “standby” units from other districts respond to
the scene.

4.

Contact the victim(s) as soon as possible and assure them that the
investigation will be actively pursued.

5.

Complete an After Action Report detailing events and actions by
Department.

6.

Ensure a copy of the offense report(s) is faxed to the Patrol Bureau,
the Intelligence Unit, PIO, and CHRC.
a.

C.

CHRC will be the liaison with all victim/advocacy/service groups.

Police Communications Section (PCS)
1.

D.

Notify Police Communications Section (PCS). PCS will notify the
appropriate personnel listed on the Situational Occurrences
Notification List (see list below in Section C).

After being notified by an on scene supervisor of a serious Hate Crime
incident (serious physical harm or a significant event), PCS shall,
using the Situational Occurrences Notification List, notify the following:
a.

District OIC

b.

Night Chief (if applicable)

c.

Duty Officer

d.

District Commander

e.

Intelligence Unit

f.

Public Information Office (PIO)

g.

CHRC Office

h.

Federal Bureau of Investigations (FBI)

i.

COP Coordinator

Cincinnati Human Relations Commission (CHRC)
1.

Due to the seriousness, complexity and potential emotional stress
involved for the victim(s) and community targeted with a Hate Crime,
assistance from agencies and persons other than the Police and Fire
Departments may be required. Therefore, CHRC will act as an expert
liaison between the community leaders and outside agencies willing to
respond to provide needed service. Upon request CHRC shall:
a.

Respond to the scene.

Rev. 05/13/03, Replaces 8/99

4

12.417
b.

Meet with the OIC who will advise of the crimes that have
occurred, the steps taken by the police and the current tension
level within the targeted neighborhood or other areas of the city.

c.

As outlined in the CHRC internal procedure, the Executive
Director of the CHRC will coordinate with the CHRC field
representatives, who will respond as requested and contact the
incident OIC.

d.

The ranking command officer will determine what actions the
CHRC representative may take and obtain an estimated cost for
their services.

e.

The OIC will evaluate and determine the effectiveness of the
actions of the CHRC field representatives in calming the
situation.

f.

E.

If the ranking command officer believes CHRC field
representatives are no longer effective, he will notify them
to cease their activity and withdraw.

2)

The ranking command officer should base this
determination on such criteria as some overt action on the
part of the crowd, an increase in the size of the crowd, etc.

The incident OIC will request CHRC to submit a report of their
observations and assessment of the incident to the Intelligence
Unit Commander.

Media
1.

Officers will refer the media to the ranking on-scene supervisor.
a.

F.

1)

The OIC will ensure PIO is notified and informed of the
information released and progress of the investigation.

2.

After a thorough field investigation, PIO will provide factual information
to the media.

3.

PIO will respond to the scene of all serious Hate Crime incident(s) and
coordinate the release of information to the media.

Collection of Data and Reporting
1.

All Hate Crime Offenses are identified through the National Incident
Based Reporting System.

2.

All Hate Crime statistics will be reported in the Monthly Executive
Information Summary.
a.

Patrol Bureau shall provide updated Hate Crime information and
statistics to community councils and groups.

Rev. 05/13/03, Replaces 8/99

5

12.417
b.

Police Intelligence Unit shall analyze Hate Crime trends and
provide quarterly reports to the Police Chief.

Rev. 05/13/03, Replaces 8/99

6

12.420

12.420 REPORTING VEHICLE THEFTS AND RELATED
OFFENSES
Reference:
Procedure 12.270 - Impounding, Moving, and Release of Vehicles
Procedure 12.400 - Offense Reporting, Miscellaneous Reporting
National Motor Vehicle Titling Information System (NMVTIS)
Definition:
For report processing and computer entry purposes only, a vehicle is any motor
driven conveyance designed to carry its operator. In addition to ordinary motor
vehicles, this definition includes most motorized construction and farm
equipment (backhoes, harvesters, etc.) and the following:
Aircraft
All-terrain vehicles
Automobiles
Bulldozers
Buses
Campers with wheels
Cranes (motorized and self-propelled)
Golf carts (motorized)
House vehicles with wheels
Minibikes/Mopeds (bearing serial numbers)
Motor scooters (w/o pedals for human power)
Motorcycles
Motorized boats (bearing serial numbers)
Riding lawn mowers (bearing serial numbers)
Snowmobiles
Trailers
Trucks
Report any motor driven conveyance not listed, or that does not have a serial
number, on a Form 301, Incident Report.
Purpose:
To ensure proper reporting and processing of all vehicle theft/attempt theft,
license plate(s) theft/attempt theft, misplaced vehicle, and lost license plate(s)
reports.
Policy:
Officers will provide the community with courteous police service and prompt
investigation. Officers will thoroughly complete all reports, documenting all facts
and actions that occur during an incident. Officers will submit all reports prior to
the completion of their shift and submit serious offense reports immediately.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

1

12.420
Information:
The National Motor Vehicle Titling Information System (NMVTIS) is a disclosure
and information system that links states together to prevent the titling of stolen
motor vehicles and to disclose any brands associated with a particular motor
vehicle. When a customer enters a county title office with documents to apply
for an Ohio title, the vehicle identification number (VIN) is automatically checked
against the active National Crime Information Center (NCIC) theft file. If the VIN
sends back an active theft hit the title office will not be able to issue a title to the
customer. The county title office will contact the Ohio Bureau of Motor Vehicles
(BMV) Title Section and the VIN will be queried through LEADS and the results
will be given to the title clerk. The county title clerk will inform the customer that
there is a “NMVTIS ADMINISTRATIVE HOLD” on the records and they should
contact their local law enforcement agency as a follow up. The customer will
also be told that they will have to take the paper work to the law enforcement
agency.
Procedure:
A.

Initial Investigation
1.

Department personnel receiving a report of a vehicle or license
plate(s) theft will first attempt to determine the time and place of
occurrence.

2.

Police Communications Section (PCS) will broadcast an
"unconfirmed" vehicle or license plate(s) theft if:

3.

a.

The officer believes the theft just occurred, or the suspect or
vehicle might still be in the vicinity and:

b.

The officer has the necessary preliminary information (license
plate number, type of vehicle, etc.).

The reporting officer will switch to Talk Group 16 and give the PCS
Teletype Desk the license plate information, type of vehicle, and VIN.
a.

4.

PCS will check the repossessed car file and tow sheet and
inform the reporting officer of pertinent information. Cancel the
broadcast immediately if it is not a stolen vehicle.

The officer will confirm vehicle/license plate(s) theft by determining
ownership:
a.

Request to see the vehicle title, vehicle registration, or both.

b.

If the complainant cannot prove ownership by producing the
above document(s), the reporting officer will:
1)

Initiate a search of the LEADS Vehicle/License Plate
Registration File by Query Registration (QR).

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

2

12.420
2)

Contact the appropriate local deputy registrar for recent
vehicle registrations. New registrations may not be in the
LEADS Vehicle Registration File. Phone numbers for
registrars are in the telephone directory yellow pages under
"License Service".

3)

Ask the Teletype Desk to have the CIN1 operator send a
message to the BMV in Columbus, Ohio, for a manual
search. Do this if the reporting person gives a license plate
number, but cannot verify ownership.

4)

Have the owner contact their insurance company for VIN
and license plate information. Verify information by
checking the LEADS files.

5.

If successful in confirming ownership, notify PCS, which will broadcast
and make the computer entry.

6.

If the reporting officer cannot confirm ownership of the reported
vehicle/license plate(s) after following the steps listed above, make an
"Unconfirmed Vehicle/License Plate(s) Theft" on a Form 303, Motor
Vehicle Incident Report, and inform the reporting person.
a.

PCS will teletype and broadcast the report and carry it in an
active status for 72 hours. Do not enter the theft information into
computer files.

b.

The reporting officer will advise the complainant to exhaust all
efforts to locate a document (title, registration, VIN, or license
plate information) to prove ownership. Instruct the complainant
to contact the police immediately when they locate proof of
ownership.

c.

The reporting officer will forward all copies of the Form 303 to
the collator of the district carrying the report. The collator will
handle proper assignment and make reports available for roll call
dissemination.
1)

District collators will not assign offense numbers to
"Unconfirmed Vehicle/License Plate(s) Theft" reports.

d.

It is the responsibility of the investigative supervisor of the district
carrying the report to have an investigator contact the
complainant. The investigator's follow-up investigation will
determine the status of the report.

e.

At the end of the 72-hour period, PCS will cancel the report and
teletype unless instructions are received from the investigating
district to upgrade the report and teletype message to a "Stolen
Vehicle/License Plate(s)" report.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

3

12.420
7.

B.

Report attempts to commit a violation of any ORC statute that
requires a Form 303 as follows:
a.

Enter the word "Attempt" before the offense title, except in cases
of Aggravated Robbery and Robbery.

b.

Use the same ORC section number as if it were an actual,
completed offense.

c.

For reporting purposes only, never use the ORC Attempt Section
2923.02 on a Form 303.

Vehicles
1.

Reporting vehicle theft/attempt theft
a.

b.

Prepare a Form 303. After review by a supervisor, forward it to
the district where the offense occurred.
1)

Title the offense "Vehicle Theft", ORC Section 2913.02V.

2)

Make corrections or additions to any Form 303 on a
subsequent Form 303.

Form 301PS, Property Supplement
1)

All property that is readily identifiable with a serial or owner
applied number will be reported on a Form 301PS.

2)

Use a Form 301PS when the combined value is more than
$500.00.

3)

Use a Form 301PS when corrections or additions are
needed concerning property listed on a previously
completed Form 301PS.

4)

Handle property contained in, but not part of, a stolen
vehicle as follows:
a)

The spare tire, jack, lug wrench, etc., are considered
parts of the vehicle and do not require a Form 301PS.
1]

List these items and other unidentifiable
property in the "Narrative" section of the Form
303.

c.

List in detail any damage to the vehicle or missing vehicle parts
in the "Narrative" section of the Form 303.

d.

Vehicle Value
1)

The district collator will determine the vehicle value and list
it on the Form 303.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

4

12.420
a)

e.

Vehicles stolen as part of robbery, burglary or breaking and
entering type offenses:
1)

Complete a Form 303.

2)

The offense title on the Form 303 is the robbery, burglary
or breaking and entering type offense preceded by the
word "vehicle”. Examples are "Vehicle Aggravated
Robbery", "Vehicle Aggravated Burglary", "Vehicle
Breaking and Entering", etc.
a)

3)
2.

Use the Internet at the following sites: the Kelly Blue
Book home page at www.kbb.com or the National
Auto Dealers Association guidebook home page at
www.nadaguides.com to determine vehicle value.

The ORC section number for the Form 303 will be the
ORC defined offense (i.e., “Vehicle Aggravated
Robbery” 2911.02V, “Vehicle Aggravated Burglary”
2911.11V, “Vehicle Breaking and Entering”
2911.13V).

The Form 303, completed in these instances, will list all
offenses occurring in the incident.

Recovery
a.

Query vehicles through RCIC to obtain stolen vehicle
information.

b.

Identify the agency that originally reported the vehicle as stolen.

c.

1)

For out-of-town recoveries, request CIN1 issue a “Hit
Request Confirmation” with the originating agency prior to
requesting a Signal 38.

2)

All initial contact with the originating agencies (ORI) must
go through the CIN1 operator. Bypassing the CIN1
operator and contacting the ORI directly causes confusion
in entered vehicle status.

Stolen vehicle recoveries not released to the owner at the scene
of the recovery will be impounded. Impounded vehicle
recoveries require a Form 369, Towing Report.
1)

The yellow copy of Form 369 will be given to the
dispatched private wrecker operator.

2)

Fax the Form 369 to the Impound Unit as soon as possible.
The original white copy of the Form 369 will be mailed to
the Impound Unit using interdepartmental mail.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

5

12.420
3)

The pink copy of the Form 369 will be retained at the
district.
a)

4)
d.

Note on the Form 369 if the owner was notified of the
recovery.

Prepare a Form 303 and telephone the information to PCS
Teletype Desk at 263-8125.
1)

2)

3)

4)

e.

Forward a copy of the Form 369 to Records Section.

The report title will be "Vehicle Recovery". If the theft
occurred in another jurisdiction, title the report "OT Vehicle
Recovery".
a)

If vehicle parts or contents are missing, title the report
"Partial Vehicle Recovery" or "Partial OT Vehicle
Recovery".

b)

Use 2913.02VR on the Form 303.

Enter the following information in the "Narrative" section of
the Form 303:
a)

List and identify the property recovered in the vehicle
and indicate the disposition of such property.

b)

List any damage to the vehicle.

c)

List any stripped or missing vehicle parts at the time
of recovery. The district collator will determine the
value of the articles.

When calling the PCS Teletype Desk to report vehicle
recovery information, include the following:
a)

Name of person/officer who notified the owner.

b)

Time and date of the notification.

When not able to make notification, indicate this in the
"Narrative" section of the Form 303. List the date and the
time you requested notification, the police agency or
district, and the name of the officer contacted.

Notifying the owner of recovered stolen vehicle or license
plate(s)
1)

When recovering a vehicle or license plate(s) stolen in
Cincinnati, it is the responsibility of the recovering officer to
notify the owner or initiate the notification process. Make
the notification in one of the following ways:

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

6

12.420
a)

By telephone. The officer may contact the police
agency where the owner lives for assistance if
necessary.

b)

By personal visit, if the owner lives or works in the
recovering district.

c)

If the owner lives or works in another district, the
recovering district will notify the residence or
employing district to make the notification.
1]

2)

3)

If there is no immediate contact with the owner,
the district involved will a make blotter entry to
ensure follow-up.

Upon receipt of a teletype regarding an out-of-town
recovery, district desk personnel will promptly notify the
auto theft investigator or Investigative Unit supervisor. If
the recovery is made after normal working hours the desk
officer will put the recovery information in the blotter.
a)

The auto theft investigator or Investigative Unit
supervisor will ensure the owner is notified in a timely
manner (no longer than 48 hours).

b)

Investigative Unit supervisors will ensure the teletype
board and blotter are reviewed on a daily basis to
verify that all notifications are complete. This review
will generally be conducted by the auto theft
investigator. If the auto theft investigator is unable,
another investigator will conduct this review.

If the owner does not live in Cincinnati or within the local
telephone rate area, the officer will request the CIN1
operator send a teletype message to the proper police
agency requesting them to notify the owner. The CIN1
operator will request notification confirmation (via return
teletype message) from the agency.
a)

The CIN1 operator will immediately make a computer
entry "Located Vehicle" (LV) into the LEADS and
NCIC Wanted Vehicle File.

b)

Officers will not bypass PCS and make initial contact
with the ORI themselves. This causes confusion in
entered vehicle status. PCS will make any required
initial notification of other agencies.

c)

The investigative supervisor from the district of the
theft will ensure the owner of the vehicle is notified,
whether the vehicle is recovered out-of-town or within
Cincinnati.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

7

12.420
4)

If the vehicle is not drivable at the time of recovery:
a)

Inform the owner the vehicle is not drivable. This
allows the owner to obtain the services of a private
wrecker.
1]

Provide the above information to the PCS
Teletype Desk for inclusion in out-of-town police
agency notifies, if applicable.

f.

It is the duty of an officer from the recovering district to
safeguard the vehicle and all property inside until the vehicle is
either released to the owner or impounded.

g.

Try to release the vehicle to the owner at the scene if not
needed for other reasons and if it can be done within a
reasonable time.
1)

2)

h.

If the owner or agent is unable to be contacted, or refuses
to claim the vehicle at the scene, the vehicle will be towed,
through a Signal 38 request, to a designated private
storage facility for storage and recovery by the owner or
agent.
a)

Investigations concerning recoveries will be done at
the private storage facilities within 24 hours of the
recovery.

b)

Auto recoveries will no longer be accepted at the
Impound Unit or taken to police districts for
investigation.

Indicate in the "Narrative" section of the Form 303 whether
the recovered vehicle was released to the owner or agent
at the scene, or towed.

Routing of the Form 303 on Vehicle Theft/Attempt Theft, Vehicle
Defrauding a Livery or Hostelry, Vehicle Recovery, License
Plate(s) Theft, and License Plate(s) Recovery.
1)

Original to Records Unit (following coding and computer
entry).

2)

Copy for district files.

3)

Copy for district investigative unit.

4)

Copy to Criminal Investigation Section Auto Theft
Coordinator.

5)

Copy to the district where the theft occurred if a recovery.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

8

12.420
3.

National Motor Vehicle Titling Information System hits
a.

When a vehicle owner responds to a district at the direction of
the BMV, the desk officer will request an officer respond to the
district to conduct the investigation.

b.

The investigating officer will query the vehicle to determine the
status.

c.

If the query indicates the vehicle is stolen, the officer will not
allow the owner to leave with the vehicle.
1)

The officer will do a hit confirmation.

2)

The officer will make an attempt to contact an auto theft
investigator to verify the status of the vehicle. If the vehicle
is an out-of-town theft, the officer will treat it as any other
out-of-town vehicle theft recovery.
a)

3)

If the query indicates there is no active theft entry, the
officer will obtain the owner’s name and contact information
and allow the owner to leave with the vehicle.
a)

C.

If no auto theft investigator is available, the officer will
conduct a preliminary investigation and tow the
vehicle to the Impound Unit for follow up.

The officer will make a blotter entry for the auto theft
investigator to contact the vehicle owner. The auto
theft investigator will follow up with the BMV to
determine the status of the vehicle or to assist in
clearing the record from the BMV files.

Unauthorized Use of a Motor Vehicle
1.

Title the offense "Unauthorized Use of a Motor Vehicle (UUMV)" ORC
Section 2913.03V.
a.

2.

PCS will not broadcast or enter unauthorized use of motor
vehicle reports into the computer system unless there is a
warrant number or authorization from a supervisor.

When sufficient information exists on a suspect but the complainant
will not prosecute, the following guidelines will apply:
a.

Complete a Form 303 and close it "Prosecution Declined".
1)

Do not issue a warrant referral.

2)

Do not telephone the report to PCS.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

9

12.420
3.

When sufficient information exists on a suspect and the complainant
will prosecute, the following guidelines will apply:
a.

b.

Complete a Form 303.
1)

Officers will issue the complainant a Form 655R, Cincinnati
Police Department Citizen Referral, for UUMV and advise
the complainant to contact the district desk officer with the
warrant number.

2)

Provide the desk officer with a copy of the Form 303. If the
complainant reports the warrant information, the desk
officer will call the report in to the PCS Teletype Desk for
immediate entry.

3)

If the offense occurred in a district other than the reporting
district, the officer will make the offense report and:
Mail original report and fax a copy to the district of
occurrence.

b)

Make a copy of the report for the reporting district’s
desk officer.

c)

Instruct the complainant to contact the district
responsible for the investigation with the warrant
information.

As soon as practical after 72 hours following the report, a district
investigator will determine if the complainant has:
1)

4.

a)

Signed a warrant, if issued a UUMV warrant referral.
a)

If no warrant was signed, close the case "Victim
Refused to Cooperate".

b)

Upon receiving information that an UUMV warrant
has been signed, the officer will confirm the warrant
and telephone the report and warrant number to PCS.
Mark the Form 303 indicating this was completed.

When sufficient information does not exist on a suspect but the
complainant will prosecute, the following guidelines will apply:
a.

Complete a Form 303.
1)

In the "Narrative" section, clearly state the complainant will
prosecute.

2)

Do not telephone the report in to the PCS Teletype Desk if
there is no warrant or supervisor’s approval.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

10

12.420
a)

3)

b.

The reporting officer may obtain a supervisor’s
approval to call the report into the PCS Teletype
Desk. PCS will not issue a teletype number without a
supervisor’s approval.

Forward the report to the district collator who assigns an
offense number and forwards it to the district investigative
unit.

The investigator will attempt to obtain sufficient information for a
warrant.
1)

If sufficient information develops for the complainant to
sign a warrant, the investigator will issue a Citizen Referral.

2)

If the complainant will not sign a warrant, the investigator
will close the case "Victim Refused to Cooperate".
a)

If no warrant is signed within 72 hours, the
investigator will close the case "Victim Refused to
Cooperate".
1]

b)

3)

5.

D.

Do not telephone the report in to PCS.

If the complainant or officer signs the warrant,
telephone the report and warrant number in to the
PCS Teletype Desk.

If insufficient information exists to sign a warrant, the
district investigative supervisor will determine whether or
not to make a computer entry.

When sufficient information does not exist on a suspect and the
complainant will not prosecute, the following guidelines will apply:
a)

Complete a Form 303 and a Form 311, Incident Closure Report,
and close it "Victim Refused to Cooperate".

b)

Do not telephone the report into PCS.

Defrauding a Livery or Hostelry
1.

If a hired or rented vehicle is not returned to the owner, the reporting
officer will issue a Citizen Referral to the owner of the vehicle.
a.

A Form 303 will be completed only after the complainant signs a
warrant.
1)

Title the offense "Vehicle Defrauding a Livery or Hostelry",
ORC Section 2913.41V.

2)

Call the PCS Teletype Desk with the information for entry.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

11

12.420
2.

Vehicle Defrauding a Livery or Hostelry Recovery.
a.

3.

E.

When the property involved is not a vehicle, or when violations of
ORC Section 2913.41 occur with the vehicle returned to the owner,
refer to Procedure 12.400, Section B.

Misplaced Vehicles
1.

2.
F.

Title the recovery "Vehicle Defrauding a Livery or Hostelry
Recovery". If the defrauding occurred in another jurisdiction,
add "OT" as a prefix to the title.

Complete a Form 303 titled "Misplaced Vehicle" and forward all
copies to the affected district. Do not use an ORC section number.
a.

Notify PCS who will broadcast and carry the report in an active
status for 72 hours.

b.

The district investigative supervisor is responsible for assigning
the follow-up investigation to determine the status of the
misplaced vehicle.

c.

Make one copy for dissemination at roll call.

When locating a misplaced vehicle within 72 hours, the recovering
officer will notify PCS to cancel the teletype.

License Plates
1.

Reporting License Plate(s) Theft/Attempt Theft
a.

The reporting officer will prepare a Form 303.
1)

If only one license plate is missing and evidence of theft is
present, prepare a Form 303. Note whether the theft was
of the front or rear plate.

2)

Report stolen or attempt stolen expired license plate(s) on
a Form 303.

b.

The district carrying the report assigns the offense number.

c.

The offense titles are "License Plate(s) Theft" or "Attempt
License Plate(s) Theft", ORC Section 2913.02L.

d.

Telephone all stolen valid or expired license plate(s) to the PCS
Teletype Desk for entry into the computer files.

e.

Report theft/attempt theft of license plate validation stickers on a
Form 301 using ORC Section 2913.02.
1)

The value is the original cost of the sticker.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

12

12.420

2.

2)

Include the sticker color and serial number in the
description for computer entry into the Property File.

3)

Query all suspected stolen stickers as "Property".

4)

The offense title will be "License Plate Validation Sticker
Theft" or "Attempt License Plate Validation Sticker Theft",
ORC Section 2913.02.

5)

Upon recovery of a stolen sticker, the officer will prepare a
Form 311. Note the recovery of the property and direct the
data entry operator to delete the sticker from the computer
Property File. Do not make a "Recovery" offense report.

Reporting Stolen License Plate(s) Recovery
a.

b.

Upon recovery of stolen license plate(s), prepare a Form 303
and telephone the information to the PCS Teletype Desk.
1)

If one license plate is still missing, the recovery is partial.
Explain in the "Narrative" section of the Form 303 which
plate (front or rear) is still missing.

2)

The report title is "License Plate(s) Recovery." Title reports
of license plates stolen in another jurisdiction "OT License
Plate(s) Recovery." Both instances use ORC Section
2913.02LR.

3)

When reporting license plate(s) recovery information to
PCS, include the name of the person/officer who notified
the owner and the time and date of the notification.

4)

When unable to make owner notification, indicate this in
the "Narrative" section of the Form 303. List the date and
time notification was requested, the police agency or
district, and the name of the officer contacted.

5)

All initial contacts with the ORI go through the CIN1
operator. Bypassing PCS and contacting the ORI directly
causes confusion in entered license plate status.

On a vehicle with recovered stolen plate(s), and a vehicle not
reported stolen which is to be impounded, complete a Form 369,
Towing Report.
1)

c.

Follow Procedure 12.270 for this type of impoundment.

The recovering officer will remove stolen license plate(s) from
the vehicle at the time of recovery unless the vehicle is to be
impounded for investigation. In this instance, the plate(s) will
remain with the vehicle, and will be removed and processed by
the investigating officer.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

13

12.420
NOTE:
1)

3.

Wrecker drivers are required to have tools to remove the
license plates from a vehicle.
Complete a Form 330, Property Receipt, and send the
form and plates to the Court Property Unit.
a)

Note in the "Narrative" section of the Form 303 that
the license plate(s) were sent to Court Property Unit.

b)

Advise the owner the license plate(s) can be retrieved
at the Court Property Unit.

Reporting Lost License Plate(s)
a.

b.

c.

The reporting officer will conduct a preliminary investigation to
determine if the plate(s) is lost or stolen.
1)

Absence of both plates would be a strong indication of
theft, unless other circumstances are present.

2)

If the license plate(s) is lost within the City of Cincinnati,
initiate a QR to verify ownership.

3)

Contact the Court Property Unit to determine if someone
turned in the license plate(s). Contact the district of
occurrence if known.

Prepare a Form 303 titled "Property Lost" and include the
following:
1)

Name, address, and telephone number of the owner.

2)

Name of complainant, if other than the owner.

3)

License number, state of issue, and the validation sticker
number, if any (if a lost rear license plate).

4)

Date and place of occurrence, if known.

5)

Indicate if loss was one, or both license plates (indicate
front or back).

6)

Telephone the information to PCS and add the teletype
number to the Form 303.

Advise the complainant of the following information in lost
license plate(s) cases:
1)

If the owner finds the license plate(s), they should
immediately notify the police so the plate can be removed
from the current files.

2)

The owner should contact the BMV as soon as possible.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

14

12.420
3)

4.

a)

Passenger vehicle - Take any remaining license
plate, the registration, or the vehicle title if registration
is lost, for a new set of plates. If both license plates
are missing, take the registration and the vehicle title
in for new plates.

b)

Commercial vehicle - Take any remaining license
plate with the registration and make application for
duplicate plates. Use the issued "W.S." sticker (lost
license plate windshield sticker) on the vehicle until
the duplicate plate arrives from Columbus. If both
plates are missing, bring in the registration and title
and make application for a new set of plates.

c)

The registrar charges an issuance fee for the above
services.

Reporting Found License Plate(s)
a.

Complete a Form 303 for each instance of found license
plate(s). The reporting officer will attempt to determine the
owner's name and address and will include this information on
the form.

b.

After identifying the owner, the reporting officer will attempt to
notify the owner by telephone. Instruct owners to pick up the
plate(s) at the district before 0700 hours the next workday.
1)

G.

A deputy registrar handles reissuing of Ohio license plates.
The following information may be helpful to the vehicle
owner:

If the owner cannot pick up the plate(s) within that period,
instruct the owner to retrieve the plate(s) from the Court
Property Unit.

c.

Enter the name of the person notified and the time of notification
on the Form 303.

d.

If the officer cannot determine the name of the owner after
exhausting all investigative means, forward the plate(s) to the
Court Property Unit. Attach a copy of the Form 303 explaining
the methods used to determine owner identification.

Closure of Vehicle/License Plate(s) Theft Offenses
1.

Cancel the computer entry when cases of vehicle and license plate
thefts are cleared "Victim Refused to Cooperate" because the
complainant will not prosecute the suspect, and the vehicle is not
recovered.
a.

The investigator assigned to the case will, with the approval of a
supervisor, contact PCS Teletype Desk to request immediate
cancellation of the computer entry.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

15

12.420
2.

Close cases as a “partial recovery” unless recovery includes the
vehicle, both license plates (if two are issued), all parts of the vehicle,
and all property listed on the Form 303.

Rev. 10/02/07, Replaces 06/06/06

16

12.425

12.425 REPORTING AND CLASSIFYING BREAKING AND
ENTERING OFFENSES
Reference:
Standards Manual - 42.2.1, 82.2.1
Purpose:
Establish uniform policy for classifying Breaking and Entering type offenses.
Procedure:
A.

Reporting Statutory Offenses:
1.

The following Ohio Revised Code (ORC) statutory offenses will be
reported on an Ohio Uniform Incident Report:
Aggravated Burglary ORC 2911.11
Burglary ORC 2911.12
Breaking and Entering ORC 2911.13
Attempts of any of the above

2.

If the elements of a specific ORC statutory crime are present, the
offense report will be titled under that specific section.

3.

A trespass is one of the elements necessary to establish Aggravated
Burglary, Burglary, or Breaking and Entering.
a.

A trespass in a structure can occur even in public places, such
as a government building or a department store.

Example: A customer enters an area where he is not permitted
access, such as a room marked "Employees Only," or knowingly goes
from a public office into the private office area.
b.

The following incidents will be reported as theft offenses rather
than Breaking and Entering offenses:
1)

Suspect reaches over the bar or counter (restricted area)
and steals some object of value.

2)

Suspect walks behind the counter or display case in a store
(restricted area) and steals an object of value.
a)

Rev. 1/97, Replaces 3/86

If a subject's purpose is to commit a theft offense or
any felony while trespassing in a structure, he has
committed one of the Breaking and Entering offenses.

1

12.425
b)

4.

Purpose to commit a theft offense is obviously
present when an item is taken. Evidence of this
purpose must be presumed when certain facts are
present: cash register pried open, petty cash box
broken into (even though nothing of value was
contained therein), property is moved to exit door, etc.

If a subject trespasses on the land or premises (not a structure) of
another with the purpose to commit a felony, he has committed a
Breaking and Entering (ORC 2911.13 (B)). Should his purpose be to
commit a crime other than a felony, it should be reported as the crime
committed and not a Breaking and Entering offense.
a.

Trespass on the lands or premises of another occurs when the
subject knowingly enters an area that he does not have the
privilege to enter.
1)

b.

a)

The land or premises is posted sufficiently to give
adequate notice that entry is restricted.

b)

Subject is advised by a person with authority to
depart, and he refuses to do so.

c)

The area is enclosed with the primary purposes of
keeping trespassers out and that purpose is apparent
to an ordinary person; and entry is made to the area
without privilege to do so (chain link or other type
fence topped with barbed wire, chain link or other
type fence 8’ high as opposed to 4’ high).

If the area involved is a common area used by joint tenants:
basement/laundry room of multi-dwelling, or a private garage
serving several business places, a trespass will not be
considered present unless it can be substantiated by a witness
who observed an unauthorized person trespassing, or evidence
of forcible entry into the common area is present.
1)

c.

For the purpose of reporting Breaking and Entering
offenses, a trespass on the lands or premises of another
will be presumed if:

If a storage room or storage bin is connected to the
common area but is separately secured and assigned for
the specific use of a particular occupant, an unprivileged
entry will not be considered a trespass; therefore
considered a theft.

When an offense occurs in a structure, evidence of forcible entry
is not present, and a suspect or suspects exist who have
legitimate access to the area, it will be treated as if a trespass
has not occurred. These facts must be included on the offense
report.

Rev. 1/97, Replaces 3/86

2

12.425
d.

An unprivileged entry into a vacant structure, a vacant structure
being renovated, a detached garage, even though not locked or
secured, or with closed doors or closed windows, will be treated
as if a trespass has occurred.

5.

When a definite hour of commission of the offense is unknown, be
specific when reporting time interval of occurrence.

6.

If further investigation establishes a definite hour of occurrence, a
correction to the Ohio Uniform Incident Report will be prepared, using
the original offense number.

Rev. 1/97, Replaces 3/86

3

12.430

12.430 ENDANGERING CHILDREN OFFENSES
Reference:
Ohio Revised Code Section 2919.22 - Endangering Children
Ohio Revised Code Section 2151.421 - Official Report of Abuse or Neglect;
Investigations; Disposition
Standards Manual - 13.1.5, 42.2.1, 82.2.1
Information:
In all cases of Endangering Children, the Hamilton County Department of Human
Services Emergency Protective Service (241-KIDS) has the immediate and
future responsibility for the care and protection of the children involved.
Personal Crimes Unit is responsible for all criminal investigations of Endangering
Children.
Purpose:
Guide and instruct police personnel in the investigation and reporting of
Endangering Children offenses.
Provide data necessary for conversion of statutory reporting to Uniform Crime
Reporting.
Comply with the requirements of Ohio Revised Code (ORC) Section 2151.421,
to report all cases to the Hamilton County Department of Human Services.
Procedure:
A.

Care of Children Involved:
1.

Cases where children require immediate care, protection, or
supervision, the police officer discovering the condition will
immediately telephone:
a.

241-KIDS.
1)

b.

The Personal Crimes Unit.
1)

2.

Request the immediate response of an emergency service
worker. Give exact location of the incident. An emergency
service worker will respond to calls from police 24 hours a
day.

If the Personal Crimes Unit is off duty, complete a Personal
Crimes Complaint Memorandum (Form 506).

Police officers will remain at the scene until an emergency service
worker or a Personal Crimes Unit officer arrives.

Rev. 1/97. Replaces 12/92

1

12.430

3.

a.

Emergency service workers will identify themselves by showing
a white Department of Human Services identification card
bearing the worker's photograph.

b.

Police officers will release endangered children into the custody
of 241-KIDS. The emergency service worker will assume full
responsibility for the protection and placement of children.

c.

If an emergency service worker is unable to respond
immediately, transport the children and meet the service worker
at the district.

d.

Make a blotter entry noting any moving of the children by either
241-KIDS or the police.

In all cases not requiring immediate response to provide care,
protection, or supervision for the children, the police officer will notify
241-KIDS and send a completed Form 506 to the Personal Crimes
Unit.
a.

4.

B.

The police officer will request a follow-up investigation in the
report. Explain an immediate response is not required.

In cases requiring immediate emergency medical treatment for
children, the officer will notify 241-KIDS and the Personal Crimes Unit.
If the children are transported to a hospital, include the hospital's
name with the other facts in the report.

Reporting and Classifying Endangering Children:
1.

Endangering Children - ORC Section 2919.22(A)
a.

Occurs when a parent, guardian, custodian, person having
custody or control, or the person in loco parentis of a child under
18 years of age, or a mentally or physically handicapped child
under 21 years of age creates a substantial risk to the health or
safety of such child by violating a duty of care, protection, or
support.
Examples:
1)

A parent leaves the apartment and goes out drinking,
leaving a two year old child alone.

2)

A parent refuses to prepare food for his children, who
suffer malnutrition as a result.

b.

Do not complete an Ohio Uniform Incident Report for violations
of ORC Section 2919.22(A).

c.

Complete a Form 506 in all cases involving actual or suspected
violations of ORC Section 2919.22(A).

Rev. 1/97. Replaces 12/92

2

12.430

2.

1)

Give the report to the Personal Crimes Unit officer
responding to the scene, or send the report to the Personal
Crimes Unit office.

2)

The Form 506 must contain the following information:
a)

The reporting person is the person who makes the
complaint. It is not necessarily a parent. Make a
Form 506 for each incident.

b)

Nature of complaint will include:
1]

Notification time of 241-KIDS.

2]

The name and arrival time of the 241-KIDS
worker, if there was an immediate response
requested.

3]

The name of the Personal Crimes Unit officer
who responded to the scene.

4]

Disposition of the children when the police
officer left the scene (i.e., left with worker, left
with relative, parent, etc.).

Endangering Children - ORC Section 2919.22(B)
a.

Occurs when any person does any of the following to a child
under 18 years of age or a mentally or physically handicapped
person under 21 years of age:
1)

Tortures or cruelly abuses a child.
Examples:

2)

a)

A person takes a cigar and burns a victim several
times with it.

b)

A person places the victim's hand in scalding water.

Disciplines the victim in such a manner as to create a
substantial risk of serious physical harm.
Examples:

3)

a)

Whipping the victim with a heavy electrical cord or
heavy stick.

b)

Punching the victim with fists, kicking, or pushing him
down a flight of stairs.

Repeatedly administers unwarranted discipline, and there
is a substantial risk such conduct will seriously impair or
retard the victim's mental health or development.

Rev. 1/97. Replaces 12/92

3

12.430

Examples:

b.

a)

Repeatedly locking a victim in a closet.

b)

Repeatedly tying a victim to a bed because of low
school grades.

c)

Repeatedly spanking a victim for bed wetting.

Normally, a person administering discipline must have legal
authority to do so, such as a parent, guardian, custodian, etc. If
legal authority is not present, an offense may not have occurred
under ORC Section 2919.22(B). However, some other type of
assault offense may exist: i.e., Felonious Assault, Domestic
Violence.
1)

If the facts warrant an offense report other than
Endangering Children, make the proper report. However, if
protection for the child is necessary, follow Sections A.2.
through A.5. of this procedure.

c.

In all cases involving actual or suspected violations of ORC
Section 2919.22(B), the police officer discovering the condition
will notify both 241-KIDS and the Personal Crimes Unit, as
detailed in Sections A.2. through A.5.

d.

Complete an Ohio Uniform Incident Report on each child for all
violations of ORC Section 2919.22(B).

e.

1)

Make an additional copy of the Ohio Uniform Incident
Report and send it to the Personal Crimes Unit.

2)

Complete an Incident Report Supplement (Form 311I) and
include the following information:
a)

Information identifying the parents.

b)

Notification time of 241-KIDS.

c)

The name of the 241-KIDS worker and arrival time at
the scene, if immediate response was requested.

d)

Name of Personal Crimes Unit officer who responded
to the scene.

e)

The disposition of the children when the officer left
the scene (i.e., left with worker, parent, taken to
hospital, etc.).

If the responding officer is unsure or only suspects a violation of
ORC Section 2919.22(B), the officer will complete Forms 506
and 311I. Send the forms to the Personal Crimes Unit for followup investigation.

Rev. 1/97. Replaces 12/92

4

12.435

12.435 REPORTING CONDITIONS AFFECTING OTHER
DEPARTMENTS - FORM 318
Reference:
Cincinnati Municipal Code - 911.17 - Posting Bills on Streets
Cincinnati Municipal Code - Title XI - Building Control
Procedure 12.225 - Vehicular Crash Reporting
Standards Manual - 41.2.4, 61.2.2, 61.3.1, 61.4.2, 82.2.2, 82.2.3
Procedure:
A.

Damaged Roadway Property (guardrails, signs, lights, poles, etc.)
1.

Immediate action will be taken to nullify any public safety hazard,
which is created by conditions requiring cognizance or action on the
part of another City agency.

2.

Responding officer will advise district desk personnel of the damaged
property. Desk personnel will report damage to Public Works
Customer Service by phone at 591-6010.

3.

A Form 318 (Conditions Affecting Other Departments) will be made in
triplicate by the reporting officer. The form must be clear, correct, and
complete, with no abbreviations being used.
a.

4.
B.

The Form 318 will be block printed or typewritten and forwarded
by the initiating unit as follows:
1)

Fax a copy of the Form 318 to Public Works Customer
Service at 591-6027.

2)

Send original Form 318 to the Public Works Customer
Service.

3)

Send the first copy to the City Solicitor's Office.

4)

File the second copy in the district/unit files.

Departments and Divisions responsible for conditions requiring
attention are listed in the "City of Cincinnati Information Guide."

Building and Zoning Code Violations:
1.

Members of the Police Department shall report violations of the
building and zoning code to the Director of Buildings and Inspections.
a.

Any court action relative to such violation shall originate in the
Department of Buildings and Inspections, after conference with
the Prosecutor's Office.

Rev. 2/00, Replaces 4/99

1

12.435

2.

Police Department personnel shall cooperate to the extent of
reporting violations on a Form 318, and assisting with the service of
warrants after they are secured by the Department of Buildings and
Inspections.
a.

C.

The Department of Buildings and Inspections is charged with the
responsibility of enforcing all the provisions of the building and
zoning code. The inspector of Buildings and Inspections shall
obtain warrants for violations, whenever necessary.

Processing Illegally Posted Signs, or Other Material:
1.

When police personnel find signs posted in violation of Section
911.17 of the Cincinnati Municipal Code, they shall remove such
signs, if possible, and take them to their district station.
a.

2.

The signs shall be retained for 24 hours at the district, and then
destroyed.

When police personnel find large numbers of illegally posted signs or
signs posted in such a manner that they cannot be easily removed,
they shall:
a.

Notify, by telephone, the Highway Maintenance Field Inspection
Unit.

b.

Complete a Form 318, supplying the necessary information.
1)

More than one location may be listed on the Form 318.

3.

The Highway Maintenance Field Inspection Unit will follow-up and
make the necessary notifications relative to ceasing the unlawful
posting of such signs.

4.

The Department of Buildings and Inspections supervises and controls
the placement of signs on private property.
a.

They issue permits in appropriate cases for the placement of
such signs.

b.

When police personnel receive complaints regarding signs on
private property, they shall:
1)

Notify the permit supervisor of the Department of Buildings
and Inspections by telephone. The permit supervisor will
follow up and take any necessary action.

2)

Complete a Form 318, supplying the necessary
information.

Rev. 2/00, Replaces 4/99

2

12.435

D.

Vehicular Crash Investigations:
1.

Reporting officers will record the related OH-1 Crash Report number
on the Form 318.

2.

Reporting officers will report any damage to guardrails, lights, poles,
signs, etc. per Procedure 12.225.

3.

District/unit collators upon receiving the OH-1 and Form 318 in
triplicate will:
a.

Fax a copy of the Form 318 to Public Works Customer Service
at 591-6027.

b.

Send original Form 318 to the Public Works Customer Service.

c.

Send the first copy to the City Solicitor's Office.

d.

File the second copy in the district/unit files.

Rev. 2/00, Replaces 4/99

3

12.440

12.440 CHIEF'S OFFICE MEMORANDUM
Purpose:
Establish a method for documenting correspondence, telephone and personal
complaints, and similar requests.
Procedure:
A.

B.

C.

D.

A Chief's Office memorandum (pink) is logged in a computerized ledger
book using the following numbers:
1.

1 - 1999 - Chief's correspondence

2.

2000 - 4000 - Council, Mayor, City Manager, and Safety Director's
correspondence

A numbered Chief's memo is stapled to the correspondence sent to the
district/section/unit.
1.

Do not write or type on the correspondence itself.

2.

Return the Chief's memo, original correspondence, and the
district/section/unit's report to the Chief's Office.

Due Dates for Chief's Memos:
1.

Chief's Office correspondence - 10 days

2.

Safety Director's correspondence - 10 days

3.

Chief's Office and Safety Director correspondence marked "Expedite"
- within 3 days

Bureau commanders are responsible for the timely return of a Chief's
memo. They will notify a district/section/unit failing to respond by the due
date.
1.

District/section/unit commanders will request an extension on a
Chief's memo through their bureau commander.
a.

Chief's memos not answered by the extension date deadline are
placed on a delinquent list for further action.

Rev. 7/93, Replaces 1/80

1

12.505

12.505 MILITARY A.W.O.L. ARRESTS
Reference:
Standards Manual - 61.1.3
Policy:
No reward claims will be made by individual Cincinnati police officers for the
apprehension of military absentees.
Reward money will be sent to police Fiscal and Budget Section and deposited
into the general fund.
Procedure:
A.

Arrests
1.

An arrest will be initiated only after NCIC verification of the
AWOL/Deserter status on the suspect.
a.

2.

The arresting officer will complete the Arrest and Investigation Report,
Form 527.
a.

3.

4.

RCIC Query will be made for any local wants.

Indicate in the "Employer/Address" block the branch, unit and
station from which the suspect is missing.

The arrested will be processed through the Hamilton County Justice
Center, Central Intake.
a.

If other local charges or wants exist, indicate on the Arrest Form
527, "Hold for Hamilton County: AWOL", in the Facts of Arrest
area.

b.

If no additional warrants exist and the individual is not being
charged with another offense, the arrested will be transported
directly to the Hamilton County Justice Center, Central Intake,
along with the AWOL printout and Arrest Form 527.

Central Records Management Section will forward a copy of Arrest
Form 527 to Fiscal and Budget Section through interdepartmental
mail.
a.

Fiscal and Budget Section will complete Form 3179 (Federal)
and then forward the copy of the Arrest Form 527 to the
arresting officer's unit to be filed.

Rev. 6/86, Replaces 4/85

1

12.512

12.512 DIGNITARY PROTECTION AND ESCORT DETAILS
Reference:
Standards Manual 46.1.10
Purpose:
Provide criteria for the authorization of dignitary protection and escort details.
Establish responsibility for the review of requests for dignitary protection and
escort details and ensure uniformity in authorizing details.
Information:
Dignitary protection is the responsibility of the Investigations Bureau Commander
and is coordinated by the Criminal Investigation Section (CIS) Commander.
The Police Chief designates the CIS Commander as the Police Department's
VIP Security Officer.
Procedure:
A.

B.

Dignitary Protection:
1.

Direct requests for dignitary protection to the Investigations Bureau
Commander.

2.

The CIS Commander will determine the type and scope of police
service to provide.

3.

Dignitary protection details will be provided for foreign and domestic
governmental officials whose position entitles them to temporary or
full time protection by a law enforcement agency of the United States
Government.

4.

The request for the dignitary protection detail must be originated by
the federal law enforcement agency responsible for the security of the
dignitary.

5.

Officers assigned to the detail shall wear the appropriate
identification, lapel pin, etc., to ensure immediate identification.

Escort Details:
1.

Direct requests for escort details to the Investigations Bureau
Commander.

2.

Escort details may be provided to non-dignitary individuals at the
discretion of the Investigations Bureau Commander.

3.

A need for the escort detail must be demonstrated by the person or
agency requesting the escort service.

Rev. 5/23/00, Replaces 5/00

1

12.512

4.

A police escort detail is not a dignitary protection detail, and only
provides police presence. The number and composition of an escort
detail will be determined by the CIS Commander.

5.

Direct requests for escort details whose primary function is the
expeditious movement of traffic and involves uniformed officers and
marked police vehicles to the Patrol Bureau Commander.

Rev. 5/23/00, Replaces 5/00

2

12.515

12.515 NONVIOLENT DEMONSTRATION ARREST: MASS
ARREST PROCEDURE
Reference:
Ohio Revised Code 2911.21(A4) - Criminal Trespass (Refusing to Depart)
Procedure 12.545 - Use of Force
Procedure 12.555 - Processing of Felony and Misdemeanor Adult Prisoners
Procedure 12.600 – Prisoners: Securing, Handling, and Transporting
Procedure 12.625 - Transportation of Weapons and Prisoners
Procedure 12.715 – Property and Evidence: Accountability, Processing, Storage,
and Release
Purpose:
To outline procedure for police personnel when dealing with nonviolent
demonstrations: sit-ins, stand-ins, lay-ins, etc. and mass arrest incidents.
To protect the constitutional rights of all persons.
Procedure:
A.

Responsibilities When a Nonviolent Demonstration Occurs
1.

2.

3.

In all cases of nonviolent demonstrations in which the participants
interfere with the normal activities of others, the first police officer on
the scene shall:
a.

Notify the district shift O.I.C. of all pertinent details.

b.

Contact the owner, agent, property manager, superintendent,
etc., and request him to respond to the scene of the
demonstration.

The shift O.I.C. will respond to the scene and:
a.

Confer with the owner, agent, property manager, superintendent,
etc. and the spokesman for the demonstrators in order to
evaluate the situation and alleviate any further police action.

b.

If further police action is deemed necessary, the shift O.I.C. will
inform the district commander of the situation.

The district commander shall respond if it is apparent that further
police action will be necessary.
a.

If upon responding firsthand observation indicates additional
police action is necessary, he shall:
1)

Inform the Patrol Bureau Commander.
a)

Identify the organization or parties involved.

Rev. 12/02/03, Replaces 06/95

1

12.515

2)
4.

State if incidents have occurred; report general
conditions.

c)

Determine personnel needed to remedy the situation.

Inform Police Communications Section to dispatch
necessary personnel.

If a demonstration occurs in an educational institution and participants
are students, then the dean, principal, or superintendent shall:
a.

5.

b)

Notify the students to disband and return to normal activities. If
the students refuse to comply with this request they will be
immediately notified they are interfering with the normal activities
of the educational institution and are subject to arrest under the
trespassing statute.

In the presence of a police officer, persons demonstrating will be told
they are trespassing by the owner, agent, property manager,
superintendent, etc., and will be notified to depart from the premises.
NOTE:
If the trespassers do not depart, this constitutes a
misdemeanor in the presence of a police officer and they are
subject to arrest.

6.

B.

a.

If the trespassers depart the premises peaceably, no further
action is to be taken.

b.

If the trespassers refuse to depart, the police officer shall:
1)

Inform the trespassers they are under arrest and charged
with Criminal Trespass (Refusing to Depart).

2)

State to those arrested they can either walk or be carried to
the police conveyance, but should they have to be carried,
an additional charge of Resisting Arrest will be placed
against them.

3)

Following photographing, the arrested will be taken to
Central Intake for processing.

Trespassing affidavits will be filed by the owner, agent, etc. Affidavits
for other offenses occurring in the police officer's presence such as
Disorderly Conduct, Assault, Resisting Arrest, etc. may be filed by the
police officer.

Mass Arrests
1.

If arrests are anticipated:
a.

The presiding judge of the Hamilton County Municipal Court will
be notified of the anticipated arrests.

Rev. 12/02/03, Replaces 06/95

2

12.515
b.

2.

Alert CIS (Criminalistics Squad) to supply necessary personnel
for photographing and identifying the persons to be charged.
1)

Photographs will be made of the general area and
demonstrators.

2)

Identification photos of participants arrested, if any, will be
taken with the arresting officer in Central Intake.

c.

Request the Hamilton County Sheriff’s Patrol Wagon in advance
when expecting numerous physical arrests at planned events.

d.

Notify the Hamilton County Justice Center, Juvenile Court, and
Juvenile Detention Center when expecting physical arrests
numbering twenty or more. Provide them with the anticipated
number of arrests.

Officers will utilize the following guidelines during mass arrest
incidents.
a.

The guidelines to arrest will be determined by the Incident
Commander and may be limited to the use of arrest teams.

b.

Remove the prisoners from the area of the arrest as soon as
possible.

c.

Juvenile prisoners will be segregated from adult prisoners
throughout the process. All juvenile prisoners will be transported
to the Juvenile Detention Center for processing. Adult prisoners
will be transported to the Hamilton County Justice Center for
processing.

d.

The personal property of prisoners and evidence will be
processed according to procedure 12.715.

e.

Officers will be assigned to remain with prisoners throughout the
process until delivered to the detention facility.

f.

All inquiries from the media will be referred to the Public
Information Office.

g.

Injured prisoners will be handled according to Procedure 12.600.

Rev. 12/02/03, Replaces 06/95

3

12.518

12.518 ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITY ON FEDERAL
PROPERTY
Reference:
41 C.F.R. 101, Federal Property Management Regulations, Sections 101-20.315
- Penalties and Other Laws and 101-20.503-2 - Investigations.
Information:
This procedure is based on a legal opinion written by the City Solicitor's office
and dated January 28, 1987.
In general, Cincinnati Police Department personnel have concurrent jurisdiction
with the Federal Protective Service over property maintained by the Federal
Government but located within the City of Cincinnati. This includes the Federal
Building, Federal Courthouse, V.A. Hospital, Social Security offices, all Post
Office branches, etc. The only exceptions to this general rule are military
installations such as the Army and Navy Reserve Centers.
Procedure:
A.

Request for service.
1.

When Department personnel receive a radio run or a request for
service which requires them to enter onto federally maintained
property, they will respond and provide the required service.
a.

This includes taking reports, resolving disputes, making arrests,
serving warrants, etc.

b.

Prior to serving arrest warrants, Department personnel should
contact an appropriate official at the Federal Protective Service
(684-2302) and request that they be present when the warrant is
served.
1)

This notice is not required in emergency situations where
an immediate arrest becomes necessary.

2.

Nothing in this procedure will prevent Department personnel from
allowing Federal Protective Service personnel to handle complaints
on federal property if the Federal Protective Service desires.

3.

In situations which involve military installations, Department personnel
will take no action unless specifically requested to do so by the officer
in charge of the military installation.

Rev. 2/87

1

12.520

12.520 CITY/PUBLIC EMPLOYEE CONTACTS-INTERVIEWS/
ARRESTS
Reference:
Cincinnati Municipal Code 408-39 - Notice Regarding Court Cases
Administrative Regulation #59 - Substance Abuse
Procedure 12.235 - Driving Under the Influence (DUI): Processing & Arrest
Standards Manual - 1.2.5
Procedure:
A.

Arrest of City Employees:
1.

When arresting a city employee, except for minor traffic violations,
contact a police unit supervisor.
a.

b.

B.

The police supervisor will notify the district/section/unit
commander or the night chief.
1)

If the employee is on duty, the district/section/unit
commander or the night chief will inform the arrested
individual's immediate supervisor as soon as possible.

2)

If the employee is off duty but his division of employment is
open, the district/section/unit commander or the night chief
will inform the on duty supervisor of the arrested
individual's department or division immediately.

3)

If the employee is off duty and his division of employment
is closed, the district/section/unit commander or the night
chief will insure the completion of the Form 17 indicating no
notification was made. Patrol Administration will notify the
arrested employee's supervisor on the next business day.

The police supervisor will complete a Form 17 and fax a copy to
Patrol Administration and the Chief's Office. Include the
command officer notified and the name of the arrested's
supervisor notified.

Substance Abuse Testing of On-Duty City of Cincinnati Employees (Nonpolice):
1.

An officer arresting and charging an on-duty City employee suspected
of Driving Under the Influence (DUI) will test and process the
employee according to Procedure 12.235, Driving Under the Influence
(DUI): Processing & Arrest.

2.

Police Department personnel will not perform intoxilyzer testing or any
other kind of substance abuse testing of on-duty (non-police) City
employees for the sole purpose of placing administrative charges
against the employee.

Rev. 1/96, Replaces 3/92

1

12.520

3.

A police supervisor requested to test an on-duty (non-police) City
employee for this purpose will refer the requesting supervisor to the
Jewish Hospital Main Laboratory, Level B at 3200 Burnet Avenue.
Respond to the emergency room if the Main Laboratory is closed.
a.

C.

The immediate supervisor of the suspected employee will
transport the employee to the Jewish Hospital Main Laboratory
for testing. The laboratory will obtain and analyze the specimen
and send the results to the City Physician.

Postal Employee Contacts:
1.

Interviewing a postal employee at his place of employment:
a.

Contact the Postal Inspector in Charge for clearance.
1)

2.

Postal laws and regulations allow only postal employees
access to post office workrooms. In certain emergency
cases, non-postal persons are admitted if accompanied by
a postal supervisor.
Requesting disclosure of privileged information (change of address,
etc.):
a.

D.

Make requests for changes in address on an Address
Information Request (Form 675P).
1)

The police officer's unit supervisor must countersign the
Form 675P.

2)

The Post Office supervisor will provide the new address
and notify the requesting officer to pickup the completed
Form 675P.

Arrest of Postal Employees:
1.

Felony arrests:
a.

2.

Make the arrest immediately. Contact the Postal Inspector in
Charge if making the arrest at the employee's place of
employment. Notify a police supervisor.

Traffic and misdemeanor arrests:
a.

Whenever possible, try to serve warrants at the residence of the
employee.
1)

b.

If unable, contact the Postal Inspector in Charge and
arrange to make the arrest after the employee
completes his tour of duty.

Do not arrest an employee transporting mail unless the driver is
unable to operate the vehicle safely.

Rev. 1/96, Replaces 3/92

2

12.520
3.

E.

When making an immediate arrest, the police will provide security for
the postal vehicle until the arrival of a relief driver. Have a police
supervisor respond to the scene.

Public Vehicles:
1.

When arresting the driver of a public vehicle, notify the driver’s office
from the scene.
a.

Remain with the vehicle until a relief driver and/or equipment
arrives.
1)

b.

2.

Do not take custody of the vehicle unless holding it as
evidence.

Do not write chauffeur as the driver's occupation on arrest forms
of public vehicle drivers. Write the specific occupation (bus
driver, taxicab driver, etc.) on arrest forms.

When issuing a Cincinnati Parking Infraction (CPI) to a public vehicle,
the citing officer will write in the "Officer's Notes" section of the CPI
the type of vehicle (taxi, bus, etc.). Include the name of the company
owning the vehicle (Yellow Cab Co., Queen City Metro, etc.).

Rev. 1/96, Replaces 3/92

3

12.525

12.525 USE OF QUADRANTS/RESPONSE TO RECENTLY
COMMITTED OFFENSES
References:
Procedure 12.136 – Uniform Financial Institution Robbery Alarm Response
Procedure 12.145 – Critical Incident Response Plan
Police Communications Section Manual of Standard Operating Procedures – 6.F.2
Manual of Rules and Regulations – 4.02
Standards Manual – 81.2.5
Definition:
Quadrant – a method of dividing a crime search area into four geographical
zones surrounding a crime scene or suspect’s last known location. Police patrol
units are then assigned to each zone to conduct a thorough search for a
suspect.
Purpose:
To provide for the safe and rapid apprehension of offenders following a serious
criminal offense.
Policy:
Following the commission of a serious crime, officers will immediately respond to
the scene to conduct a preliminary investigation. If the offender is at large
officers will relay pertinent information concerning the crime and the offender to
Police Communications Section. A police supervisor will take command of the
investigation and determine if a quadrant is warranted.
Procedure:
A.

Police Communications Section (PCS) will:
1.

Upon receiving notice of a serious crime, either in progress or recently
committed; or if a felony suspect is in a certain area,
a.

Hold the caller on the telephone in order to secure descriptions,
type of offense, and manner and direction of escape.

b.

Immediately broadcast a description citywide.
1)

An All County broadcast (ACB) will also be placed if a
vehicle is involved, or if the offense is near a jurisdictional
boundary.

c.

Immediately dispatch two one-officer cars or one two-officer car.

d.

Notify a district supervisor of the situation and car(s) dispatched.

e.

Ascertain from the district supervisor if a quadrant will be
utilized.

Rev. 11/00, Replaces 2/85

1

12.525

1)
B.

Dispatched Unit Responsibilities:
1.

Immediately respond to the scene.

2.

The first car on the scene will obtain complete information as to type
of crime, description of suspects, manner and direction of escape,
and other pertinent data.

3.

a.

Relay the information to PCS as soon as possible.

b.

If the suspect(s) have escaped, the second car will assist the
first officer in securing the crime scene and keeping all
witnesses available for questioning.

Witnesses may be taken on a tour of the area in a police vehicle.
a.

4.
C.

If dispatching additional cars, specify the quadrant position
of each car.

The car containing the witnesses shall relay this information to
PCS via radio.

In the absence of a supervisor the first officer on the scene will
assume command of the investigation.

District Supervisor will:
1.

2.

Respond to the scene, take command of the investigation, and
establish, maintain or cancel the quadrant based on information
obtained.
a.

A supervisor need not respond if it has been determined by
responding officer that the incident is unfounded.

b.

Factors to be considered when deciding to establish or maintain
a quadrant include:
1)

The type of offense.

2)

The time of the offense (i.e. crime in progress, just
occurred, or if a significant amount of time has elapsed).

3)

Suspect on or near the scene.

4)

Descriptions of suspect or suspect’s vehicle if one was
known to be used.

If two quadrants occur simultaneously in one district, the district
supervisor will determine if one quadrant will take priority, if both will
be maintained, or if one can be switched to Channel Eight.

Rev. 11/00, Replaces 2/85

2

12.525

D.

Cancellation of Quadrant:
1.

The quadrant will be terminated when:
a.

All suspects have been apprehended.

b.

The O.I.C. of the quadrant feels that the quadrant is no longer
necessary.
1)

2.

Normally, the quadrant should be canceled within 20
minutes, except when circumstances merit a longer time
period. These circumstances include a search with a high
probability of a capture and a search for an offender who
presents a high risk of danger to the public.

Quadrants will be terminated through the use of:
a.

"Signal 88" - if no apprehension has been made.

b.

"Signal 89" - if cancellation is due to an apprehension.

Rev. 11/00, Replaces 2/85

3

12.535

12.535 EMERGENCY OPERATION OF POLICE VEHICLES
AND PURSUIT DRIVING
Reference:
Procedure Manual 12.537, Mobile Video/Digital Video Recording Equipment
Ohio Revised Code 2935.031 - Policy for Pursuit in Motor Vehicle
Ohio Revised Code 2921.331 - Failure to Comply with Order or Signal of Police
Officer
Ohio Revised Code 4511.01(d) - Definitions
Ohio Revised Code 4511.03 - Emergency Vehicles to Proceed Cautiously Past
Red or Stop Signal
Ohio Revised Code 4511.24 - Emergency Vehicles Excepted From Speed
Limitations
Ohio Revised Code 4511.45 - Right-of-Way of Public Safety Vehicles
Ohio Revised Code 4513.21 - Horns, Sirens, and Warning Devices
Colbert v. City of Cleveland, 99 Ohio St.3d 215 (2003)
Definitions:
Emergency Driving (General Non-Pursuit) - the operation of an authorized
emergency vehicle (emergency lights and siren in operation) by a police officer in
response to a life threatening situation or a violent crime in progress, using due
regard for the safety of others.
Pursuit Driving - an attempt by a law enforcement officer operating an
emergency vehicle and simultaneously utilizing lights and siren to apprehend an
occupant(s) of another moving vehicle, when the driver of the fleeing vehicle is
aware of the attempt and is resisting apprehension by maintaining or increasing
speed, disobeying traffic laws, ignoring or attempting to elude the officer.
Emergency Call - a call to duty, including, but not limited to: communications
from citizens, police dispatches, and personal observations by peace officers of
inherently dangerous situations demanding an immediate response on the part
of a peace officer. Emergency calls are not limited to inherently dangerous
situations.
Original documents – photographs, MVR/DVR tapes, and any documents that
are handwritten or contain an original signature.
Purpose:
Ensure the safety of citizens and police officers during the emergency operation
of police vehicles.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 02/21/06

1

12.535
Policy:
All sworn personnel will complete any established training program regarding
vehicle pursuits.
Officers must terminate their involvement in motor vehicle pursuits whenever the
risks to their safety and the safety of others outweigh the consequences of the
suspect's escape.
During the emergency operation of police vehicles, and prior to and during a
pursuit, officers must weigh the following factors:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Degree of risk created by pursuit to others, officer and suspect.
Location where pursuit will take place.
Traffic conditions and amount of pedestrian traffic.
Road conditions.
Time of day.
Weather.
Volume, type, speed and direction of vehicular traffic and direction of
pursuit.
Nature/seriousness of suspected crime.
Condition of police vehicle and suspect’s vehicle.
Any circumstance that could lead to a situation in which the pursuing
officer(s) will not be able to maintain control of the police vehicle.
Type of vehicle being pursued.
Likelihood of successful apprehension.
Whether the identity of the suspect is known to the point that later
apprehension is possible.

Officers will not attempt to stop or slow a pursued vehicle by boxing in, heading
off, ramming, or driving alongside during a pursuit.
Officers will not pursue vehicles the wrong way on the interstate or other
controlled access highway, divided roadways, or one-way streets unless
specifically authorized by the pursuit officer in charge (OIC).
Officers must ensure video and audio recording equipment is activated when
operating in emergency mode and when participating in traffic stops and
pursuits.
Police motorcycle units may become involved in a pursuit as primary units when
they initiate the pursuit. The motorcycle unit will turn the pursuit over to a
marked police car as soon as possible and discontinue emergency operation.
Officers wearing plainclothes or using unmarked vehicles will avoid making stops
of suspected vehicles and will not engage in vehicle pursuits. The danger
presented to officers and citizens is much greater than when uniformed officers
with marked vehicles make the initial contact.
Officers will not attempt to stop vehicles while off duty unless it is a lifethreatening situation which, if permitted to continue, could cause serious physical
harm to innocent victims.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 02/21/06

2

12.535
Pursuits leaving the initiating district will switch to the channel of the district that
the pursuit enters after it is established the pursuit will not immediately re-enter
the boundaries of the initiating district.
Example One: A vehicle pursuit initiated in District One which enters I-75 north
and passes the Harrison Avenue exit will switch to Channel Five for dispatch.
Example Two: A vehicle pursuit initiated in District One which travels north on
Vine Street, enters District Four and proceeds east on Thill Street, then south on
Rice Street back into District One, may remain on Channel One.
Procedure:
A.

Emergency Operation of Police Vehicles
1.

2.

Emergency operation (lights and siren) of a police vehicle is
authorized in the following emergency cases and under the following
conditions:
a.

Officer needs assistance.

b.

Person calling for help.

c.

Report of an explosion.

d.

Trouble with a prisoner.

e.

Crimes in progress requiring the immediate presence of a police
officer.

f.

Auto accident with reported injury.

g.

Emergency medical runs when Fire Department personnel are
not immediately available.

h.

Pursuit driving.

When operating a police vehicle in the emergency mode, officers:
a.

Will not operate with reckless disregard for the safety of other
citizens.

b.

Will use the emergency lights (red/blue) and siren.
1)

c.

Do not use four-way flashers because they interfere with
brake lights and turn signals.

Will ensure video and audio recording equipment is activated if
the police vehicle is equipped with it.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 02/21/06

3

12.535
d.

3.

Civilian observers who have signed a Form 612, Release
of All Claims.

2)

Units transporting sick or injured persons to the hospital.

When driving in emergency mode and approaching a red traffic
signal or stop sign, the operator must:
1)

Stop the vehicle.

2)

Yield the right-of-way to all moving vehicles and
pedestrians.

3)

Enter the intersection only when it is safe.

Silent Response
1.

C.

1)

When driving in emergency mode, the operator will conform with all
applicable traffic laws and regulations.
a.

B.

Will not have complainants, witnesses, suspects, prisoners, or
other non-police personnel as passengers. This restriction does
not apply to:

Police officers may respond to certain calls, such as robberies or
burglaries in progress, using emergency lights only (no audible siren).
The officers responding on these silent runs must clearly understand:
a.

The mere use of flashing emergency lights, without an audible
siren, does not designate the vehicle as an emergency vehicle
by law and may negate any immunity available to the operator.

b.

They must proceed with extreme caution and at a reasonable
speed to avoid endangering the life and property of others.

Portable Flashing Blue Lights on Unmarked Vehicles
1.

A vehicle with a portable flashing blue light is not considered an
emergency vehicle.

2.

The portable flashing blue light should be used to identify emergency
conditions at an auto accident, road hazard, crime scene, etc.

3.

Do not use the portable flashing blue light to:
a.

Identify any unmarked vehicle as an emergency response
vehicle.

b.

Substitute for the emergency equipment on the patrol cars.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 02/21/06

4

12.535
D.

Pursuit Driving
1.

2.

A motor vehicle pursuit is permitted in the following instances:
a.

On-sight pursuit of a known or suspected felon.

b.

On-sight pursuit of traffic or misdemeanor violations, only if
witnessed by the officer or if a warrant is on file.

c.

When directed by Police Communications Section (PCS) or a
supervisor to assist in a police pursuit.

Notification
a.

3.

A pursuing officer(s) will immediately relay the following
information to PCS:
1)

Car number.

2)

Location.

3)

Direction.

4)

A description of vehicle, license number, and occupants.

5)

Reason for pursuit.

6)

Speeds involved.

PCS Responsibilities
a.

The dispatcher will immediately notify the initiating pursuit unit's
supervisor. That supervisor becomes the pursuit OIC and is
responsible for directing the pursuit until its end.
1)

If the unit supervisor is unavailable, a district supervisor
where the pursuit began becomes the pursuit OIC.

b.

The dispatcher will note the time, car number, district involved,
and immediately notify the PCS shift OIC.

c.

The pursuit dispatcher will notify other district personnel via an
all channel broadcast as the pursuit enters into adjoining district
boundaries.

d.

Keep non-emergency radio traffic to a minimum during the
pursuit.

e.

PCS will broadcast the pursuit on all available channels. Upon
anticipation of a pursuit across city limits, PCS will make an all
county broadcast (ACB).

f.

The PCS supervisor will provide the necessary support during
the pursuit.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 02/21/06

5

12.535
4.

Supervisory Responsibilities
a.

The pursuit OIC will retain control and continually monitor and
assess the situation. The pursuit OIC will direct specific units in
or out of the pursuit, reassign primary or secondary units, set
posts, authorize roadblocks, and terminate the pursuit.
1)

b.

c.

5.

Final decisions will rest with the pursuit OIC.

The pursuit OIC will complete Form 34, Vehicle Pursuit Report,
and work-flow the form through channels to the
district/section/unit commander. When work-flowing the Form
34 and attachments, “Add Notification” to the following units:
1)

Patrol Bureau.

2)

Inspections Section.

After reviewing the MVR/DVR of any unit involved in the pursuit
in accordance with Procedure 12.537, route a copy of the
MVR/DVR, along with any other original documents, through the
chain of command.

Number of Units
a.

Unless authorized by the pursuit OIC, no more than two police
vehicles will become actively involved in the pursuit.

b.

The primary unit will:

c.

1)

Be responsible for keeping the suspect's vehicle in sight.

2)

Advise the supervisor if more than two police units are
needed for the pursuit.

3)

Have the authority to terminate the pursuit should
conditions warrant.

The secondary unit will:
1)

Immediately notify PCS there are two police units involved
in the pursuit.

2)

Assume responsibility for the transmission of all relevant
pursuit information to PCS.

3)

Provide backup for the primary unit during the arrest
process.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 02/21/06

6

12.535
E.

Termination of the Pursuit
1.

F.

Officers will terminate pursuits under any of the following conditions:
a.

The pursuit OIC or the primary unit determines the level of
danger created by the pursuit outweighs the necessity for
immediate apprehension.

b.

Establishment of the suspect's identity allowing for apprehension
at a later time and there is no longer a need for immediate
apprehension.

c.
d.

Location of the pursued vehicle is no longer known.
The pursued traffic/misdemeanor violator crosses the Hamilton
County line (Refer to Section F.3.).

Pursuits Leaving Cincinnati
1.

By statute, police officers have the authority to pursue outside their
jurisdiction and arrest without a warrant provided:
a.

The officers would have authority to make the arrest inside their
jurisdiction.

b.

The pursuit takes place without unreasonable delay after the
offense.

c.

The pursuit starts within the police officers' jurisdiction.

d.

The offense is one of the following:
1)

Felony

2)

First or second-degree misdemeanor

3)

Traffic violation that a point may be charged against the
driver pursuant to Division (6) of Ohio Revised Code (ORC)
Section 4507.40

2.

If the above criteria are not met, the officers cannot pursue and
cannot arrest outside their jurisdiction.

3.

Although it can be a felony to flee and/or elude a police officer (ORC
2921.331), if this is the only felony charge, fresh pursuit of a traffic or
criminal misdemeanor violator will terminate at the Hamilton County
line.
a.

Officers must receive supervisory approval before signing ORC
2921.331 felony charges.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 02/21/06

7

12.535
4.

Officers may pursue felony suspects beyond state boundaries.
However, the new jurisdiction will continue the pursuit as the primary
unit (if available). The Cincinnati primary unit and secondary unit will
then assist.
a.

G.

Outside Agency Pursuits into Cincinnati
1.

In the event of a pursuit from an outside agency into Cincinnati, the
same guidelines for pursuits outlined in this procedure will apply to
Department personnel.
a.

H.

Officers will terminate pursuits if radio contact with PCS is lost
due to officers going beyond radio range.

PCS will notify the appropriate district supervisor, who becomes
the pursuit OIC for Department personnel.
1)

The outside agency will remain responsible for the pursuit
and serve as the primary unit until responsibility is
relinquished to Department personnel.

2)

PCS will broadcast the pursuit and its progress.

b.

If an outside agency has one vehicle in the pursuit, we will assist
with one unit.

c.

If an outside agency has two or more vehicles in pursuit, we will
not assist in the pursuit of the fleeing vehicle.

Roadblocks
1.

Under normal circumstances, officers will not set up roadblocks to
stop fleeing vehicles. The pursuit OIC may grant permission for a
roadblock if he has knowledge the suspect has committed:
a.

Murder or Aggravated Murder.

b.

Aggravated Arson.

c.

Aggravated Robbery.

d.

Aggravated Burglary.

e.

Rape.

f.

Complicity to any of the above.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 02/21/06

8

12.535
2.

Officers will set up roadblocks only with the direct permission of the
pursuit OIC and in accordance with the following guidelines:
a.

Officers will not set up roadblocks at locations that will endanger
innocent citizens or create a hazard to vehicular traffic. Officers
will not set up roadblocks which could limit visibility and not allow
operators sufficient time to safely stop, e.g., at a curve in the
road, or beyond the crest of a grade.

b.

Use Police Department vehicles only.
1)

c.

d.

I.

Do not use Department motorcycles or privately owned
vehicles.

Position the Department vehicles in the roadblock so the open
route left through the restricted area will require approaching
vehicles to proceed slowly through it.
1)

Turn on all of the vehicle's emergency lighting, turn the
ignition switch off, and leave the vehicle. No one is to
remain inside the vehicle.

2)

If using Stop Sticks, use according to guidelines set forth in
Section I.

Do not detain innocent citizens. Direct them to proceed with
their vehicles through the roadblock and out of the path of the
fleeing vehicle(s).

Use of Stop Sticks
1.

The Department currently has four models of Stop Sticks:
a.

Standard Stop Stick - three feet in length.

b.

Barracuda – three feet in length but with longer quills designed
to stop larger vehicles like buses or trucks.

c.

Terminator - designed to be placed in front of a tire on a static
vehicle, e.g., traffic stop.

d.

Piranha - resembles the standard Stop Stick but is only 5 1/8”
long. It is designed to be placed covertly in front of a tire to
ensure the vehicle is not moved.

Note:
District Civil Disturbance Operating Procedure (CDOP) Vans are
equipped with the Barracuda, Terminator and Piranha Stop
Sticks. Supply Unit maintains a replacement supply of stop
sticks.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 02/21/06

9

12.535
2.

Deployment of Stop Sticks:
a.

Stop Sticks are designed for a controlled release of air from a
target vehicle’s tires, usually within 20-30 seconds. However,
under some circumstances tire deflation can increase the
possibility that a driver may lose control of the vehicle and crash,
resulting in serious or fatal injuries. Therefore, the following
guidelines shall be followed when deploying Stop Sticks:
1)

Officers will use Stop Sticks only on vehicles with four or
more wheels.
a)

b.

2)

Avoid deploying Stop Sticks on motor vehicles in transit if
there are pedestrians in the immediate vicinity and the use
of the Stop Sticks would place them at risk of physical
harm or injury, i.e., use of Stop Sticks on a motor vehicle
traveling at a high rate of speed in a residential area.

3)

Limit or isolate traffic from the pursuit or location where the
Stop Sticks are being deployed.

Normally the pursuit OIC will make the decision to use Stop
Sticks. Situations may occur making this impossible. Under
these circumstances, officers may use Stop Sticks if they can do
so safely.
1)

c.

Operators of vehicles equipped with Stop Sticks must
receive proper training in the use of Stop Sticks.

Officers must alert PCS of their intention to use Stop Sticks, and
of their exact location.
1)

d.

Do not use Stop Sticks on motorcycles.

PCS will relay the location to the pursuing officers.

Do not discard used Stop Sticks. The manufacturer replaces
used Stop Sticks for a period of five years from purchase when
the old ones are returned.
1)

If Stop Sticks are used in a pursuit situation, the pursuit
OIC will:
a)

Address their use and effectiveness in the Form 34,
Vehicle Pursuit Report.

b)

Complete a Form 630, Equipment/Supply/Service
Order Form, and submit through the chain of
command, to the Supply Unit for the replacement of
Stop Sticks.

c)

Ensure used Stop Sticks accompany the Form 630 to
Supply Unit.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 02/21/06

10

12.535
e.

If Stop Sticks were used and the incident did not involve a
pursuit, the unit supervisor will:
1)

3.

Investigate and report via Form 17 to the Police Chief.

Preventing a pursuit of a stolen vehicle
a.

Officers may deploy stop sticks to prevent pursuits. As an
example, an officer following an entered vehicle may request
deployment of stop sticks prior to the initiation of a traffic stop.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 02/21/06

11

12.536

12.536 FOOT PURSUITS
References:
Procedure 12.140 – Canine Operations
Procedure 12.175 – Use of Special Weapons and Tactics Unit
Ohio Revised Code 2921.31 - Obstructing Official Business
Ohio Revised Code 2921.331 - Failure to Comply with Order or Signal of Police
Officer
Illinois v. Wardlow (2000),528 US 119
Terry v. Ohio (1968),392 US 1
Definitions:
Foot Pursuit: A situation in which an officer, on foot, chases a suspect in an
effort to detain or arrest that individual who he has reasonable suspicion to
believe is about to commit, is committing or has committed a crime and who is
resisting apprehension by fleeing from the officer.
Suspect: Includes any individual who a police officer reasonably believes is
about to commit, is committing or has committed an offense or poses an
immediate threat to the safety of the public, other officers, or themselves.
Contact/Cover: Describes the practice of having two or more officers working
together during a foot pursuit. The officers work in unison via direct or indirect
communication to coordinate their efforts, remain aware of the locations of
officers and suspects, and keep abreast of the status of the pursuit.
Purpose:
To facilitate the safe apprehension of a suspect who flees on foot and to prevent
officer injury.
Policy:
Whenever an officer decides to engage, or continue to engage, in a foot pursuit a
quick risk assessment must take place. They must evaluate the risk involved to
themselves, to other officers, the suspect and the community versus what would
be gained from pursuing the suspect. Supervisors are responsible for reviewing
the tactical soundness of foot pursuits.
Procedure
A.

Factors to Consider when Initiating a Foot Pursuit
1.

Whether the suspect is armed

2.

The offense committed by the suspect

Rev. 8/19/03, Replaces 5/20/03

1

12.536
3.

a.

Nature of area: residential, commercial, school zone,
expressway, etc.

b.

Conditions of the structures: abandoned or condemned

c.

Environmental factors: weather or darkness

4.

Ability to apprehend the suspect at a later date

5.

Communications

6.
B.

Location:

a.

Familiarity with area, ability to transmit location of fleeing suspect

b.

Radio frequency and coverage (dead spots)

Availability of backup units to assist

Pursuing Officer(s) Responsibility
1.

The decision to initiate or continue a foot pursuit requires weighing the
need to apprehend the suspect against the degree of risk to which the
officer and others are exposed as a result of the pursuit.

2.

Once the foot pursuit has been initiated, the officer must notify Police
Communications Section (PCS)of the following information:
a.

Car number

b.

Location

c.

Direction

d.
e.

Description of suspect
If armed with a weapon

f.

Reason for foot pursuit

3.

PCS will notify a supervisor of the pursuit circumstances and any
other relevant information.

4.

The pursuing officer will coordinate with other officers to establish a
perimeter in the area to contain the suspect.
a.

In the event that a suspect is confined in an area, consideration
should be given to the use of specialized units such as Canine
Squad or SWAT.

Rev. 8/19/03, Replaces 5/20/03

2

12.536
C.

D.

E.

If possible, officers should consider the feasibility of the following strategies
or tactics prior to initiating foot pursuits:
1.

Area containment

2.

Surveillance

3.

Obtaining additional officers

Police Officer should Terminate a Foot Pursuit:
1.

If ordered by a supervisor.

2.

If the officer believes that the danger to the pursuing officers or the
public outweighs the necessity for immediate apprehension of the
suspect.

3.

If the suspect’s identity is known and he is not an immediate threat to
the safety of the public or other officers, consider terminating the
pursuit and apprehend at a later date.

4.

After termination of the foot pursuit, officers will notify Police
Communications Section (PCS) with the last know location of suspect
or point of apprehension.

Supervisor’s Role
1.

The supervisor’s role is to monitor a foot pursuit and appropriately
direct resources to safely apprehend the suspect.

2.

The supervisor will terminate a foot pursuit at any time if it is
determined the danger to the pursuing officers or the public outweighs
the necessity for immediate apprehension of the suspect.

3.

If the foot pursuit results in a reportable incident such as a use of
force, injury to prisoner, injury to officer, auto accident etc., the
supervisor will include an analysis of the tactical soundness of the foot
pursuit in the appropriate report.

Rev. 8/19/03, Replaces 5/20/03

3

12.537

12.537 MOBILE VIDEO/DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDING
EQUIPMENT
References:
Procedure 12.205, Traffic Enforcement
Procedure 12.235, Operating a Vehicle Under the Influence (OVI): Processing &
Arrest
Procedure 12.535, Emergency Operation of Police Vehicles and Pursuit Driving
Procedure 12.715, Property and Evidence: Confiscation, Accountability,
Processing, Storage, and Release
Purpose:
Establish a policy regarding the use of Digital Video Recording equipment in
Department vehicles.
Establish a policy regarding the storage, release, and retention of mobile
videotapes, digital discs, and video files.
Policy:
Hard drives, original Mobile Video Recorder (MVR) tapes, and original Digital
Video Recorder (DVR) disks will not leave the custody of the Police Department.
The Department will retain and preserve tapes, discs, and video files for at least
90 days, or as long as necessary for an incident subject to investigation. Tapes,
discs, and video files held as evidence will be held for the required retention
period. Requests for duplicates of the held tape, disc, or video file will be
forwarded to the district/section/unit holding the tape, disc, or video file.
The Eyewitness ION DVR system features Clear Comm transmitters which are
equipped with a mute function located on the top of the transmitter. Transmitters
vibrate indicating the mute function has been activated. Officers are not to use
this function. All audio will be recorded in its entirety.
Officers who fail to use DVR equipment as required or fail to report damage to
the equipment are in violation of the Manual of Rules and Regulations and
Disciplinary Process for the Cincinnati Police Department.
Information:
Utilizing DVR equipment facilitates the Department’s objectives to collect
evidence for criminal prosecution, provide an administrative inspection function,
and assist in training officers to improve safety and tactics.
MVR tapes, DVR discs, and video files are the property of the Cincinnati Police
Department and are not to be duplicated and/or used without authorization from
the Police Chief or his designee.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

1

12.537
The DVR relies completely on the police vehicle’s battery as its power supply.
When the battery goes dead or is disconnected, the date, time and the tape,
disc, and hard drive counter may no longer be accurate.
The date and time will also be incorrect for criminal or administrative
investigations. The DVR time, date, and counter must be checked for accuracy
but should reset on its own.
When the DVR is activated, the thirty seconds prior to activation will be captured
on the recording.
A supervisor will set the video resolution on all DVR units to BEST. The BEST
setting allows for digital enhancement of captured data when necessary. Steps
to complete this setting can be found on the Department Intranet under Manuals;
Digital Eyewitness Reference Manual, page 4-9 (4 dash 9).
Incidents exceeding one hour in length will need to be copied to more than one
CD.
Officers may use DVR equipment to record the reason for current or planned
enforcement action, to record the circumstances at crime and accident scenes or
other events such as the confiscation and documentation of evidence or
contraband.
DVR microphones will not record conversations while stored in the docking
station.
The Eyewitness ION DVR system features a hard drive which stores audio/video
recordings transmitted from the In-car camera. Hard drives are inserted in the
“vault” which is mounted in patrol vehicles between the driver and passenger
seat. Hard drives must be removed from the vault and downloaded to the
district/section/unit server. The server organizes recordings into video files which
can then be duplicated for investigatory and or evidentiary purposes.
Duplicate video files required for external presentations will be created using the
“create a CD or DVD Data Disk” feature of the Digital Eyewitness Media
Manager. Video files can only be duplicated utilizing the workstation connected
to the server. The duplicate video file can be played on any computer using
Media Player.
Video files which must be retained for longer than 90 days (i.e., “best evidence”
for an investigation by Homicide Unit, Internal Investigations Section, Inspections
Section, or Traffic Unit) must be “flagged” for retention purposes. Steps to
complete this process can be found in the Digital Eyewitness Media Manager
Operations Manual, section 4.10.
Information Technology Management Section will set the video resolution on all
Eyewitness ION DVR systems to MPEG2 at Best Quality. This setting allows for
video enhancement and watermarking of the video file to ensure video integrity.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

2

12.537
Eyewitness ION DVR systems are equipped with “Clear Comm” wireless
transmitters which vibrate once when removed from the docking station
indicating the transmitter is recording audio sound. Transmitters vibrate twice
indicating the transmitter is out of recording range (during a foot pursuit an officer
may not become aware of the vibration). Transmitters vibrate when back in
range.
A flashing red LED on the front of the video camera indicates video images are
being recorded without audio sound. A solid red LED light indicates recording of
both audio and video.
Procedure:
A.

Operating and Utilizing DVR Equipment
1.

DVR equipment installed in a vehicle is the responsibility of the officer
assigned to that vehicle and will be operated according to
manufacturer’s recommendations.
a.

2.

All officers operating DVR equipped vehicles will wear the
microphone or wireless transmitter supplied with each system.

Prior to leaving the district/section/unit, the officer must ensure his/her
DVR equipment is working satisfactorily, including date and time.
a.

The officer will check the DVR by recording himself/herself
standing in front of the vehicle and giving a test count.
1)

DVR systems have two Sure Talk microphones; both must
be checked with a test count to ensure they are functioning
properly.

2)

Eyewitness ION DVR systems have two “Clear Comm”
transmitters; both must be checked with a test count to
ensure they are functioning properly.

b.

After recording, the officer will review the video to verify the
audio and video test recorded properly.

c.

Immediately notify a supervisor of any problems.

d.

The officer will complete the “In-car Camera” portion of the Form
436A, Daily Activity Record.

e.

The officer will check the amount of space left on the DVR disc,
or hard drive to ensure there is an adequate amount of recording
time available for the duration of the shift.
1)

The disc/hard drive counter in DVR equipped vehicles
appears on the overhead console after initial start up and
will continue to be displayed while the unit is running. The
counter indicates the amount of recording time remaining
on the disc/hard drive.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

3

12.537
a)

The maximum amount of space on a DVR disc set to
Best is 5 hours and 20 minutes (shown as 5.20).
1]

When the disc counter shows 30 minutes or
less, the officer will notify a supervisor who will
change the disc.
NOTE: DVR counters start at the maximum
number of hours and minutes available for each
disc, i.e., 5.20.

b)

The maximum amount of space on an Eyewitness
ION DVR hard drive is 16 hours when set to MPEG2
at Best Quality.
1]

3.

When the hard drive counter shows
approximately 1 hour, the officer will notify a
supervisor who will change the hard drive (hard
drive counter starts at the maximum number of
hours).

f.

If the DVR reaches the maximum count during the shift, the
officer will inform a supervisor of any recorded sequences that
may be of value for training purposes.

g.

If during the officer’s tour of duty the DVR or audio equipment
malfunctions, the officer must notify a supervisor.

When turned on, DVR equipment will automatically activate when the
vehicle’s emergency lights are activated.
a.

The camera must be positioned and adjusted to record events
appropriately. On a DVR equipped vehicle, the correct camera
position will allow viewing of the push bumpers in the bottom and
middle of the screen.

b.

The wireless microphone/transmitter turns on automatically with
a DVR when removed from the docking station.
1)

When a second Sure Talk microphone from a DVR system
is used to record audio inside a vehicle, the second
microphone must be removed from the docking station and
manually activated by pressing the ACT button until it
remains lit. Place the microphone in a section of the
driver’s compartment capable of recording audio from the
rear passenger compartment.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

4

12.537

4.

c.

Vehicles equipped with an Eyewitness ION DVR system have a
third microphone permanently installed in the rear passenger
compartment around the rear window. To record audio inside a
vehicle, the In-car Microphone (ICM) must be manually activated
by pressing the ICM button located on the left panel of the
overhead console.

d.

The equipment may be manually deactivated during nonenforcement activities such as protecting accident scenes from
other vehicular traffic.

e.

The officer must notify a supervisor if they become aware a
traffic stop or pursuit was not recorded.

The officer will use DVR equipment to record all portions of the
following incidents:
a.

Responding to calls for service in emergency mode.

b.

Traffic pursuits.

c.

Traffic stops, including the investigation of a vehicle and
occupants already stopped or parked.

d.

1)

The officer on a traffic stops will continue to record until the
stopped vehicle departs or until they leave the scene.

2)

Officers assisting on traffic stops will continue to record
until the stopped vehicle departs or until they leave the
scene.

The transporting of all persons physically arrested and being
transported to an appropriate location: district, detention facility,
medical facility, etc., until relieved of custody of the prisoner.
The camera will be turned to face the rear seat for recording
purposes.
1)

e.

This includes physical arrests from traffic stops; prisoners
requiring transportation which are picked up from districts,
outside agencies, private security, etc.; and all original
arrests which were not part of an above incident requiring
initial recording of the incident.

All requests for consent to search without a warrant, including
searches of persons, buildings, or vehicles, will be recorded.
Both audio and video recordings will be made of the request and
consent when practical. Requests involving incidents beyond
the camera will still be recorded by audio if within range of the
recording device. Recording is intended to enhance a
documented consent; it does not replace a signed Form 601,
Consent to Search Without a Warrant, when requesting a
search.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

5

12.537
f.
5.

Officers will only use DVR discs, or hard drives issued by the
Department.
a.

6.

B.

Requests for searches and deployments of drug-detection
canines involving vehicles, when practical.

Officers will not erase, alter, or tamper with MVR tapes, DVR
discs, or hard drives.

Each DVR equipped vehicle must have a warning posted on the
interior of the divider, facing rearward, which advises rear seat
passenger(s) their actions and conversations will be recorded.

MVR Tape/DVR Disc Control and Management
1.

Except as indicated below, MVR tapes/DVR discs will be stored at the
district/section/unit.

2.

Access to MVR tapes/DVR discs is restricted to supervisors only.
a.

District/section/unit commanders can designate a nonsupervisory person to have access to tapes/discs only when
necessary.

3.

All original MVR tapes/DVR discs will be stored for 90 days following
the last day of use.

4.

Duplicates of MVR tapes/DVR discs will be made by the district
commander’s designee.

5.

DVR discs will be stored and separated in the following categories:
a.

Assigned DVR Discs:
1)

Each DVR equipped vehicle will have 30 discs assigned to
it, labeled with the equipment number and disc number
(e.g.: 04300-1…….04300-30). Do not write directly on the
disc.

2)

Each vehicle will have a Form MVR1, In-car Camera
Tape/Disc Log, to track disc changes and 90-day retention
dates. The log must be kept secured with the tapes/discs.

3)

Discs will be changed when:
a)

The DVR disc counter reads 30 minutes or less.

c)

The disc needs to be removed for viewing or copying
purposes.

d)

There is a malfunction of the disc.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

6

12.537

b.

C.

e)

Battery power is lost or the date and time are
incorrect. The DVR time and the Mobile Data
Computer (MDC) time will be the same.

f)

Directed by a supervisor.

Spare DVR Discs
1)

Each district/section/unit will have 20 spare DVR discs
available, labeled with the disc number (e.g.: Spare-1 –
Spare-20).

2)

Spare discs are to be used in place of an “Assigned Disc”
when the 90-day retention period has not been met.

3)

A Form MVR2, In-car Camera Spare Tape/Disc Log, will be
completed to track the use of spare discs and their
retention dates. The log must be kept secured with the
discs.

Hard Drive Control and Management
1.

Hard drives will be retained at the district/section/unit of assignment.

2.

Access to hard drives is restricted to supervisors.
a.

3.

District/section/unit commanders can designate a nonsupervisory person to have access to tapes/discs only when
necessary.

All video files will be stored for 90 days upon being downloaded to the
server.
a.

Duplicates of the video files will be made by the district
commander’s designee.

b.

Spare hard drives.
1)

Each vehicle equipped with an Eyewitness ION DVR
system has two hard drives assigned.

2)

Hard drives will be labeled beginning with the
district/section/unit designation, then the corresponding
number in sequence.
Example: Hard Drive One assigned to District Two is:
2-1. Hard Drive Two assigned to District Two is: 2-2.
a)

Hard drives are not assigned to specific vehicles and
can be inter-changed among all vehicles assigned to
a district/section/unit.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

7

12.537
3)

D.

Form DVR-HD, DVR Hard Drive Log, will be completed
each time a hard drive is changed to track the use of hard
drives. The log must be secured with the hard drives.

Court/Evidentiary Tapes, Discs, or Video Files
1.

2.

3.

When MVR tapes, DVR discs, or video files are held for
court/evidentiary purposes, the officer or supervisor will submit a Form
606, Mobile Video/Audio Recording Records Request, before the end
of the tour of duty.
a.

One duplicate of the MVR tape, DVR disc, or video file will be
made and processed as normal evidentiary material in
accordance with Procedure 12.715, Property and Evidence:
Confiscation, Accountability, Processing, Storage and Release.

b.

Duplicates of MVR tapes must include a portion of video from
directly before and after the incident in order to be considered a
“certified” duplicate for court. Duplicates of DVR discs/video files
will consist of the file containing the specific incident.

c.

Retain the Form 606 at the district/section/unit to track duplicate
tapes, discs, or video files.

d.

The officer will mark all related documents with Automated
Control of Evidence (“ACE”) to alert the prosecutor or
investigator a duplicate of a MVR tape, DVR disc, or video file is
available. “ACE” will be indicated only when the officer holds a
duplicate tape, disc, or video file as evidence.

Anytime a DVR equipped police vehicle is involved in an auto
accident where the DVR is recording, or a DVR captures a police
vehicle involved in an auto accident, the supervisor who completes
the 90S, Supervisor’s Review of Vehicle Crash, will also complete a
Form 606. Forward a duplicate of the disc, or video file along with the
auto accident paperwork, i.e., 90S, BMV3303, etc. through the chain
of command to the Fleet Management Unit. The Solicitor’s Office will
have access to these DVR discs, or video files as needed for lawsuits.
a.

The Fleet Management Unit will maintain a computer database
and act as a liaison with the City Solicitor’s Office.

b.

Fleet Management Unit is responsible for final disposition of
MVR tapes, DVR discs, or video files submitted as part of an
auto accident not needed after 2 years.

Anytime a DVR equipped police vehicle is involved in a stop where an
individual is arrested for Operating a Vehicle Under the Influence
(OVI):

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

8

12.537

E.

a.

A duplicate of the OVI incident captured on discs, or hard drives
of all units at the scene will be held as evidence. Clearly mark
the Form 527, Arrest Report, and Ohio Multi-count Traffic Tag
(MUTT), with “ACE”. Also, mark “yes” in the specific block on the
Form 495.

b.

Complete a Form 606 and process the duplicate of the DVR
disc, or video file as evidence held for court (See Procedure
12.715). Mark duplicate discs with the date and OVI number.
Discs must be marked with a label. Do not write directly on the
disc.

c.

If the incident is captured on a DVR disc or hard drive, a second
duplicate will be made and routed, with the OVI paperwork, to
the Prosecutor’s Office. This disc will be labeled with the
arrestee’s name, OVI number, and the incident date/time. The
Prosecutor’s Office will continue to obtain MVR tapes from the
Court Property Unit.

Request for Tapes, Discs, or Video Files
1.

Any request for a tape, disc, or video file must be made prior to the
end of the 90-day retention period.

2.

Requests for duplicates of discs, or video files originating from within
the Department must be submitted on a Form 606 to the
district/section/unit where the disc, or video file is assigned or stored.
a.

b.

Original DVR discs must be retained at the district/section/unit of
assignment, except when needed as “best evidence” for an
investigation by Homicide Unit, Internal Investigations Section,
Inspections Section, or Traffic Unit. These units will notify the
Officer in Charge (OIC) if a disc is taken for evidence.
1)

The shift OIC will document discs taken as best evidence
on Form MVR3, MVR Tape/DVR Disc Custody Log, at the
district/section/unit of assignment.

2)

A best evidence MVR tape/DVR disc will not be returned to
the district of assignment. The district/section/unit taking
custody is responsible for its final disposition.

3)

Label a blank disc with the same equipment and tape/disc
number and put back into rotation.

Eyewitness ION DVR hard drives will be retained at the
district/section/unit of assignment. Video files needed as “best
evidence” will be downloaded from the hard drive to the server.
Duplicates of video files from the server will be made by or at the
direction of the requesting district/section/unit.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

9

12.537

c.
3.

1)

The district/section/unit receiving the Form 606 will ensure
Form DVR-HD, DVR Hard Drive Log, is completed.

2)

A best evidence video file will not be returned to the district
of assignment. The district/section/unit taking custody is
responsible for its final disposition.

Officers requesting duplicates of discs, or video files for personal
use must submit their request through Records Section.

Outside requests must also be submitted on a Form 606 through
Records Section to the district/section/unit maintaining the original
disc, or video file. OVI recorded events will only be released with the
approval of the prosecutor.
a.

When a request for a disc or video file is made from outside of
the Department, a second copy of the disc or video file will be
made and maintained in a file at the district for one year.

4.

Duplicate discs or video files will be made with the approval of the
district/section/unit commander.

5.

Additional blank discs can be obtained at the Supply Unit.

6.

Requests from the Prosecutor’s Office for “ACE” Tapes, Discs, or
Video Files.

7.

a.

The Prosecutor’s Office will contact the Court Property Unit and
request a copy of an “ACE” tape, disc, or video file.

b.

Court Property Unit will complete and file the Form 606, make a
copy of the tape, disc, or video file and arrange for delivery to
the Prosecutor’s Office.

Requests from the Prosecutor’s Office for duplicates of all other
tapes, discs, or video files.
a.

The Prosecutor’s Office will contact a district/section/unit
administrative assistant or supervisor to determine if a tape,
disc, or video file of the incident in question exists.

b.

If a tape, disc, or video file exists, follow section D.1.a. Make an
extra copy for the Prosecutor’s Office and arrange for the
delivery of the tape or disc.
1)

c.

Indicate on the Form 606 that an extra copy was made and
delivered to the Prosecutor’s Office.

If no tape, disc, or video file exists, the administrative assistant
or supervisor will notify the Prosecutor’s Office and advise them
no tape, disc, or video file exists.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

10

12.537
8.

F.

Media requests for tapes, discs, or video files will be referred to and
handled by the Public Information Office (PIO). Districts will release a
duplicate of tapes, discs, or video files to PIO upon request.

Supervisory Responsibilities
1.

All district supervisors will:
a.

Ensure officers follow established procedures for the use and
maintenance of DVR equipment, discs, and hard drives, and the
completion of DVR documentation.

b.

Ensure the 90-day retention period has been met before
installing the next sequential disc.
1)

If the DVR disc is available for use, it must be completely
erased before re-installing into the recorder.
a)

2)

If the 90-day retention period has not been met, the next
sequential spare disc must be used instead.

3)

Hard drives with video files downloaded to the server are
automatically available for immediate re-use.
a)

c.

d.

Fill out Form MVR1, In-car Camera Tape/Disc Log,
or Form MVR2, In-car Camera Spare Tape/Disc Log,
completely and accurately each time a disc or spare
disc is changed.

Video files held in the server are retained for 90 days.

Insure hard drive video files are successfully down loaded to the
server.
1)

Removed hard drives unable to be downloaded before the
end of the shift due to exigent circumstances must be
placed in a property locker. Make a blotter entry
documenting the reason the download could not be
performed.

2)

Fill out a Form DVR-DH, DVR Hard Drive Log, completely
and accurately each time a hard drive is changed.

Assign police vehicles with faulty or no DVR equipment as a last
resort.
1)

Supervisors will note in their rounds why equipment without
functioning DVR equipment was used.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

11

12.537
e.

2.

Each relief OIC will ensure a supervisor randomly selects a DVR
disc, or video file to review per shift. During that review, a
specific incident will be identified and reviewed in its entirety and
the results will be documented on Form MVR4, Supervisor’s
Daily Review of DVR, and Video File. These reviews will be
conducted for training and integrity purposes.
1)

Supervisors will not review incidents known to have been
previously reviewed. Supervisors will not include the
review of any incident occurring during their current shift
which was reviewed in accordance with procedure, e.g.,
vehicle pursuits, use of force, etc.

2)

Supervisors conducting these reviews will file the Form
MVR4 in a separate logbook maintained by the affected
district/section/unit.

3)

Supervisors will conduct periodic and random inspections
of DVR equipment to confirm it is in proper working order.

Each district/section/unit will designate one supervisor to be in charge
of DVR equipment, disc, and hard drive log maintenance. The DVR
supervisor will ensure:
a.

Every 30 days, an audit of the DVR log, spare DVR log, and
Hard Drive log is conducted. Ensure all DVR discs, and hard
drives assigned to a district/section/unit are accounted for. Bring
discrepancies to the attention of the district/section/unit
commander.
1)

Any DVR disc found during this audit that has been
retained for more than 90 days will be manually erased and
returned to the disc rotation.
a)

b.

Damaged or nonfunctional DVR equipment is tracked and sent
for repair or replacement.

c.

Assigned DVR discs and hard drives are replaced as necessary
to maintain video/audio clarity.
1)

3.

Video files not flagged for review will be automatically
erased from the server after 90 days.

If the DVR disc is not clear or causes any malfunction, do
not use it. Replace with a new disc. DVR discs used for
more than ten rotation cycles will be checked to ensure
video and audio clarity.

During monthly vehicle inspections, the Vehicle Inspection Supervisor
will inspect DVR equipment to ensure the correct date and time are
displayed on the monitor.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

12

12.537
a.

4.

Each relief OIC will review two randomly selected DVR discs, or video
files per week for training issues. A minimum of 3 incidents per DVR
disc, or video files will be reviewed. Results will be noted in their
rounds.

5.

Supervisors will review the DVR discs or hard drives in all cars of all
officers listed in any Department report regarding any incident
involving:

6.

G.

Each January 1 and July 1, email a current list of DVR serial
numbers to Fleet Management Unit for tracking purposes. Serial
numbers are located on vaults which house the DVR disc, or
hard drive. (DVR vaults are located in the trunk of the vehicle.
ION DVR hard drive vaults are mounted between the driver and
passenger seats).

a.

Injury to Prisoners.

b.

Use of Force.

c.

Injury to Officers.

d.

Vehicle Pursuits.

e.

Police Officer Needs Assistance Runs.

f.

Citizen Complaints.

All reports submitted, related to the above incidents, should include
copies of the DVR or hard drives of all cars in which the incident is
captured on video.

Maintenance, Repair, and Replacement
1.

Take malfunctioning DVR equipment to the Radio Shop at 1106 Bates
Avenue for repair. This service is available Monday through Friday,
from 0830 to 1630 hours.

2.

The Radio Shop is the liaison with the DVR vendors. The Radio Shop
will conduct all repair and replacement of DVR equipment.

3.

The storage, distribution, tracking and repairs of DVR equipment will
be designated in the district/section/unit Standard Operating
Procedures.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/26/08

13

12.538

12.538 SURVEILLANCE CAMERAS AND COMMUNITY
CAMERAS
Reference:
Procedure 12.715 - Property and Evidence: Accountability, Processing, Storage,
and Release
Definitions:
Surveillance cameras are used to monitor criminal activity in a particular area.
The system will not be used to infringe on an individual’s right to privacy.
Community cameras are a network of security cameras in business districts,
crime “hot spots” and targeted residential areas that are recorded over the
Internet. Neighborhoods and law enforcement can leverage the system for esurveillance, deterrence of criminal activities, and footage for prosecution of
captured criminal activities.
Purpose:
To establish a procedure regarding the use of community and surveillance
cameras.
To establish guidelines regarding the operation, tracking, security, and
maintenance of the community and surveillance systems, and data.
Policy:
All images, videotapes, and compact discs are the property of the Cincinnati
Police Department and are not to be duplicated and/or used without
authorization.
All images, videotapes, and compact discs deemed to have evidentiary value
necessary for prosecution of captured criminal activities will be treated as
evidence.
Any maintenance or service of the community cameras or the surveillance
cameras will be performed by authorized service technicians only.
Procedure:
A.

Surveillance Cameras
1.

Operating Surveillance Camera Equipment

Rev. 08/10/04, Replaces 4/99

1

12.538
a.

2.

Surveillance camera equipment, installed at the front desk, is the
responsibility of the officer assigned to the front desk and will be
operated according to manufacturer’s recommendations.
1)

Volunteers may assist desk officers.

2)

A supervisor must approve any demonstration of the
system.

b.

Keep one copy of the owner’s manual at the front desk at all
times. Store additional copies in the Administrative Office.

c.

Front desk personnel will immediately contact a supervisor to
report any problems.

d.

Only a supervisor can direct personnel to reset the surveillance
camera equipment.

e.

Prior to the end of their tour of duty, desk personnel must
determine if the surveillance system equipment is working
properly and bring any problems to the attention of their
immediate supervisor.
1)

Make a blotter entry if the surveillance camera equipment
cannot be reset indicating the date and time the equipment
is placed out of service. The entry will also note if a service
representative was notified.

2)

If a service representative cannot be notified, a first shift
supervisor or the Administrative Assistant will ensure the
service representative is notified as soon as possible.

Criminal Activity
a.

Desk personnel will broadcast serious or violent
incidents/crimes.

b.

Suspicious activity
1)

Contact Police Communications Section (PCS) by phone to
report suspicious activity.

2)

Send a follow-up Mobile Data Terminal (MDT) message to
all district cars, from the desk officer, using the MDIST1,
MDIST2, MDIST3, MDIST4, OR MDIST5 format giving an
accurate description of the individual(s) and activity.

Rev. 08/10/04, Replaces 4/99

2

12.538

c.

3.

Make blotter entries for any arrest or serious activity captured by
a surveillance camera.

Security
a.

Video tapes
1)

Storage and security of the tapes are the responsibilities of
the Administrative Assistant.
a)

4.

Store tapes in a secure area.

2)

Change tapes every 24 hours at the beginning of first relief.

3)

Rotate tapes every 14 days.
a)

Label tapes Sunday through Saturday and rotate in
daily order.

b)

Keep three spare tapes on hand.

Request For Tapes
a.

Due to the rotation of tapes, any request for a tape must be
made prior to the end of the 14-day retention period.

b.

Submit Department requests for copies of tapes on a Form 606,
Video/Audio Recording Form to the district where the tape is
assigned or stored. Any outside requests must also be submitted
on a Form 606, through Records Section to the district
maintaining the original recording.

c.

Make duplicate tapes only after the approval of the district
commander.

d.

Maintain a tape control log book at each district to track the
location of copied tapes. Restrict access to tapes to supervisory
personnel only.
1)

Maintain the Form 606 at the district for cross reference
purposes.

2)

Retain the original tape at the district of assignment.

Rev. 08/10/04, Replaces 4/99

3

12.538
e.

When a request for a tape is made from outside of the
Department, make and maintain a second copy of the tape in
the file at the district for one year.

f.

Court tapes
1)

5.

Supervisor Responsibilities
a.

B.

When tapes are held for court, the officer/supervisor will
complete the Form 606 and the copied video will be
processed in accordance with Procedure 12.715 - Property
and Evidence: Accountability, Processing, Storage, and
Release

Supervisors will ensure:
1)

All personnel follow established procedure for use of the
surveillance system equipment.

2)

Damaged equipment is repaired or replaced as needed.

3)

An adequate supply of blank tapes is maintained.

Community Cameras
1.

Operating Community Cameras
a.

Community camera software will be installed on a computer at
the following Department locations:
1)

Police Communications Section (PCS)

2)

Districts 1, 2, 4, and 5

3)

a)

Neighborhood Squad

b)

Investigative Unit

c)

Violent Crimes Squad

Central Vice Control Section
a)

General Vice Enforcement Unit (GVEU)

b)

Street Corner Unit (SCU)

Rev. 08/10/04, Replaces 4/99

4

12.538
b.

2.

3.

The officer using the community camera is responsible for
operating the equipment according to the vendor and
manufacturer’s recommendations.
1)

Officers may be assisted by trained community volunteers.
A list of approved volunteers is available through the COP
Coordinator’s office.

2)

A supervisor must approve any demonstration of the
system.

c.

Keep a copy of the community camera instruction manual at
each computer terminal. Request additional copies through the
COP Coordinator’s Office.

d.

Officers using the community camera will immediately contact the
COP Coordinator’s Office to report any problems.
1)

Make a blotter entry if the community camera is not
operational indicating the date and time the equipment is
taken out of service and whether the vendor’s technical
support was notified.

2)

CitiWatcher technical support can be contacted at 877724-8928.

Criminal Activity
a.

The officer observing the activity will immediately broadcast
serious or violent incidents/crimes over the radio.

b.

Contact PCS by phone to report any suspicious activity.

c.

Make blotter entries for any arrest or serious activity captured by
a community camera.

Security
a.

Store images from community cameras for a period of ninety
(90) days.
1)

All images are the property of the Department and are
stored by CitiWatcher.

Rev. 08/10/04, Replaces 4/99

5

12.538

4.

Request for Images
a.

Images for the immediate seven (7) day period can be accessed
through the Internet by those officers trained to use the
community camera system by completing the Footage Request
Form.

b.

Submit requests for images on a Footage Request Form
available on the website. Any outside agency requests must be
submitted on a Form 606, through Records Section.

c.

Maintain an image control log book at each district/section to
track the location of copied incidents.
1)

d.

When a request for an incident is made from outside of the
Department, make and maintain a second copy of the incident in
the file at the district where the incident was captured.

e.

Court disc(s)
1)

5.

Maintain the Form 606 at the district for cross reference
purposes.

When discs are held for court, the officer/supervisor will
complete the Form 606 and the disc(s) will be processed in
accordance with Procedure 12.715 - Property and
Evidence: Accountability, Processing, Storage, and
Release

Supervisor Responsibilities
a.

Supervisors will ensure:
1)

All personnel follow established procedure for use of the
community camera equipment.

2)

Damaged equipment is repaired or replaced as needed.

Rev. 08/10/04, Replaces 4/99

6

12.539

12.539 USE OF DEPARTMENT ISSUED BODY WIRES
References:
Procedure 12.131 – Confidential Informant Management and Control
Manual of Rules and Regulations: 1.02, 1.16, 1.21, 1.31, 7.01, 7.04
Standards Manual - 15.5.2, 17.5.3, 43.1.4, 51.1.2
Ohio Revised Code 2933.51-66 – Wiretapping, Electronic Surveillance
Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 90.20
Title XVIII U.S. Code, Section 2511 – Interception of Wire, Oral, and Electronic
Communications
Definition:
Body Wires - include any device or system, normally designed for concealed
wear on the body, that is capable of transmitting, receiving, or recording oral
communication.
Purpose:
To provide for the safe, legal, and effective use of Department issued body wires.
To ensure that access, use, and storage of this equipment is properly managed.
To ensure that officers are properly trained in the operation of these devices and
have knowledge of the state and federal laws governing their use.
Policy:
Officers operating body wires must strictly adhere to all laws regulating their use.
Officers must be aware that at least one party to a conversation must consent to
its recording and/or transmission in the absence of an interception search
warrant pursuant to O.R.C. 2933.53.
Officers certified under O.R.C. 2933.64 may apply for a court order authorizing
the use of a concealed transmitter or recorder without a consenting party
present.
Officers will only use these systems during official investigations and with prior
supervisory approval.
Each District/Section/Unit that utilizes body wires will establish a Standard
Operating Procedure (SOP). The SOP will provide unit specific information and
instruction regarding the control, operation, and storage of the system.

New 11/01

1

12.539
Procedure:
A.

Training:
1.

Permit only personnel that are trained in the use of body wires to
operate the equipment.
a.

2.
B.

This training will be specific to the type and model of body wire
used by that District/Section/Unit.

Each District/Section/Unit will maintain a list of trained personnel.

Operational and Officer Safety Considerations:
1.

Conduct an operational test of the body wire before each use.

2.

During field operations, a minimum of two officers is needed to
monitor and, if a recorder is used, record audio transmissions at the
receiver site.
a.

One officer will operate the recorder, if used, and monitor the
transmissions.

b.

One officer will relay information to other officers on the
surveillance.

3.

Two officers are not needed at the receiver site if other officers on the
surveillance have scanners capable of monitoring the transmissions.

4.

The body wire transmitter should be worn on an undercover officer
whenever possible.
a.

The transmitter may be worn by a confidential informant (CI)
subsequent to completion of a Form 281, Concealed Transmitter
and Recording Consent.

5.

If the transmitter cannot be worn on the body, the consenting party
must be close enough to the transmitter to overhear any conversation
it may pick up.

6.

A transmitter or recording device cannot be left unattended in the ON
position.
a.

New 11/01

Conversations recorded without the consent of at least one party
to that conversation are not admissible in court and may subject
the offender to criminal prosecution.

2

12.539
C.

Storage:
1.

Store body wire equipment in a locked office or locker accessible only
by a supervisor or his designee.
a.

2.

Remove all batteries from the equipment before storage.

Complete a blotter entry detailing each use of the body wire
equipment. This entry will include:
a.

Time In/Out

b.

Name of officer(s) using the equipment

c.

Signature of supervisor approving the use

d.

Reason for use

3.

Monthly, a District/Section/Unit supervisor, or his designee, will
inspect the body wire equipment ensuring it is maintained in a state of
operational readiness.

4.

Store any recorded intelligence information separately from all other
records. Distribute only to criminal justice agencies on a need to know
basis.

New 11/01

3

12.545

12.545 USE OF FORCE
Reference:
Graham vs. Conner, 490 US 386, 396 (1989)
Tennessee vs. Garner, 471 US 1 (1985)
Manual of Rules and Regulations - 1.01, 1.21, 1.22, 1.23, 1.24, 1.25, 2.12,
2.26A&B, 4.05
Procedure 12.140, Canine Operations
Procedure 12.150, Plan for Control for Disorders at Hamilton County Adult
Correctional Facilities
Procedure 12.155, Juvenile Youth Center Disorders
Procedure 12.170, Civil Disturbance Operation Procedure
Procedure 12.550, Discharging of Firearms by Police Personnel
Procedure 12.554, Investigatory Stops
Procedure 12.600, Prisoners: Securing, Handling, and Transporting
Procedure 12.625, Flying Armed on Official Business
Procedure 12.905, Fingerprinting and Photographing of Juveniles
Procedure 15.100, Citizen Complaints
Procedure 19.106, Post Critical Incident Trauma
Procedure 19.110, Peer Support Crises Intervention Team
Definitions:
Actively Resisting - when the subject is making physically evasive movements
to defeat the officer’s attempt at control, including bracing, tensing, pushing, or
verbally signaling an intention to avoid or prevent being taken into or retained in
custody.
Choke Holds - the courts could consider a choke hold or other similar type holds
as deadly force. Choke holds are prohibited unless a situation arises where the
use of deadly force is permissible under existing law and Department policy. The
use of any type choke hold to prevent the swallowing of evidence is prohibited.
Carotid Artery – A collection of nerves continues along the carotid artery located
on the side of the neck and extends from the lower jaw bone to the collar bone.
Brachial Nerve – Part of the central nervous system which is located along the
inner arms, extending from the armpit to the elbow.
Common Peroneal Nerve - Part of the central nervous system which is located
along the outer legs, extending from the knee to the ankle.
Crowd Management - the observing, monitoring, and facilitating the activities of
persons assembled.
Crowd Control - the use of police action to stop the activities of persons
assembled.
Deadly Force - force likely to cause, or capable of causing, death.
Escorting - the use of light pressure to guide a person or keep a person in place.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

1

12.545
Force - any physical strike, instrumental contact with a person, or any significant
physical contact that restricts movement of a person.
The term includes, but is not limited to the use of: firearms, Tasers, chemical
irritant, choke holds or hard hands, the taking of a subject to the ground, or the
deployment of a canine. The term does not include escorting or handcuffing a
person with no or minimal resistance.
Hard Hands - the use of physical pressure to force a person against an object or
the ground, use of physical strength or skill that causes pain or leaves a mark,
leverage displacement, joint manipulation, pain compliance, and pressure point
control tactics.
Original documents - photographs, MVR/DVR tapes, and any documents that
are handwritten or contain an original signature.
Serious Use of Force - any action that involves: a critical firearm discharge; the
use of deadly force; a baton strike to the head; or a use of force in which the
person is seriously injured or requires hospital admission, with the exception of
individuals admitted for psychiatric evaluation not suffering a serious injury.
Self-Defense - the act of protecting oneself or another from physical harm or
serious physical harm.
Serious Injury/Serious Physical Harm to Persons - any of the following:
•
•
•

Any physical harm that carries a substantial risk of death.
Any physical harm that involves some permanent incapacity, whether
partial or total, or that involves some temporary, substantial incapacity.
Any physical harm that involves some permanent disfigurement or that
involves some temporary, serious disfigurement.

Use of Force in Crowd Management and/or Control - Officers will not initiate
the use of force or chemical irritant against crowds or a group of individuals
except when reasonable and necessary to protect the officer, the subject, or
another party from a risk of death or physical harm; or is necessary to effect the
arrest of an actively resisting subject; or to prevent the escape of that subject.
Officers encountering crowds will evaluate the situation and determine if there is
a current or future need requiring crowd control or crowd management. Prior to
police action, the officers will immediately summon a supervisor to the scene. If
crowd control is or will be required, the supervisor will summon a command
officer to the scene. Once on the scene, the command officer will direct all police
action and authorize the use of weapons, tools, or tactics needed to resolve the
situation. The approval of a supervisor is required any time chemical irritant is
used against a crowd, absent exigent circumstances.
Use of force (including the beanbag shotgun, the 40mm foam round and the
PepperBall launcher) as well as the use of chemical irritant during periods of civil
unrest or for crowd management is restricted. A command officer must be
present and must authorize the deployment of these devices, absent exigent
circumstances.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

2

12.545
Command officers must give verbal notice prior to deploying these devices into a
crowd unless it would present a danger to the officer or others to give such a
warning.
Any deployment of the beanbag shotgun, 40mm foam round, or PepperBall
launcher during crowd management/control requires:
•

Specific targeting of a subject by the officer.

•

Under no circumstances should any of these devices be deployed into a
crowd without first identifying a specific target that represents an imminent
risk of death or physical injury to the officer or others.

•

The officer must be reasonably sure that the weapons will not strike other
individuals in the crowd who pose no threat of violence.

If demonstrators or protesters are in a place they have a legal right to be and are
conducting themselves in a non-violent and lawful manner, an officer cannot
make their conduct criminal by ordering them to disperse and arresting them if
they refuse.
Resistive Tension: Subject fails to comply with verbal commands from an officer
to submit to arrest and makes body rigid by tensing the muscles. Can be full
body resistance or a particular body part. Goal of the action is to prevent control
by means of superior strength. Conspicuously Ignoring: Subject fails to comply
with verbal commands from an officer to submit to arrest and fails to respond to
questions or orders, refuses to acknowledge the officer’s presence, engages in
other activities, or attempts to leave the area.
Exaggerated Movement: Subject fails to comply with verbal
commands from an officer to submit to arrest and exhibits rapid body
movements, such as flailing of the arms, excited pacing, bouncing or
similar actions. Actions are often behavioral cues indicating
preparation for physical exertion to avoid having the officer take
control.Combative/Assaultive: Subject fails to comply with verbal
commands from an officer to submit to arrest and attempts, threatens
or succeeds in physically assaulting an officer or another person by
means of body weapons (hands, feet kicks, punches, elbow strikes
spitting, biting etc.)Armed: Subject fails to comply with verbal
commands from an officer to submit to arrest and displays or claims to
possess a weapon, threatens to obtain or use a weapon, makes overt
actions consistent with being armed, or is reported to be armed.
Excessive Emotional Tension: Subject fails to comply with verbal commands
from an officer to submit to arrest and is belligerent, yelling or argumentative
towards the officer or another person. Actions are often behavioral cues
indicating preparation for physical exertion to avoid having the officer take
control.Ceased All Movement: Subject fails to comply with verbal commands
from an officer to submit to arrest and abruptly stops all movement. This is often
a behavioral cue that the subject is forming a plan to resist the officer.
Information:
Information:
Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

3

12.545
Beanbag shotgun and 40mm foam rounds: The beanbag shotgun and 40mm
foam rounds are impact projectile devices that offer a less lethal alternative for
subduing or incapacitating a subject to prevent imminent physical harm, while
maintaining officer safety.
These types of police tools have been designed for law enforcement to assist in
resolving situations which could otherwise result in the use of deadly force.
They are designed to enable officers to subdue or incapacitate a subject while
preventing imminent physical harm to the officer or another person due to the
ability to maintain greater distance between officers and the subject. Most of the
time, these tools are used when a subject is armed with, or simulating the
possession of, a potentially deadly instrument. These subjects are often
emotionally disturbed, intoxicated, or suicidal. These tools are designed to deescalate the deadly force potential and allow the subject to be controlled with a
lower level of force.
Use of these types of tools is reasonable in situations when allowing the subject
to leave would pose an imminent continuing threat to others, including the
subject.
These types of impact projectiles may not be used to prevent theft or minor
vandalism.
Beanbag shotgun and 40mm foam rounds may only be used to subdue or
incapacitate a subject to prevent imminent physical harm. In certain
circumstances, it may be inappropriate to use these impact projectile tools, even
if the only alternative is to allow the subject to escape. Officers must consider
the severity of the crime, whether the subject poses an immediate threat of
imminent physical harm to officers or other persons, and whether the subject is
actively resisting arrest.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

4

12.545
Chemical irritant: Chemical irritant offers a non-lethal alternative for controlling,
subduing, or apprehending a suspect(s). Chemical irritant leaves an invisible
ultraviolet, light-sensitive dye on an individual, which can aid in identification.
The use of chemical irritant, including the use of chemical irritant against a crowd
or a group of individuals is only permitted in those cases in which such force is
necessary to protect the officer, the subject, or another party from physical harm;
or is necessary to effect the arrest of an actively resisting subject; or prevent the
escape of that subject.
Chemical irritant or the X26 Taser (in the drive stun mode) is the primary
response to prevent persons from swallowing evidence or contraband. The use
of chemical irritant or the X26 Taser (in the drive stun mode) on an individual
attempting to swallow evidence or contraband is only permitted when all of the
following apply:
•

There is a clear indication that the object or substance in the subject’s mouth
is contraband and;

•

There are exigent circumstances such as the imminent destruction of
evidence or medical emergency and;

•

The officer has issued verbal commands to spit out any contraband and the
subject refuses to comply.

Personnel may only use chemical irritant to control a resisting subject when
verbal commands and other techniques that do not require the use of force would
be ineffective or where issuing verbal commands would present a danger to the
officer or others.
When possible, a verbal warning must be issued to the subject that chemical
irritant will be used prior to the use of chemical irritant unless exigent
circumstances exist that would make it imprudent to do so. When possible, the
officer will defer using chemical irritant for a reasonable time to allow the subject
to comply with the warning. Chemical irritant should only be aimed at the
subject’s face and upper torso.
Employee Tracking Solution: If the Employee Tracking Solution (ETS) is down
due to maintenance or mechanical problems, supervisors should document a use
of force incident on the appropriate form on the H: drive. Supervisors should
complete a draft copy of the use of force report and fax it to the required units.
Supervisors should then retain the draft document until ETS is operational, at
which point the information from the draft document should be entered into ETS
and processed according to this procedure.
Monadnock AutoLock Batons: Monadnock AutoLock batons are impact tools
that offer a less lethal method for subduing and apprehending violent and/or
actively resisting subjects. Compared to empty hand counter strikes, the baton is
less likely to cause injury to the officer and provides added distance from the
subject. Officers should target center mass of a subject’s torso, arms, and legs,
and avoid the subject’s head, throat, neck, heart, and groin, unless threatened
with serious physical harm.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

5

12.545
PepperBall: The PepperBall launcher is a non-lethal tool that provides another
alternative to assist in apprehending violent and/or actively resisting individuals
while maintaining officer safety. This impact and chemical irritant device is
capable of incapacitating subjects, thereby reducing their ability to continue
aggressive action.
X26 Taser: The X26 Taser is an electronic control device that is a non-lethal
force alternative used to assist officers in the performance of their duties. The
X26 Taser is designed to temporarily immobilize a non-compliant, violent or
potentially violent subject. It generates electricity in a small, hand-held, battery
operated unit about the size of a handgun.
When properly used, the X26 Taser generates an electrical current that
dominates the existing neuromuscular and sensory nervous system. Subjects
become physically incapacitated and unable to control muscle movement,
allowing officers to gain control.
The X26 Taser may be used in situations where time and conditions permit. It
can be an extremely effective control device for close range incapacitation.
When deploying a cartridge from the X26 Taser, it should never be aimed at the
subject’s head, neck, eyes, or groin. When deployed in the drive stun mode, the
neck and groin areas are acceptable targets.
Each X26 Taser has an internal tracking chip. This chip stores the time and date
of the last 2000 times the trigger was engaged on the X26 Taser. Supervisors
can retrieve information stored in the data chip by connecting to the data port on
the rear of the weapon and downloading the information into the Department’s
computer system.
Each January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1, supervisors will download the
previous three months’ data stored on the X26 Taser data chip of their personnel.
The downloaded information will be stored in the “Taser_Downloads” folder
located on the H: drive. Instructions for electronically saving downloaded data
can be accessed by opening the PDF file titled, “Taser_Download instructions”
located in the “Taser_Downloads” folder on the H: drive. The downloaded Taser
information is also to be printed out and stored separately in a file at the officer’s
unit of assignment.
District/section/unit commanders will ensure a supervisor reviews each quarterly
download for activations not consistent with daily spark tests or previously
documented use of force incidents. The following activations require the
investigating supervisor to provide a brief hand-written response on the quarterly
Taser download sheet justifying the activation, including the corresponding ETS
number, if applicable
• Activations lasting ten seconds or longer in duration.
• Three or more consecutive activations with minimal time in between the
activations.
Unresolved activations which require further investigation must be documented
on a Form 17 to the Police Chief.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

6

12.545
Use of Force Review Board: The Use of Force Review Board will conduct
comprehensive reviews of the following use of force incidents:
•

a use of force resulting in hospitalization or serious injury to a subject or
police officer involved in a use of force incident;

•

a use of force that includes a citizen’s complaint of unnecessary or
excessive force by an officer;

•

any use of force incident recommended for review by a
district/section/unit commander and approved by the Police Chief.

Use of force incidents involving the discharge of firearms by police are not
included in this process and are addressed by the Firearms Discharge Board
(Procedure 12.550). Uses of force involving beanbag and 40mm foam round
discharges are reviewable by the Use of Force Review Board.
The Use of Force Review Board consists of:
•
•
•
•
•

affected district/section commander;
one captain from Investigations or Patrol Bureau (rotating assignment);
Training Section Commander;
Inspections Section Commander;
one bureau commander (rotating assignment).

Internal Investigations Section will coordinate Use of Force Review Board action
and will schedule Review Board meetings and provide all documentation to
board members on cases assigned by the Police Chief.
The bureau commander will chair the Review Board meetings. The Review
Board will prepare a final report to the Police Chief containing a description of the
incident including all uses of force, a summary and analysis of all relevant
evidence, proposed findings, and analysis to support those findings.
The Review Board will determine whether all uses of force during the encounter
were consistent with Department policy and training, whether the involved
officers employed proper tactics, and whether lesser force alternatives were
reasonably available.
Policy:
Cincinnati police officers must recognize and respect the value and dignity of
every person.
In vesting officers with the lawful authority to use force to protect the public’s
welfare, a careful balancing of all human interests is required.
Courtesy in all public contacts encourages understanding and cooperation. The
most desirable method for effecting an arrest is where a suspect complies with
simple directions given by an officer.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

7

12.545
When officers are confronted with a situation where control is required to affect
an arrest or protect the public’s safety, officers should attempt to achieve control
through advice, warnings, and persuasion.
The suspect should be allowed to submit to arrest before force is used unless
this causes unnecessary danger to the officer or others.
When officers have a right to make an arrest, they may use whatever force is
reasonably necessary to apprehend the offender or effect the arrest and no
more. Just as officers must be prepared to respond appropriately to rising levels
of resistance, they must likewise be prepared to immediately de-escalate the use
of force as the subject de-escalates or comes under police control.
Officers must avoid using unnecessary violence. Their privilege to use force is
not limited to that amount of force necessary to protect themselves or others, but
extends to that amount reasonably necessary to enable them to effect the arrest
of a resistant subject.
Force situations often do not allow for an ordinal progression up a continuum of
force and officers must be ready to escalate or de-escalate as the situation
evolves.
Disengagement is a reasonable option in consideration of officer safety and the
necessity to apprehend immediately. Disengagement, area containment,
surveillance, waiting out a subject, summoning reinforcements, or calling in
specialized units may be an appropriate response to a situation and should be
considered.
Force options may be used simultaneously, for instance, combining verbal
commands with use of chemical irritant. The officer must choose the necessary
response based on law, department policy, training, and experience. The officer
must exercise proper use of force decision making, which means the use of
reasonable force, including proper tactics, and de-escalation techniques.
All members have a duty to ensure that the use of force and any citizen
allegation of excessive force are reported to the Police Department. Whenever
employees use deadly force, force, hard hand tactics, chemical irritant, the X26
Taser; or confront resistance that results in an injury or complaint of injury to a
citizen; or have knowledge of any of the above; or are aware of a citizen
complaint of excessive force, they will immediately notify a supervisor. The
supervisor or command officer investigating the incident must be of at least the
next higher rank than the officer(s) who used force.
The only exception is when a lieutenant uses force and there is no captain or
above working, but an acting Night Chief (lieutenant) is available. In this case,
the acting Night Chief can conduct the investigation.
Officers who use excessive force will be subject to discipline, possible criminal
prosecution, and/or civil liability.
Following any use of force resulting in a citizen’s injury, officers will ensure
appropriate first aid is rendered immediately once the incident scene is stabilized.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

8

12.545

Use of Force Continuum
SUBJECT RESISTANCE:

FORCE OPTIONS:

OFFICER/SUBJECT FACTORS:

Compliant/Cooperative
Subject complies with verbal commands and other
directions.

Officer presence

Physical size

Verbal skills

Influence of alcohol or drugs on subject

Uncooperative
Subject fails to respond to verbal commands or other
directions.

X26 Taser/Chemical irritant

Subject’s mental capacity or impairment

Escort techniques

Multiple suspects

Active Resistance
Subject is making physically evasive movements to defeat
the officer’s attempt at control, including bracing, tensing,
or pushing, or verbally signaling an intention to avoid or
prevent being taken into or retained in custody.

Balance displacement

Assault or Threat of Assault
Subject assumes fighting stance, charges, strikes or kicks an
officer or verbally or physically indicates an intention to
commit an assault combined with the subject’s capability to
assault.
Life Threatening Assault or Assault Likely to Cause
Serious Physical Harm
Subject commits an attack using an object, a weapon, or an
empty hand assault, wherein the officer reasonably believes
the assault will result in serious physical harm and/or death.

Hard hands (pressure points/strikes)

SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES:

Monadnock AutoLock batons

Environmental factors

PepperBall launcher (Non-lethal)
Beanbag shotgun (Less than lethal)
40mm foam round (Less than lethal)

Distance from subject

Deadly force

Proximity of weapon

Officer injury exhaustion

Officer on ground
Special knowledge
Crime involved
History/knowledge of subject

Each force situation is unique and this continuum is intended only as an illustration of the various force options that are available to an officer facing a given level of subject
resistance. This continuum is not intended to preclude a force option when that option would not exceed the amount of force reasonably necessary to affect a lawful arrest
(Graham v. Connor, 490 U.S. 386 (1989). Good judgment and the circumstances of each situation will dictate the level on the continuum of force at which an officer will start.
Depending on the circumstances, officers may find it necessary to escalate and de-escalate the use of force by progressing up and down the force continuum. It is not the intent
of this continuum to require officers to try each of the options before moving to the next, as long as the level of force used is reasonable under the circumstances.
Disengagement, area containment, surveillance, waiting out a suspect, summoning reinforcements, or calling in specialized units may be an appropriate response to a situation.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

9

12.545
Procedure:
A.

Use of the X26 Taser
1.

2.

3.

4.

Use the X26 Taser to control actively resisting subjects, aggressive
non-compliant subjects, or violent or potentially violent subjects.
When possible, give the subject a verbal warning that the Taser will be
deployed unless exigent circumstances exist that would make it
imprudent to do so.
a.

Officers should avoid using the X26 Taser on obviously pregnant
females and those individuals under the age of 7 or over the age
of 70 due to the potential for these individuals to fall when
incapacitated by the Taser, unless the encounter rises to the
level of a deadly force situation.

b.

Officers should avoid using the X26 Taser on individuals who are
on an elevated surface unless the encounter rises to the level of
a deadly force situation.

Officers should, if possible, obtain backup before using the X26 Taser
to control the subject.
a.

Deploy personnel in such a manner that will enable them to use
other means to subdue the subject if the X26 Taser is ineffective.

b.

Officers will use caution and avoid standing near the subject.

Depressing the trigger on the X26 Taser will propel two darts from the
attached cartridge. Once the X26 Taser is fired, it will automatically
cycle for five seconds. The officer can turn it off before the fivesecond cycle stops. However, it is recommended that officers let the
X26 Taser cycle for the full five seconds to maximize its effectiveness.
Officers should give commands to the suspect and attempt to gain
compliance.
a.

It is necessary for both darts in a cartridge to hit some part of the
suspect's clothing or body for total incapacitation. However, if
only one dart penetrates the subject, the X26 Taser is only
partially effective. Should this occur and the subject continues to
act aggressively, place the X26 Taser against the subject’s body
to complete the circuit, causing complete incapacitation.

b.

The X26 Taser has a red dot laser and a built in flashlight that
activates as soon as the X26 Taser is turned on. Both of these
features can be deactivated, if desired.

If a first shot does not make contact or is ineffective, the officer may
reload and attempt a second shot. If the X26 Taser deployments do
not make contact or are ineffective, it may be used in the drive stun
mode. The X26 Taser can operate in the drive stun mode with or
without the fired cartridge attached. You cannot use the X26 Taser in
the drive stun mode on the neck or groin area with a non-fired
cartridge attached to the Taser.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

10

12.545

5.

a.

While operating the X26 Taser in the drive stun mode, the
carotid/brachial, groin, and common peroneal nerve are the
preferred target areas of the body. A drive stun is described as
pushing the X26 Taser aggressively against the subject’s body
while pulling the trigger. This will deliver a shock to that area of
the body. A drive stun is intended to gain compliance from
actively resisting subjects, aggressive non-compliant subjects,
violent or potentially violent subjects, and persons attempting to
swallow evidence or contraband.

b.

Due to the high voltage electronic spark of the X26 Taser, never
fire the X26 Taser near flammable materials (such as
chemical irritant with an alcohol-based propellant, gasoline,
kerosene, or in a natural gas environment).

c.

After an officer has fired an X26 Taser cartridge, a new cartridge
will be issued to the officer by their immediate supervisor.

When possible, avoid prolonged, extended, uninterrupted discharges
or extensive multiple discharges.
a.

6.

7.

Use of the Taser should be combined with physical restraint
techniques to minimize the total duration of the struggle and
Taser use.
1)

Additional officers on the scene of a Taser deployment can
attempt to restrain and handcuff a subject during an active
Taser cycle.

2)

Officers should transition to a different force option if
multiple Taser deployments fail to gain compliance or
continued Taser applications are not making sufficient
progress toward gaining compliance.

Discharging the X26 Taser at Animals
a.

The X26 Taser is an effective tool for stopping the aggressive
behavior of wild or potentially dangerous animals. The X26
Taser is especially effective for vicious and/or dangerous dogs.

b.

Officers using a Taser on an animal may need to adjust their aim
to ensure contact is made with both probes.

Medical Treatment
a.

Officers will obtain appropriate medical treatment for suspects
when necessary. After successful X26 Taser deployment,
request Cincinnati Fire Department (CFD) respond to evaluate
the subject.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

11

12.545
b.

Officers may remove darts embedded in a subject's skin using
the appropriate technique provided the darts are not embedded
in soft body tissue, i.e., genitals, breast tissue, or any area above
the collar bone.
1)

2)

B.

If the darts are embedded in the soft body tissue described
above:
a)

Transport to University Hospital for treatment and dart
removal any person 13 years of age and older.

b)

Transport to Children’s Hospital for treatment and dart
removal any person 12 years of age and under.

Used X26 Taser cartridges and darts are considered a
biohazard. Place the used cartridge and darts in a
biohazard receptacle at a fire station or hospital.

Use of Chemical Irritant
1.

When possible, a verbal warning must be issued to the subject that
chemical irritant will be used prior to the use of chemical irritant unless
exigent circumstances exist that would make it imprudent to do so.

2.

When feasible, officers will defer using the chemical irritant a
reasonable time to allow the individual to comply with the verbal
warning.

3.

Officers may only use chemical irritant on a restrained individual when
the restrained individual is likely to escape or suffer injury; or another
person is likely to suffer injury, absent the use of the chemical irritant.

4.

If it is necessary to use chemical irritant on a violent prisoner who is
handcuffed and in the rear seat of the police vehicle, officers will not
open the rear doors of the police vehicle to spray the prisoner.
Instead, officers will spray the prisoner through the protective screen.
a.

If the vehicle is equipped with a Plexiglas partition, officers can
either slide the partition to an open position and spray the
prisoner through the opening or spray the prisoner through the
rear door window nearest the prisoner’s face.

b.

This should be rare and used only after officers issue a verbal
warning and when other uses of force would be ineffective.

5.

When spraying chemical irritant, target an individual’s face and upper
torso. If possible, stay five to ten feet away from an individual and
administer the chemical irritant in 3 second bursts.

6.

Officers may not keep a sprayed individual in a face-down position
any longer than necessary to handcuff or end the threat of harm or
escape.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

12

12.545
7.

8.

Absent exigent circumstances, officers will offer to decontaminate
every sprayed individual within 20 minutes of the use of chemical
irritant.
a.

Expose individuals sprayed with chemical irritant to fresh air.
Give them an opportunity to rinse their face with plenty of clear,
cool water; or the use of a decontamination wipe.

b.

Individuals should not rub or hold their faces, or use any oils,
creams, or ointments.

Officers are required to request medical assistance for sprayed
individuals in the following circumstances:
a.

When the individual complains of continued effects after having
been decontaminated.

b.

The individual indicates that they have a pre-existing medical
condition that may be aggravated by the chemical irritant, e.g.,
asthma, emphysema, bronchitis, heart ailment, etc.

c.

Immediately request a supervisor and Cincinnati Fire
Department (CFD) respond to the scene if a person is suspected
of putting in their mouth, swallowing, or attempting to swallow
any substance or item suspected as capable of causing physical
harm, injury, or death.
1)

If necessary, CFD will transport the suspect for immediate
medical treatment. If CFD requests the Police Department
transport the suspect, officers will:
a)

Immediately transport to University Hospital any
person 13 years of age and older.

b)

Immediately transport to Children’s Hospital any
person 12 years of age and under.
Police officers have a number of options available when confronted
with a situation that requires use of force. Force decision making will
reflect not only the amount of resistance encountered but also factors
related to the officer and subject involved as well as circumstances in
the particular environment where the incident occurs. There may be
circumstances where the best option is to disengage and wait for
other officers, contain the individual without engaging him, or simply
wait him out.
Force situations often do not allow for a neat progression up a
continuum of force and officers must be ready to escalate or deescalate as the situation evolves. Force options may be used
simultaneously, for instance, combining verbal skills with use of
chemical irritant. The officer must choose the necessary response
based on law, department policy, training, and experience.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

13

12.545

C.

Force Options

Officer/Subject Factors

Officer Presence
Verbal Skills
Chemical Irritant
Assistance from other
Officers
Soft Hands (Escort,
Restrain)
Hard Hands (Pressure
Points, Strikes
PR-24 (Baton)
Less than lethal (taser,
beanbag shotgun, 40 mm
sponge round, pepperball)
Deadly Force (Firearm,
other)
Disengage

Physical Size
Alcohol/Drug Use
Mental Illness
Multiple Subjects

Special Circumstances
Environmental Factors
Distance from Subject
Injury or Exhaustion
Proximity of Weapon
Officer on the Ground
Special Knowledge

Use of PepperBall
1.

PepperBall launchers will be assigned to the districts at the discretion
of the Police Chief.

2.

The PepperBall round consists of a small, hard, plastic sphere
containing Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) pepper powder.

3.

The PepperBall launcher is a semi-automatic, shoulder-mounted, high
capacity weapon, powered by compressed air.
a.

Each district will be assigned one Self Contained Breathing
Apparatus (SCBA) compressed air tank and a PepperBall fill
adapter.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

14

12.545
b.
4.

5.

Only supervisors and officers trained in the use of PepperBall
launchers are permitted to use the weapons.
a.

The presence of a second officer is highly recommended in the
event the officer using the PepperBall launcher encounters lethal
resistance.

b.

If serious injury requiring hospitalization occurs from the use of
the PepperBall, follow the notification process for shots fired as
outlined in Procedure 12.550, Discharging of Firearms by Police
Personnel.

When using the PepperBall launcher, aim at center mass. Avoid the
head, neck, and groin areas, if possible. The effective range of the
PepperBall is 0 to 30 feet for targeting individuals; and up to 100 feet
for area saturation.
a.

Generally, four to ten rounds should be deployed at a subject.
More rounds may be utilized, if in the opinion of the officer, the
additional rounds will assist in gaining compliance of the
individual.

b.

Heavy clothing can hinder the effectiveness of the PepperBall
rounds. If a subject is wearing heavy clothing, consider targeting
the legs.

c.

Subjects struck with PepperBall rounds often lower their head
and turn away from the source of impact. It is important to
anticipate this reaction when employing PepperBall rounds.

d.

Decontamination for individuals exposed to PepperBall OC
powder is fresh air and clear, cool water.

6.

PepperBall rounds can be used to saturate an area with OC powder
by aiming the rounds at solid objects such as buildings, walls, or the
ground.

7.

After using the PepperBall launcher, and after the individual is under
control, inform onlookers that the PepperBall launcher is a non-lethal
alternative designed to apprehend individuals without causing serious
injury.
a.

D.

SCBA tanks can be refilled by the Cincinnati Fire Department at
their facility located on 5th Street at Central Avenue.

Officers are exempt from the notification requirements during
incidents involving civil unrest.

Use of Beanbag Shotgun
1.

Two supervisors' cars and ten beat cars in each district are equipped
with beanbag shotguns.
a.

Supervisors are responsible for loading beanbag shotguns.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

15

12.545
b.
2.

A beanbag shotgun shell is a standard 2 3/4 inch, 12 gauge shotgun
shell with a transparent hull.
a.

3.

Never load regular shotgun ammunition into beanbag shotguns
or vice versa.

Stocks on beanbag shotguns are orange and clearly labeled as
"less-lethal".

Beanbag shotguns will be carried with four rounds loaded in the
magazine tube and no round in the chamber. They will be stored decocked with the safety on, in secured boxes in the trunks of assigned
vehicles.
a.

A breakaway seal will be on each box.

b.

Do not remove and inspect the beanbag shotgun at the
beginning of each shift.
1)

Open the trunk and check the seal. If the seal is intact, the
weapon is ready to be used.

2)

If the seal is broken, call for a supervisor to inspect the
weapon and reseal the box.

4.

If the shotgun is removed during the shift, a supervisor must inspect
the shotgun and reseal it in the box.

5.

Supervisors will ensure beanbag shotguns are evenly disbursed
geographically throughout each district.

6.

Neither permission from, nor the presence of, a supervisor is required
for officers to use beanbag shotguns, except in crowd control
situations.
a.

The presence of a second officer is highly recommended in the
event the officer using the beanbag shotgun encounters lethal
resistance.

7.

Where the distance between the officer and the target makes it
practical, verbal warnings will be given prior to use, absent exigent
circumstances. When feasible, officers will allow a reasonable time
between the warning and use of the beanbag shotgun.

8.

When using a beanbag shotgun, the recommended distance is no less
than 20 feet and no more than 75 feet from a suspect. Beanbag
rounds have an optimal effective range of 20 to 50 feet with a
maximum effective range of 75 feet.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

16

12.545

9.

a.

Using a beanbag shotgun within 20 feet of an individual
increases the chance of serious injury. In cases involving selfdefense, defense of another, or a situation where the round is
used as an alternative to deadly force when deadly force would
be appropriate, the use of the beanbag round at a distance less
than 20 feet is acceptable.

b.

If serious injury requiring hospitalization occurs from using a
beanbag shotgun, follow the notification process for shots fired
as outlined in Procedure 12.550.

When using a beanbag shotgun, target a specific part of the body.
Avoid the head, neck, heart, and groin areas, if possible.
a.

Transport any person 13 years of age and older struck with a
beanbag round to University Hospital for medical evaluation.

b.

Transport any person 12 years of age and younger struck with a
beanbag round to Children’s Hospital for medical evaluation.

10.

While multiple beanbag rounds may be expended as necessary, no
more than two beanbag shotguns should be simultaneously deployed
on an individual.

11.

If four rounds prove to be ineffective, officers need to consider another
option.

12.

After using a beanbag shotgun, and after an individual is under
control, notify onlookers that a beanbag shotgun, not a regular
shotgun, was used. Inform the onlookers that the beanbag shotgun is
a less lethal alternative designed to apprehend individuals without
causing serious injury.
a.

E.

Officers are exempt from the notification requirements during
incidents involving civil unrest.

Use of 40mm Foam Round
1.

40mm foam round launchers are assigned to SWAT.

2.

The 40mm foam round consists of a soft rubber sponged nose
attached to a hard plastic carrier.

3.

The 40mm foam round launcher is a single shot, shoulder-mounted
weapon.

4.

Only SWAT officers trained in the use of the 40mm foam round
launcher are permitted to use the weapon.
a.

The presence of a second officer is highly recommended in the
event the officer using the 40mm foam round launcher
encounters lethal resistance.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

17

12.545

5.

b.

Where the distance between the officer and the target makes it
practical, verbal warnings will be given prior to use, absent
exigent circumstances. When feasible, officers will allow a
reasonable time between the warning and use of the foam
round.

c.

If serious injury requiring hospitalization occurs from using a
40mm foam round, follow the notification process for shots fired
as outlined in Procedure 12.550.

When using the 40mm foam round, target a specific part of the body.
Avoid the head, neck, heart, and groin areas, if possible. The 40mm
foam round will prove most successful for incapacitation when used
within its optimal energy range of approximately 10 to 75 feet,
although it may be used in situations from 5 to 120 feet.
a.

Take an individual struck with a 40mm foam round to University
Hospital for medical evaluation.

6.

If four rounds prove to be ineffective, officers need to consider another
option.

7.

After using the 40mm foam round launcher, and after an individual is
under control, inform onlookers that the 40mm foam round is a less
lethal alternative designed to apprehend individuals without causing
serious injury.
a.

Officers are exempt from the notification requirements during
incidents involving civil unrest.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

18

12.545
Policy:
Cincinnati Police Officers must recognize and respect the value and dignity
of every person. In vesting officers with the lawful authority to use force to
protect the public’s welfare, a careful balancing of all human interests is
required.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

19

12.545
Courtesy in all public contacts encourages understanding and cooperation.
The most desirable method for effectuating an arrest is where a suspect
complies with simple directions given by an officer.
When officers are confronted with a situation where control is required to
effect arrest or protect the public’s safety, officers should attempt to achieve
control through advice, warnings, and persuasion. The suspect should always
be allowed to submit to arrest before force is used, unless this causes
unnecessary danger to the officer.
When officers have a right to make an arrest, they may use whatever force is
reasonably necessary to apprehend the offender or effect the arrest, and no
more. Just as officers must be prepared to respond appropriately to rising
levels of resistance, they must likewise be prepared to immediately deescalate
the use of force as the subject deescalates or comes under police control.
They must avoid using unnecessary violence. Their privilege to use force is
not limited to that amount of force necessary to protect themselves, but
extends to that amount reasonably necessary to enable them to effect the
arrest of a resistant subject.
Service of court orders or arrest warrants will be done with extreme caution
and, when possible, only after adequate numbers of officers are on the scene.
The taser electronic control device may be used in situations where time and
conditions permit the consideration of an alternate force. The taser can be an
extremely effective control device for close range immobilization. Only
officers successfully completing the Department taser training program will
use the taser.
Beanbag shotguns, 40mm foam rounds and pepperball rounds may be used
anytime officers encounter individuals actively resisting arrest or threatening
harm to themselves or others. They may not be used to prevent theft or minor
vandalism.
If the offender resists, the officer may use such force as required under the
circumstances to overcome the resistance, even to the extent of taking life, if
that is necessary. They may not use deadly force merely to prevent escape in
misdemeanor cases.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

20

12.545
The use of deadly force to prevent escape of felony suspects is
constitutionally unreasonable except where the escape presents an immediate
risk of death or serious physical harm to the officer or another.
Where the suspect poses no immediate threat of death or serious physical
harm to others, the harm resulting from failing to apprehend the suspect does
not justify the use of deadly force to do so. If officers use unnecessary and
excessive force, or act wantonly and maliciously, they will be subjected to
disciplinary action, possible criminal prosecution, and/or civil liability.
When possible, personnel will use chemical irritant as the primary response to aggressive
citizen behavior when verbal commands and other techniques that do not require the use
of force would be ineffective, or where issuing verbal commands would present a danger
to the officer or others. Aggressive citizen behavior is defined as any citizen who displays
or engages in any of the following behaviors resistive tension, conspicuously ignoring,
exaggerated movement, combative/assaultive behavior, armed, excessive emotional
tension, subject ceased all movement, and/or subject has a violent history, as those terms
are further defined above.
Officers will sign the appropriate criminal charges following a use of chemical irritant or
force incident associated with the signing of a state mental hold.
A charge of Resisting Arrest is not appropriate when the only other action is the signing
of an Emergency Hospitalization Examination/state mental hold.Reporting Use of Force
Force used

Reporting requirement

Deployment of police canine (no bite).

Form 18C, explaining circumstances that led to
the deployment.

Escorting or handcuffing a person, with no or
minimal resistance.

No special reporting required other than the
narrative of the arrest report.

“Hard hands” use of force by means of leverage
displacement, joint manipulation, pain
compliance, or pressure point control tactics
without injury or complaint.

The arresting officer(s) are required to notify a
supervisor and document a narrative account of
the subject’s form(s) of resistance and the officer’s
specific defensive tactic used to overcome that
resistance in the narrative of the arrest report and
complete Form 18NC, Noncompliant
Suspect/Arrestee Report, to be reviewed and
approved by a supervisor. The use of force report
will require the officer to identify the events
leading up to the use of force and the supervisor
will be required to evaluate the tactics used by the
officer.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

21

12.545

“Hard hands” use of force with injury or
complaint of injury.

The arresting officer(s) are required to notify a
supervisor. The supervisor’s report will include
the following information in the narrative portion
of the report: description of the events leading to
the use of force; description of the subject’s
resistance; description of the use of force by
police to overcome resistance, including a
description of all empty hand controls used by the
officer; supervisor’s evaluation of the propriety of
the initial contact and the propriety of the use of
force; supervisor’s evaluation of a foot pursuit if
applicable.

Force using any physical strike or instrumental
contact with a person; chemical irritant; choke
holds; deployment of a canine resulting in a bite;
beanbag shotgun and 40mm foam rounds; X26
Taser; or PepperBall.

Supervisors will be called to the scene and
conduct a supervisory investigation including the
supervisor’s narrative description of the events
preceding the use of force, the officer(s)’
description of events, and audio taped statements
of all witnesses including the officer(s), subject(s),
medical treating personnel (if practicable), and
third-parties. For chemical irritant use and X26
Taser deployment, taped statements are only
required if the use occurs after handcuffing.

All serious uses of force (as defined in the
Definitions section) and canine bites that cause
serious injury or hospital admission.

CIS and IIS will respond to the scene and
investigate.

Procedure:F.
1.

2.

Reporting a Use of Force

The investigating supervisor will immediately notify the
district/section/unit OIC (officer in charge), or the Night Chief, if on
duty. The use of force will not be investigated by any officer who used
force or chemical irritant, whose conduct led to an injury to a prisoner,
or who authorized the conduct that led to the reportable incident.
a.

If none of the above are on duty, ensure the next command
officer who comes on duty is notified.

b.

Contact the Internal Investigations Section (IIS) Commander, the
Criminal Investigation Section (CIS) Commander, and the
officer's district/section/unit commander for all serious uses of
force and all canine bites which cause serious injury or hospital
admission.

c.

Contact the IIS Commander and the officer's district/section/unit
commander if more than the necessary amount of force appears
to have been used, or the injuries are inconsistent with the
reported force.

The supervisor will conduct a preliminary fact finding interview of

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

22

12.545
witnesses and officers at the scene and search for evidentiary
materials. The supervisor will then conduct a thorough investigation
and evaluate the propriety of the action taken. The supervisor or
command officer investigating the incident must be of at least the next
higher rank than the officer(s) who used force. The only exception is
when a lieutenant uses force and there is no captain or above
working, but an acting Night Chief (lieutenant) is available. In this
case, the acting Night Chief can conduct the investigation.
a.

Other than a use of chemical irritant or Taser, a supervisor will
ensure neutral officers transport the prisoner to the appropriate
facility, if applicable.
1)

Officers may remove a prisoner to a safe location to
prevent an escalation of the incident.

b.

Detail supervisors will be responsible for the investigation of a
use of force involving officers under their supervision.

c.

A supervisor in the district where the force occurred will
investigate and report incidents when the officer is off duty.
1)

d.

If a use of force occurs outside the city limits, a supervisor
from the closest district will investigate the incident.

If an officer is involved in a use of force outside a 50-mile radius
of the city, the officer will immediately contact a Police
Communications Section (PCS) supervisor and notify him of the
use of force. The officer will leave a phone number where he
can be contacted.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

23

12.545

3.

PCS will contact the involved officer's assigned
district/section/unit commander and notify him of the
incident.

2)

The district/section/unit commander will call the officer to
determine the correct course of action.

After the preliminary fact finding interview, tape record all further
interviews with the arrested, civilian witnesses, and police officer
witnesses in incidents involving canine bites or the physical use of
force. Attach the interview tapes to the original report.
a.

4.

1)

The tape recorded interview will contain the following
information:
1)

Date, time, and location of interview.

2)

Interviewer's name and title.

3)

Reason for the interview, e.g., "I am investigating the arrest
of John Doe which took place at 1012 Ludlow Avenue."

4)

Identity of the person interviewed.

5)

Explanation of what happened with specific reference to
how the injury occurred. Do not ask leading or suggestive
questions.

b.

If more information is needed, ask the appropriate questions.

c.

Upon completion, conclude the taped interview by identifying
yourself, the person interviewed, and state the time, e.g., "This is
Sergeant Neudigate concluding this interview with Mr. John Doe.
The time is 2000 hours."

The investigating supervisor will interview and examine the subject of
the use of force. Be sure the arrested is fully aware of the
supervisor's rank and purpose of the interview. The supervisor is
responsible for examining the subject for any injuries and is
responsible to ensure that any necessary medical attention is secured.
a.

The investigating supervisor will take Polaroid photographs of
the subject. Take specific photos of any injury, or claimed injury,
to the subject.
1)

The investigating supervisor will record his name, badge
number, date, time and name of the subject on the
photographs. Attach the photographs to the original report.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

24

12.545
b.

Anytime the subject of a use of force goes to a hospital, a
supervisor will respond and:
1)

Ask permission of the medical staff to view the arrested to
note the total extent of the injuries.

2)

Interview the arrested, tape recording the interview.

3)

Interview the treating physician and include the diagnosis
in the report. Tape record the interview if the physician
permits it.
a)

5.

If the treating physician cannot release a diagnosis of
the subject’s injuries due to doctor-patient
confidentiality, the supervisor will note it in the report.

4)

If possible, obtain a hospital and Department release for
medical records from the arrested. Attach the release to
the original investigative report.

5)

Note on the Form 18F, Supervisor’s Use of Force
Investigation Report, if the subject refuses treatment at the
hospital.

If the arrested is seriously injured or admitted to a hospital,
immediately notify the district/section/unit commander of the involved
officer, the IIS Commander, the CIS Commander, and the Night
Chief/Duty Officer, if on duty.
a.

The Homicide Unit and IIS will conduct an investigation with the
assistance of the affected district/section/unit when the injury is a
result of the use of force.
1)

The district/section/unit commander will coordinate the
investigation in the absence of an IIS investigator.
a)

The CIS and IIS Commanders will forward all findings
and reports to the Police Chief’s Office through
command channels.

b)

When IIS or the Homicide Unit is conducting the use
of force investigation, the unit responsible for the
primary investigation will complete a Form 18F.

b.

If the arrested is admitted to a hospital for psychiatric evaluation
only without serious injury (PES, etc.), the above notifications are
not required.

c.

If the arrested remains at a hospital for observation purposes as
the result of the use of force, notify the affected bureau
commander and the Night Chief/Duty Officer who will determine
whether CIS and IIS will be notified.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

25

12.545
6.

The investigating supervisor will complete an appropriate Form 18F in
the Employee Tracking Solution (ETS).
a.

Ensure all blocks are completed. Multiple blocks may be
checked, as applicable, in the following defined categories:
• Ceased All Movement: Subject fails to comply with verbal
commands from an officer to submit to arrest and abruptly
stops all movement. This is often a behavioral cue that the
subject is forming a plan to resist the officer.
• Conspicuously Ignoring: Subject fails to comply with
verbal commands from an officer to submit to arrest and
fails to respond to questions or orders, refuses to
acknowledge the officer’s presence, engages in other
activities, or attempts to leave the area.
• Resistive Tension: Subject fails to comply with verbal
commands from an officer to submit to arrest and makes
their body rigid by tensing the muscles. This rigidity can be
full body resistance or a particular body part. The goal of
the action is to prevent control by means of superior
strength.
• Exaggerated Movement: Subject fails to comply with
verbal commands from an officer to submit to arrest and
exhibits rapid body movements, such as flailing of the
arms, excited pacing, bouncing or similar actions. Actions
are often behavioral cues indicating preparation for
physical exertion to avoid having the officer take control.
• Excessive Emotional Tension: Subject fails to comply
with verbal commands from an officer to submit to arrest
and is belligerent, yelling or argumentative towards the
officer or another person. Actions are often behavioral
cues indicating preparation for physical exertion to avoid
having the officer take control.
• Combative/Assaultive: Subject fails to comply with verbal
commands from an officer to submit to arrest and attempts,
threatens or succeeds in physically assaulting an officer or
another person by means of body weapons (hands, feet,
kicks, punches, elbow strikes, spitting, biting, etc.).
• Armed: Subject fails to comply with verbal commands
from an officer to submit to arrest and displays or claims to
possess a weapon, threatens to obtain or use a weapon,
makes overt actions consistent with being armed, or is
reported to be armed.

b.

Include concise statements addressing corroboration or
contradiction for each witness.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

26

12.545
c.

Type a brief summary of the use of force incident on the Form 18
that includes the following information:
1)

Decision to arrest, including the basis for the stop and
seizure.

2)

How the subject resisted arrest.

3)

Subject’s resistive behavior.

4)

Officer’s tactics and actions to counter resistance/assault.

5)

The supervisor’s analysis of the propriety of the officer’s
use of force.

6)

A statement indicating that the subject of the use of force
was interviewed as part of the investigation. Include the
identity of the supervisor who conducted the interview.

7.

If while investigating a use of force, an individual alleges excessive
force, the investigating supervisor will complete Form 648, Citizen
Complaint or Information, and include it in the use of force case folder.
The supervisor will investigate the complaint thoroughly while all
participants and witnesses are present. If the original use of force
does not require the investigation to be tape recorded, but there is an
excessive force allegation in conjunction with the use of force, the
supervisor will tape record the interview of the subject of the use of
force. This is only required when an excessive force complaint
accompanies a use of force investigation. The main focus of the
interview should be the complaint allegation, not the use of force.
Refer to Procedure 15.100, Citizen Complaints, for routing of the form.

8.

The investigating supervisor will ensure the completion of and sign the
Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report, and Form 527A, Case and
Bond Information Sheet, listing the prisoner's physical condition. The
Form 527 will accompany the prisoner to Central Intake at the
Hamilton County Justice Center.

9.

Form 18F will be work-flowed to the assigned district/section/unit
commander through the chain of command.
a.

Upon work-flowing Form 18F, the investigating supervisor will
use the “Add Notification” function to include the following units:
1)

Internal Investigations Section.

2)

Inspections Section.

3)

Patrol Bureau.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

27

12.545
b.

10.

If the Form 18F is not complete and the investigating supervisor
needs to retain the document to complete their investigation,
they should work-flow the document to themselves while still
notifying the above listed units by the “Add Notification” function.
Do not use the “Add Recipient” function.

The district/section/unit commander will review the original report and
complete a use of force supplement, which will be attached to the
appropriate use of force case folder in ETS. Within seven days, the
district/section/unit commander will forward the taped statements and
photos to the Police Chief's Office through the affected bureau
commander in a sealed envelope.
a.

Inspections Section will file the photographs and tapes.

11.

If an additional investigation is required, note it on the supplement.

12.

The investigating supervisor will make a blotter entry describing the
incident and action taken.

13.

Following each use of force investigation conducted by a supervising
officer, an officer at the rank of lieutenant or higher will review the
investigation, identify any discrepancies, and require the supervising
officer who conducted the investigation to correct any such
deficiencies. Appropriate non-disciplinary corrective action and/or
disciplinary action will be taken when a supervising officer fails to
conduct a thorough investigation or fails to properly adjudicate an
incident, or when a reviewing lieutenant neglects to recommend
appropriate corrective action.
B.

Use of the Taser:
1.

2.

3.

Use the taser to control violent or potentially violent
suspects under the following conditions:
a.

Attempts to subdue the subject by conventional
tactics are inappropriate or ineffective.

b.

There is reasonable expectation it will be unsafe for
officers to approach within contact range of the
suspect.

Officers should, if possible, obtain sufficient backup before
using the taser to control the suspect.
a.

Deploy personnel in such a manner that will enable
them to use other appropriate means to subdue the
subject if the taser is ineffective.

b.

Officers will use extreme caution and avoid standing
near the subject.

Depressing the taser release bar will propel two darts. The
darts pull two fine conducting wires from a cassette.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

28

12.545

a.

b.

It is necessary for both darts in a cassette to hit some
part of the suspect's clothing or body for the taser to
be effective.
1)

If the suspect is wearing heavy clothing, the
taser may not be effective.

2)

If a first shot does not make contact or is
ineffective, attempt a second shot.

3)

If a second shot does not make contact or is
ineffective, end taser deployment.

Due to the high voltage electronic spark of the taser,
never test or fire it near flammable materials.
1)

4.

Medical Treatment Guidelines:
a.

Officers will obtain appropriate medical treatment for
suspects when necessary.

b.

Only medical personnel may remove darts embedded
in a subject's skin.
1)

5.

Do not use the department issued chemical
irritant and the taser simultaneously.

Transport the individual to University Hospital for
removal.

Charging and Care of the Taser:
a.

Designated vehicles in Park Unit, Traffic Unit, and the
districts are equipped with unloaded tasers.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

29

12.545
1)

C.

Do not store taser cartridges at temperatures
above 150 degrees Fahrenheit. Extreme
temperatures can cause defects in the
cartridges. Supervisors will remove the taser
and cartridges from police vehicles not in use
when temperatures could exceed the
recommended storing temperatures.

b.

All districts, the Park Unit, and Traffic Unit have taser
battery chargers.

c.

When the taser is used, replace with a fully charged
battery. When used for a brief test activation, replace
the battery with a fully charged battery at shift
completion.

d.

Do not leave the same battery in a taser for more than
two weeks without recharging, even if the taser was
not used.

e.

Nickel cadium batteries are spent after 500 to 1000
charges. This equates to approximately six months
field use.

Use of Beanbag Shotgun
1.

2.

Two supervisors' cars and ten beat cars in each district are
equipped with beanbag shotguns.
a.

Supervisors are responsible for loading beanbag
shotguns.

b.

Never load regular shotgun ammunition into beanbag
shotguns or vice versa.

A beanbag shotgun shell is a standard 2 3/4 inch, 12 gauge
shotgun shell with a transparent hull for easy identification.
a.

3.

Stocks on beanbag shotguns are orange and clearly
labeled as "less lethal."

Beanbag shotguns will be carried with four rounds loaded
in the magazine tube and no round in the chamber. They
will be decocked with safety on, in secured boxes, in the
trunks of vehicles.
a.

A breakaway seal will be on each box.

b.

Do not remove and inspect the beanbag shotgun at
the beginning of each shift.
1)

Open the trunk and check the seal. If the seal is
intact, the weapon is ready to be used.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

30

12.545
2)

If the seal is broken, call for a supervisor to
inspect the weapon and reseal the box.

4.

If the shotgun is removed during the shift, a supervisor
must inspect the shotgun and reseal it in the box.

5.

Supervisors will ensure beanbag shotguns are evenly
disbursed geographically throughout each district.

6.

Neither permission from nor the presence of a supervisor is
required for officers to use beanbag shotguns, except in
crowd control situations.
a.

The presence of a second officer is highly
recommended in the event the officer using the
beanbag shotgun encounters lethal resistance.

7.

Unless it would present a danger to the officer or another,
verbal warnings must be issued prior to use. Where
feasible, officers will allow a reasonable time between the
warning and use of the beanbag shotgun.

8.

When using a beanbag shotgun, an officer should be no
less than 20 feet and no more than 75 feet from a suspect.
Beanbag rounds have an optimal effective range of 20 to
50 feet with a maximum effective range of 75 feet
according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
a.

Using a beanbag shotgun within 30 feet of an
individual increases the chance of serious injury.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

31

12.545
b.

9.

If serious injury requiring hospitalization occurs from
using a beanbag shotgun, follow the notification
process for shots fired as outlined in Procedure
12.550.

When using a beanbag shotgun, aim at center mass. Avoid
the head, neck, and groin areas, if possible.
a.Take any individual struck with a beanbag round to
University Hospital for medical evaluation.

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

10.

While multiple beanbag rounds may be expended as
necessary, no more than two beanbag shotguns should be
simultaneously deployed on an individual.

11.

If four rounds prove to be ineffective, officers need to
consider another option.

12.

After using a beanbag shotgun, and after an individual is
under control, immediately notify onlookers that a beanbag
shotgun, not a regular shotgun, was used. Inform the
onlookers that the beanbag shotgun is a less lethal
alternative designed to apprehend individuals without
causing serious injury.
a.

D.

Officers are exempt from the notification requirements
during incidents involving civil unrest.
Use of 40mm Foam Round

1.

A 40mm foam round launcher will be assigned to each district.

2.

The 40mm foam round consists of a soft rubber sponged nose attached to
a hard plastic carrier.

3.

The 40mm foam round launcher is a single shot shoulder mounted weapon.

a.

A holographic sight is attached to the launcher to assist with aiming and
shot placement.

4.

Only supervisors and officers trained in the use of the 40mm foam round
launcher are permitted to use the weapon.

a.The presence of a second officer is highly recommended in the event the
officer using the 40mm foam round launcher encounters lethal resistance.

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

b.Unless it would present a danger to the officer or another, verbal warnings
must be issued prior to use. Where feasible, officers will allow a reasonable
time between the warning and use of the foam round.

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

c.

If serious injury requiring hospitalization occurs from using a 40mm foam
round, follow the notification process for shots fired as outlined in Procedure
12.550.

5.

When using the 40mm foam round, aim at center mass. Avoid the head,

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

32

12.545
neck, and groin areas, if possible. The 40mm exact impact sponge round
will prove most successful for incapacitation when used within its optimal
energy range of approximately 10 to 75 feet, although it may be used in
situations from 5 to 120 feet.
a.

Take an individual struck with a 40mm foam round to University Hospital for
medical evaluation.

6.

If four rounds prove to be ineffective, officers need to consider another
option.

7.

After using the 40mm foam round launcher, and after an individual in under
control, inform onlookers that the 40mm foam round is a less lethal
alternative designed to apprehend individuals without causing serious
injury.

a.

Officers are exempt from the notification requirements during incidents
involving civil unrest.

E.

Use of Pepperball

1.

Pepperball launchers will be assigned to the districts at the discretion of the
Police Chief.

2.

The Pepperball round consists of a small hard plastic sphere containing OC
pepper powder.
The Pepperball launcher is a semi-automatic shoulder mounted, high
capacity weapon powered by compressed air.

3.
a.

Each district will be assigned one SCUBA compressed air tank and a
Pepperball fill adapter.

b.

Any member of Cincinnati Fire Squad 52 can refill SCUBA tanks at the
firehouse at 5th and Central Avenues.

4.

Only supervisors and officers trained in the use of Pepperball launchers are
permitted to use the weapons.

a.

The presence of a second officer is highly recommended in the event the
officer using Pepperball encounters lethal resistance.

b.

If serious injury requiring hospitalization occurs from the use of Pepperball,
follow the notification process for shots fired as outlined in Procedure
12.550.

5.

When using Pepperball, aim at center mass. Avoid the head, neck and
groin areas if possible. The effective range of the Pepperball is 0 to 30 feet
for targeting individuals and up to 100 feet for area saturation according to
manufacturer’s specifications.

a.

Generally, four to ten rounds should be deployed at a subject. More rounds
may be utilized, if in the opinion of the officer, the additional rounds will
assist in gaining compliance of the individual.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

33

12.545
b.

Heavy clothing can hinder the effectiveness of the Pepperball rounds. If a
subject is wearing heavy clothing, consider targeting the legs.

c.

Subjects struck with Pepperball rounds often lower their head and turn
away from the source of impact. It is important to anticipate this reaction
when employing Pepperball rounds.

d.

Decontamination for individuals exposed to Pepperball OC powder is fresh
air and clear cool water.

6.

Pepperball rounds can be used to saturate an area with OC powder by
aiming the rounds at solid objects such as buildings, walls or the ground.

7.

After using Pepperball, and after the individual is under control, inform
onlookers that Pepperball is a non-lethal alternative designed to apprehend
individuals without causing serious injury.

a.

Officers are exempt from the notification requirements during incidents
involving civil unrest.
F.

Use of Chemical Irritant:

1.

Unless it would present a danger to the officer or another, a verbal warning
to the individual that chemical irritant will be used must be issued prior to
use.

2.

Where feasible, officers will defer using the chemical irritant a reasonable
time to allow the individual to comply with the verbal warning.

3.

Officers may use chemical irritant on handcuffed or otherwise restrained
individuals to prevent injury to the individual or another person or to prevent
escape.

4.

If it is necessary to use chemical irritant on a violent prisoner after
handcuffing and placing him in the rear seat of the police vehicle, officers
will not open the rear doors of the police vehicle to spray the prisoner.
Instead officers will spray the prisoner through the protective screen.

a.

If the vehicle is equipped with a plexiglass partition, officers can either slide
the partition to an open position and spray the prisoner through the
opening, or through the rear door window nearest the prisoner’s face.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

34

12.545
5.

When spraying chemical irritant, if possible spray five to ten feet from an
individual using a 3 second burst(s). The target should be an individual's
face and upper torso.

6.

Officers may not keep a sprayed individual in a face-down position any
longer than necessary to handcuff or end the threat of harm or escape.

7.

Absent exigent circumstances, officers will offer to decontaminate every
sprayed individual within 20 minutes of the use of chemical irritant.

a.

Expose individuals sprayed with chemical irritant to fresh air. Give them an
opportunity to rinse their face with plenty of clear, cool water.

b.

Individuals should not rub or hold their faces, or use any oils, creams, or
ointments.

8.

Officers are required to request medical assistance for sprayed individuals
in the following circumstances:

a.

When the individual complains of continued effects after having been
decontaminated.

b.

The individual indicates that they have a pre-existing medical condition (e.g.
asthma, emphysema, bronchitis, heart ailment, etc.) that may be
aggravated by the chemical irritant.

G.

Reporting Process for Use of Taser/Beanbag Shotgun/40mm Foam
Round/PepperBall Launcher
1.

Supervisors must complete a detailed Form 18TBFP, Use of
Taser/Beanbag/40mm Foam Round/PepperBall, in ETS after an
officer uses one of the above tools. Form 18TBFP must be completed
whether or not an individual is struck with a beanbag, 40mm,
PepperBall round, or Taser barb.
a.

After each X26 Taser deployment, the investigating supervisor
will retrieve the data stored on the X26 Taser data chip, print out
the X26 Taser data port download and record the necessary
information on the Form 18TBFP. The supervisor will then scan
the data port download sheet into the computer and attach it to
the appropriate use of force case folder in ETS.

b.

Complete Form 18T, Taser Silhouette Report, for X26 Taser use
and attach it to the Form 18TBFP. Attach the electronic Form
18T to the appropriate use of force case folder in ETS.
1)

Report any accidental discharges on a Form 17 and route
via the chain of command.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

35

12.545
2)

c.

Work-flow the report to the district/section/unit commander. After
review, the district/section/unit commander will work-flow the
original report to Inspections Section through the affected bureau
commander.
1)

2.
H.

Report any discharges at an animal on a Form 18A,
Weapons Discharge at an Animal, and route via the chain
of command.

When work-flowing the Form 18TBFP, use the “Add
Notification” function for the following units:
a)

Inspections Section.

b)

Patrol Bureau.

d.

No supplementary report is necessary unless requested by the
Police Chief or bureau commander.

e.

The relief officer in charge is responsible for providing a media
voice mail, as soon as possible after the incident, describing the
incident and the use of the X26 Taser/beanbag shotgun/40mm
foam round/PepperBall launcher.

The investigating supervisor will make a blotter entry describing the
incident and action taken.

Reporting and Notification Process for an Injury to Prisoner
1.

Supervisors will complete a Form 18I, Injury to Prisoner, in ETS for
any injury to the arrested not the result of the use of force, while under
or just prior to police control, and as a result of police activity,
including the ingestion of contraband.
a.

If the arrested has ingested contraband which results in either
seizures, convulsions, loss of consciousness, or other serious
medical conditions; or if the arrested remains at a hospital for
observation purposes, or is admitted to a hospital, immediately
notify the affected bureau commander and the Night Chief/Duty
Officer who will determine whether CIS and IIS will be notified.

b.

In the event of an incident wherein the underlying police use of
force meets the threshold that requires an officer to complete a
Form 18NC, Noncompliant Suspect/Arrestee Report, to
document the incident, and the subject is injured or complains of
injury as a result of the force, the incident will be investigated by
a supervisor as an injury to prisoner and documented on a Form
18I.
1)

If a serious injury occurs, follow the notification process as
outlined in Section F.5. of this procedure.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

36

12.545
2.

The narrative section of the Form 18I will be brief and concise,
containing the information in the Reporting Use of Force chart. If the
incident also involved the use of chemical irritant, the narrative must
address the circumstances warranting chemical irritant usage as well
as the circumstances of the injury.

3.

Work-flow the Form 18I to the district/section/unit commander through
the chain of command. Forward any original documents,
photographs, or tapes.
a.

b.

4.
I.

When work-flowing the Form 18I, “Add Notification” for the
following units:
1)

Inspections Section.

2)

Patrol Bureau.

The district/section/unit commander will evaluate the propriety of
the initial contact and the use of force and will note his findings
on the Form 18I.

The investigating supervisor will make a blotter entry describing the
incident and action taken.

Reporting Process for Use of Chemical Irritant
1.

Supervisors will complete Form 18CI in ETS when reporting the use of
chemical irritant.
a.

Work-flow the Form 18CI to the district/section/unit commander
through the chain of command.
1)

b.
2.
J.

Upon work-flowing the Form 18CI, use the “Add
Notification” function for the following units:
a)

Inspections Section.

b)

Patrol Bureau.

The investigating supervisor will make a blotter entry describing
the incident and action taken.

After review, the district/section/unit commander will work-flow the
report to Inspections Section through the affected bureau commander.

Priority of Forms
1.

If more than one act by an individual occurs, only one report is
needed, e.g., use of force and a use of beanbag shotgun.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

37

12.545
2.

Listed below is the order in which a report is made, with "a" being the
highest priority:
a.

b.

Use of Force.
1)

Include X26 Taser/beanbag shotgun/40mm foam
round/PepperBall information, if applicable.

2)

Include canine information, if applicable.

X26 Taser/Beanbag Shotgun/40mm Foam Round/PepperBall.
1)

K.

Include canine information, if applicable.

c.

Canine.

d.

Injury to Prisoner.

e.

Chemical Irritant.

f.

Noncompliant Suspect/Arrestee Report.

Documentation Needed for Each Form
1.

2.

Form 18F, Supervisor's Use of Force Investigation Report:
a.

Taped statement(s).

b.

Photos.

c.

Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report.

d.

Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) Incident History.

e.

Medical release, if treated.

f.

Summary of doctor’s diagnosis, if treated.

g.

Copy of MVR/DVR if incident is captured on video.

Form 18TBFP, Use of Taser/Beanbag/40mm Foam
Round/PepperBall:
a.

Taped statement(s) (X26 Taser deployment is exempt from this
requirement unless the subject was handcuffed at the time of
use or unless there is a complaint of excessive force in
conjunction with the use of force investigation).

b.

Photos.

c.

Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report.

d.

Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) Incident History.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

38

12.545

3.

4.

5.

e.

Medical release, if treated.

f.

Summary of doctor’s diagnosis, if treated.

g.

X26 Taser data port download, if applicable.

h.

Form 18T with the use of the X26 Taser.

i.

Copy of MVR/DVR if incident is captured on video.

Form 18C, Use of Canine:
a.

Taped statement(s).

b.

Photos.

c.

Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report.

d.

Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) Incident History.

e.

Medical release, if treated.

f.

Summary of doctor’s diagnosis, if treated.

g.

Copy of MVR/DVR if incident is captured on video.

Form 18CI, Use of Chemical Irritant:
a.

Short narrative.

b.

Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report.

c.

Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) Incident History.

d.

Taped statement(s) only if the subject was handcuffed at the
time or there is an excessive force complaint in conjunction with
the use of force investigation.

e.

Copy of MVR/DVR if incident is captured on video.

Form 18I, Injury to Prisoner:
a.

Photos.

b.

Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report.

c.

Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) Incident History.

d.

Taped statement(s) only if there is an excessive force allegation
in conjunction with the use of force investigation.

e.

Brief, concise narrative to include information from the Reporting
Use of Force chart.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

39

12.545

6.

7.

L.

f.

Medical release, if treated.

g.

Summary of doctor’s diagnosis, if treated.

h.

Copy of MVR/DVR if incident is captured on video.

Form 18NC, Noncompliant Suspect/Arrestee Report:
a.

Brief, concise narrative of resistance met and force used.

b.

Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report.

c.

Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) Incident History.

d.

Supervisory review before end of tour.

e.

Copy for district files, original to Inspections Section.

f.

Taped statement(s) only if there is an excessive force allegation
in conjunction with the use of force investigation.

g.

Copy of MVR/DVR if incident is captured on video.

Place all original documents, photos, tapes and copies of MVR/DVRs
in the Use of Force Case Jacket with the routing label attached and
forward to the district/section/unit commander.

Responsibilities of Inspections Section to Insure Policy and Procedure
Compliance and Implementation:
1.

Inspections Section will review, evaluate in writing, and submit for the
Police Chief’s approval all supervisor reported use of force, use of
beanbag shotgun, 40mm foam round, AutoLock baton, and all canine
bites (except those causing serious injury or hospital admission).
a.

Inspections Section is exempt from reviewing use of force cases
assigned to the Use of Force Review Board.

2.

Inspections Section will review, evaluate, and submit for the Police
Chief’s approval all investigations of Taser or chemical irritant use on
handcuffed individuals.

3.

Inspections Section will review all Forms 18NC for trends and training
issues.

Revised 05/05/09, Replaces 08/12/08

40

12.550

12.550 DISCHARGING OF FIREARMS BY POLICE PERSONNEL
Reference:
Manual of Rules and Regulations - 1.23, 1.24, 1.25
Ohio Revised Code Section 2901.01
Procedure 12.545 - Use of Force
Procedure 19.105 - Sick/Injured With Pay & Special Leaves
Tennessee vs. Garner, 471 US 1 (1985)
Policy:
The most serious act in which a police officer can engage is the use of deadly
force. The authority to carry and use firearms in the course of public service also
carries with it the highest level of responsibility. Respect for human life requires
that police officers exhaust all other reasonable means before resorting to the
use of firearms and then only when an officer reasonably believes that such use
of firearms is necessary to protect the officer or another from the risk of serious
physical harm or loss of life.
In considering the use of firearms, understand that you are responsible for your
acts and that you may be required to justify your acts in a court of law. The
Hamilton County Prosecutor’s Office will determine the legality of actions taken.
You are not required to retreat in lieu of the justifiable use of deadly physical
force.
The safety of innocent persons is of paramount importance. Where there is substantial
risk to the safety or life of an innocent citizen, the safety of the citizen should take
precedence over the apprehension of the suspect.
Police officers may not use deadly force merely to prevent escape in misdemeanor
cases. The use of deadly force to prevent escape of felony suspects is constitutionally
unreasonable except where the escape presents an immediate risk of death or serious
physical harm to another.
Where the suspect poses no immediate threat of death or serious physical harm to
others, the harm resulting from failing to apprehend him does not justify the use of
deadly force to do so. If an officer uses unnecessary and/or excessive force, or acts
wantonly and maliciously, he could be found guilty of assault, even of culpable
homicide if he kills the person he is attempting to arrest.
At such time as a police officer perceives what he interprets to be a threat of loss of life
or serious physical harm to himself or others at the hands of another, he has the
authority to display a firearm, with finger outside the trigger guard and have it ready
for self-defense. The finger is only to be placed on the trigger when on target and
ready to engage a threat.
Self-Defense: A police officer is authorized to use that force reasonably necessary to
protect himself or others from death or serious physical harm at the hands of another.
•

There must be an apprehension of real or immediate danger based on an overt
and/or constructive act by another.

Rev. 09/23/03, Replaces 05/20/03

1

12.550
Warning Shots: Officers should only use warning shots if convinced a warning shot will
possibly save a life or alleviate the need of taking a life. As with any shot an officer fires,
the officer must know it will not endanger innocent bystanders. Supervisors should
report and investigate warning shots as outlined in Section A.
Felonies: When all other reasonable means at the officer's disposal have failed, the use
of firearms is authorized, only under the following circumstances, as a last resort to
apprehend a fleeing felon:
•

The officer has probable cause to believe the suspect has committed or is
committing a felony, and

•

The suspect presents an immediate risk of death or serious physical harm, either
to the officer or another person if not immediately apprehended.

•

If possible, the officer will give verbal warning before using the firearm.

•

By itself, notification by Police Communications Section (PCS) resulting from a
general information broadcast or computer query that a subject is wanted will not
provide authority for the police officer to use a firearm.

All Other Felonies and Misdemeanors: In all other felonies or misdemeanors, police
personnel will not fire shots even if the perpetrator attempts or succeeds in his attempt
to flee.
Juveniles: A police officer will not discharge a firearm at a person known to be or
suspected of being a juvenile (person less than 18 years of age) except under
circumstances which come within the provisions of the self-defense policy.
Moving Vehicles: Officers shall not discharge their firearms at a moving vehicle
or its occupants unless the occupants are using deadly physical force against
the officer or another person present, by means other than the vehicle.
Shots Fired at Animals: An officer will use firearms only as a last resort or for protection
of himself or others. Often, firing a shot at an animal will create a more dangerous
situation than the animal itself. If possible, use one of the following alternative solutions:
•

Call the Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals (SPCA). This organization
has equipment to handle most animals safely.

•

In some instances, Cincinnati Zoological Society personnel will respond upon
request.

•

The use of department issued chemical irritant is effective on many animals.

Information:
The Police Chief has authorized a comprehensive review of critical firearm discharges
by Department employees. A Critical Firearm discharge is defined as:
All shots fired by Department employees with the exception of:
a)
b)

Beanbag Rounds.
40mm foam rounds.

Rev. 09/23/03, Replaces 05/20/03

2

12.550
c)
d)
e)

At animals.
While hunting.
Training accidents when proper safety procedures were followed.

The review will begin at the Police Chief’s direction. If a criminal investigation is
warranted, the review will commence after the completion of any criminal investigation
or court proceedings into the matter.
To facilitate this process, the Police Chief has established a Firearm Discharge Board
(FDB) to conduct all such reviews. The Board’s review will include CIS and IIS
investigative files and interviews of the principal CIS and IIS investigators. The review
will be concluded within 90 days of commencement. The FDB will act as a quality
control mechanism for all critical firearm discharges, with responsibility to return to the
Police Chief all incomplete or mishandled shooting or firearm discharge investigations.
The FDB will have the authority and responsibility to recommend to the Police Chief
investigative protocols and standards for all critical firearm discharge investigations.
The core members of the board will consist of a CPD command staff officer, the
Director of Training, the affected bureau commander, the Police Department Advocate,
and an attorney from the Solicitor's Office. All appointments will occur on or about the
first day of January and be effective for one year.
The Inspections Section Commander will serve as the chairperson of the FDB. The
chairperson is responsible for coordinating all meetings and ensuring all relevant
material compiled during any criminal or administrative investigation is reviewed. The
chairperson is also responsible for submitting a written report to the Police Chief within
the established timelines.
The Police Chief may appoint additional FDB members as needed. The Police Chief will
appoint a replacement member in the event a board member retires, or is no longer
able to fulfill membership duties. The Police Chief may disqualify a FDB member at
anytime.
All efforts will be made to conclude reviews within the established timelines. If the Police
Chief determines extenuating circumstances exist, the Police Chief may extend the
established timelines.
Proceedings by the FDB are to be conducted informally, directed towards the issues of
the appropriateness of Department policies and procedures, member’s judgment, and
the training adequacies with respect to the member’s knowledge, skill, and resources.
The chairperson will determine what evidence is relevant and reliable without regard for
technical or formal rules of evidence. The chairperson will determine the need to call
witnesses and may order witnesses to be separated during the review.
The chairperson will prepare a final report to the Police Chief that will become part of
the investigation file. The report will include a description of the incident (including all
uses of force), a summary and analysis of all relevant evidence, proposed findings and
analysis to support those findings. In particular, the board will determine: a) whether all
uses of force during the encounter were consistent with Department policy and training,
b) whether the officer(s) involved employed proper tactics, and c) whether lesser force
alternatives reasonably were available.

Rev. 09/23/03, Replaces 05/20/03

3

12.550

On or before the first day of February, the FDB chairperson will prepare and present to
the Police Chief a summary report reviewing each closed critical firearm discharge from
the preceding year. This report will include analysis of patterns and problems
discovered during the review.
Procedure:
A.

Shots Fired
1.

B.

Report all shots fired by police personnel to an on-duty supervisor
immediately regardless of the circumstances. Personnel having knowledge
of a shot fired by another officer will report the incident to an on-duty
supervisor immediately. This includes:
a.

Shots fired at or taking effect against an individual.

b.

Warning shots.

c.

Shots fired at animals.

d.

Accidental discharges.

e.

Shots fired from any firearm by off-duty personnel except:
1)

Target or competition shooting.

2)

Hunting.

3)

Military service.

2.

Personnel are not required to report shots fired while participating in
department authorized firearms training.

3.

The investigating supervisor will notify PCS.

4.

PCS will notify the appropriate personnel on the Situational Occurrences
Notification List.

Shots Fired at Individuals:
1.

The investigating supervisor will:
a.

Ensure protection of the scene.

b.

Notify PCS.
1)

PCS will notify the Criminal Investigation Section (CIS) desk
officer who will make CIS notifies according to CIS SOP. PCS will
then notify the appropriate personnel listed on the Situational
Occurrences Notification List.

Rev. 09/23/03, Replaces 05/20/03

4

12.550
c.

No one will take the officer(s’) pistol or gun belt at the scene. The
officer(s’) pistol will remain in his holster and the officer will wear his
gun belt until possession is transferred to a Homicide Unit supervisor.
1)

Under no circumstances will the officer(s’) pistol be examined or
unloaded. If safety is an issue, a Homicide Unit supervisor will be
immediately contacted for instructions.

2)

If an officer(s) is transported to the hospital for treatment, a
district/section/unit supervisor will respond and take possession of
the officer(s’) pistol and gun belt. That supervisor will document
date, time, location, and from whom the officer(s’) equipment was
obtained and contact a Homicide supervisor.

3)

A supervisor will be assigned to take control of the officer(s)
involved in a shots fired that take effect. They will remain at the
scene. At the direction of a Homicide supervisor, district
supervisor(s) will transport the involved officer(s) to CIS and
remain with the officer(s) until relieved by a CIS supervisor.
a)

No one will be permitted access to the officer(s') pistol or
gun belt without the approval/consent of a Homicide
supervisor.

b)

When multiple officers are involved, a separate supervisor
will be assigned to each officer. If there is a need, request a
supervisor(s) from another district(s).

d.

Locate witnesses to the incident. If possible, separate the witnesses
and have them held at or near the scene until they have conferred with
a Homicide Unit supervisor or a Personal Crimes Unit supervisor.
Ensure their transportation to CIS for interview by CIS and Internal
Investigation Section (IIS).

e.

Conduct a preliminary fact finding investigation at the scene.
1)

f.

Do not publicly comment about the propriety of the action taken.

Brief Homicide Unit and IIS investigators.

2.

The CIS Commander, Homicide Unit Commander, Personal Crimes Unit
Commander, and IIS Commander will respond to the scene. The Homicide
Unit Commander and IIS Commander will conduct independent, parallel
investigations of the incident. The involved officer(s') unit of assignment will
assist CIS and IIS with the investigation. The Major Offenders Unit
Commander will respond to the hospital or Coroner's office if an injury or
death has occurred.

3.

Homicide Unit/IIS investigators will:
a.

Conduct an investigation and report per their standard operating
procedure (SOP). All investigations will include, to the extent possible,
appropriate crime scene analysis, gunshot residue tests, and ballistic
tests including bullet trajectory tests.

Rev. 09/23/03, Replaces 05/20/03

5

12.550

1)

b.

Collaborate in preparing a Form 18F, Supervisor’s Use of Force
Investigation, without a conclusion, with Internal Investigations Section
completing the Form 18F.
1)

c.

C.

The original Form 18F will remain with the involved officer’s unit of
assignment.

Immediately fax the Form 18F to the following locations:
1)

Police Chief's Office

2)

Internal Investigations Section

3)

Patrol Bureau

4.

The district/section/unit commander will respond to the scene and coordinate
the activities of the field personnel at the scene.

5.

IIS will respond and coordinate the Department investigations.

Shots Fired at Animals
1.

Notify PCS.
a.

2.

3.

PCS will notify the appropriate personnel on the Situational
Occurrences Notification List.

The investigating supervisor will complete a Form 18A, Supervisor’s
Preliminary Investigation: Weapons Discharge at an Animal.
a.

D.

Investigators will ensure, to the extent possible, that the
investigation accounts for all shots and the locations of all officers
who discharged their firearms.

Fax the Form 18A to Inspections Section.

If the shots take effect, notify the SPCA to pick up the dead animal pending
a later examination by the Board of Health.

Personnel Injured by Department Authorized Firearms during Training Exercises
1.

The OIC will immediately notify PCS.
a.

PCS will notify the appropriate personnel on the Situational
Occurrences Notification List.
1)

2.

The command officer notified will determine IIS involvement.

A Firearms Training Unit supervisor will investigate all firearms related, nonserious harm injuries:
a.

That occurs during firearms training.

Rev. 09/23/03, Replaces 05/20/03

6

12.550
b.

Where all safety rules and procedures have been followed.
Example: A person is struck and injured by a piece of lead that has
blown back from a target.

3.

E.

F.

c.

For reporting, refer to Procedure 19.105, Section E., Personnel Injured
on Duty.

d.

A Firearms Training Unit supervisor will immediately notify PCS for
Situational Occurrences Notification and the Training Section Director
of injuries which require medical attention at a hospital.

Life threatening or serious injuries, injuries due to intentional acts, or injuries
that occur as a result of violations of safety rules and/or procedures:
a.

Follow Section B. of this procedure.

b.

If the incident occurs outside of the city limits, the criminal investigation
will be made by the law enforcement agency in whose jurisdiction the
incident occurred.

c.

CIS may assist the law enforcement agency in its investigation.

Unintentional Discharge
1.

Unintentional discharges which are the proximate result of an officer's
conduct during a tactical situation will be investigated as outlined in Section
B. and presented to the Firearm Discharge Board for review.

2.

Unintentional discharges associated with the care and maintenance of a
firearm will be thoroughly investigated by the district/section/unit commander.
A Form 17 will be prepared and forwarded to the Police Chief giving a full
account of the incident, including a recommendation for disposition and
closure.

Firearm Discharge Board
1.

The Police Chief will review and forward to IIS the CIS investigation report,
letter from the Hamilton County Prosecutor, and any other material deemed
relevant to the Firearm Discharge Board (FDB). The FDB will issue its final
report to the Police Chief within 90 days of receipt of the material.

2.

Within 30 days of receipt of the material, the IIS Commander will notify and
arrange a meeting between the FDB, CIS Commander, and investigators.

3.

Recommendations made by the FDB should be unanimous or by consensus.
If consensus can not be reached, a majority/minority opinion will be prepared
at the direction of the chairperson. The report presented by the FDB will
identify training issues, outline any recommended policy and/or procedure
changes, and identify individual officer training needs and corrective
measures. References to specific policies, procedures, or training will be
included in all recommendations.

Rev. 09/23/03, Replaces 05/20/03

7

12.550
G.

Loading and Unloading of Firearms for Inspection
1.

Maintain a distance of 15 feet from the designated safe wall when unloading
a firearm.

2.

The OIC will give the command to form a line facing the safe wall and for
officers to unload firearms at the same time. Firearms will be pointed
towards the safe wall while unloading.

3.

Once the firearm has been inspected, the OIC will give the command to
reload.

Rev. 09/23/03, Replaces 05/20/03

8

12.554

12.554 INVESTIGATORY STOPS
Reference:
Procedure 12.205 - Traffic Enforcement
Procedure 12.555 - Arrest/Citation: Processing of Adult Misdemeanor and
Felony Offenders
Procedure 17.100 - Police Records: Storage and Maintenance, and Initiating
New Records and Forms
Terry v. Ohio, 392 US 1, (1968)
Florida v. J.L., US Supreme Court (2000)
City Ordinance 88-2001
Information:
There are three levels of police/citizen contact.
The first level is a consensual encounter. A police officer may approach any
person in a public place and request to talk to him. So long as the person is free
to leave whenever he wants, no Fourth Amendment seizure has occurred and no
reasonable suspicion or probable cause is required.
The next level is the "Terry" type encounter. Here the officer has reasonable
suspicion to believe the citizen is committing or has committed a crime. Based
on this reasonable suspicion, the officer may forcibly stop and detain the citizen
for a brief investigatory period. Failure to answer the questions asked by the
officer or to properly identify oneself cannot provide the justification for detaining
a person past the period necessary to complete the brief "Terry" type
investigation. Once the reasonable suspicion is determined to be unfounded,
the citizen must be released.
The third level of police/citizen contact is the arrest. The arrest occurs when the
citizen is no longer free to leave and the officer has the intent to arrest. The
arrest must be supported by probable cause to believe the citizen is committing
or has committed a criminal offense.
Information or descriptions resulting from anonymous tips is not sufficient
probable cause to stop and search individuals. Officers must carefully develop
reasonable suspicion in cases involving anonymous tips. Officer’s observations
while on the scene, securing more complete information from the anonymous
caller and other circumstances which would tend to support the information
received are all ways that officers can use to articulate reasonable suspicion
allowing a “Terry” stop.
Every "Terry" type stop does not automatically authorize a frisk. If a frisk is
conducted, the officer must be able to articulate specific facts which led them to
believe the individual could be armed and dangerous.
Access to the FIR Card Database for query purposes is available at select
computer terminals in investigative units throughout the Department.

Rev. 03/21/06, Replaces 11/25/03

1

12.554
Policy:
No law enforcement agency should condone or promote the use of any illegal
profiling system in its enforcement program. Criminal elements exist in every
segment of our society. An officer whose enforcement stops are based on race
or ethnicity is engaged in a practice which undermines legitimate law
enforcement and may face claims in Federal courts of civil rights violations. To
focus on a single segment of society is to limit enforcement efforts.
Awareness is the key to success in criminal interdiction. Observations must be
evaluated in the aggregate - not isolation. An officer must use all senses while
avoiding the development of tunnel vision. An important factor to remember
when conducting an enforcement stop is to take the time to do it right. Do not
rush through the stop or an important indicator of illegal activity may be missed.
Except in exigent circumstances, when a citizen is stopped or detained and then
released as part of an investigation, the officer will explain to the citizen in a
professional, courteous manner why he or she was stopped or detained.
For purpose of the above sentence, the term “exigent circumstances” refers only
to those conditions occurring after the stop had been made which, for safety
reasons, would make it unreasonable for the officer to remain at the scene of the
stop to explain the basis for the stop.
Procedure:
A.

Completing a Form 534, Contact Card
1.

2.

A Contact Card must be completed any time an officer stops a motor
vehicle or conducts an inquiry of individuals in a stopped motor
vehicle.
a.

When more than one vehicle is stopped as result of a single
incident (same CAD number), officers will note the vehicle
number (#2, #3, #4, etc.) in the designated block on the Contact
Card. If only one vehicle is stopped it is not necessary to put #1
in the block.

b.

A Contact Card is required in addition to any other
documentation of the incident (i.e., Form 527, Arrest Report,
NTA, MUTT, etc.).

A Contact Card must be completed for any vehicle passenger or
pedestrian detention which meets the definition of a “Terry” stop.
a.

An officer may complete a Contact Card for any consensual
citizen contact when the officer believes completing the card will
provide intelligence information and the information is provided
voluntarily by a citizen.

Rev. 03/21/06, Replaces 11/25/03

2

12.554
3.

B.

When completing a Contact Card, and while the subject is still in their
presence, officers will:
a.

Determine if the subject is wanted by checking the computer
system: RCIC, NCIC, and LEADS.

b.

Record all pertinent information on the Contact Card: social
security number, driver's license number, vehicle license
number, etc.

4.

The initiating officer will make a copy of Contact Cards pertaining to
gang members or associates and forward them to the Intelligence
Unit.

5.

The initiating officer will make a copy of those Contact Cards
pertaining to violations of the “stay-away order” and forward them to
the Probation Department (refer to Procedure 12.555).

Processing a Contact Card
1.

Officers will submit all Contact Cards with their daily paperwork at the
end of the tour of duty.
a.

All companion Contact Cards will be stapled together.

b.

Contact Cards completed as a result of a vehicle stop (where a
citation is issued) will be submitted with the Ohio Multi-Count
Uniform Traffic Ticket (MUTT) for processing.
1)

c.
2.

C.

A Contact Card is not required when the MUTT is issued
as a result of an automobile accident.

All other Contact Cards will be submitted with the Form 436A,
Daily Activity Record.

Supervisors will review and approve all Contact Cards.
a.

In all incidents were a Contact Card is required all fields on the
front of the card must be completed.

b.

All Contact Cards will be forwarded to Records Section once
approved by a supervisor.

Records Section Processing
1.

All Contact Cards will be entered by Records Section personnel into
the Contact Card Database.
a.

Contact Cards will be filed by the date of contact after entry into
the database.

Rev. 03/21/06, Replaces 11/25/03

3

12.555

12.555 ARREST/CITATION: PROCESSING OF ADULT
MISDEMEANOR AND FELONY OFFENDERS
Reference:
Procedure 12.220 - Pedestrian Traffic - Law Enforcement
Procedure 12.235 - Operating a Vehicle Under the Influence (OVI): Processing &
Arrest
Procedure 12.240 - Ohio Multi-Count Uniform Traffic Ticket
Procedure 12.412 - Domestic Violence
Procedure 12.505 - Military A.W.O.L. Arrests
Procedure 12.605 - Identification of Persons in Police Custody and Wanted
Persons
Procedure 12.727 - Warrant Computer Entries, Prisoner Return and Extradition
Procedure 12.715 - Property and Evidence: Confiscation, Accountability,
Processing, Storage and Release
Procedure 12.805 - Direct Presentation to the Grand Jury by the County
Prosecutor
Procedure 12.815 - Court Appearances, Jury Duty and Other Hearings
Procedure 12.900 - Processing Juvenile Offenders
Manual of Rules and Regulations - 1.16A, B, C, D
Ohio Revised Code - Rules of Criminal Procedure, Rule 4
Definitions:
Warrant - An instrument giving power to arrest an offender. Original arrest
warrant is one in which defendant has not been before a court of record.
Capias - A warrant issued for the arrest of a defendant who has either failed to
appear in court, failed to follow an order of the court, pay fines or attend
programs, etc.
Primary Officer - The officer who can establish probable cause that a crime was
committed and the person(s) arrested is responsible for the commission of that
crime. The officer who signs the complaint(s) and is designated as needed for
court on the Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report, and the Form 527A,
Case and Bond Information Sheet, is the primary officer. In situations of a more
complex nature, different officers may be necessary to present different
evidence. A primary officer should still be identified for testimony at the
preliminary hearing.
Alternate Officer(s) - Other officer(s) who has sufficient knowledge to proceed
on the case, but not listed as needed for court on the arrest slip.
Case Presentation Officer (CPO) – Officer(s) who presents the daily docket of
cases to the Hamilton County Grand Jury in cooperation with the Grand Jury
Prosecutor. Testimony is derived from the review of all felony arrest reports,
case/bond information sheets and associated documents.

Rev. 11/11/08, Replaces 08/29/06

1

12.555
Project DISARM – Program which identifies felony firearm arrests that may be
eligible for federally enhanced prosecution. A system based on prior criminal
convictions and current criminal/personal status is used to determine if the
criteria is met for Project DISARM. This program would also include Youth Crime
Gun Initiative cases from the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms.
Purpose:
To protect the constitutional rights of all individuals through the fair and impartial
enforcement of Federal, State and Local laws.
To establish Department arrest procedures in compliance with Ohio Revised
Code and Ohio Rules of Criminal Procedure.
To ensure the presentation of all felony arrests to the Grand Jury are within the
time specifications defined by the Ohio Revised Code.
Policy:
Department personnel will not undertake any investigation or other official action
not part of their regular duties without obtaining permission from their
district/section/unit commander unless the circumstances require immediate
police action.
Officers will not leave a prisoner unattended for any reason. This includes
instances during prisoner processing at the Hamilton County Justice Center
(HCJC). Officers are responsible for prisoners under their control until they are
released by HCJC personnel. For purposes of this procedure, officers are
released once the HCJC medical evaluation form and the search of the prisoner
have been completed and the officers are told they can leave.
Information:
Police Communications Section (PCS) has a list of Department personnel skilled
in various foreign languages and sign language. They can be called in routine
situations to assist with investigations or routine communication. PCS also has
access to a certified sign language interpreter on a 24-hour basis.
There is no requirement for the operator of a motor vehicle to have their driver’s
license on their person. In Ohio, in order for a person to drive a car, he/she must
have been issued a valid driver’s license (Ohio Revised Code §4507.02).
Columbus v. Henry specifically held that it is not a crime for an Ohio resident to
drive within the state without having his/her operator’s license on his/her person.
Ohio Revised Code §4507.35 requires the operator of a motor vehicle to furnish
satisfactory proof that he/she has a valid license, upon demand of a peace
officer. This proof may consist of the violator’s name, address and social security
number, which, when queried, returns information describing the person and
verifying the license is valid. The mere lack of a driver’s license on a violator’s
person is not probable cause for an arrest.

Rev. 11/11/08, Replaces 08/29/06

2

12.555
All paperwork related to an arrest (Form 527, Form 527B, criminal complaints,
etc.) must be completed before entering the Hamilton County Justice Center.
Deputies will no longer place prisoners in holding cells while officers complete
paperwork. Officers must either complete the paperwork at their
district/section/unit, or carry the proper forms in their vehicle. The only exception
to this policy will be in instances where prisoners are so unruly that they are in
danger of causing injury to themselves or another. In these cases, officers will
continue to have PCS contact the Justice Center while en route to advise
deputies they have a disorderly prisoner and will need assistance.
Procedure:
A.

Felony Arrest
1.

Officers will make a physical arrest on all original felony arrests, felony
warrants, and felony capiases.
a.

The arresting officer(s) in all felony arrests where a firearm is
confiscated in connection with the arrest (whether or not a
weapons offense has been charged) will conduct a preliminary
investigation of the incident and criminal history of the arrested
subject. Document findings of any Civil Protection Order or
Temporary Protection Order in effect (out of state included) on a
Form 527, Arrest and Investigation Report.
1)

2.

Unless extenuating circumstances exist, all firearms where
weapons charges apply must be test fired as soon as
possible following recovery.

Officers will complete a Form 527E, Case Investigation Jacket, on all
original felony arrests including felony Domestic Violence. The only
exception is Operating a Vehicle under the Influence (OVI) arrests.
a.

The Form 527E will include copies of all pertinent paperwork
needed to prove the facts of the case, including probable cause,
elements of the crime and evidence showing the suspect
committed the crime.

b.

A supervisor must review the contents for accuracy and
completeness and sign the Form 527E.

c.

The completed Form 527E will be entered into the
district/section/unit Form 527E log book.

d.

The approved Form 527E will be logged out of the log book and
hand carried to Rapid Indictment Program (RIP) office by the
officer assigned the property run on the next business day.
1)

The Form 527E will be entered into the RIP logbook and
assigned a Case Presentation Officer.

Rev. 11/11/08, Replaces 08/29/06

3

12.555
e.

After presentation to the Grand Jury, the Form 527E will be
returned to district/section/unit unit of assignment and reentered
into the district/section/unit logbook by the officer assigned the
property run.

f.

All Forms 527E returned from RIP will be stored in a secure
cabinet at the district/section/unit. Officers needing the case
jacket for court will sign it out in the l